Latin for beginners

Hs :

| Mile
} MM
{

bai es
ii
pit

All books are subject to recall after two weeks
Olin/Kroch Library

DATE DUE |

GAYLORD ~ PRINTED IN U.S.A.

3

Cornell University

Library

The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924079747485

(Zoz aBed soc)
« LIAVYUNLVIN WVOS WVITIA ay SQOTNINAT

n

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

BY

.BENJAMIN L. D'OOGE, Pz.D.

PROFESSOR IN THE MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE

GINN AND COMPANY

BOSTON : NEW YORK : CHICAGO - LONDON

COPYRIGHT, 1909, 1911, BY BENJAMIN L. D'OOGE
ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

OIL3

The Atheneum Press

GINN AND COMPANY = PRO-
PRIETORS - BOSTON * U.S.A.

E

FILIOLO . MEO
QUI: ME: NON: SOLUM - DICENDA
SED - ETIAM - TACENDA : DOCUIT
HOC - OPUSCULUM : EST
DEDICATUM

PREFACE

To make the course preparatory to Caesar at the same time sys-
tematic, thorough, clear, and interesting is the purpose of this series
of lessons.

'The first pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin lan-
guage, its history, and its educational value. The body of the book,
consisting of seventy-nine lessons, is divided into three parts.

Part I is devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindred
introductory essentials.

Part II carries the work through the first sixty lessons, and is
devoted to the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some
elementary constructions, a knowledge of which is necessary for the
translation of the exercises and reading matter. The first few lessons
have been made unusually simple, to meet the wants of pupils not
well grounded in English grammar.

Part III contains nineteen lessons, and is concerned primarily with
the study of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms. The
last three of these lessons constitute a review of all the constructions
presented in the book. There is abundant easy reading matter; and,
in order to secure proper concentration of effort upon syntax and
translation, no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies
in Part II are reviewed.

It is hoped that the following features will commend themselves to
teachers :

The forms are presented in their natural sequence, and are given,
for the most part, in the body of the book as well as in a grammatical
appendix. The work on the verb is intensive in character, work in
other directions being reduced to a minimum while this is going on.
The forms of the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the
subjunctive constructions.

vi PREFACE

The vocabulary has been selected with the greatest care, using
Lodge's " Dictionary of Secondary Latin" and Browne's " Latin
Word List" as a basis. There are about six hundred words, exclu-
sive of proper names, in the special vocabularies, and these are
among the simplest and commonest words in the language. More
than ninety-five per cent of those chosen are Czesarian, and of these
more than ninety per cent are used in Ceesar five or more times..
The few words not Czesarian are of such frequent occurrence in
Cicero, Vergil, and other authors as to justify their appearance here.
But teachers desiring to confine word study to Caesar can easily do so,
as the Caesarian words are printed in the vocabularies in distinctive
type. Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract, root words to
compounds and derivatives, even when the latter were of more frequent
occurrence in Caesar. To assist the memory, related English words
are added in each vocabulary. To insure more careful preparation,
the special vocabularies have been removed from their- respective
lessons and placed by themselves. The general vocabulary contains
about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five per cent
are found in Caesar.

The syntax has been limited to those essentials which recent investi-
gations, such as those of Dr. Lee Byrne and his collaborators, have
shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. The construc-
tions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpoint of English,
the English usage being given first and the Latin compared or con-
trasted with it. Special attention has been given to the constructions
of participles, the gerund and gerundive, and the infinitive in indirect
statements. Constructions having a logical connection are not sepa-
rated but are treated together.

Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation
into Latin being, as a rule, only half as long as those for transla-
tion into English. In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in
Caesar are introduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that
author. From first to last a consistent effort is made to instill a
proper regard for Latin word order, the first principles of which are

laid down early in the course.
4

PREFACE vii

Selections for reading are unusually abundant and are introduced
from the earliest possible moment. These increase in number and
length as the book progresses, and, for the most part, are made an
integral part of the lessons instead of being massed at the end of the
book. This arrangement insures a more constant and thorough drill in
forms and vocabulary, promotes reading power, and affords a breathing
spell between succeeding subjects. The material is drawn from his-
torical and mythological sources, and the vocabulary employed includes
but few words not already learned. The book closes with a continued
story which recounts the chief incidents in the life of a Roman boy. The
last chapters record his experiences in Caesar's army, and contain much
information that will facilitate the interpretation of the Commentaries.
The early emphasis placed on word order and sentence structure, the
simplicity of the syntax, and the familiarity of the vocabulary, make
the reading selections especially useful for work in sight translation.

Reviews are called for at frequent intervals, and to facilitate this
branch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, cov-
ering both the vocabulary and the grammar.

The illustrations are numerous, and will, it is hoped, do much to
stimulate interest in the ancient world and to create true and lasting
impressions of Roman life and times.

A consistent effort has been made to use simple language and clear
explanation throughout.

As an aid to teachers using this book, a * Teacher's Manual" has
been prepared, which contains, in addition to general suggestions,
notes on each lesson.

The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers
who tested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of their
experience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion.
Particular acknowledgments are due to Miss A. Susan Jones of the
Central High School, Grand Rapids, Michigan; to Miss Clara Allison
of the High School at Hastings, Michigan; and to Miss Helen B. Muir
and Mr. Orland O. Norris, teachers of Latin in this institution.

BENJAMIN L. D'OOGE
MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE

CONTENTS

LESSON PAGE
To THE STUDENT — By way of Introduction et ae - 1-4
PART I. THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

ALPHABET, SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS, SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT,
How TO READ LATIN. . . . . . . "re 5-11
PART II. WORDS AND FORMS

I-VI. First PRINCIPLES — Subject and Predicate, Inflection, Num-
ber, Nominative Subject, Possessive Genitive, Agreement of

Verb, Direct Object, Indirect Object, etc.— DIALOGUE . 12-24
VII-VIII. First OR 4-DECLENSION — Gender, Agreement of icine
Word Order... . . 25-30
IX-X. SECOND OR Ü-DisSssnstoNees ene Rane FOR Dz-
CLENSION — Predicate Noun, Apposition — DIALOGUE . . 31-35"
XI. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS . 36-37
XII. Nouns IN -ius AND -ium — GERMANIA. NS 38-39
XIII. SEcoND DECLENSION (Continued ) — Nouns in -er ani. -ir—
ITALIA— DIALOGUE. : -o« 39-41
XIV. PossESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. . . . + 42-43
XV. ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH — Cause, Moai decimarese
ment, Manner —THE ROMANS PREPARE FOR WAR . . 44-46
XVI. THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES . $E mech Wow 40247
XVII. THE DEMONSTRATIVE is, ea, id — DIALOGUE . . . . 48-50
XVIII. CoNJUGATION — Present, Imperfect, and Future of sum —
DIALOGUE .. E es E. 51-53
XIX. PRESENT ACTIVE eae or amó AND moned. . . 54-56

XX. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF am6 AND moned—
Meaning of the Imperfect — NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN. 56-57
XXI. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF amd AND moneó — NIOBE
AND HER CHILDREN (Concluded). . . . . - 58-59
XXII. Review or VERBS— The Dative with Adjectives — Comair
AND HER JEWELS 4 2 2 5 & o» oeo*owox 0X + + o 59-61
viii

LESSON

XXIII.

XXIV.

XXV.

XXVI.

XXVII.

XXVIII.

XXIX.

XXX.

XXXI.

XXXII.

XXXIII.

XXXIV.

XXXV.

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

XXXIX-XLI.

XLII.

XLIII.

CONTENTS

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF regd AND audio —
CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (Concluded )

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF fegÓ AND audio —
The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs .

Future ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF rego AND audio .

VERBS IN -id — Present, Imperfect, and Future Active
Indicative of capio — 7Ze [Imperative .

PassIvE VoICE — Present, Imperfect, and Tih
Indicative of amd and moned — PERSEUS AND AN-
DROMEDA .. . * o ss

PRESENT, THERE HOR: AND Fuscus YesaegimE Pas-
SIVE OF Ieg0 AND audió — PERSEUS AND ANDRO-
MEDA (Continued) . F a int ee ud

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE
PassIVE OF -i0 VERBS — PRESENT PASSIVE INFINI-
TIVE AND IMPERATIVE

SYNOPSES IN THE Four CnmmDE EUER The "S
tive denoting From, Place from Which, nb
Personal Agent OU EE i

PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE Pikrücr OF
sum — DIALOGUE "2E

PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE Yam Rucutam
CONJUGATIONS — Meanings of the Perfect — PER-
SEUS AND ANDROMEDA (Continued)

PLUPERFECT AND,FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICA-
TIVE — PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE "m

REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE — PERSEUS AND
ANDROMEDA (Concluded ) ‘

PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE — Bienen
PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE

REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS — Prepositions, Yes-or-
No Questions & «o8

CONJUGATION OF possum — The Infinitive "e as in
English — Accusative Subject of an Infinitive —
THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA s ""

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE —
PRoNOUN — Agreement of the Kelative — THE FAITH-
LESS TARPEIA (Concluded) .

THE THIRD DECLENSION — Consonant Stems .

REVIEW LESSON — TERROR CIMBRICUS .

THIRD DECLENSION — Z-Stems .

. Io8-110

ix
PAGE

61-63

63-65
65-66
66-68
68-72
72-73

73-75

75-78

79-81

81-83
84-85
86-87
88-90

90-93

93-96

97-101

. IOI-106

107

X
LESSON

XLIV.

XLV.

XLVI.

XLVII.

XLVIII.

XLIX.

L.

LI.

LII.

LIII.
LIV.

LV.
LVI.
LVII.
LVIII.
LIX.

LX.

LXI.

LXII.
LXIII.

LXIV.

CONTENTS

IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION — GENDER
IN THE THIRD DECLENSION — THE FIRST BRIDGE OVER
THE RHINE .

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECEENSION Tae ROMANS
INVADE THE ENEMY's COUNTRY.

THE FouRTH OR U-DECLENSION

EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE — Place to Which, be som Which,
Place at or in Which, the Locative — Declension of domus
— DADALUS AND Icarus

THE FirtH OR £-DECLENSION —723 of [Om
DADALUS AND ICARUS (Continued) "

Pronouns — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns — ibas
LUS AND IcARUS (Concluded) . I

Tur INTENSIVE PRONOUN ipse AND THE pud e
idem — How HoRnATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE

THE DEMONSTRATIVES hic, iste, ille — A GERMAN CHIEF-
TAIN ADDRESSES HIS FOLLOWERS— How HoOoRATIUS
HELD THE BRIDGE (Continued) . :

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS — How HoraTius HELD THE
BRIDGE (Concluded) %

REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES .

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF dinuouiss ML with
Comparatives 2-3 "

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF Apyecrives (Continued) —
Declension of plis . oe €x

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF Ruins (Concluded ) —
Ablative of the Measure of Difference

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

NUMERALS — Partitive Genitive .

NUMERALS in — Accusative ER. — iius IN
GAUL

DEPONENT Visus = LPs vill the dinis

PART III. CONSTRUCTIONS

THE SUBJUNCTIVE Moop — Inflection of the Present —
Indicative and Subjunctive Compared .

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE . ‘

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNGTIYS— Sequence
of Tenses

INFLECTION OF THE PuRERCT. AND Sucre Suayowt
TIVE— Substantive Clauses of Purpose

PAGE

» III-II2

- II3-II5

116-117

- II7-I2I

121-123
123-126

126-127

128-130

. 130-132

133-135
135-136
137-138
138-139
140-142

142-144

144—146
146-147

- 148-151
- 151-153

L53-155

156-159

CONTENTS
LESSON
LXV. SuBJUNCTIVE oF possum — Verbs of Fearing .
LXVI. THE PARTICIPLES — Tenses and Declension .

LXVII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS PS nolo, mal0—Abative
. 164-166
. 167-168

Absolute
LXVIII. Tux IRREGULAR Vuuxe fio — - ehe " Result .

LXIX. SuBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC — Predicate Accusative
> LXX. CoNSTRUCTIONS WITH cum — Adlative of Specification
ALXXI. VocABULARY REVIEW — Gerund and Gerundive — Predi-
D1737177
. 177-180
LXXIII. VocABULARY REVIEW — THE IRREGULAR VERE fero —

cate Genitive .
LXXII. Tur IRREGULAR VERB =r jhalenendi

Dative with Compounds

LXXIV. VocABULARY REVIEW — Subjunctive in Linden TON
LXXV. VocABULARY REVIEW — Dative of Purpose or End for

Which

LXXVI. VocABULARY REVIEW — Genitive ind Abtediae " Quality
. 186-188
LXXVII. REVIEW OF p of the Gaius Dative.

or Description

and Accusative
LXXVIII. REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE .
LXXIX. REVIEW OF THE SYNTAX OF VERBS

"READING MATTER

INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS.
THE LABORS OF HERCULES
P. CoRNELIUS LENTULUS: THE Stone OF A eT Boy

APPENDIXES AND VOCABULARIES

APPENDIX I. TABLES OF DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS,
NUMERALS, ETC.

APPENDIX II. RULES OF Goan

APPENDIX III. REviEWS

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES .

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

INDEX

xi
PAGE

160-161

161-164

169-171
171-173

. 181-183
183-185

185-186

189-190
I9I—192

- 192-193

+ 194-195
. 196-203

204-225

226-260
261-264

. 265-282

283-298

+ 299-331

332-343

344-348

ILLUSTRATIONS IN COLOR

.
PraATEI PAGE
"LENTULUS AD VILLAM SUAM MATURAVIT” . . e Frontispiece
By E. Forti, Rome. From a facsimile colored under the
direction of the artist.
Prarx II
"STABIANA PORTA URBEM INGRESSI SUNT” eo 0 s 5 53
By E. Forti, Rome. From a facsimile colored under the
direction of the artist.
PrarE III
CAPTIVI INTERROGANTUR Sap ieu “get Cheech. ode rus 149
By Edmund H. Garrett, Boston. From an original painting
in oil.
PLATE IV
“ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT” . . . . . *- + 213
By Edmund H. Garrett, Boston. From an original painting
in oil.
Map

ITALIA ANTIQUA oe a E ME S

xii

a
Ilelivet ii ;
Ed

y1 sBarium
ae
< MARE ET us! 4 mpm
mc ow CR,
‘Z| E t4
MEZ TUS Oli NM Y aftmtuln ^e,
1h Ea a S. Heraclea d
Suits
A TY RRHENUM Tarentinus
He E 3 S|
. ie INFE|RUM |
o roton
E i Laolnlv
Pr.
: x8 e
t det m.
f aulonia
dr. os " i M
NL NS nus Da Ri ium 8
] fe - zi : x
Aegates Aetna|Me «P Tauromenium "
" * Lilyb lvex 20
Ve |Catana ^
en n %
S ica S UP Mere 56 yracusae a, v
Cartbáco ü J o
mt ü >
"2C «c Pachynum Pr. $
€
=
: e
; “an ITALIA ~*
9 Hadrumetum C
4 “ 0 20 40 60 80 100
^ ELLE
we os « Scale of Mites
Longitude 12 East from 14 Greenwich lh

^

i
1
Í

YPANNONIA

6

oem

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

TO THE STUDENT —BY WAY OF
INTRODUCTION

What is Latin? If you will look at the map of Italy on the oppo-
site page, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and facing the
west coast a district called Latium,! and Rome its capital. The Latin
language, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the ancient
Romans and other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin was the name
applied to it after the armies of Rome had carried the knowledge of
her language far beyond its original boundaries. As the English of
to-day is not quite the same as that spoken two or three hundred
years ago, so Latin was not always the same at all times, but changed
more or less in the course of centuries. The sort of Latin you are
going to learn was in use about two thousand years ago. And that
period has been selected because the language was then at its best
and the greatest works of Roman literature were being produced.
This period, because of its supreme excellence, is called the Golden
Age of Roman letters. .

The Spread of Latin. For some centuries after Rome was founded,
the Romans were a feeble and insignificant people, their territory was
limited to Latium, and their existence constantly threatened by warlike
neighbors. But after the third century before Christ, Rome's power
grew rapidly. She conquered all Italy, then reached out for the lands
across the sea and beyond the Alps, and finally ruled over the whole
ancient world. The empire thus established lasted for more than four

1 Pronounce La’shi-dim.
I

2 TO THE STUDENT

hundred years. The importance of Latin increased with the growth of
Roman power, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe
became the universal language. Gradually the language changed
somewhat, developing differently in different countries. In Italy it has
become Italian, in Spain Spanish, and in France French. All these
nations, therefore, are speaking a modernized form of Latin.

The Romans and the Greeks. In their career of conquest the
Romans came into conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were in-
ferior to the Romans in military power, but far superior to them in
culture. They excelled in art, literature, music, science, and philosophy.
Of all these pursuits the Romans were ignorant until contact with
Greece revealed to them the value of education and filled them with
the thirst for knowledge. And so it came about that while Rome
conquered Greece by force of arms, Greece conquered Rome by force
of her intellectual superiority and became her schoolmaster. It was
soon the established custom for young Romans to go to Athens
and to other centers of Greek learning to finish their training, and the
knowledge of the Greek language among the educated classes became
universal. At the same time many cultured Greeks — poets, artists,
orators, and philosophers — flocked to Rome, opened schools, and
taught their arts. Indeed, the preéminence of Greek culture became
so great that Rome almost lost her ambition to be original, and her
writers vied with each other in their efforts to reproduce in Latin
what was choicest in Greek literature. As a consequence of all this,
the civilization and national life of Rome became largely Grecian, and
to Greece she owed her literature and her art.

Rome and the Modern World. After conquering the world, Rome
impressed her language, laws, customs of living and modes of
thinking upon the subject nations, and they became Roman; and
the world has remained largely Roman ever since. Latin continued
to live, and the knowledge of Latin was the only light of learning that
burned steadily through the dark ages that followed the downfall of
the Roman Empire. Latin was the common language of scholars and
remained so eyen down to the days of Shakespeare. Even yet it is

TO THE STUDENT * 3

more nearly than any other tongue the universal language of the
learned. The life of to-day is much nearer the life of ancient Rome
than the lapse of centuries would lead one to suppose. You and I are
Romans still in many ways, and if Caesar and Cicero should appear
among us, we should not find them, except for dress and language,
much unlike men of to-day.

Latin and English. Do you know that more than half of the words
in the English dictionary are Latin, and that you are speaking more
or less Latin every day? How has this come about? In the year
1066 William the Conqueror invaded England with an army of Nor-
mans. The Normans spoke French — which, you remember, is
descended from Latin — and spread their language to a considerable
extent over England, and so Norman-French played an important
part in the formation of English and forms a large proportion of our
vocabulary. Furthermore, great numbers of almost pure Latin words
have been brought into English through the writings of scholars, and
every new scientific discovery is marked by the addition of new terms
of Latin derivation. Hence, while the simpler and commoner words
of our mother tongue are Anglo-Saxon, and Anglo-Saxon forms the
staple of our colloquial language, yet in the realms of literature, and
especially in poetry, words of Latin derivation are very abundant.
Also in the learned professions, as in law, medicine, and engineering,
a knowledge of Latin is necessary for the successful interpretation of
technical and scientific terms.

Why study Latin? The foregoing paragraphs make it clear why
Latin forms so important a part of modern education. We have seen
that our civilization rests upon that of Greece and Rome, and that
we must look to the past if we would understand the present. It is
obvious, too, that the knowledge of Latin not only leads to a more
exact and effective use of our own language, but that it is of vital
importance and of great practical value to any one preparing for a
literary or professional career. To this it may be added that the
study of Latin throws a flood of light upon the structure of language
in general and lays an excellent foundation for all grammatical study.

4 rd TO THE STUDENT

Finally, it has been abundantly proved that there is no more effective
means of strengthening the mind than by the earnest pursuit of this
branch of learning.

Review Questions. Whence does Latin get its name? Where is Latium?
Where is Rome? Was Latin always the same? What sort of Latin are we
to study? Describe the growth of Rome's power and the spread of Latin.
What can you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish? How did
the ancient Greeks and Romans compare? How did Greece influence Rome?
How did Rome influence the world? In what sense are we Romans. still ?
What did Latin have to do with the formation of English? What propor-
tion of English words are of Latin origin, and what kind of words are they ?
Why should we study Latin?

PART I

THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

THE ALPHABET
1. The Latin alphabet contains the same letters as the English
except that it has no w and no 7.

2. The vowels, as in English, are a, e, 7, 0, t, y. The other letters
are consonants.

3. 7 is used both as a vowel and as a consonant. Before a vowel
in the same syllable it has the value of a consonant and is called 7
consonant.

Thus in Iü-li-us the first Z is a consonant, the second a vowel.

SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS!

4. Latin was not pronounced like English. The Romans at the
beginning of the Christian era pronounced their language substantially
as described below.

5. The vowels have the following sounds:

VOWELS # LATIN EXAMPLES
à as in father hac, stas
% like the first a in aha’, never as in hat Á'-má&t, cá-nàs
8 as in they té’-l4, me'-tá
é as in met té’-nét, mér’-cés
ias in machine sér^-ti, pra’-ti

:1 N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly
pronounced. The matter in this section is, therefore, intended for reference
rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a firststep it is suggested that the
teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following.

' ? Long vowels are marked -, short ones v.

5

6 PRONUNCIATION

VOWELS LATIN EXAMPLES
ias in oz si-tís, bi/-bi
0 as in holy Ró'-má, 6’-ris
0 as in wholly, never as in hot mb’-d5, bd’-nds
ü as in rude, or as oo in boot ü'/-mür, tü'-bér
ti as in /4/7, or as oo in foot üt, tü'"-tüs

Note. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound,
except in the case of z, between the long and the short vowels. It is not
merely a matter of gzaztity but also of guality.

6. In diphthongs (two-vowel sounds) both vowels are heard in a
single syllable.

DIPHTHONGS LATIN EXAMPLES
ae as az in aisle tae’-dae
au as ou in out gau'-dét
ei as ez in eight dein’-dé
eu as 206 (a short 2 followed by a short z
in one syllable) seu
oe like oz in Zoz/ foe’-diis
ui like 06’¢ (a short z followed by a short z
in one syllable. Cf. English ve) cui, huic

Note. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do not
slur over them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English.

7. Consonants are pronounced as in English, except that

CONSONANTS LATIN ÉXAMPLES
€ is always like c in cat, never as in cent cá'-do, ci’-biis, cé’-na
g is always like g in gz/, never as in gem gé'-mo, gig/-no
i consonant is always like y in yes iam, id’-ctis
n before c, gz, or gis like mg in szzzg (com-

pare the sound of z in axchor) án'-ci-rá (ang’-ko-ra)

qu, gu, and sometimes su before a vowel
have the sound of gw, gw, and sw.

Here z has the value of consonant v in’-quit, qui, lin’-gua,
and is not counted a vowel ' san’-guis, sua'-dé-o
S is like s in sea, never as in ease 16’-sa, is

t is always like ¢ in zatéve, never as in
nation 9 ra’-ti-5, na’-ti-5

SYLLABLES 7

CONSONANTS LATIN EXAMPLES
v is like w in wzme, never as in vine vi'-niím, vir
x has the value of two consonants (cs or gs)
and is like x in extract, not as inexact —&x’-tra, éx-ác'-tüs
bs is like ps and bt like 27 Urbs, Sb-ti’-né-0
ch, ph, and th are like c, , 7 piil’-chér, Phoe’-bé, thé-à-triim

a. In combinations of consonants give each its distinct sound. Doubled
consonants should be pronounced with a slight pause between the two
sounds. Thus pronounce Z/ as in vat-trap, not as in rattle; pp as in
hop-pole, not as in upper. Examples, mit/-to, Ap’pi-ts, b&l/-Iitm.

SYLLABLES

8. A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diph-
thongs. Thus ae-sta’-té has three syllables, au-di-én'-düs has four.

a. Two vowels with a consonant between them never make one syllable,
as is so often the case in English. Compare English zzs¢de with Latin
In-s1-dé.

9. Words are divided into syllables as follows :

I. À single consonant between two vowels goes with the second.
Thus &-ma’-bi-lis, mé-m6’-ri-d, in-té-ré-à, 4’-bést, pé-re'-git.!
2. Combinations of two or more consonants :

ae a. A consonant followed by / or x goes with the Zor 7. Thus pi-bli-ciis,
a/-gri.
EXCEPTION. Prepositional compounds of this nature, as also 7 and 77,

MAX

follow rule 4. Thus 4b’-li-6, áb-ríim"-po, il’-1é, fér^-rüm.

4. In all other combinations of consonants the first consonant goes with
the preceding vowel? Thus mág'-nüs, é&gés’-tas, vic-t0’-ri-a, hds’-pés,
Én'-nüs, sii-bac’-tiis.

3. The last syllable of a word is called the z/'-Z-7e; the one next
to the last, the e-zu/7 ; the one before the penult, the az/4e$enuf'.

1 In writing and printing it is customary to divide the parts of a compound,
as inter-eà, ab-est, sub-dctus, per-égit, contrary to the correct phonetic rule.
he 2 The combination nct is divided nc-t, as fünc-tüs, sanc-tüs. :

8 QUANTITY

10. EXERCISE

Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronounce
them, placing the accent as indicated:

Vádé ád fórmicám, O pigér, ét considérà vias &itis ét díscé sápién-
tam : quae cüm nón habéat dicm néc praecéptórém néc principém,
párát in aestaté cibüm sibi ét congrégat in méssé quód cómé&dát.

[Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise:
which, having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the
summer and gathereth her food in the harvest.]

D

QUANTITY

11. The quantity of a vowel or a syllable is the time it takes to
pronounce it. Correct pronunciation and accent depend upon the
proper observance of quantity.

12. Quantity of Vowels. Vowels are either long (-) or short (-).
In this book the long vowels are marked. Unmarked vowels are to
be considered short. :

m vowel is short before another vowel or 4, as pi-&^ tá. trá'-hó.

2. A vowel is short before z/ and zd, before final m or 7, and,
except in words of one syllable, before final 7 or r. Thus a'-mánt,
a-mán'-dus, a-ma’-bim, a-mà'-bát, a'-ni-mál, a/-mór.

3. A vowel is long before nf, ms, zx, and mcf. Thus in'-fe-ro,
re’-géns, sán'-xi, sanc’-tus. ,

4. Diphthongs are always long, and are not marked.

13. Quantity of Syllables. Syllables are either long or short, and
their quantity must be carefully distinguished from that of vowels.

1. A syllable is short,

a. If it ends in a short vowel; as 4’-m6, pi’-gri.

Norte. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a final conso-
nant. Thus the word mé-mi/-ri-Cám contains four short syllables. In the first
three a short vowel ends the syllable, in the last the short vowel is followed
by a final consonant.

ACCENT 9

2. À syllable is long,

a. If it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as cü'-rü, poe’-nae,
ae-sta’-te.

5. If it ends in a consonant which is followed by another consonant,
as cor’-pus, mag’-nus. ]

Norx. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, and should -
be pronounced accordingly. Thus in ter’-ra, in’-ter, the first syllable is long,
but the vowel in each case is short and should be given the short sound. In

words like saxum the first syllable is long because x has the value of two
consonants (cs or gs).

3. In determining quantity Z is not counted a consonant.

Note. Give about twice as much time to the long syllables as to the short
ones. It takes about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus a consonant as
it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and so these quantities are
considered equally long. For example, it takes about as long to say ciir’-r6 as
it does cii’-r6, and so each of these first syllables is long. Compare mól/-lis and
mo^"-is, à-mis'/-si and à-mi"-si.

ACCENT

14. Words of two syllables are accented on the first, as mén’-sa,
: Cae’-sar.

15.. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult
if the penult is long. If the penult is short, accent the antepenult..
Thus mo-n&'-mus, re'-gi-tur, a-gri’-co-la, a-man'-dus.

Norte. Observe that the position of the accent is determined by the length

of the syl/able and not by the length of the vowel in the syllable. (Cf. § 13. 2,
Note.)

16. Certain little words called enciit’ics,\ which have no separate
existence, are added to and pronounced with a preceding word. The
most common are -que, avd; -ve, or; and -ne, the question sign.
The syllable before an enclitic takes the accent, regardless of its
quantity. Thus populus'que, dea'que, régna’ve, audit’ne.

1 Enclitic means /eaning back, and that is, as you see, just what these little
words do. They cannot stand alone and so they lean back for support upon
the preceding word.

IO EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION

HOW TO READ LATIN

17. To read Latin well is not so difficult, if you begin right. Cor-
rect habits of reading should be formed now. Notice the quantities
carefully, especially the quantity of the penult, to insure your getting
the accent on the right syllable. (Cf. $ 15.) Give every vowel its
proper sound and every syllable its proper length. Then bear in
mind that we should read Latin as we read English, in phrases rather
than in separate words. Group together words that are closely con-
nected in thought. No good reader halts at the end of each word.

18. Read the stanzas of the following poem by Longfellow, one at a
time, first the English and then the Latin version. The syllables inclosed
in parentheses are to be slurred or omitted to secure smoothness of meter.

EXCELSIOR [HIGHER]!

The shades of night were falling fast, Cadébant noctis umbrae, dum

As through an Alpine village passed Tbat per vicum Alpicum

A youth, who bore, ’mid snow and ice, Gelü nivequ(e) adolescens,

A banner with the strange device, Vexillum cum signó ferens,
Excelsior ! Excelsior !

His brow was sad; his eye beneath, Frons tristis, micat oculus

Flashed like a falchion from its sheath, Velut € vagina gladius ;

And like a silver clarion rung Sonantque similés tubae

The accents of that unknown tongue, Accentüs lingu(ae) incognitae,
Excelsior ! Excelsior !

In happy homes he saw the light In domibus videt claras

Of household fires gleam warm and bright; ^ Focorum lücés calidas;

Above, the spectral glaciers shone, Relücet glaciés acris,

And from his lips escaped a groan, Et rumpit gemitüs labris,
Excelsior ! Excelsior !

“Try not the Pass!" the old man said; Dicit senex, '" Ne trànseàs!

" Dark lowers the tempest overhead, Supra nigréscit tempestis ;

1 Translation by C. W. Goodchild in Praeco Latinus, October, 1898.

EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION II

The roaring torrent is deep and wide!”

And loud that clarion voice replied,
Excelsior !

At break of day, as heavenward

The pious monks of Saint Bernard

Uttered the oft-repeated prayer,

A voice cried through the startled air,
Excelsior !

A traveler, by the faithful hound,

Half-buried in the snow was found,

Still grasping in his hand of ice

That banner with the strange device,
Excelsior !

There in the twilight cold and gray,

Lifeless, but beautiful, he lay,

And from the sky, serene and far,

A voice fell, like a falling star,
Excelsior !

Làtus et altus est torrens."
‘Clara vénit vox respondens,
Excelsior !

Iam lücesceébat, et fratres

Sàncti Bernardi vigiles

Orábant precés solitàs,

Cum vox clamavit per auras,
Excelsior !

Sémi-sepultus viator

Can(e) à fido reperitur,

Compréndéns pugno gelido

Illud véxillum cum signo,
Excelsior !

Iacet corpus exanimum
Sed lüce frigidà pulchrum ;
Et cael6 procul exiens
Cadit vox, ut stella cadens,
Excelsior !

PART II

WORDS AND FORMS

LESSON I
FIRST PRINCIPLES

19. Subject and Predicate. 1. Latin, like English, expresses thoughts
by means of sentences. A sentence is a combination of words that
expresses a thought, and in its simplest form is the statement of a
single fact. Thus,

Galba is a farmer The sailor fights
Galba est agricola Nauta pugnat

In each of these sentences there are two parts:

Galba is a farmer

Galba est agricola .
SUBJECT PREDICATE

The sailor Sights

Nauta pugnat

2. The subject is that person, place, or thing about which some-
thing is said, and is therefore a zown or some word which can serve
the same purpose.

4. Pronouns, as their name implies ( 270, " instead of,” and zzz), often

take the place of nouns, usually to save repeating the same noun, as,
Galba is a farmer, he zs a sturdy fellow.

3. The predicate is that which is said about the subject, and con-
sists of a verb with or without modifiers.
a, A verbás a word which asserts something (usually an act) concerning

a person, place, or thing.
12

FIRST PRINCIPLES I3

20. The Object. In the two sentences, Zhe boy hit the ball and
The ball hit the boy, the same words are used, but the meaning is
different, and depends upon the order of the words. The doer of the
act, that about which something is said, is, as we have seen above,
the subject. That to which something is done is the direct object of
the verb. Zhe boy hit the ball is therefore analyzed as follows:

SUBJECT PREDICATE
oF
The boy hit the ball

(verb) (direct object)

a. A verb whose action passes over to the object directly, as in the sen-
tence above, is called a transitive verb. A verb which does not admit of a
direct object is called intransitive, as, 7 walk, he comes.

21. The Copula. The verb ¢o £e in its different forms — ave, zs,
was, etc. — does not tell us anything about the subject; neither does
it govern an object. It simply connects the subject with the word or
words in the predicate that possess a distinct meaning. Hence it is
called the copula, that is, the 7ozzer or ink. i

22. In the following sentences pronounce the Latin and name the
nouns, verbs, subjects, objects, predicates, copulas :

I. America est patria mea 2. Agricola filiam amat
America ts fatherland my (The) farmer (his) daughter loves
3. Filia est Iulia 4. Tulia et agricola sunt in insula
(His) daughter is Julia Julia and (the) farmer are on(the)island
5. Iulia aquam portat 6. Rosam in comis habet
Julia water carries (A) rose in (her) hair (she) has
7. Tulia est puella pulchra 8. Domina filiam pulchram habet
Julia ts (a) girl pretty (The) lady (a) daughter beautiful has

a. The sentences above show that Latin does not express some words
which are necessary in English. First of all, Latin has no article the or a;
thus agricola may mean the farmer, « farmer, or simply farmer. Then, too,
the personal pronouns, /, you, Ae, she, etc., and the possessive pronouns,
my, your, his, her, etc., are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence
is clear without them.

I4 FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON II
FIRST PRINCIPLES (Continued)

23. Inflection. Words may change their forms to indicate some
change in sense or use, as, zs, ave; was, were; who, whose, whom ,
Jarmer, farmer's; woman, women. This is called inflection. The in-
flection of a noun, adjective, or pronoun is called its declension, that
of a verb its conjugation.

24. Number. Latin, like English, has two numbers, singular and
plural. In English we usually form the plural by adding -s or -es to
the singular. So Latin changes the singular to the plural by changing
the ending of the word. Compare

Naut-a pugnat The sailor fights
Naut-ae pugnant The sailors fight

25. Rute. Nouns that end in -a im the singular end in -ae
in the plural.

26. Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for the
Latin or the Latin for the English. Write the plural of each.

agri’cola, farmer (agriculture) + fuga, /light (fugitive)

aqua, water (aquarium) iniü'ria, wrong, injury

causa, cause, reason lina, 77007: (lunar)

do^mina, Jady of the house, nauta, saz/or (nautical)
mistress (dominate) puel/la, gz77

filia, daughter (filial) silva, forest (silvan)

forti’na, fortune terra, /and (terrace)

27. Compare again the sentences

Nauta pugna-t The sailor fights
Nautae pugna-nt The sailors fight

In the first sentence the verb pugna-t is in the third person singular, in
the second sentence pugna-nt is in the third person plural.

1 The words in parentheses are English words related to the Latin. When
the words are practically identical, as causa, cawse, no comparison is needed.

FIRST PRINCIPLES I5

28. RULE. Agreement of Verb. A finite verb must always be
in the same person and number as its subject.

29. RurE. /x the conjugation of the Latin verb the third per-
son singular active ends in -t, the third person plural in -nt.
The endings which show the person and number of the verb
are called personal endings.

30. Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each. The per-
sonal pronouns Ze, she, zt, etc., which are necessary in the inflection of the
English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because the personal endings
take their place. Of course, if the verb’s subject is expressed we do not
translate the personal ending by a pronoun; thus nauta pugnat is translated
the sailor fights, not the sailor he fights.

ama-t he (she, tt) loves, is loving, does love (amity, amiable)

labo’rat * “ “ Jabors, ds laboring, does labor

nüntia-t!i«* “ “ announces, 2$ announcing, does announce

portat “ ^" carries, ts carrying, does carry (porter)

pugnat “ “ “ fights, zs fighting, does fight (pugnacious)
31. EXERCISES

I. 1. The daughter loves, the daughters love. 2. The sailor is
carrying, the sailors carry. 3. The farmer does labor, the farmers
labor. 4. The girl is announcing, the girls do announce. 5. The
ladies are carrying, the lady carries. :

II. 1. Nauta pugnat, nautae pugnant. 2. Puella amat, puellae
amant. 3. Agricola portat, agricolae portant. 4. Filia laborat, filiae
laborant. s. Nauta nüntiat, nautae nüntiant. 6. Dominae amant,
domina amat.

1 The z in nüntio is long by exception. (Cf. § 12.2.)

DOMINA

16 FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON III
FIRST PRINCIPLES (Continued)

32. Declension of Nouns. We learned above ($$ 19, 20) the differ-
ence between the subject and object, and that in English they may
be distinguished by the order of the words. Sometimes, however, the
order is such that we are left in doubt. For example, the sentence
The lady her daughter loves might mean either that the lady loves her
daughter, or that the daughter loves the lady.

i. If the sentence were in Latin, no doubt could arise, because the
subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the words,
but by the endings of the words themselves. Compare the following
sentences :

Domina filiam amat
Filiam domina amat
Amat filiam domina
Domina amat filiam

The lady loves her daughter

Filia dominam amat
Dominam filia amat
Amat dominam filia
Filia amat dominam

The daughter loves the lady

4. Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in -a
and the object in -am. The form of the noun shows how it is used in
the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on the essential
meaning.

2. As stated above (§ 23), this change of ending is called declen-
sion, and each different ending produces what is called a case. When
we decline a noun, we give all its different cases, or changes of endings.
In English we have three cases, — nominative, possessive, and objec-
tive; but, in nouns, the nominative and objective have the same form,
and only the possessive case shows a change of ending, by adding ’s
or the apostrophe. The interrogative pronoun, however, has the fuller
declension, who? whose? whom?

FIRST PRINCIPLES

17

33. The following table shows a comparison between English and
Latin declension forms, and should be thoroughly memorized :

ENGLISH CASES Latin Cases
D Een Name of case and use Mec cud E ea Name of case and use
Who? Nominative — do’min-a Nominative —
case of the the lady case of the
: subject subject —
Whose? Possessive — domin-ae Genitive — g
case of the the lady’s case of the E
. possessor of the lady possessor E
Whom? Objective — domin-am Accusative —
case of the the lady case of the
object direct object
Who? Nominative — domin-ae Nominative —
case of the the ladies case of the
subject subject
Whose? Possessive — domin-a’rum Genitive — T
case of the the ladies’ case of the E
; ES
possessor of the ladies possessor a
Whom? Objective — domin-às Accusative —
case of the the ladies case of the
object direct object

When the nominative singular of a noun ends in -a, observe that

4. The nominative plural ends in -ae.
4. The genitive singular ends in -ae and the genitive plural in -àrum.

c. The accusative singular ends in -am and the accusative plural in -às.
d. 'The genitive singular and the nominative plural have the same ending.

34.

EXERCISE

Pronounce the following words and give their general meaning. Then
give the number and case, and the use of each form. Where the same
form stands for more than one case, give all the possible cases and uses.

r. Silva, silvas, silvam.
terrae, terrás. 4. Aquas, causam, lünàs. 5. Filiae, fortünae, lünae.
6. Iniüriàs, agricolarum, aquarum. 7. Iniüriàrum, agricolae, puellas.
8. Nautam, agricolàs, nautas. 9. Agricolam, puellam, silvarum.

2. Fugam, fugae, fuga.

3. Terrarum,

18 FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON IV
FIRST PRINCIPLES (Continued)

35. We learned from the table ($ 33) that the Latin nominative,
genitive, and accusative correspond, in general, to the nominative, pos-
sessive, and objective in English, and that they are used in the same
way. This will be made even clearer by the following sentence:

Filia agricolae nautam amat, the farmer’s daughter (or the
daughter of the farmer) loves the sailor

What is the subject? the direct object? What case is used for the sub-
ject? for the direct object? What word denotes the possessor? In what
case is it?

36. RULE. Nominative Subject. Zhe subject of a finite verb is
in the Nominative and answers the question Who? or What?
. 87. RULE. Accusative Object. Zhe direct object of a transitive
verb is in the Accusative and answers the question Whom ?
or What?

38. RULE. Genitive of the Possessor. Zhe word denoting the
owner or possessor of something is in the Genitive and answers
the question Whose ?

* DIANA SAGITTAS PORTAT ET FERAS NECAT

FIRST PRINCIPLES I9

39. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

I. 1. Diana est dea. 2. Làtona est dea. 3. Diana et Làtona sunt
deae. 4. Diana est dea lünae. 5. Diana est filia Latonae. 6. Latona
Diànam amat. 7. Diana est dea silvarum. 8. Diana silvam amat.
9. Diana sagittas portat. ro. Diana feras silvae necat. 11. Ferae
terrarum pugnant.

For the order of words imitate the Latin above.

IL 1. The daughter of Latona does love the forests. 2. Latona's
daughter carries arrows. 3. The farmers’ daughters do labor. 4. The
farmer’s daughter loves the waters of the forest. 5. The sailor is
announcing the girls’ flight. 6. The girls announce the sailors’ wrongs.
7. The farmer’s daughter labors. 8. Diana’s arrows are killing the
wild beasts of the land.

40. CONVERSATION

Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. The answers may be
found in the exercises preceding.

1. Quis est Diana? 4. Quis silvam amat?
2. Cuius filia est Diana? 5. Quis sagittàs portat?
3. Quis Dianam amat? 6. Cuius filiae laborant ?
»
LESSON V

FIRST PRINCIPLES (Continued)

41. The Dative Case. In addition to the relationships between
words expressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusa-
tive (objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express which
in English we use such words as from, with, by, to, for, in, at

Latin, too, makes frequent use of such prepositions; but often it
expresses these relations without them by means of case forms which

1 Words like zoe, for, by, from, in, etc., which define the relationship between
words, are called prepositions.

20 FIRST PRINCIPLES

English does not possess. One of the cases found in the Latin declen-
sion and lacking in English is called the Za'zive.

42. When the nominative singular ends in -a, the dative singular
ends in -ae and the dative plural in -is.

NoTE. Observe that the genitive singular, the dative singular, and the
nominative plural all have the same ending, -ae; but the useg of the three

cases are entirely different. The general meaning of the sentence usually
makes clear which case is intended.

4. Form the dative singular and plural of the following nouns: fuga,
causa, fortüna, terra, aqua, puella, agricola, nauta, domina.

43. The Dative Relation. The dative case is used to express the
relations conveyed in English by the prepositions 7e, Zowards, for.

These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion,
such as She went to town, He ran towards the horse, Columbus sailed for
America. In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as motion through
space is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is used to denote
that /o or towards which a benefit, injury, purpose, feeling, or quality is
directed, or that for which something serves or exists.

a. What dative relations do you discover in the following ?

The teacher gave a prize to John because he replied so promptly to all
her questions — a good example for the rest of us. It is a pleasure to us to
hear him recite. Latin is easy for him, but it is very hard for me. Some
are fitted for one thing and others for another.

44. The Indirect Object. Examine the sentence

Nauta fugam nüntiat, Ze saz/or announces the flight

Here the verb, nüntiat, governs the direct object, fugam, in the
accusative case. If, however, we wish to mention the persons to whom
the sailor announces the flight, as, Zhe sailor announces the flight to
the farmers, the verb will have two objects:

1. Its direct object, /ZgZ7 (fugam)
2. Its indirect object, farmers

According to the preceding section, /e the farmers is a relation cov-
ered by the dative case, and we are prepared for the following rule:

FIRST PRINCIPLES 2I

45. RULE. Dative Indirect Object. Zhe indirect object of a
verb ts in the Dative.

4. The indirect object usually stands before the direct object.

46. We may now complete the translation of the sentence Z7
sailor announces the flight to the farmers, and we have

Nauta agricolis fugam nüntiat

41. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

Point out the direct amd indirect objects and the genitive of the
possessor.

1.7 is . Quis nautis pecüniam dat? 2. Filiae agricolae nautis pecü-
niam dant. $. Quis fortünam pugnae nüntiat? 4. Galba agricolis
fortünam pugnae nüntiat. 5: Cui domind"Tabulam narrat? 6. Filiae
agricolae domina fabulam nàrrat. 7. Quis Dianae corónam dat?
8. Puella Dianae coronam dat quia Diànam amat. 9. Dea lünae
sagittas portat et feràs silvàrum necat. l6. Cuius victoriam Galba
nüntiat? rr. Nautae victoriam Galba nüntiat.

Imitate the word order of the preceding exercise.

IL 1. To whom do the girls give a wreath? 2. The girls give a
wreath to Julia, because Julia loves wreaths. 3. The sailors tell the
ladies? a story, because the ladies love stories. 4. The farmer gives
his (§ 22. 2) daughter water. s. Galba announces the cause of the
battle to the sailor. 6. The goddess of the moon loves the waters of
the forest. 7. Whose wreath is Latona carrying? Diana’s.

1 Observe that in English the indirect object often stands without a prepo-
sition Ze to mark it, especially when it precedes the direct object.

22 FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON VI
FIRST PRINCIPLES (Continued)

48. The Ablative Case. Another case, lacking in English but found
in the fuller Latin declension, is the ad'/a-tive.

49. When the nominative singular ends in -a, the ablative singular
ends in -à and the ablative plural in -is.
a. Observe that the final -& of the nominative is short, while the final -à
of the ablative is long, as,
Nom. filia AD. filia

&. Observe that the ablative plural is like the dative plural.
c. Form the ablative singular and plural of the following nouns: fuga,
causa, fortüna, terra, aqua, puella, agricola, nauta, domina.

50. The Ablative Relation. The ablative case is used to express
the relations conveyed in English by the prepositions from, wth, by,
at, in. It denotes

1. That from which something is separated, from which it starts,
or of which it is deprived — generally translated by from.

2. That with which something is associated or by means of which
it is done — translated by w/Z or dy.

3. The place where or the time when something happens — trans-
lated by zz or at.

a. What ablative relations do you discover in the following ?

In our class there are twenty boys and girls. Daily at eight o'clock they
come from home with their books, and while they are at school they study
Latin with great zeal. In a short time they will be able to read with ease
the books written by the Romans. By patience and perseverance all things
in this world can be overcome. .

51. Prepositions. While, as stated above (8 41), many relations
expressed in English by prepositions are in Latin expressed by case
forms, still prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with the
accusative or ablative.

FIRST PRINCIPLES 23

52. RULE. Object of a Preposition. A noun governed by a
preposition must be in the Accusative or Ablative case.

53. Prepositions denoting the ablative relations from, with, in, on,
are naturally followed by the ablative case. Among these are
alor ab, from, away from cum, wth
dé, from, down from in, Z7, on
6! or ex, from, out from, out of

1. Translate into Latin, using prepositions. In the water, on the
land, down from the forest, with the fortune, out of the forests, from
the victory, out of the waters, with the sailors, down from the moon.

54. Adjectives. Examine the sentence
Puella parva bonam deam amat, ¢he Zzt//e girl loves the good goddess

In this sentence parva (/////e) and bonam (good) are not nouns, but
are descriptive words expressing quality. Such words are called adyec-
tives,? and they are said to belong to the noun which they describe.

You can tell by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. The
ending of parva shows that it belongs to puella, and the ending of bonam
that it belongs to deam. "Words that belong together are said to agree, and
the belonging-together is called agreement, Observe that the adjective and
its noun agree in number and case.

55. Examine the sentences

Puella est parva, the girl zs little
Puella parva bonam deam amat, the little girl loves the good goddess

Tn the first sentence the adjective parva is separated from its noun
by the verb and stands in the predicate. It is therefore called a
predicate adjective. In the second sentence the adjectives parva and

14 and é are used only before words beginning with a consonant; ab and ex
are used before either vowels or consonants.

2 Pick out the adjectives in the following: " When I was a little boy, I
remember that one cold winter's morning I was accosted by a smiling man
with an ax on his shoulder. ‘My pretty boy,’ said he, ‘has your father a
grindstone ?'—'' Ves, sir, said I. —' You are a fine little fellow,’ said he.
‘Will you let me grind my ax on it?’”

24 FIRST PRINCIPLES

bonam are closely attached to the nouns puella and deam respectively,
and are called azfrzbutzve adjectives.

a. Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the following:

Do you think Latin is hard? Hard studies make strong brains. Lazy
students dislike hard studies. We are not lazy.

56. DIALOGUE
JULIA AND GALBA

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

I. Quis, Galba, est Diana?

G. Diana, Iülia, est pulchra dea lünae et silvarum.

I. Cuius filia, Galba, est Diana?

G. Latonae filia, Iulia, est Diana.

I. Quid Diana portat ?

G. Sagittas Diana portat.

I. Cir Diana sagittàs portat?

G. Diana sagittàs portat, Iülia, quod malas feras silvae magnae necat.
I. Amatne Latona filiam ?

G. Amat, et filia Latonam amat.

I. Quid filia tua parva portat ?

G. Coronas pulchras filia mea parva portat.

I. Cui filia tua cordnas pulchras dat?

G. Dianae coronas dat.

I. Quis est cum filià tua? Estne sola?

G. Sola nón est; filia mea parva est cum ancillà mea.

4. When a person is called or addressed, the case used is called the
voc ative (Latin vocare, " to call”). 7n form the vocative is regularly like
the nominative. ln English the name of the person addressed usually
stands first in the sentence. Zhe Latin vocative rarely stands first. Point
out five examples of the vocative in this dialogue.

4. Observe that questions answered by yes or zo in English are answered
in Latin by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to answer in Latin
the question Zs ZAe saz/or fighting ? Pugnatne nauta? you would say Pug-
nat, he zs fighting, or Non pugnat, he zs not fighting.

THE FIRST DECLENSION 25

LESSON VII
THE FIRST OR A-DECLENSION

97. In the preceding lessons we have now gone over all the cases,
singular and plural, of nouns whose nominative singular ends in -a.
All Latin nouns whose nominative singular ends in -a belong to the
First Declension. It is also called the 4-Declension because of the
prominent part which the vowel a plays in the formation of the cases.
We have also learned what relations are expressed by each case.
These results are summarized in the following table:

Use AND GENERAL MEANING OF

Case Noun TRANSLATION XXxcH Cage
SINGULAR
Vom.| do’min-a the lady The subject
Gen. | domin-ae of the lady, or the | The possessor of something
lady’s

Dat. | domin-ae to or for the lady Expressing the relation zo or for,
especially the indirect object

Acc. | domin-am the lady The direct object
Ab. | domin-a rom, with, by, in, | Separation (from), association or
the lady means (with, by), place where
or time when (zz, a?)
PruRAL
Vom.| domin-ae the ladies
Gen. | domin-a’rum| of the ladies, or the
ladies’
Dat. | domin-is to or for the ladies iai sin the
Acc. | domin-àás the ladies
ABl. | domin-is from, with, by, in,
the ladies

58. The Base. That part of a word which remains unchanged in
inflection and to which the terminations are added is called the base.

Thus, in the declension above, domin- is the base and -a is the termination
of the nominative singular.

26 GENDER'

59. Write the declension of the following nouns, separating the
base from the termination by a hyphen. Also give them orally.

pugna, terra, lina, ancil’la, coro/na, in’sula, silva

60. Gender. In English, names of living beings are either masculine
or feminine, and names of things without life are neuter. This is called
natural gender. Yet in English there are some names of things to
which we refer as if they were feminine; as, " Have you seen my
yacht? Se is a beauty." And there are some names of living beings
to which we refer as if they were neuter; as, "Is the baby here? No,
the nurse has taken zt home." Some words, then, have a gender quite
apart from sex or real gender, and this is called grammatical gender.

Latin, like English, has three genders. Names of males are usually
masculine and of females feminine, but zames of things have gram-
matical gender and may be either masculine, feminine, or neuter. Thus
we have in Latin the three words, lapis, a stone; rüpés, a cliff; and
saxum, @ vock. Lapis is masculine, rüpés feminine, and saxum neuter.
The gender can usually be determined by the ending of the word, and
must always be learned, for without knowing the gender it is impos-
sible to write correct Latin.

61. Gender of First-Declension Nouns. Nouns of the first declen-
sion are feminine unless they denote males. Thus silva is feminine,
but nauta, saz/or, and agricola, farmer, are masculine.

62. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284.

I. 1. Agricola cum filia in casa habitat. 2. Bona filia agricolae
cénam parat. 3. Cena est grata agricolae! et agricola bonam filiam
laudat. 4. Deinde filia agricolae gallinas ad cénam vocat. 5. Gallinae
filiam agricolae amant. 6. Malae filiae bonds cénas nón parant.
7. Filia agricolae est grata dominae. 8. Domina in insula magna
habitat. 9. Domina bonae puellae parvae pecüniam dat.

1 Note that the relation expressed by the dative case covers that to which a
feeling is directed. (Cf. $ 43.)

EXERCISES 27

IL r. Where does the farmer live? 2. The farmer lives in the
small cottage. 3. Who lives with the farmer? 4. (His) little daughter
lives with the farmer. 5. (His) daughter is getting (parat) a good
dinner for the farmer. 6. The farmer praises the good dinner.
7. The daughter's good dinner is pleasing to the farmer.

What Latin words are suggested by this picture?

63. ; CONVERSATION

Answer the questions in Latin.

. Quis cum agricola in casa habitat ?

. Quid bona filia agricolae parat?

. Quem agricola laudat?

. Vocatne filia agricolae gallinàs ad cenam?
. Cuius filia est grata dominae?

. Cui domina pecüniam dat?

nw & CQ) t HM

28 NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

LESSON VIII
FIRST DECLENSION (Continued)

64. We have for some time now been using adjectives and nouns
together, and you have noticed an agreement between them in case
and in number (854) They agree also in gender. In the phrase
silva magna, we have a feminine adjective in -a agreeing with a fem-
inine noun in -a.

65. RULE. Agreement of Adjectives. Adjectives agree with
their nouns in gender, number, and case.

66. Feminine adjectives in -a are declined like feminine nouns in
-a, and you should learn to decline them together as follows:

Noun ADJECTIVE
domina (base domin-), f., /zdy bona (base bon-), good

SINGULAR

TERMINATIONS

JVozt. do’mina bona -a
Gen. dominae bonae -ae
Dat. | dominae bonae -ae
Acc. | dominam bonam -am
Abl. | domina bona -à

PLURAL
Vom. dominae bonae -ae
Gen. domina’rum bona’rum -árum
Dat. | dominis bonis -is
Acc. | dominas bonas -às
Abl. |dominis bonis -Is

u. In the same way decline together puella mala, ¢he dad girl, ancil/la
parva, the little maid, forti’na magna, great fortune.

67. The words dea, goddess, and filia, daughter, take the ending
-abus instead of -is in the dave and ablative plural. Note the dative
and ablative plural in the following declension :

ORDER OF WORDS IN LATIN 29

dea bona (bases de- bon-)

SINGULAR PLURAL
Vom. dea bona deae bonae
Gen. | deae bonae dea/rum bona’rum
Dat. | deae bonae dea’bus bonis
Acc. | deam bonam deàs bonás
Abl. dea bona dea’bus bonis

a. In the same way decline together filia parva.

68. Latin Word Order. The order of words in English and in Latin
sentences is not the same.

In English we arrange words in a fairly fixed order. Thus, in the
sentence My daughter is getting dinner for the farmers, we cannot
alter the order of the words without spoiling the sentence. We can,
however, throw emphasis on different words by speaking them with
more force. Try the effect of reading the sentence by putting special
force on my, daughter, dinner, farmers.

In Latin, where the office of the word in the sentence is shown by
its ending (cf. § 32. 1), and not by its Aosztion, the order of words is
more free, and position is used to secure the same effect that in
English is secured by emphasis of voice. To a limited extent we
can alter the order of words in English, too, for the same purpose.
Compare the sentences

J saw a game of football at Chicago last November (normal order)

Last November / saw a game of football at Chicago
At Chicago, last November, I saw a game of football

I. In a Latin sentence the most emphatic place is the vst, next in
importance is the /as¢, the weakest point is the mddd/e. Generally the
subject is the most important word, and is placed /£zs/ ; usually the vez? is
the next in importance, and is placed /as¢. The other words of the sentence
stand between these two in the order of their importance. Hénce the
normal order of words — that is, where no unusual emphasis is expressed
—is as follows:

subject — modifiers of the subject — indirect object — direct object — adverb — verb

Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire for
throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. /Vofice the order of the

30 ORDER OF WORDS IN LATIN

Latin words when you are translating, and imitate it when you are
turning English into Latin.

2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after
their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as filia
mea, my daughter; mea filia, my daughter; casa Galbae, Galba’s cottage ;
Galbae casa, Galba’s cottage.

Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following
sentence in different ways:

Filia mea agricolis cénam parat (normal order)
Mea filia agricolis parat cénam (mea and cénam emphatic)
Agricolis filia mea cenam parat (agricolis emphatic)

3. An adjective placed before its noun is more emphatic than when it
follows. When great emphasis is desired, the adjective is separated from
its noun by other words.

Filia mea casam parvam non amat (parvam not emphatic)
Filia mea parvam casam nón amat (parvam more emphatic)
Parvam filia mea casam nón amat (parvam very emphatic)

4. Interrogative words usually stand first, the same as in English.
5. The copula (as est, sunt) is of so little importance that it frequently
does not stand last, but may be placed wherever it sounds well.

69. EXERCISE
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284.

Note the order of the words in these sentences and pick out those that
are emphatic.

1. Longae nón sunt tuae viae. 2. Suntne tubae novae in mea
casa? Non sunt. 3. Quis lata in silva habitat? Diana, lünae clarae
pulchra dea, lata in silva habitat. 4. Boni nautae altas amant aquas.
5. Quid ancilla tua portat? Ancilla mea tubam novam portat. 6. Ubi
sunt Lesbia et Iülia? In tua casa est Lesbia et Iülia est in mea.
j. Estne Italia lata terra? Longa est Italia, non lata. 8. Cui Galba
agricola fabulam novam narrat? Filiabus dominae clarae fabulam
novam nàrrat. 9. Clara est insula Sicilia. ro. Quem laudat Latona?
Latona filiam laudat.

THE SECOND DECLENSION 31

First Review of Vocabulary and Grammar, 88 502-505

LESSON IX
THE SECOND OR O-DECLENSION

70. Latin nouns are divided into five declensions.

The declension to which a noun belongs is shown by the ending of the
genitive singular. This should always be learned along with the nominative
and the gender.

71. The nominative singular of nouns of the Second or O-Declen-
sion ends in -us, -er, -ir, or -um. The genitive singular ends in -i.

72. Gender. Nouns in -um are neuter. The others are regularly
masculine.

73. Declension of nouns in -us and -um. Masculines in -us and
neuters in -um are declined as follows :

dominus (base domin-) m., zzas/er ^ pilum (base pil-), n., spear

SINGULAR
TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS

Nom, do'minus! -us pilum -um
Gen. domini E! pili E!
Dat. | domino n pilo -
Acc. | dominum -um pilum -um
ABL. — domino 5 pilo 4
Voc. | domine -e pilum -um

PLURAL
Vom. | domini E! pila -a
Gen. | domino'rum rum pild’rum -órum
Dat. | dominis ds pilis -is
Acc. dominés -ós pila -a
Abl. . dominis ds pilis -Is

1 Compare the declension of domina and of dominus.

32 THE PREDICATE NOUN

a. Observe that the masculines and the neuters have the same termina-
tions excepting in the nominative singular and the nominative and accusa-
tive plural.

à. The vocative singular of words of the second declension in -us ends
in -8, as domine, O master, serve, O slave. This is the single exception
to the rule in $ 56. a.

,

74. Write side by side the declension of domina, dominus, and
pilum. A comparison of the forms will lead to the following
rules, which are of great importance because they apply to all five
declensions :

a. The vocative, with a single exception (see $ 73. 4), is like the nomi-
native. That is, the vocative singular is like the nominative singular, and
the vocative plural is like the nominative plural.

5. The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuter nouns are alike,
and in the plural end in -a.

c. The accusative singular of masculines and feminines ends in -m and
the accusative plural in -s.

d. The dative and ablative plural are always alike.

e. Final -i and -o are always /ozg ; final-a is short, except in the abla-
tive singular of the first declension.

75. Observe the sentences

Lesbia est bona, Lesbia zs good
Lesbia est ancilla, ZLesóza zs a zsaidservant

We have learned ($ 55) that bona, when used, as here, in the predi-
cate to describe the subject, is called a predicate adjective. Similarly a
noun, as ancilla, used in the predicate to define the subject is called
a predicate noun.

76. RULE. Predicate Noun. A predicate noun agrees in case
with the subject of the verb.

PILA

THE SECOND DECLENSION 33

77. DIALOGUE
GALBA AND Marcus
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

G. Quis, Marce, est
legatus cum pilo et tuba?

M. Legatus, Galba,
est Sextus.

G. Ubi Sextus habi-
tat?!

M. In oppido Sextus
cum filiabus habitat.

G. Amantne oppidani
Sextum ?

M. Amant oppidani
Sextum et laudant, quod
magna cum constantià
pugnat.

G. Ubi, Marce, est
ancilla tua? Cir nón
cenam parat?

M. Ancilla mea, Galba,
equo légati aquam et
frümentum dat.

G. Cir nón servus Sexti equum domini cürat ?

M. Sextus et servus ad mürum oppidi matirant. Oppidani bellum
parant.?

LEGATUS CUM PILO ET TUBA

lhabitat is here translated does Live. Note the Zee possible translations
of the Latin present tense:
he lives
habitat i he is living
he does live
Always choose the translation which makes the best sense.

2 Observe that the verb paró means not only 7o prepare but also to prepare
Jor, and governs the accusative case.

34 NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

78. CONVERSATION

Translate the questions and answer them in Latin.

1. Ubi filiae Sexti habitant ? 4. Cuius equum ancilla cürat ?
2. Quem oppidani amant et lau- 5. Quis ad mürum cum Sexto
dant? maturat ?

3. Quid ancilla equo legati dat? 6. Quid oppidàni parant?

LESSON X
SECOND DECLENSION (Continued)

79. We have been freely using feminine adjectives, like bona, in
agreement with feminine nouns of the first declension and declined
like them. 7MaseuZize adjectives of this class are declined like dominus,
and neuters like pilum. The adjective and noun, masculine and neuter,
are therefore declined as follows:

MASCULINE NOUN AND ADJECTIVE NEUTER NOUN AND ADJECTIVE
dominus bonus, ZZe good master pilum bonum, ¢he good spear
Bases domin- bon- Baszs pil- bon-
SINGULAR

TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS
‘Vom. do’minus bonus -us pilum bonum -um
Gen. domini boni d pili boni d
Dat. domino bond - pilo bond 5
Acc. | dominum bonum -um pilum bonum -um
Abl. dominó bono 5 pild bono B
Voc. | domine bone -e pilum bonum -um
PLURAL

JVom. domini boni E! pila bona -a
Gen. domin6’rum bono'rum -drum pilo^rum bond’rum -órum
Dat. dominis bonis Js pilis bonis -is
Acc. dominos bonos -6s pila bona -a

ABL dominis bonis -is pilis bonis -is

APPOSITION 35

Decline together bellum longum, equus parvus, servus malus, mürus
altus, frümentum novum.

80. Observe the sentences

Lesbia ancilla est bona, Zesóza, the matdservant, is good
Filia Lesbiae ancillae est bona, ‘he daughter of Lesbia, the maid-
servant, ts good

Servus Lesbiam ancillam amat, ¢he slave loves Lesbia, the maid-
servant

In these sentences ancilla, ancillae, and ancillam denote the class of
persons to which Zeséza belongs and explain who she is. Nouns so related
that the second is only another name for the first and explains it are said
to be in apposition, and are always in the same case.

81. RULE. Apposition. Ax appositive agrees in case with the
noun which it explains.

82. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

I. 1. Patria servi boni, vicus servorum bonórum, bone popule.
2. Populus oppidi magni, in oppido magno, in oppidis magnis.
3. Cum pilis longis, ad pila longa, ad müros latos. 4. Legate male,
amici légati mali, cena grata domino bono. 5. Frümentum equorum
parvórum, domine bone, ad légàtos claros. 6. Rhénus est in Ger-
mania, patria mea. 7. Sextus legatus pilum longum portat. 8. Oppi-
dani boni Sexto legato clard pecüniam dant. 9. Mali servi equum
bonum Marci domini necant. ro. Galba agricola et Iülia filia bona
laborant. 11. Marcus nauta in insula Sicilia habitat.

II. 1. Wicked slave, who is your friend? Why does he not praise
Galba, your master? 2. My friend is from (ex) a village of Germany,
my fatherland. 3. My friend does not love the people of Italy.
4. Who is caring for! the good horse of Galba, the farmer? 5. Mark,
where is Lesbia, the maidservant? 6. She is hastening‘ to the little
cottage ? of Julia, the farmer's daughter.

1 See footnote 1, p. 33. Remember that cürat is transitive and governs a
direct object. 2 Not the dative. (Cf. § 43.)

36 ADJECTIVES

LESSON XI
ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS

83. Adjectives of the first and second declensions are declined in
the three genders as follows :

SINGULAR

MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER
4Vom. bonus bona bonum
Gen. — boni bonae boni
Dat. | bono bonae bonó
Acc. | bonum bonam bonum
Abl. | bono bona bond
Voc. bone bona bonum

PLURAL

Vom. boni bonae bona
Gen. | bonorum bonarum bonorum
Dat. bonis bonis bonis
Acc. bonds bonàs bona
Abl. bonis bonis bonis

a, Write the declension and give it orally across the page, thus giving
the three genders for each case.

4. Decline gratus, -a, -um; malus, -a, -um; altus, -a, -um ; parvus, -a,
-um.

84. Thus far the adjectives have had the same terminations as the
nouns. However, the agreement between the adjective and its noun
does zo? mean that they must have the same termination. If the
adjective and the noun belong to different declensions, the terminations
will, in many cases, not be the same. For example, nauta, sailor, is
masculine and belongs to the first declension. The masculine form of
the adjective bonus is of the second declension. Consequently, « good
sailor is nauta bonus. So, the wicked farmer is agricola malus. Learn
the following declensions :

EXERCISES 37

8". nauta bonus (bases naut- bon-), m., the good satlor
SINGULAR PLURAL

Lvom. nauta bonus nautae boni
Gen. nautae boni nautarum bonórum
Dat. nautae bond nautis bonis
Acc. | nautam bonum nautas bonós
Ab. nautà bonó nautis bonis
Voc. | nauta bone nautae boni

86. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

I. 1, Est! in vicó nauta bonus. 2. Sextus est amicus nautae boni.
3. Sextus nautae bono galeam dat. 4. Populus Rómànus nautam
bonum laudat. 5. Sextus cum nautà bond praedam portat. 6. Ubi,
nauta bone,.sunt arma et tela legati Romani? 7. Nautae boni ad bel-
lum matürant. 8. Fama nautarum bonórum est clara. 9. Pugnae sunt
gratae nautis bonis. ro. Oppidàni nautàs bonds cürant. 11. Cir,
nautae boni, mali agricolae ad Rhénum matürant? r2. Mali agricolae
cum bonis nautis pugnant.

IL 1. The wicked farmer is hastening to the village with (his)
booty. 2. The reputation of the wicked farmer is not good. 3. Why
does Galba's daughter give arms and weapons to the wicked farmer?
4. Lesbia invites the good sailor to dinner. 5. Why is Lesbia with
the good sailor hastening from the cottage? 6. Sextus, where is my
helmet? 7. The good sailors are hastening to the toilsome battle.
8. The horses of the wicked farmers are small. 9. The Roman people
give money to the good sailors. ro. Friends care for the good sailors.
11. Whose friends are fighting with the wicked farmers ?

1 Est, beginning a declarative sentence, there zs.

GALEAE

38 NOUNS IN -/US AND -7UM

LESSON XII
NOUNS IN -JUS AND -IUM

87. Nouns of the second declension in -ius and -ium end in -i in
the genitive singular, zof in -il, and the accent rests on the penult;
as, fili from filius (soz), praesi’di from praesi'dium (garrison).

88. Proper names of persons in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the
vocative singular, zo? in -é, and the accent rests on the penult; as,
Vergi'li, O Vergil ; fili, O son.

a, Observe that in these words the vocative and the genitive are alike.

89. praesidium (base praesidi), u., g2772soz — filius (base fili-), m., soz

SINGULAR
JVom. praesidium filius
Gen. praesidi fili
Dat. praesidio filio
Acc. — praesidium filium
AD. praesidio filio
Voc. | praesidium fili

The plural is regular. Note that the -i- of the base is lost only
in the genitive singular, and in the vocative of words like filius.

Decline together praesidium parvum ; filius bonus; fluvius longus, che
long river, proelium clarum, ZZe famous battle. .

90. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

I. 1. Frümentum bonae terrae, gladi mali, belli longi. 2. Constantia
magna, praesidia magna, clare Vergil 3. Male serve, O clarum
oppidum, male fili, filii mali, fili mali. 4. Fluvi longi, fluvii longi, fluvi-
orum longorum, fama praesi'di magni. s. Cum gladiis parvis, cum
deabus claris, ad nautas claros. 6. Multorum proeliorum, praedae
magnae, ad proelia düra.

NOUNS IN —-ER AND -7R 39

GERMANIA

IL Germania, patria Germànorum, est clara terra. In Germania
sunt fluvii multi. Rhenus magnus et latus fluvius Germàniae est. In
silvis làtis Germaniae sunt ferae multae. Multi Germàni in oppidis
magnis et in vicis parvis habitant et multi sunt agricolae boni. Bella
Germanorum sunt magna et clara. Populus Germàniae bellum et 5
proelia amat et saepe cum finitimis pugnat. Fluvius Rhénus est
finitimus oppidis! multis et claris.

LESSON XIII
SECOND DECLENSION (Continued)

91. Declension of Nouns in -er and -ir. In early Latin all the
masculine nouns of the second declension ended in -os. This -os later
became -us in words like servus, and was dropped entirely in words
with bases ending in -r, like puer, doy; ager, feld; and vir, man.
These words are therefore declined as follows:

92. puer, m., doy ager, m., field vir, m., man
BasE puer- BASE agr- Base vir-
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Nom. puer ager vir
Gen. pueri agri viri i
Dat. puero agro viro 5
Acc. | puerum agrum virum -um
AD. puero agro viro 4
PLURAL
Vom. pueri agri virl i
Gen. puerorum agrorum virorum trum
Dat. pueris agris viris -is
Acc. | puerüs agros virüs -ós
AB. pueris agris viris ds

1 Dative with finitimus. (See $43.)

Un

40 ADJECTIVES IN -ZR

a. The vocative case of these words is like the nominative, following the
general rule (§ 74. a).

&. The declension differs from that of servus only in the nominative and
vocative singular.

c. Note that in puer the e remains all the way through, while in ager it is
present only in the nominative. In puer the e belongs to the base, but in
ager (base agr-) it does not, and was inserted in the nominative to make it-
easier to pronounce. Most words in -er are declined like ager. Zhe genitive
shows whether you are to follow puer or ager.

93. Masculine adjectives in -er of the second declension are de-
clined like nouns in -er. A few of them are declined like puer, but
most of them like ager. The feminine and neuter nominatives show
which form to follow, thus,

Masc. FEM. NEUT.

liber libera liberum (ree) is like puer
pulcher pulchra pulchrum (pretty) is like ager

For the full declension in the three genders, see § 469. 2. c.

94. Decline together the words vir liber, terra libera, frümentum liberum,
puer pulcher, puella pulchra, oppidum pulchrum.

95. ITALIA!
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286.

Magna est Italiae fama, patriae Romanorum, et clara est Roma,
domina orbis terrarum.? Tiberim,? fluvium Romanum, quis nón laudat
et pulchros fluvio finitimos agrós? Altos müros, longa et düra bella,
clarás victorias quis non laudat? Pulchra est terra Italia. Agri boni
agricolis praemia dant magna, et equi agricolarum cópiam frümenti
ad oppida et vicos portant. In agris populi Romani laborant multi
servi. Viae Italiae sunt longae et latae. Finitima Italiae est insula
Sicilia.

1In this selection note especially the emphasis as shown by the order of

the words. ? orbis terrarum, of the world. 8 Tiberim, /Ze Tiber, accusative
case. *

ADJECTIVES IN -ZR 4I

96. DIALOGUE

MARCUS AND CORNELIUS

C. Ubi est, Marce, filius tuus? Estne in pulchra terra Italia?
M. Non est, Corneli, in Italia. Ad fluvium Rhénum máàtürat cum

cópiis Romànis quia est! fama
novi belli cum Germanis. Liber
Germàniae populus Romanos
non amat.

C. Estne filius tuus copiarum
Romanarum légatus ?

M. Legatus non est, sed est
apud legiónàrios.

C. Quae? arma portat??

M. Scütum magnum et lori-
cam düram et galeam pulchram
portat.

C. Quae tela portat ?

M. Gladium et pilum longum
portat.

C. Amatne légatus filium
tuum ?

M. Amat, et saepe filio meo
praemia pulchra et praedam
multam dat.

C. Ubi est terra Germanorum ?

LEGIONARIUS

M. Terra Germanorum, Cornéli, est finitima Rheno, fluvio magno

et alto.

1 est, before its subject, there zs; so sunt, there are. 2 Quae, what kind of,

an interrogative adjective pronoun.
lations of the present tense? -

3 What are the three possible trans-

42 POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS

LESSON XIV

THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS

97. Observe the sentences
This is my shield
This shield ts mine

In the first sentence my is a possessive adjective; in the second mine
is a possessive pronoun, for it takes the place of a noun, ¢hzs shield is
mine being equivalent to ZAzs shield zs my shield. Similarly, in Latin the
possessives are sometimes adjectzves and sometimes pronouns.

98. The possessives my, mine, your, yours, etc. are declined like
adjectives of the first and second declensions.

SINGULAR
Ist Pers. meus, mea, meum my, mine
2d Pers. tuus, tua, tuum your, yours
34 Pers. suus, sua, suum his (own), her (own), its (own)
PLURAL
Zst Pers, noster, nostra, nostrum Our, ours
2d Pers. vester, vestra, vestrum Jour, yours
34d Pers. suus, sua, suum their (own), theirs

Note. Meus has the irregular vocative singular masculine mi, as mi fili,
O my son.

a. The possessives agree with the name of the zing Possessed in gender,
number, and case. Compare the English and Latin in

Sextus ts calling his boy Sextus

Julia is calling her boy — lulia } ii eat

Observe that suum agrees with puerum, and is unaffected by the gender
of Sextus or Julia.

6, When your, yours, refers to ove person, use tuus; when to more
than one, vester; as,

Lesbia, your wreaths are pretty — Coronae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchrae
Girls, your wreaths are pretty Corónae vestrae, puellae, sunt pulchrae

EXERCISES 43

c. Suus is a reflexive possessive, that is, it always refers back to the
sudject. Thus, Vir suos servos vocat means 7he man calls his (own)
slaves. Here hzs (suos) refers to man (vir), and could not refer to any
one else.

d. Possessives are used much less frequently than in English, being
omitted whenever the meaning is clear without them. (Cf. § 22. a.) This
is especially true of suus, -a, -um, which, when inserted, is more or less
emphatic, like our Js own, her own, etc.

99. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286.

I. 1. Marcus amico Sexto consilium suum nüntiat. 2. Est copia
frümenti in agris nostris. 3. Amici mei bonam cénam ancillae vestrae
laudant. 4. Tua lorica, mi fili, est düra. 5. Scüta nostra et tela, mi
amice, in castris Romanis sunt. 6. Suntne viri patriae tuae liberi?
Sunt. 7. Ubi, Cornéli, est tua galea pulchra? 8. Mea galea, Sexte,
est in casà mea. 9. Pilum longum est tuum, sed gladius est meus.
10. Lilia gallinàs suas pulchras amat et gallinae dominam suam amant.
ir. Nostra castra sunt vestra. 12. Est copia praedae in castris vestris.
13. Amici tui miseris et aegris cibum et pecüniam saepe dant.

IL r. Our teacher praises Mark's industry. 2. My son Sextus is
carrying his booty to the Roman camp.! 3. Your good girls are giving
aid to the sick and wretched.? 4. There are? frequent battles in our
villages. 5. My son, where is the lieutenant's food? 6. The camp is
mine, but the weapons are yours.

* 1 Not the dative. Why? 2 Here the adjectives sick and wretched are used
like nouns. 3 Where should sunt stand? Cf. I. 2 above.

AGRICOLA ARAT

44 THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH

LESSON XV
THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH

100. Of the various relations denoted by the ablative case (8 50)
there is none more important than that expressed in English by the
preposition wth. This little word is not so simple as it looks. It does
not always convey the same meaning, nor is it always to be translated
by cum. This will become clear from the following sentences:

a. Mark is feeble with (for or because of) want of food
à. Diana kills the beasts vzZz (or dy) her arrows

c. Julia is with Sextus

d. The men fight wth great steadiness

a. In sentence a, with want (of food) gives the cause of Mark’s feeble-
ness. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition,
and the construction is called the ablative of cause :

Marcus est infirmus inopia cibi

&. In sentence 4, w7th (or by) her arrows tells by means of what Diana
kills the beasts. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a
preposition, and the construction is called the ablative of means:

Diana sagittis suis feras necat

c. In sentence c we are told that Julia is not alone, but in company with
Sextus. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative with the preposi-
tion cum, and the construction is called the ablative of accompaniment : :

Iulia est cum Sexto

4. In sentence @ we are told how the men fight. The idea is one of
manner. This is expressed in Latin by the ablative with cum, unless there
is a modifying adjective present, in which case cum may be omitted. This
construction is called the ablative of manner:

Viri (cum) constantia magna pugnant

101. You are now able to form four important rules for the ablative
denoting zz¢h .

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING JZI/TH 45

102. Rurr. Ablative of Cause. Cause is denoted by the abla-
tive without a preposition. This answers the question Because
of what?

103. RuLE. Ablative of Means. Jeans is denoted by the abla-
tive without a preposition. This answers the question By means
of what? With what ?

N.B. Cum must never be used with the ablative expressing cause or
means. *

104. Rurr. Ablative of Accompaniment. Accompaniment is
denoted by the ablative with cum. This answers the question
With whom ?

105. Rurr. Ablative of Manner. 7Ze ablative with cum is used
to denote the manner of an action, Cum may be omitted, if an
adjective is used with the ablative. This answers the question
How? In what manner ?

106. What uses of the ablative do you discover in the following
passage, and what question does each answer ?

The soldiers marched to the fort with great speed and broke down the
gate with blows of their muskets. The inhabitants, terrified by the din,
attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but the stream
was swollen with (ov by) the rain. Because of this many were swept away
by the waters and only a few, almost overcome with fatigue, with great
difficulty succeeded in gaining the farther shore.

107. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286.

I. Zhe Romans prepare for War. Romani, clarus Italiae populus,
bellum parant. Ex agris suis, vicis, oppidisque magno studio viri validi
ad arma matirant. Iam légati cum legionàriis ex Italia ad Rhenum,
fluvium Germaniae altum et latum, properant, et servi equis et carris
cibum frümentumque ad castra Romana portant. Inopia bondrum
telorum infirmi sunt Germani, sed Romani armàti galeis, loricis,
scütis, gladiis, pilisque sunt validi.

46 THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

II. 1. The sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with great
diligence. 2. Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son Mark are fighting
with the Germans. 3. The Roman legionaries are armed with long
spears. 4. Where is Lesbia, your maid, Sextus? Lesbia is with my
friends in Galba’s cottage. s. Many are sick because of bad water
and for lack of food. 6. The Germans, with (their) sons and daughters,
are hastening to the river Rhine.

LESSON XVI
THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

108. There are nine irregular adjectives of the first and second
declensions which have a peculiar termination in the genitive and
dative singular of all genders:

Masc. FEM. NEUT.
Gen. Aus -ius -ius
Dat. A E! E

Otherwise they are declined like bonus, -a, -um. Learn the list
and the meaning of each:

alius, alia, aliud, other, another (of —nüllus, -a, -um, zoze, no

several) solus, -a, -um, alone
alter, altera, alterum, ¢he one, the — totus, -a, -um, a//, whole, entire
other (of two) uter, utra, utrum, wich ?
ünus, -a, -um, ove, alone, (in the (of two)
plural) ozZy neuter, neutra, neutrum, ze/Aer
üllus, -a, -um, any (of two)
109. PARADIGMS
SINGULAR
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
Nom. nüllus nülla nullum alius alia aliud
Gen. nüll/'us nüllitus nülli'us ali’us ali'us ali’us
Dat. nilli nülli nulli alii alii alii
Acc. nülum X nüllam nüllum alium aliam aliud
AM. —nüllo nulla nullo alio alia alio

. THE PLURAL IS REGULAR

THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 47

a, Note the peculiar neuter singular ending in -d of alius. The genitive
alius is rare. Instead of it use alterius, the genitive of alter.

6, These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of pro-
nouns (see $ 114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes called
the pronominal adjectives.

110. Learn the following idioms:

alter, -era, -erum . . . alter, era, -erum, Zhe one . . . the other (of two)
alius, -a, -ud . . . alius, -a, -ud, oze . . . another (of any number)
alii, -ae,-a . . .'alil, -ae, -a, some . . . others

EXAMPLES

I. Alterum oppidum est magnum, alterum parvum, ¢he one town is
large, the other small (of two towns).

2. Aliud oppidum est validum, aliud infirmum, oxe town zs strong,
another weak (of towns in general).

3. Alii gladios, alii scüta portant, some carry swords, others shields.

111. EXERCISES

I. 1. In utrà casa est Iülia? Iülia est in neutra casa. 2. Nülli
malo puerd praemium dat magister. 3. Alter puer est nauta, alter
agricola. 4. Alii viri aquam, alii terram amant. 5. Galba: ünus (or
solus) cum studio laborat. 6. Estne illus carrus in agro meo?
7. Lesbia est ancilla alterius domini, Tullia alterius. 8. Lesbia sola
cénam parat. 9. Cena nüllius alterius ancillae est bona. ro. Lesbia
nülli alii viro cenam dat.

Note. The pronominal adjectives, as you observe, regularly stand before
and not after their nouns.

II. 1. The men of all Germany are preparing for war. 2. Some
towns are great and others are small. 3. One boy likes chickens,
another horses. 4. Already the booty of one town is in our fort.
5. Our whole village is suffering for (i.e. weak because of) lack of food.
6. The people are already hastening to the other town. 7. Among
the Romans (there) is no lack of grain.

48 THE DEMONSTRATIVE JS, £4, 4D

LESSON XVII
THE DEMONSTRATIVE JIS, EA, ID

112. A demonstrative is a word that points out an object definitely,
as this, that, these, those. Sometimes these words are pronouns, as,
Do you hear these? and sometimes adjectives, as, Do you hear these
men? In the former case they are called demonstrative pronouns,
in the latter demonstrative adjectives.

113. Demonstratives are similarly used in Latin both as pronouns
and as adjectives. The one used most is

is, masculine; ea, feminine; id, neuter

this T these

SINGULAR PLURAL
that \ those

114. Is is declined as follows. Compare its declension with that
of alius, § 109.

BASE e-
SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. FEM. -NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.

Nom. is ea id el(orv ii) eae ea

Gen. eius eius eius eorum eàrum eorum
Dat. a el ei eis (ov iis) els(oriis) eis (or iis)
Acc. eum eam id eos eas ea

AD eo ea eo eis (or ils) eis (ov iis) eis (07 ils)

Note that the base e- changes to i- in a few cases. The genitive singular
eius is pronounced eh’yws. In the plural the forms with two i's are preferred
and the two i's are pronounced as one. Hence, pronounce ii as 1 and iis
as is.

115. Besides being used as demonstrative pronouns and adjectives
the Latin demonstratives are regularly used for the personal pronoun
he, she, tt. s a personal pronoun, then, is would have the following
meanings :

COMPARISON BETWEEN SUUS AND JS 49

(Mom. is, he; ea, she, id, it "

Gen. eius, of him or his ; eius, of her, her, or hers; eius, of zi
or zs

Since. 4 Daf. ei, fo or for him, ei, to or for her, ei, fo or for it

Acc. eum, him, eam, her; id, if

Abl. — eb, with, from, etc., him, ea, with, from, etc., her; eo,
with, from, etc., it

(Vom. ei or il, eae, ea, they

Gen. eorum, eárum, eórum, of them, their

Prum.4 Daz. eis or iis, eis or ils, eis or iis, fo or for them

Acc. eds, eds, ea, them

\Aél. — eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis, with, from, etc., them

116. Comparison between suus and is. We learned above (§ 98. ¢)
that suus is a reflexive possessive. When s, her (poss.), zs, their, do
not refer to the subject of the sentence, we express fis, her, its by
eius, the genitive singular of is, ea, id; and /Aer by the genitive
plural, using eorum to refer to a masculine or neuter antecedent noun
and earum to refer to a feminine one.

|" EXAMPLES

Galba calls his (own) son, Galba suum filium vocat

Galba calls his son (not his own, but another's), Galba eius filium vocat
Julia calls her (own) children, Yülia suds liberos vocat

Julia calls her children (not her own, but another's), Iulia eius liberos

vocat

The men praise their (own) boys, viri suds puerós laudant

The men praise their boys (not their own, but others’), viri eorum puerós
laudant 3

117. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287.

1. He praises her, him, it, them. 2. This cart, that report, these
teachers, those women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That strong
garrison, among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness,
those frequent plans.

4. The other woman is calling her chickens (Zer ow). 5. Another
woman is calling her chickens (wot her own). 6. The Gaul praises

50 EXERCISES

his arms (A7s-own). 7. The Gaul praises his arms (not his own).
8. This farmer often plows their fields. 9. Those wretched slaves
long for their master (¢heir own). ro. Those wretched slaves long
for their master (ot their own). 11. Free men love their own father-
land. r2. They love its villages and towns. d

118. DIALOGUE!

CORNELIUS AND Marcus

M. Quis est vir, Corneli, cum puero parvo ? Estne Rom4nus et liber ?

C. Romanus nón est, Marce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium
est in silvis Galliae.

M. Estne puer filius eius servi an alterius?

C. Neutrius filius est puer. Is est filius legáti Sexti.

M. Quo puer cum eo servo properat ?

C. Is cum servó properat ad latos Sexti agrós.? Totum frümentum
est iam mátürum et magnus servórum numerus in Italiae * agris laborat.

-

M. Agricolaene sunt Galli et patriae suae agros arant?

C. Non agricolae sunt. Bellum amant Galli, non agri cultüram.
Apud eos viri pugnant et feminae auxilio liberorum agrós arant
parantque cibum.

M. Magister noster pueris puellisque gratas Gallórum fabulas saepe
narrat et laudat eos saepe.

C. Mala est fortüna eorum et saepe miseri servi multis cum lacri-
mis patriam suam désiderant.

1 There are a number of departures from the normal order in this dialogue.
Find them, and give the reason. ? When a noun is modified by both a
genitive and an adjective, a favorite order of words is adjective, genitive, noun,
3 A modifying genitive often stands between a preposition and its object.

Second Review, Lessons IX-XVII, 88 506-509

CONJUGATION 5I

LESSON XVIII
CONJUGATION
THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES OF SUM

119. The inflection of a verb is called its conjugation (cf. § 23). In
English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meanings
being expressed by the use of personal pronouns and auxiliaries, as,
J am carried, we have carried, they shall have carried, etc. In Latin,
on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and auxiliary
verbs, the form changes with the meaning. In this way the Romans
expressed differences in sense, mood, voice, person, and number.

120. The Tenses. The different forms of a verb referring to differ-
ent times are called its /ezses. The chief distinctions of time are
present, past, and future:

I. The present, that is, what zs happening
now, or what usually happens, is ex- >} THE PRESENT TENSE
pressed by

2. The past, that is, what was happening,
used to happen, happened, has happened,
or had happened, is expressed by j

THE IMPERFECT, PERFECT,
AND PLUPERFECT TENSES

3. The future, that is, what zs going to hap- } thE FUTURE AND BUTÜRE
pen, is expressed by PERFECT TENSES

121. The Moods. Verbs have inflection of mood to indicate the
manner in which they express action. The moods of the Latin verb
are the indicative, subjunctive, imperative, and infinitive.

a. A verb is in the zzZzcafzve mood when it makes a statement or asks

a question about something assumed as a fact. All the verbs we have used
thus far are in the present indicative.

122. The Persons. There are three persons, as in English. The
first person is the person speaking (/ sémg); the second person the
person spoken to (you sing); the third person the person spoken of

52 CONJUGATION

(Ae sings). Instead of using personal pronouns for the different per-
sons in the two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the
personal endings (cf. $ 22 4; 29). We have already learned that -t is
the ending of the third person singular in the active voice and -nt of
the third person plural. The complete list of personal endings of the
active voice is as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL
rst Pers. I -m or © we -mus
2d Pers. thou or you -s you -tis
34 Pers. he, she, it t they -nt

193. Most verbs form their moods and tenses after a regular plan
and are called 7zegw/ar verbs. Verbs that depart from this plan are
called zvregular. The verb 7o e is irregular in Latin as in English.
The present, imperfect, and future tenses of the indicative are
inflected as follows:

PRESENT INDICATIVE

SINGULAR PLURAL
ist Pers. su-m, 7 az su-mus, we are
2d Pers. e-8, you? are es-tis, you} are
34d Pers. est, he, she, or tt ts su-nt, they are

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE

ist Pers. er-a-m, J was er-a’-mus, we were
2d Pers. er-à-s, you were er-a’-tis, you were
jd Pers. er-a-t, he, she, or it was er-a-nt, they were

FuTURE INDICATIVE

Ist Pers. er-o, I shall be er’-i-mus, we shall be
2d Pers. er-i-s, you will be er’-i-tis, you will be
3d Pers. er-it, he will be er-u-nt, they will be

a. Be careful about vowel quantity and accent in these forms, and con-
sult $$ 12. 2; 14; 15.

1 Observe that in English you are, you were, etc. may be either singular or
plural In Latin the singular and plural forms are never the same.

PrLarE II

"STABIANA PORTA URBEM INGRESSI SUNT”

(See page 208)

EXERCISES 53

124. DIALOGUE
Tue Boys Sextus AND Marcus

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287.

S. Ubi es, Marce? Ubi est Quintus? Ubi estis, amici?

M. Cum Quinto, Sexte, in silva sum. Non soli sumus; sunt in
silvà multi alii pueri.

S. Nunc laetus es, sed nüper non laetus eras. Cür miser eras?

M. Miser eram quia amici mei erant in alio vicd et eram solus.
Nunc sum apud socios meds. Nunc laeti sumus et erimus.

S. Erátisne in lüdo hodie ?

M. Hodie non eramus in lüdo, quod magister erat aeger.

S. Eritisne mox in lüdo ?

M. Amici mei ibi erunt, sed ego (7) nón ero.

S. Cür nón ibi eris? Magister, saepe irátus, inopiam tuam studi
diligentiaeque nón laudat.

M. Nüper aeger eram et nunc infirmus sum.

125. EXERCISE

1. You are, you were, you will be, (sing. and plur.). 2.1 am, I
was, I shall be. 3. He is, he was, he will be. 4. We are, we were,
we shall be. 5. They are, they were, they will be.

6. Why were you not in school to-day? I was sick. 7. Lately he
was a sailor, now he is a farmer, soon he will be a teacher. 8. To-day
I am happy, but lately I was wretched. 9. The teachers were happy
because of the boys’ industry.

PUERI ROMANI IN LUDO

54 PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

LESSON XIX

THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS - PRESENT ACTIVE
INDICATIVE OF AMÓ AND MONEO

126. There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. These con-
jugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the
present conjugation-stem.! This vowel is called the dstinguishing
vowel, and is best seen in the present infinitive.

Below is given the present infinitive of a verb of each conjugation,
the present stem, and the distinguishing vowel.

CONJUGATION Pres. INFIN. Pres. STEM dp ora
I. ama're, 7o love amà- a
II. mone're, Zo advise mone- é
III. re’gére, fo rule regé- é
IV. audi're, Zo hear audi- i

4. Note that the present stem of each conjugation is found by dropping
-te, the ending of the present infinitive.

Norte. The present infinitive of sum is esse, and es- is the present stem.
127. From the present stem are formed the present, imperfect, and
Suture tenses.

128. The inflection of the Present Active Indicative of the first
and of the second conjugation is as follows:

a/mo, ama're (/ove) mo’ned, moné’re (advise)
= x PERSONAL
PRES. STEM ama- Pres. STEM mone- ENDINGS
I. amo, J love mone, 7 advise -ó
Sinc. 4 2. amas, you love mofnes, you advise -s
3. amat, he (she, zt) loves — mo'net, he (she, it) advises +
I. ama’mus, we love moné’mus, we advise -mus
Piur. 4 2. ama'tis, you love moné'tis, you advise -tis
3. a'/mant, they love monent, ZZey advise -nt

1 The stem is the body of a word to which the terminations are attached.
It is often identical with the base (cf. $ 58). If, however, the stem ends in a
vowel, the latter does not appear in the base, but is variously combined with
the inflection&l terminations. This point is further explained in 8 230.

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE 55

I. The present tense is inflected by adding the personal endings to the
present stem, and its first person uses -0 and not -m. The form amo is for
amá-o, the two vowels 4-6 contracting to 0. In moneo there is no contraction.
Nearly all regular verbs ending in -eo belong to the second conjugation.

2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before another
vowel (mon&-ó = mo’néd), and before final -t (amit, monét) and -nt :
(amánt, monént). Compare § r2. 2.

129. Like amd and moned inflect the present active indicative of the

following verbs!:

INDICATIVE PRESENT
a'ro, 7 plow
cü'ro, 7 care for
*de'leo, 7 destroy
desi'dero, 7 long for
do,? J give
*ha’bed, J have
ha’bitd, 7 Zve, J dwell
*iu’beb, 7 order
laboro, 7 labor
lau'do, 7 prazse
matü'ro, J hasten
*mo’ved, 7 move
nàr'ro, 7 ze//
ne'co, 7 £i
nün'tio, 7 announce
pa'ro, 7 prepare
por'to, J carry
pro/pero, 7 hasten
pug/no, 7 fight
*vi'deo, J see
vo'/co, J call

INFINITIVE PRESENT
ara’re, Zo plow
cüra're, Zo care for
délé’re, /o destroy
désidera’re, Zo long for
da’re, Zo give
habé're, fo have
habita’re, Zo ive, to dwell
iubé’re, Zo order
labora’re, Zo labor
laudà're, /o praise
matira’re, Zo hasten
mové're, fo move
narra’re, Zo fell
neca’re, Zo eil
nintia’re, Zo announce
para're, Zo prepare
porta’re, Zo carry
propera’re, Zo hasten
pugna’te, Zo fight
vidére, Zo see
voca’re, Zo call

130. The Translation of the Present. In English there are three
ways of expressing present action. We may say, for example, / “ze,
J am living, or [ do live. In Latin the one expression habito covers

all three of these expressions.
ft 1 The only new verbs in this list are the five of the second conjugation
which are starred. Learn their meanings. 2 Observe that in do, dare, the a

is skort, and that the present stem is dá- and not dà-. The only forms of dó
that have a long are das (pres. indic.), dà (pres. imv.), and dans (pres. part.).

56 IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

131. EXERCISES

Give the voice, mood, tense, person, and number of each form.

I. 1. Vocadmus, properatis, iubent. 2. Movétis, laudas, vides. 3. Dé
létis, habetis, dant. 4. Matüras, desiderat, videmus. 5. Iubet, mo-
vent, necat. 6. Nàrrámus, movés, vident. 7. Laborátis, properant,
portas, parant. 8. Delet, habétis, iubemus, das.

N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance in trans-
lating a Latin verb form. Give that your first attention.

II. 1. We plow, we are plowing, we do plow. 2. They care for,
they are caring for, they do care for. 3. You give, you are having,
you do have (szmg.). 4. We destroy, I do long for, they are living.
5. He calls, they see, we are telling. 6. We do fight, we order, he
is moving, he prepares. 7. They are laboring, we kill, you announce.

LESSON XX
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO

132. Tense Signs. Instead of using auxiliary verbs to express
differences in tense, like was, shall, will, etc., Latin adds to the
verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs.
These are called sense signs.

133. Formation and Inflection of the Imperfect. The tense sign
of the imperfect is -bà-, which is added to the present stem. The
imperfect consists, therefore, of three parts:

PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING
ama- ba- m
loving was I

The inflection is as follows:

CONJUGATION I ConjJuGATION II
PERSONAL
SINGULAR ENDINGS
I. ama’bam, / was loving moné’bam, / was advising -m
2. ama’bas, you were loving moné’bas, you were advising -s

3. ama’bat, Ze was loving moné’bat, he was advising +

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE 57

PERSONAL
PLURAL ENDINGS

I. amaba’mus, we were loving monéba’mus, we were advising -mus
2. amaba’tis, you were loving | monébà'tis, you were advising -tis
3. ama’bant, ¢hey were loving moné’bant, they were advising -nt

4. Note that the à of the tense sign -bà- is shortened before -nt, and
before m and t when final. (Cf. $ 12. 2.)

In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in $ 129.

134. Meaning of the Imperfect. The Latin imperfect describes
an act as going on or progressing in past time, like the English past-
progressive tense (as, / was walking). lt is the regular tense used
to describe a past situation or condition of affairs.

135. EXERCISES

I. 1. Vidébàmus, deésideràbat, maàtürabàs. 2. Dabant, vocabatis,
délébamus. 3. Pugnant, laudàbàs, movébatis. 4. Iubébant, propera-
batis, portabamus. 5. Dabàs, narrabant, laborabatis. 6. Vidébant,
movébàs, niintiabamus. 7. Necabat, movébam, habébat, parabatis.

II. 1. You were having (szmg. and iur.) we were killing, they
were laboring. 2. He was moving, we were ordering, we were fight-
ing. 3. We were telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They
were living, I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were
giving, you were moving, you were announcing, (szmg. and plur.).
6. They were caring for, he was plowing, we were praising.

136. Ni'OBE AND HER CHILDREN
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287.

Niobe, regina Thébanórum, erat pulchra femina sed superba.
Erat superba non solum forma? sua maritique potentia! sed etiam
magno liberorum numero.! Nam habébat? septem filios et septem
filis. Sed ea superbia erat reginae? causa magnae tristitiae et liberis ?
causa dürae poenae.

Note. The words Niobé, Thébanórum, and mariti will be found in the general
vocabulary. Translate the selection without looking up any other words.

1 Ablative of cause. ? Translate Aad; it denotes a past situation. (See
§ 134.) 8 Dative, cf. § 43.

58 FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE

LESSON XXI
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO

137. The tense sign of the Future Indicative in the first and second
conjugations is -bi-. This is joined to the present stem of the verb
and followed by the personal ending, as follows :

PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING
ama- bi- S
Jove will you

138. The Future Active Indicative is inflected as follows:

CONJUGATION I ConjucaTIon II
' SINGULAR
1. amà'bo, / shall love mone^bó, J shall advise
2. ama’bis, you wzll love moné’bis, you w7ll advise
3. ama’bit, he well love moné’bit, he will advise
PLURAL
I. amà'bimus, we shall love moné’bimus, we shall advise
2. ama/bitis, you wz// love moné’bitis, you will advise
3. ama’bunt, they will love moné’bunt, they will advise
4. The personal endings are as in the present. The ending -bó in the

first person singular is contracted from -bi-. The -bi- appears as -bu- in
the third person plural. Note that the inflection is like that of ero, the
future of sum. Pay especial attention to the accent.

In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in § 129.

139. EXERCISES

I. xr. Movébitis, laudabis, arabd. 2. Délébitis, vocabitis, dabunt.
3. Matiirabis, désiderabit, videbimus. 4. Habébit, movébunt, necabit.
5. Narrabimus, monébis, vidébunt. 6. Laborabitis, ctirabunt, dabis.
7. Habitabimus, properabitis, iubébunt, parabit. 8. Nüntiabo, porta-
bimus, iubébo.

II. 1. We shall announce, we shall see, I shall hasten. 2. I shall
carry, he will plow, they will care for. 3. You will announce, you will

THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 59

move, you will give, (szmg. and plur.) 4. We shall fight, we shall
destroy, I shall long for. 5. He will call, they will see, you will tell
(plur.). 6. They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. 7. They
will labor, we shall kill, you will have (szzg. and plur.), he will destroy.

140. Ni'osg AND HER CHILDREN (Concluded)
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Apollo et Diana erant liberi Làtonae. lis Thébani sacra crébra
parábant Oppidani amabant Latonam et liberos eius. Id superbae
reginae erat molestum. “Cir,” inquit, " Làtonae et liberis sacra
paratis? Duds liberos habet Làtóna; quattuordecim habeo ego.
Ubi sunt mea sacra?" Latona iis verbis? iráta liberos suds vocat.
Ad eam volant Apollo Diànaque et sagittis? suis miseros liberos
réginae superbae delent. Niobe, nüper laeta, nunc misera, sedet
apud liberos interfectós et cum perpetuis lacrimis * eds désiderat.

Note. Consult the general vocabulary for Apollo, inquit, duos, and quattuor-
decim. Try to remember the meaning of all the other words.

LESSON XXII
REVIEW OF VERBS - THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

141. Review the present, imperfect, and future active indicative,
both orally and in writing, of sum and the verbs in § 129.

142. We learned in § 43 for what sort of expressions we may
expect the dative, and in § 44 that one of its commonest uses is with
verbs to express the indirect object. It is also very common with
adjectives to express the object toward which the quality denoted by
the adjective is directed. We have already had a number of cases

1 Observe the force of the imperfect here, zsed to prepare, were in the habit
of preparing; so amabant denotesa past situation of affairs. (See $134.) 2 Abla-
tive of cause. 3 Ablative of means. * This may be either manner or ac-
companiment. It is often impossible to draw a sharp line between means,
manner, and accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinc-
tion. It was enough for them if the general idea demanded the ablative case.

60 THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

where gratus, agreeable fo, was so followed by a dative; and in the
last lesson we had molestus, annoying £o, followed by that case. The
usage may be more explicitly stated by the following rule:

143. Rurr. Dative with Adjectives. Zhe dative is used with
adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality
is directed. Such are, especially, those meaning near, also fit,
friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites.

144. Among such adjectives memorize the following :

idoneus, -a, -um, /£Z, suztable (for) molestus, -a, -um, anoying (to),
amicus, -a, -um, /7zezd/y (to) troublesome (to)
inimicus, -a, -um, Zoszze (to) finitimus, -a, -um, zezg/ior?ng (to)
gratus, -a, -um, pleasing (to) agree- proximus, -a, -um, wearest, next
able (to) (to)
145. EXERCISES

I. 1. Romani terram idoneam agri cultürae habent. 2. Galli copiis
Romanis inimici erant. 3. Cui dea Latona amica nón erat? 4. Dea
Làtóna superbae reginae amica non erat. 5. Cibus noster, Marce, erit
armatis viris gratus. 6. Quid erat molestum populis Italiae? 7. Bella
longa cum Gallis erant molesta populis Italiae. 8. Agri Germànorum
fluvio Rhéno finitimi erant. 9. Rómàni ad silvam oppido proximam
castra movebant. 10. Non solum forma sed etiam superbia reginae
erat magna. 11. Mox régina pulchra erit aegra tristitia. 12. Cir
erat Niobe, regina Thébanorum, laeta? Laeta erat Niobe multis filiis
et filiabus.

II. 1. The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughty
queen. 2. The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also
to Diana. 3. Diana will destroy those hostile to Latona. 4. The
punishment of the haughty queen was pleasing to the goddess Diana.
5. The Romans will move their forces to a large field! suitable for a
camp. 6. Some of the allies were friendly to the Romans, others to

the Gauls. ,
1 Why not the dative?

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE 61

146. CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Apud antiquas dominas, Cornélia, Africani filia, erat ! maximé clara.
Filii eius erant Tiberius Gracchus et Gaius Gracchus. Ii pueri cum
Cornélia in oppido Roma, claro Italiae oppido, habitabant. Ibi eos
cüràbat Cornelia et ibi magno cum studio eos docébat. Bona femina
erat Cornelia et bonam disciplinam maximé amàbat.

NorTE. Can you translate the paragraph above? There are no new words.

LESSON XXIII
PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO

147. As we learned in $ 126, the present stem of the third con-
jugation ends in -€, and of the fourth in -i. The inflection of the
Present Indicative is as follows:

ConjucaTion III ConjuGATIon IV
re/gó, re’gere (ue) au’did, audire (ear)
Pres. STEM regé- Pres, STEM audi-
SINGULAR
I. re/go, J rule au’did, 7 hear
2. regis, you rule au'dis, you hear
3. re’git, he (she, it) rules audit, he (she, it) hears
PLURAL
I. re/gimus, we rule audi'mus, we hear
2. re’gitis, you rule audi'tis, you hear
3. re'gunt, ¢hey rule au'diunt, they hear
eae

1. The personal endings are the same as before.

2. The final short -e- of the stem regé- combines with the -6 in the first
person, becomes -u- in the third person plural, and becomes -i- elsewhere.
The inflection is like that of erd, the future of sum.

1 Observe that all the imperfects denote continued or progressive action,

or describe a state.of affairs. (Cf. $134.)

5

62 PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

3. In audio the personal endings are added regularly to the stem audi-.
In the third person plural -u- is inserted between the stem and the personal
ending, as audi-u-nt. Note that the long vowel of the stem is shortened
before final -t just as in amd and moneo. (Cf. 8 12. 2.)

Note that -i- is always short in the third conjugation and long in the
fourth, excepting where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf. § 12. 1,2.)

148. Like regó and audio inflect the present active indicative of
the following verbs:

INDICATIVE PRESENT * INFINITIVE PRESENT
ago, J drive agere, Zo drive
dico, / say dicere, 7o say
düco, 7 lead dücere, Zo lead
mitto, 7 send mittere, Zo send
münio, / fortify münire, zo fortify
reperio, 7 fina reperire, Zo zd
venio, 7 come venire, 20 come

149. EXERCISES

I. r. Quis agit? Cir venit? Quem mittit? Quem dücis? 2. Quid
mittunt? Ad quem veniunt? Cuius castra müniunt? 3. Quem agunt?
Venimus. Quid puer reperit? 4. Quem mittimus? Cuius equum dü-
citis? Quid dicunt? 5. Münimus, venitis, dicit. 6. Agimus, reperitis,
münis. 7. Reperis, dücitis, dicis. 8. Agitis, audimus, regimus.

II. 1. What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he
come? 2. Whose camp are we fortifying? To whom does he say?
What are we saying? 3. I am driving, you are leading, they are hear-
ing. 4. You send, he says, you fortify (sing. and plur.). s. I am
coming, we find, they send. 6. They lead, you drive, he does fortify.
7. You lead, you find, you rule, (2/7 plur.).

150. CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (Concluded)

Proximum domicilio Cornéliae erat pulchrae Campanae domicilium.
Campana erat superba non solum forma sud sed maximé ornàmentis
suis. Ea! laudabat semper. ‘ Habésne tii ülla órnàmenta, Cornélia ? "

* 1 ea, accusative plural neuter.

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE 63

inquit. " Ubi sunt tua ornamenta?" Deinde Cornelia filios suds
Tiberium et Gaium vocat. ' Pueri mei," inquit, " sunt mea órnàmenta.
Nam boni liberi sunt semper bonae feminae órnàmenta maximé clara.”

Note. The only new words here are Campàna, semper, and ta.

"PUERI MEI SUNT MEA ORNAMENTA"

LESSON XXIV

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO - THE
DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS

151. " PARADIGMS
COoNJUGATION III ConjuGATION IV
SINGULAR

I. regé’bam, / was ruling audié’bam, 7 was hearing

2. regé’bas, you were ruling audié’bas, you were hearing
3. regebat, he was ruling audié’bat, he was hearing

PLURAL

I. regéba’mus, we were ruling audiéba’mus, we were hearing
2. regéba’tis, you were ruling audiéba’tis, you were hearing

3. regé’bant, they were ruling audié’bant, they were hearing

64 DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS

I. The tense sign is -bà-, as in the first two conjugations.

2. Observe that the final -é- of the stem is lengthened before the tense
sign -bà-. This makes the imperfect of the third conjugation just like the
imperfect of the second (cf. monébam and nd regébam).

3. In the fourth conjugation -&- is Inserted between the stem and the
tense sign -bà- (audi-é-ba-m).

4. In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in $ 148.

152. EXERCISES

I. 1. Agébat, veniebat, mittebat, dücebant. 2. Agébant, mittébant,
dücébàs, müniebant. 3. Mittébamus, diicébatis, dicebant. 4. Miinié-
bamus, veniébatis, dicebàs. 5. Mittebàs, veniebàmus, reperiébat.
6. Reperiébàs, veniébàs, audiébatis. 7. Agébamus, reperiébatis, müni-
ebat. 8. Agébatis, dicebam, müniébam.

IL. 1. They were leading, you were driving (szmg. and plur.), he
was fortifying. 2. They were sending, we were finding, I was com-
ing. 3. You were sending, you were fortifying, (sing. and plur.), he
was saying. 4. They were hearing, you were leading (sing. and plur.),
I was driving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying.
6. They were coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were
ruling (sing. and plur.), we were coming, they were ruling.

153. The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs. We learned
above ($ 20. 2) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object
is called an zmzrazszive verb. Many such verbs, however, are of
such meaning that they can govern an indirect object, which will,
of course, be in the dative case ($ 45). Learn the following list of
intransitive verbs with their meanings. In each case the dative
indirect object is the person to whom a benefit, injury, or feeling
is directed. (Cf. $ 43.)

credo, credere, delieve (give belief to)

faveo, favere, favor (show favor to)

noced, nocére, 2/272 (do harm to)

pared, parere, odcy (give obedience to)

persuádeo, persuadére, persuade (offer persuasion to)
resisto, resistere, 725257 (offer resistance to)

studeo, studére, de eager for (give attention to)

FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE 65

154. RULE. Dative with Intransitive Verbs. Zhe dative of the
indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs credo, faved,
noceó, pared, persuadeo, resisto, studeo, and others of like meaning.

155. EXERCISE

1. Crédisne verbis sociórum? Multi verbis eorum nón crédunt.
2. Mei finitimi consilio tuo nón favébunt, quod bello student. 3. Tibe-
rius et Gàius disciplinae dürae nón resistebant et Corneliae parébant.
4. Dea erat inimica septem filiabus reginae. s. Düra poena et per-
petua tristitia réginae non persuadébunt. 6. Nüper ea resistebat et
nunc resistit potentiae Latonae. 7. Mox sagittae volabunt et liberis
miseris nocébunt.

LESSON XXV
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGÓ AND AUDIÓ

156. In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations we
meet with a new tense sign. Instead of using -bi-, as in the first and
second conjugations, we use -à-l in the first person singular and -&-
in the rest of the tense. In the third conjugation the final -é- of the
stem is dropped before this tense sign; in the fourth conjugation the
final -1- of the stem is retained.?

157. PARADIGMS
CoNJUGATION III CoNJUGATION IV

SINGULAR

I. re’gam, J shall rule au'diam, J shall hear

2. re/ges, you will rule au'dies, you will hear

3. re’get, he will rule au'diet, he will hear
PLURAL

I. regé’mus, we shall rule audié’mus, we shall hear

2. regé'tis, you will rule audié'tis, you w7ll hear

3. re’gent, they will rule au'dient, they will hear

1 The -à- is shortened before -m final, and -&- before -t final and before -nt.
(Cf. §12.2.) 2 The -i- is, of course, shortened, being before another vowel,
(Cf. $12. 1.)

66 VERBS IN -/O OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION

I. Observe that the future of the third conjugation is like the present of
the second, excepting in the first person singular.
2. In the same manner inflect the verbs given in $148.

158. EXERCISES

I. r. Dicet, dücétis, müniémus. 2. Dicent, dicétis, mittémus.
3. Münient, venient, mittent, agent. 4. Dücet, mittes, veniet, aget.
5. Müniet, reperiétis, apémus. 6. Mittam, veniemus, regent. 7. Au-
dietis, venies, reperies. 8. Reperiet, agam, dücemus, mittet. 9. Vidé-
bitis, sedebo, vocabimus.

II. 1. I shall find, he will hear, they will come. 2. I shall fortify,
he will send, we shall say. 3. I shall drive, you will lead, they will
hear. 4. You will send, you will fortify, (sug. and plur.), he will say.
5. I shall come, we shall find, they will send.

6. Who! will believe the story? I? shall believe the story. 7. Whose
friends do you favor? We favor our friends. 8. Who will resist our
weapons? Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him ?
They will persuade him. ro. Why were you injuring my horse? I
was not injuring your horse. 11. Whom does a good slave obey?
A good slave obeys his master. 12. Our men were eager for another
battle.

LESSON XXVI

VERBS IN -/Ü OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION - THE IMPERA-
TIVE MOOD

159. There are a few common verbs ending in -ió which do not
belong to the fourth conjugation, as you might infer, but to the third.
The fact that they belong to the third conjugation is shown by the
ending of the infinitive. (Cf. $126.) Compare

audio, audi're (Zea7), fourth conjugation
capio, ca’pere (722), third conjugation

1 Remember that quis, co, is singular in number. ? Express by ego,
because it is emphatic.

PRESENT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE 67

160. The present, imperfect, and future active indicative of capió
are inflected as follows :
capio, capere, fake
PRES. STEM Cape-

PRESENT IMPERFECT FUTURE
SINGULAR

I. ca’pid capié’bam ca/piam

2. ca’pis capié’bas ca’piés

3. ca’pit capié’bat ca’piet
PLURAL

I. ca/pimus capiéba’mus capié’mus

2. ca’pitis capiéba‘tis capie'tis

3. ca’piunt capié’bant ca’pient

I. Observe that capid and the other -ió verbs follow the fourth conju-
gation wherever in the fourth conjugation ‘wo vowels occur in succession.
(Cf. capio, audid ; capiunt, audiunt; and all the imperfect and future.) All
other forms are like the third conjugation. (Cf.capis, regis; capit, regit; etc.)

2. Like capio, inflect

facio, facere, make, do iaci6, iacere, hurl
fugio, fugere, /7ze rapió, rapere, sezze

161. The Imperative Mood. The imperative mood expresses a
command; as, come/ send/ The present tense of the imperative is
used only in the second person, singular and plural Zhe singular in
the active voice is regularly the same in form as the present stem. The
plural is formed by adding -te to the singular.

CONJUGATION SINGULAR PLURAL
I. ama, Jove thou amà'te, Jove ye
II. moné, advise thou moné’te, advise ye
IIL. (a) rege, rule thou re’gite, rule ye
(4) cape, take thou ca’pite, take ye
IV. audi, ear thou audi'te, hear ye
sum (irregular) es, £e thou este, je ye

I. In the third conjugation the final -é- of the stem becomes -i- in the
plural. 7

68 THE PASSIVE VOICE

2. The verbs dico, say, düco, Zead and facio, make, have the irregular
forms dic, düc, and fac in the singular.

3. Give the present active imperative, singular and plural, of venio,
düco, voco, doceo, laudo, dico, sedeo, ago, facio, münio, mitto, rapio.

162. EXERCISES

I. x. Fugient, faciunt, iaciébat. 2. Dele, nüntiáte, fugiunt. 3. Ve-
nite, dic, facietis. 4. Dücite, iaciam, fugiébant. 5. Fac, iaciébamus,
fugimus, rapite. 6. Sedéte, reperi, docete. 7. Fugiémus, iacient, rapies.
8. Reperient, rapiebàtis, nocent. 9. Favéte, resiste, parébitis.

10. Vola ad multàs terras et dà auxilium. 11. Ego tela mea capiam
et multas ferás delébo. r2. Quis fabulae tuae crédet? 13. Este boni,
pueri, et audite verba grata magistri.

II. x. The goddess will seize her arms and will hurl her weapons.
2. With her weapons shé will destroy many beasts. 3. She will give
aid to the weak.! 4. She will fly to many lands and the beasts will
flee. 5. Romans, tell? the famous story to your children.

Third Review, Lessons XVIII-XXVI, 88 510-512

LESSON XXVII

THE PASSIVE VOICE - PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE
INDICATIVE OF AMÓ AND MONEO

163. The Voices. Thus far the verb forms have been in the active
voice; that is, they have represented the subject as performing an

action ; as, The lion —> Zz//ed —> the hunter
A verb is said to be in the passive voice when it represents its sub-
ject as receiving an action; as,
The lion «— was killed <— by the hunter
Note the direction of the arrows.

1 Plural. An adjective used as a noun. (Cf. $99. II. 3.) 2 Imperative.
The imperative generally stands first, as in English.

PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF 4M6 AND MONEO 69

164. Passive Personal Endings. In the passive voice we use a
different set of personal endings. They are as follows:
I. 3, 7 I.
SiNc. 4. 2. -ris, -re, you
3. -tur, he, she, zt

-mur, we
2. -mini, you
3. -ntur, they

PLUR.

4. Observe that the letter -r appears somewhere in all but one of the
endings. This is sometimes called the passive sign.

165. PARADIGMS
amo, amare moneo, monére
Pres. STEM ama- Pres. STEM moné-
PRESENT INDICATIVE AT
ENDINGS
a'mor, / am loved mo‘neor, J am advised -ort
ama‘ris or amá're, you ave — moné'ris oz mone're, you -ris or -re
SING. . :
loved are advised
ama‘tur, he zs loved mone'tur, Ze zs advised — -tur
(oo we are loved moné’mur, we are ad- | -mur
vised
PLUR. amà'mini, you are loved moné’mini, you ave ad- -mini
vised
aman'tur, they are loved monen'tur, ¢hey ave ad- — -ntur
C vised
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE (TENSE SIGN -bà-)
( ama'bar, / was being loved moné’bar, 7 was being +
advised
amaba’ris oz amaba’te, you monéba’ris ov mone-
SING. were being loved ba’re, you were being -ris or -re
advised
amaba’tur, Ze was being moneba'tur, he was be- -tur
loved ing advised
( amaba’mur, we were being monéba’mur, we were -mur
loved being advised
Prur, , amaba’mini, you were be- monéba’mini, you were — -mini
ing loved being advised
amában'tur, ZAey were be- monéban’tur, they were — -ntur
_ eng loved being advised

1 In the present the personal ending of the first person singular is -or.

70 EXERCISES

Future (TENSE SIGN -bi-) pao irs
ama’bor, 7 shall be loved moné'/bor, 7 shall be ad- +
| vised
ama’beris o» ama’bere, you moné’beris o» moné~
Sine. will be loved bere, you will be ad- -ris or -re
vised
amà'bitur, e will be loved — moné'bitur, ze will be — -tur
L advised
ama’bimur, we shall be moné’bimur, eve s£a// be — -mur
loved advised
PEUX. amabi’mini, you 2// be monébi’mini, you 2wi// -mini
loved be advised
amabun’tur, ¢hey wil] be monébun’tur, they will -ntur
l loved be advised

*

I; The tense sign and the personal endings are added as in the active.

2. In the future the tense sign -bi- appears as -bo- in the first person,
-be- in the second, singular number, and as -bu- in the third person plural.

3. Inflect laudo, necd, porto, moved, deleó, iubeo, in the present, imperfect,
and future indicative, active and passive.

166. Intransitive verbs, such as mátüro, 7 hasten, habito, 7 dwell,
do not have a passive voice with a personal subject.

167. EXERCISES

I. zr. Laudaris ov laudare, laudas, datur, dat. 2. Dabitur, dabit, vide-
mini, videtis. 3. Vocabat, vocábatur, délébitis, délébimini. 4. Para-
batur, parabat, cüràs, cüràris or cüràre. s. Portàbantur, portabant,
vidébimur, vidébimus. 6. Iubéris oz iubére, iubes, laudabaris or lauda-
bare, laudabas. 7. Movéberis or movébere, movébis, dabantur, dabant.
8. Delentur, delent, parabamur, parabamus.

II. x. We prepare, we are prepared, I shall be called, I shall call,
you were carrying, you were being carried. 2. I see, I am seen, it
was being announced, he was announcing, they will order, they will
be ordered. 3. You wil be killed, you will kill, you move, you are
moved, we,are praising, we are being praised. 4. I am called, I call,

EXERCISES 71

you will have, you are cared for. 5. They are seen, they see, we were
teaching, we were being taught, they will move, they will be moved.

p? a»

y o Oh»
If

PERSEUS ANDROMEDAM SERVAT

168. Per'sEUS AND ANDROM'EDA

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Perseus filius erat Iovis maximi? dedrum. Dé eo multàs fabulas
nàrrant poétae. Ei favent dei, ei magica arma et alas dant. Eis télis
armátus et àlis frétus ad multàs terras volabat et monstra saeva dele-
bat et miseris infirmisque auxilium dabat.

lfovis, the genitive of Iuppiter. 2 Used substantively, the greatest. So

below, l. 4, miseris and infirmis are used substantively.
*

mn

72 PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO

Aethiopia est terra Africae. Eam terram Cépheus’ regebat. Ei?
Neptünus, maximus aquarum deus, erat irdtus et mittit? monstrum
saevum ad Aethiopiam. Ibi monstrum nón solum látis pulchrisque
Aethiopiae agris nocébat sed etiam domicilia agricolarum délebat, et
multos viros, féminás, liberosque necabat. Populus ex agris fugiebat
et oppida müris validis müniebat. Tum Cépheus magna tristitia com-
mótus ad Iovis oraculum maátürat et ita dicit: "Amici mei necantur ;
agri mei vastantur. Audi verba mea, Iuppiter. Da miseris auxi-
lium. Age monstrum saevum ex patria.”

LESSON XXVIII

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE
PASSIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO

169. Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of
rego and audió, and learn the passive of the same tenses ($$ 490, 491).

a. Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same
as in the active voice, and that the passive personal endings (§ 164) are
added instead of the active ones.

6. Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular present of
the third conjugation. There the final -e- of the stem is not changed to -i-, as
it is in the active. We therefore have re’geris or re’gere, zo£ re’giris, re’gire.

c. Inflect ago, dico, diicd, münio, reperio, in the present, imperfect, and
future indicative, active and passive.

170. EXERCISES

I. x. Agébat, agébatur, mittébat, mittébatur, dücebat. 2. Agunt,
aguntur, mittuntur, mittunt, müniunt. 3. Mittor, mittar, mittam, dü-
cere, dücere. 4. Dicémur, dicimus, dicemus, dicimur, müniébàmini.
5. Dücitur, dücimini, reperimur, reperiar, agitur. 6. Agébamus,
agébamur, reperiris, reperiémini. 7. Münimini, veniébam, dücébar,

1 Pronounce in two syllables, Cépheus. 2 Ei, at him, dative with iratus.
3 The present is often used, as in English, in speaking of a past action, in
order to make the story more vivid and exciting.
*

PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF CAP/O 73

dicetur. 8. Mittimini, mittitis, mittéris, mitteris, agébamini. 9. Dicitur,
dicit, müniuntur, reperient, audientur.

IL. 1. I was being driven, I was driving, we were leading, we were
being led, he says, it is said. 2. I shall send, I shall be sent, you will
find, you will be found, they lead, they are led. 3. I am found, we
are led, they are driven, you were being led (sing. and plur.). 4. We
shall drive, we shall be driven, he leads, he is being led, they will come,
they will be fortified. 5. They were ruling, they were being ruled;
you will send, you will be sent, you are sent, (sing. and plur.). 6. He
was being led, he will come, you are said (sing. and plur.).

171. PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (Continued)
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Tum Sraculum ita respondet: " Mala est fortüna tua. Neptünus,
magnus aquarum deus, terrae Aethiopiae inimicus, eas poenàs mittit.
Sed para irat6 ded sacrum idóneum et monstrum saevum ex patria
tua agetur. Andromeda filia tua est mónstro grata. Dà eam monstro.
Serva caram patriam et vitam populi tui.” Andromeda autem erat 5
puella pulchra. Eam amabat Cépheus maxime.

“LESSON XXIX

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF
-IO VERBS - PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE

172. Review the active voice of capid, present, imperfect, and
future, and learn the passive of the same tenses (§ 492).

4. The present forms capior and capiuntur are like audior, audiuntur,
and the rest of the tense is like regor.
^. In like manner inflect the passive of iacio and rapid.

173. The Infinitive. The infinitive mood gives the general mean-
ing of the verb without person or number ; as, amare, Zo /ove. Infinitive
means unlimited. The forms of the other moods, being limited by
person and number, are called the fzz/e, or limited, verb forms.

74 THE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE

174. The forms of the Present Infinitive, active and passive, are
as follows :

P S PRES. INFINITIVE Pres. INFINITIVE
Cony. RESGOTEM ACTIVE PASSIVE
I. ama- ama‘re, to love ama'ri, fo be loved
II. moné- moneé're, ¢o advise mone'ri, /o be advised
II. rege- re’gere, Zo rule re’gi, fo be ruled
cape- ca’pere, Zo take ca’pi, fo be taken
IV. audi- audi‘re, Zo hear audr'ri, Zo be heard

1. Observe that to form the present active infinitive we add -re to the
present stem.

«. The present infinitive of sum is esse. There is no passive.

2. Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the active
by changing final -e to -1, except in the third conjugation, which changes final
-ere to -1.

3. Give the active and passive present infinitives of doceo, sedeo, volo,
cüro, mittó, diicd, münio, reperio, iacid, rapio.

175. The forms of the Present Imperative, active and passive, are
as follows:

AcTIvE! PASSIVE
CONJ. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR.
I. ama ama'te ama're, be thou loved — " amà'mini, be ye loved
II. mo’né mon&'te moné’re, e thou advised moné'mini, be ye advised
III. rege re'gite re’gere, be thou ruled — regi'mini, be ye ruled
ca'pe cafpite ca’pere, be thou taken — capi mini, be ye taken
IV. au'di audi'te audire, de thou heard — audi'mim, be ye heard

1. Observe that the second person singular of the present passive im-
perative is like the present active infinitive, and that both singular and
plural are like the second person singular? and plural, respectively, of the
present passive indicative.

2. Give the present imperative, both active and passive, of the verbs in
$174. 3.

1 For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from § 161. 2 That
is, using the personal ending -re. A form like amare may be either zz dzcatzve,
infinitive, ox tmperative.

*

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING Z£ZROM 75

176. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289.

I. xr. Tum Perseus àlis ad terras multas volabit. 2. Monstrum sae-
vum per aquàás properat et mox agros nostros vastabit. 3. Si autem
Cepheus ad Graculum méatirabit, draculum ita respondebit. 4. Quis
telis Persei superabitur? Multa monstra telis eius superabuntur.
5. Cum cüris magnis et lacrimis multis agricolae ex domiciliis caris
aguntur. 6. Multa loca vastabantur et multa oppida délébantur.
7. Monstrum est validum, tamen superabitur. 8. Crédésne semper
verbis oráculi? Ego lis non semper crédam. g.*Parébitne Cépheus
draculd? Verba Oràculi ei persuddébunt. 10. Si nón fugiémus, oppi-
dum capiétur et oppidàni necábuntur. 11. Vocáte pueros et narrate
fabulam clàram dé monstro saevo.

II. 1. Fly thou, to be cared for, be ye sent, lead thou. 2. To lead,
to be led, be ye seized, fortify thou. 3. To be hurled, to fly, send thou,
to be found. 4. To be sent, be ye led, to hurl, to be taken. 5. Find
thou, hear ye, be ye ruled, to be fortified.

LESSON XXX

SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS - THE ABLATIVE
DENOTING FROM

177. You should learn to give rapidly synopses of the verbs you
have had, as follows: !

CONJUGATION I CoNJUGATION II
INDICATIYE
ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. a/mó a’mor ^ mo’ned mo’neor
Lmperf. ama’bam ama’bar moné’bam moné’bar
Fut. ama’bo ama’bor moné’bd moné’bor

1 Synopses should be given not only in the first person, but in other per-
sons as well, particularly in the third singular and plural.

76 SYNOPSES OF VERBS
COoNJUGATION I CONJUGATION II
IMPERATIVE
ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. ama ama’re mo‘né moné‘re
INFINITIVE
Pres. ama’re ama‘ri moné’re mone'ri
CoNjUGATION III ConjJUGATION III
INDICATIVE (id verbs)
ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. re'gó re’gor ca’pid ca’pior
Imperf. rege’ bam regé’bar capié’bam capié’bar
Fut. re'gam re’gar ca/piam ca’piar
IMPERATIVE
Pres. re’ge re’gere ca’pe ca’pere
INFINITIVE
Pres. re’gere regi ca’pere ca’pi
CONJUGATION IV
INDICATIVE
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. au'dió au'dior
Imperf. audié/bam audié’bar
Fut. au'diam au'diar
IMPERATIVE
Pres. au'di audi‘re
INFINITIVE
Pres. audr're audrri

I. Give the synopsis of rapió, münió, reperio, doceó, vided, dico, agi,
laudó, porto, and vary the person and number.

178. We learned in $ 5o that one of the three relations covered
by the ablative case is expressed in English by the preposition /70.
This is sometimes called the sesarative ablative, and it has a number
of special uses. You have already grown familiar with the first
mentioned below.

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM 77

179. RULE. Ablative of the Place From. The place from which
is expressed by the ablative with the prepositions à or ab, de,
e or ex.

Agricolae ex agris veniunt, the farmers come from the fields

4. 4 or ab denotes from near a place; 8 or ex, out from it; and dé, down
Jom it. This may be represented graphically as follows:

ane ap SOS

Place

dé
; V
180. RuLE. Ablative of Separation. Words expressing sepa-
ration or deprivation require an ablative to complete their
meaning.

4. If the separation is actual and “terval of one material thing from
another, the preposition à or ab, e or ex, or dé is generally used. If no
actual motion takes place of one thing from another, no preposition is
necessary.

(2) Perseus terram 4 monstris liberat
Perseus frees the land from monsters (literal separation
— actual motion is expressed)
(4) Perseus terram tristitia liberat
Perseus frees the land from sorrow (figurative separation
— no actual motion is expressed)

181. Rurr. Ablative of the Personal Agent. 77e word express-
ing the person from whom an action starts, when not the subject,
is put in the ablative with the preposition à or ab.

a. In this construction the English translation of à, ab is y rather than
Jom. This ablative is regularly used with passive verbs to indicate the
person by whom the act was performed.

Monstrum à Perse necatur, the monster is being slain
by (lit. from) Perseus

78 EXERCISES

à. Note that the active form of the above sentence would be Perseus
mónstrum necat, Perseus is slaying the monster. In the passive the object
of the active verb becomes the 542jec£, and the subject of the active verb
becomes the ablative of the personal agent, with à or ab.

c. Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the ablative
of the personal agent. Both are often translated into English by the prepo-
sition dy. (Cf. § 100. 6.) Meazts ts a thing; the agent or actor is a person.
The ablative of means has no preposition. The ablative of the personal
agent has 4 or ab. Compare

Fera sagitta necatur, ‘he wild beast zs killed by an arrow
Fera à Diana necatur, the wild beast is killed by Diana

Sagittà, in the first sentence, is the ablative of means; à Diana, in the

second, is the ablative of the personal agent. i

182. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289.

I. x. Viri inopia cibi défessi ab eo locd discedent. 2. Germani
castris Rómànis adpropinquabant, tamen légàtus copiàás à proelio
continébat. 3. Multa Gallorum oppida ab Romanis capientur. 4. Tum
Romani totum populum eórum oppidórum gladiis pilisque interficient.
5. Oppidani Romaànis resistent, sed défessi longo proelio fugient.
6. Multi ex Gallia fugiebant et in Germànorum vicis habitabant.
7. Miseri nautae vulnerantur ab inimicis ! saevis et cibo egent. 8. Dis-
cédite et date viris frimentum et copiam vini. 9. Cópiae nostrae à
proelio continebantur ab Sexto légatd. 10. Id oppidum ab provincià
Romana longe aberat.

II. 1. The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to the god-
dess Diana. 2. They were without food and without wine. 3. Then
Galba and seven other men are sent to the ancient island by Sextus.
4. Already they are not far away from the land, and they see armed
men on a high place. 5. They are kept from the land by the men
with spears and arrows. 6. The men kept hurling their weapons
down from the high place with great eagerness.

1 inimicis, here used as a noun. See vocabulary.
*

PERFECT TENSES OF SUM 79

LESSON XXXI
PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF SUM

183. Principal Parts. There are certain parts of the verb that
are of so much consequence in tense formation that we call them the
princpal parts.

In English the principal parts are the present, the past, and the
past participle; as, go, went, gone; see, saw, seen, etc.

The principal parts of the Latin verb are the fst person singular
of the present indicative, the present infinitive, the first person singular
of the perfect indicative, and the perfect passive participle.

184. Conjugation Stems. From the principal parts we get three
conjugation stems, from which are formed the entire conjugation.
We have already learned about the present stem, which is found from
the present infinitive (cf. $126.24). The other two stems are the
perfect stem and the participial stem.

185. The Perfect Stem. The perfect stem of the verb is formed
in various ways, but may always be found by dropping -i-from the
Jirst person singular of the perfect, the third of the principal parts.
From the perfect stem are formed the following tenses:

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

THE PLUPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE (ENGLISH PAsT PERFECT)
THE FuTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

All these tenses express completed action in present, past, or
future time respectively.

186. The Endings of the Perfect. The perfect active indicative is
inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem.
These endings are different from those found in any other tense, and
are as follows :

I. d, 7 I. imus, we
SiNc. | 2. -isti, you E -istis, yoz

| 3. dit, Ae, she, à 3. -érunt or -€re, ZAzy

8o PERFECT TENSES OF SUM

187. Inflection of sum in the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect
indicative :
Pres. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. Perr. INDic.
PRIN. PARTS sum esse fui
PERFECT SrEM fu-

PERFECT

SINGULAR PLURAL
fui, 7 have been, [ was fu'imus, we have been, we were
fuis'ti, you have been, you were fuis’tis, you have been, you were
fwit, he has been, he was fué’runt ox fué’re, they have been,

they were

PLUPERFECT (TENSE SIGN -er4-)

fu’eram, / had been fue’ramus, we had been

.fu'erás, you had been fuera’tis, you had been

fu'erat, he had been fu’erant, they had been
Future PERFECT (TENSE SIGN -eri-)

fu'ero, 7 shall have been fue’rimus, we shall have been

fu'eris, you will have been fue'/ritis, you will have been

fu'erit, he will have been fu’erint, they will have been

1. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect.

2. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding eram, the im-
perfect of sum, to the perfect stem. The tense sign is -era-.

3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding ero, the
future of sum, to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends in
-erint, not in -erunt. The tense sign is -eri-.

4. All active perfects, pluperfects, and future perfects are formed on
the perfect stem and inflected in the same way.

188. DIALOGUE
Tue Boys Trrus, Marcus, AND QUINTUS

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289.

M. Ubi fuistis, Tite et Quinte?

T. Ego in meo lüdo fui et Quintus in sud lüdo fuit. Boni pueri
fuimus. Fuitne Sextus in vico hodie?

M. Fuit Nüper per agros proximos fluvio matirabat. Ibi is et
Cornélius habent nàvigium.

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE 81

T. Mavigium dicis? Alii! narra eam fabulam!

M. Véro (Ys, truly), pulchrum et novum navigium |

Q. Cuius pecünià? Sextus et Cornélius id navigium parant? Quis
iis pecüniam dat ?

M. Amici Corneli multum habent aurum et puer pecünià nón eget.

T. Quo pueri navigabunt? Navigabuntne longé à terrà?

M. Dubia sunt consilia eorum. Sed hodie, credo, si ventus erit ido-
neus, ad maximam insulam navigabunt. Iam anteà ibi fuerunt. Tum
autem ventus erat perfidus et pueri magnó in periculo erant.

Q. Aqua ventd commota est inimica nautis semper, et saepe per-
fidus ventus nàvigia rapit, agit, déletque. Ii pueri, si non fuerint maximé
attenti, irata aqua et valido vento superabuntur et ita interficientur.

189. EXERCISE

1. Where had the boys been before? They had been in school.
2. Where had Sextus been? He had been in a field next to the river.
3. Who has been with Sextus to-day? Cornelius has been with him.
4. Who says so? Marcus. 5. If the wind has been suitable, the boys
have been in the boat. 6. Soon we shall sail with the boys. 7. There?
will be no danger, if we are (shall have been) careful.

LESSON XXXII \

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR
CONJUGATIONS

190. Meanings of the Perfect. The perfect tense has two distinct
meanings. The first of these is equivalent to the English present
perfect, or perfect with Aave, and denotes that the action of the verb
is complete at the time of speaking; as, / have finished my work.
As this denotes completed action at a definite time, it is called the
perfect definite.

1 Dative case. (Cf. § 109.) 2 Ablative of means. 8 The expletive cheve

is not expressed, but the verb will precede the subject, as in English. * This
predicate adjective must be nominative plural to agree with we.

82 THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

The perfect is also used to denote an action that happened some-
time in the past; as, [finished my work. As no definite time is speci-
fied, this is called the perfect indefinite. It corresponds to the ordinary
use of the English past tense.

a. Note carefully the difference between the following tenses :

f was Jinishing |
used to finish J

I finished my work (perfect indefinite)
I have finished my work (perfect definite)

my work (imperfect, $ 134)

When telling a story the Latin uses the perfect indefinite to mark the
different forward steps of the narrative, and the zmperfect to describe
situations and circumstances that attend these steps. If the following
sentences were Latin, what tenses would be used?

" Last week I went to Boston. I was trying to find an old friend of
mine, but he was out of the city. Yesterday I returned home."

191. Inflection of the Perfect. We learned in $ 186 that any per-
fect is inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect
stem. The inflection in the four regular conjugations is then as follows:

Cowj. II

monui

CoNj. III
cépi

Cowj. IV
audivi

Conj. I
amavi rexi

I have loved T have advised I have ruled I have taken I have heard

I loved or (advised or — I ruled ox / took or 7 heard or
did love did advise did rule did take did hear
PERFECT STEMS
amáàv- monu- rex- cép- audiv-
SINGULAR
I. ama’vi monui re^xi cé’pi audr'vi
2. amavis’ti monuis'ti rexis'ti cepis'ti audivis'ti
3. ama'vit monuit re^xit cé’pit audi’vit
PLURAL
I. ama’vimus monu'imus ré’ximus cé’pimus audi’vimus
2. amavis’tis monuis’tis réxis’tis cépis'tis audivis'tis
3. amave’runt monué'runt rexé'runt cépé'runt audivé’runt
oramavé’re oy monu&'re or réxé/re — orcépé&'re — or audivé're

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE 83

‘1. The first person of the perfect is always given as the third of the
principal parts. From this we get the perfect stem. Zhés shows the
absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly.

.2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding -vi
to the present stem. Like amávi inflect parávi, vocávi, cüravi, laudavi.

3. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Drill on it.

192. Learn the principal parts and inflect the perfects :

Pres. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC.
do dáre dedi give
déles délére délévi destroy
habeo habere habui have
moved movére movi move
pared parére parui obey
prohibed prohibére prohibui restrain, keep from
vided videre vidi See
dico dicere dixi say
discédo discédere discessi depart
dücó dücere düxi lead
facid facere féci make, do
mitto mittere misi send
münió münire münivi Sortify
venio venire veni come

193. PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (Continued)

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290.

Cépheus, adversà fortünà maxime commotus, discessit et multis
cum lacrimis populo Aethiopiae verba oraculi narravit. Fata Andro-
medae, puellae pulchrae, à toto populo deplorabantur, tamen nüllum
erat auxilium. Deinde Cepheus cum pleno tristitiae animo caram
suam filiam ex oppidi porta ad aquam düxit et bracchia eius ad saxa
düra revinxit. Tum amici puellae miserae longe discessérunt et dit
monstrum saevum exspectaverunt.

Tum forte Perseus, alis frétus, super Aethiopiam volabat. Vidit
populum, Andromedam, lacrimas, et, magnopere attonitus, ad terram
déscendit. Tum Cépheus ei tótàs ciiras narravit et ita dixit: " Parébo
verbis oraculi, et pro patria filiam meam dabo; sed si id monstrum
interficies et Andromedam servabis, tibi (¢o yov) eam dabo."

84 PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT, INDICATIVE

LESSON XXXIII

PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE -

PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE

194. Cony. I Coyj. II Cony. III
amo moneo rego capid
PERFECT STEMS amay- monu- réx- cép-

PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
TENSE SIGN -era-

SINGULAR
Thad loved 1 had advised [had ruled I had taken

I. ama’veram — monu'eram ré’xeram cé’peram

2. ama‘veras monu'eraás ré’xeras cé’peras

3. ama’verat monu'erat ré’xerat cé’perat
PLURAL

I. amáverà^/mus monuera’mus réxerà^/mus cépera’mus

2. amavera’tis monuerá'tis réxera‘tis cépera’tis

3. amà'verant — monu'erant ré’xerant cé’perant

FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
TENSE Sicn -eri-

SINGULAR
I shall have I shall have TI shall have I shall have
loved advised ruled taken
I. ama'veró monu'eró re'xero cé’perd
2. ama’veris monuv'eris ré’xeris cé’peris
3. ama’verit monw’erit ré’xerit cé’perit
PLURAL
I. amave’rimus monue’rimus réxe’rimus cépe’rimus
2. amave’ritis — monue'ritis réxe’ritis cépe'ritis
3. ama’verint — monv'erint ré’xerint cé’perint

Cony. IV
audio
audiv-

4 had heard

audi’veram
audi'veras
audi’verat

audivera’mus
audivera’tis
audi’verant

I shall have
heard
audi’verd
audi’veris
audi’verit

audive’rimus
audive’ritis
audi’verint

1. Observe that these are all inflected alike and the rules for formation

given in § 187. 2-4 hold good here.

2. In like manner inflect the pluperfect and future perfect indicative active
of dd, porto, 'deleo, moveo, habeo, dico, discédo, facio, venió, münió.

PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE 85

195. The Perfect Active Infinitive. The perfect active infinitive is
formed by adding -isse to the perfect stem.

Coyj. PERFECT STEM PERFECT INFINITIVE
I. amiv- amavis’se, fo have loved
1I. monu- monuis’se, fo have advised
III. (a) réx- réxis’se, Zo have ruled
(2) cép- cépis’se, Zo have taken
IV. audiv- audivis’se, Zo have heard
sum fu- fuis’se, to have been

I. In like manner give the perfect infinitive active of d6, portó, déleó,
moveo, habeo, dico, discédd, facio, venio, münio.

196. EXERCISES

I. 1. Habuisti, móvérunt, miserant. 2. Vidit, dixeris, düxisse.
3. Misistis, paruérunt, discesseramus. 4. Münivit, dederam, misero.
5. Habuerimus, délévi, paruit, fuisse. 6. Dederàs, müniveritis, vénera-
tis, misisse. 7. Vénerds, fecisse, dederatis, portaveris.

8. Quem verba óràculi moverant? Populum verba oràculi móve-
rant 9. Cui Cépheus verba oráculi narraverit? Perseo Cepheus
verba Oraculi ‘narraverit. ro. Amici ab Andromeda discesserint.
ir. Monstrum saevum domicilia multa déléverat. 12. Ubi monstrum
vidistis? Id in aqua vidimus. 13. Quid monstrum faciet? Monstrum
Andromedam interficiet.

IL 1. They have obeyed, we have destroyed, I shall have had.
2. We shall have sent, I had come, they have fortified. 3. I had de-
parted, he has obeyed, you have sent (sing. and plur.). 4. To have
destroyed, to have seen, he will have given, they have carried. 5. He
had destroyed, he has moved, you have had (sing. and plur.). 6.1
have given, you had moved (sing. and plur.), we had said. 7. You
will have made (sing. and plur.), they will have led, to have given.

8. Who had seen the monster? Andromeda had seen it. 9. Why
had the men departed from? the towns? They had departed because
the monster had come. ro. Did Cepheus obey * the oracle?? He did.

lex, What would ab mean? 2 Did... obey, perfect tense. 8 What
case ?

86 REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE

LESSON XXXIV
REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE

197. A review of the tenses of the indicative active shows the
following formation :

Present = First of the principal parts

IMPERFECT = Present stem + -ba-m

-bo, Conj. I and II
-a-m, Conj. III and IV
Perrect = Third of the principal parts

Prurerrect = Perfect stem + -era-m

Furure PERFECT = Perfect stem + -erd

TENSES OF THE Future = Present stem + {
INDICATIVE

198. The synopsis of the active voice of amé, as far as we have
learned the conjugation, is as follows:

PRINCIPAL Parts amo, amare, amavi

Pres, STEM ama- PERF. STEM amay-
Pres. amo s ( Perf. amavi
sal Imperf. amabam Invic. + Pluperf. amaveram
(Fut. amabo (Fut. perf, amaveró
Pres. IMv. ama
Pres. INFIN. amare Perr. INFIN. amavisse

1. Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal parts
and synopsis of paro, do, laud6, déled, habeo, moved, pared, video, dico,
discéd6, düco, mitto, capio, münio, venio.!

199. Learn the following principal parts : ?

Pres. INpIc. Pres. INFIN. Perr. INDIC.
sum esse fui be
IRREGULAR Bip gr oes
ab’sum abes’se a'fui be away
VERBS - os -
| dà dare dedi give

1 Learn to give synopses rapidly, and ‘not only in the first person singular
but in any person of either number. 2 These are all verbs that you have
had before, and the perfect is the only new form to be learned.

REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE 87

( contined continére continui hold in, keep
doceo docere docui teach
eged egere egui need
faveo favére favi Savor

Conjucation | iubed iubére iussi order
II noced nocére nocui injure
persuaded persuadere persuási persuade
responded respondere respondi reply
sedeo sedere sedi sit

| studed studére studui be eager

( ago agere égi drive
credo crédere credidi believe
fugio fugere fügi Slee

PONE T TION jacid jacere iéci hurl
2 interficio interficere interfeci kill
rapio rapere rapul seize
resis'to resis'tere re’stiti resist
CON eae reretri reperi're rep/peri find
200. PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (Conduded)

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. Read the whole story.

Perseus semper proelio studebat! et respondit,! " Verba tua sunt
maxime grata,” et laetus arma sua magica paravit! Subito monstrum
vidétur; celeriter per aquam properat et Andromedae adpropinquat.
Eius amici longe absunt et misera puella est sola. Perseus autem
sine mora super aquam volavit! Subito descendit! et düro gladio
saevum monstrum graviter vulneravit.1 Dit pugnatur,? diü proelium
est dubium. Denique autem Perseus monstrum interfecit! et victoriam
reportàvit.! Tum ad saxum venit! et Andromedam liberàvit ' et eam ad
Cépheum düxit! Is, nüper miser, nunc laetus, ita dixit! : ' Tuo auxilio,
mi amice, cara filia mea est libera; tua est Andromeda." Didi Perseus
cum Andromeda ibi habitabat! et magnopere à toto populo amabatur.!

1 See if you can explain the use of the perfects and imperfects in this
passage. 2 The verb pugnatur means, literally, zt zs fought; translate freely,
the battle is fought, or the contest rages. The verb pugno in Latin is intransitive,

and so does not have a personal subject in the passive. A verb with an inde-
terminate subject, designated in English by zz, is called impersonal.

88 THE PASSIVE PERFECTS

LESSON XXXV

THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE - THE PERFECT
PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE

201. The fourth and last of the principal parts ($ 183) is the perfect
passive participle. om it we get the particaipial stem on which are
formed the future active infinitive and all the passive perfects.

1. Learn the following principal parts, which are for the first time given
in full:

Conj. Pres. INDIC. Pres. INFIN. PrERF.INpic. PERF. Pass. PART.
if amo ama’-re ama’y-1 ama't-us

This is the model for all regular verbs of the first conjugation.

Il. mo’ned moné’-re mo’nu-1 mo/nit-us

III. rego re’ge-re rex réct-us
ca’pid ca’pe-re cép-i | capt-us

IV. au’did audi’-re audi'v-i audi't-us

2. The base of the participial stem is found by dropping -us from the
perfect passive participle.

202. In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses
of the indicative passive are made up of forms of the auxiliary verb
to be and the past participle; as, 7 have been loved, [ had been loved,
L shall have been loved.

Very similarly, in Latin, the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect
passive tenses use respectively the present, imperfect, and future of
sum as an auxiliary verb with the perfect passive participle, as

Perfect passive, ama’tus sum, / have been or was loved

Pluperfect passive, ama’tus eram, / had been loved
Future perfect passive, ama'tus ero, / shall have been loved

1. In the same way give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of
moneo, rego, capió, and audio, and give the English meanings.

203. Nature of the Participle. A participle is partly verb and partly
adjective. A$ a verb it possesses tense and voice. As an adjective it

THE FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE 89

is declined and agrees with the word it modifies in gender, number,
and case.

204. The perfect passive participle is declined like bonus, bona,
bonum, and in the compound tenses ($ 202) it agrees as a predicate
adjective with the subject of the verb.

f Vir laudatus est, the man was praised, or has been praised

ExawPLEzs ix | Puella laudata est, the girl was praised, or has been praised

SINGULAR | COnsilium laudatum est, 7/e plan was praised, or has been
| praised ]

( Viri laudati sunt, the men were praised, or have been praised
Puellae laudatae sunt, che grs were praised, or have been
EXAMPLES IN -
PLurRAL ) Praised
Consilia laudata sunt, the plans were praised, or have been
l praised

1. Inflect the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative passive of
amo, moneo, rego, capio, and audio ($$ 488—492).

205. The perfect passive infinitive is formed by adding esse, the
present infinitive of sum, to the perfect passive participle ; as, ama't-us
(7a, -um) esse, Zo have been loved; mo‘nit-us (-a, -um) esse, Zo have
been advised.

I. Form the perfect passive infinitive of regó, capio, audio, and give the
English meanings.

206. The future active infinitive is formed by adding esse, the
present infinitive of sum, to the future active participle. This parti-
ciple is made by adding -ürus, -a, -um to the base of the participial
stem. Thus the future active infinitive of amü is amàt-ü'rus (-a, -um)
esse, Zo be about to love.

a. Note that in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive we use
all three conjugation stems:

Present, amare (present stem), /o Jove

Perfect, amavisse (perfect stem), Zo have loved
Future, amatürus esse (participial stem), Zo be about to love

I. Give the three tenses of the active infinitive of laudó, moneo, rego,
capid, audio, with the English meanings.

90 REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS

207. EXERCISES

I. 1. Fábula Andromedae nàrràta est. 2. Multae fabulae à magis-
tro nárrátae sunt. 3. Ager ab agricola valido aratus erat. 4. Agri
ab agricolis validis aràti erant. s. Aurum 4 servo perfido ad domi-
cium suum portàtum erit. 6. Nostra arma à legato laudata sunt.
Quis vestra arma laudàvit? 7. Ab ancila tuà ad cénam vocatae
sumus. 8. Andromeda monstro non data est, quia monstrum à
Perseo necatum erat.

II. 1. The provinces were laid waste, the field had been laid waste,
the towns will have been laid waste. 2. The oracles were heard, the
oracle was heard, the oracles had been heard. 3. The oracle will have
been heard, the province had been captured, the boats have been
captured. 4. The fields were laid waste, the man was advised, the
girls will have been advised. 5. The towns had been ruled, we shall
have been captured, you will have been heard.

LESSON XXXVI

REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS - PREPOSITIONS
YES-OR-NO QUESTIONS

208. The following list shows the principal parts of all the verbs you
have had excepting those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had
before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only new
form for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts are
lacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. A
few verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the future active
participle in -ürus, which appears in the principal parts instead.

IRREGULAR VERBS

sum esse fui futürus be
absum abesse afui afutirus be away
do? dare dedi datus give

1 d0 is best classed with the irregular verbs because of the short a in the
present and participial stems.

porto

contineo
deleo
doceo
egeo
faved
iubed
moved
noced
pared
persuaded
prohibed
responded
sedeo
studeo
video

ago
credo
dico
discedo
düco
facio!
fugio
iacioó
interfició
mitto
rapio
resisto

münio
reperio
venio

REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS 9I

portare

ConjJUGATION I

portavi

portatus

carry

So for all verbs of this conjugation thus far used.

continere
delere
docere
egere
favere
iubére
movére
nocére
parére
persuadere
prohibére
respondere
sedere
studere
videre

agere
credere
dicere
discedere
dücere
facere
fugere
jacere
interficere
mittere
rapere
resistere

münire
reperire
venire

CoNJuGATION II

continui
delevi
docui
eguil
favi
iussi
movi
nocui
parui
persuási
prohibui
respondi
sedi
studui
vidi

contentus
deletus
doctus

fautürus
jussus
motus

persudsus

prohibitus
responsus

-sessus

visus

ConjuGaTIon III

égi
crédidi
dixi
discessi
düxi
feci
fügi
iéci
interféci
misi
rapui
restiti

actus
creditus
dictus
discessus
ductus
factus
fugitürus
jactus
interfectus
missus
raptus

CoNJUGATION IV

münivi
rep'peri
veni

münitus
repertus
ventus

hold in, keep
destroy

teach

lack

favor

order

move

injure

obey
persuade [ from
restrain, keep
reply

sit

be eager

see

drive
believe
say
depart
lead
make
flee
hurl
kill
send
seize
resist

Sortify
Jind

come

1 facid has an irregular passive which will be presented later.

92 PREPOSITIONS : YES-OR-NO QUESTIONS

209. Prepositions. 1. We learned in $8 52, 53 that only the accu-
sative and the ablative are used with prepositions, and that preposi-
tions expressing ablative relations govern the ablative case. Those
we have had are here summarized. The table following should be
learned.

a or ab, from, by é or ex, out from, out of
cum, wth pro, Jefore, in front of; for, in behalf of
dé, down from, concerning sine, wzthout

2. Prepositions not expressing ablative relations must govern the
accusative (§ 52). Of these we have had the following:

ad, /o; apud, among, per, through

There are many others which you will meet as we proceed.

3. The preposition in when meaning zz or oz governs the adlative ;
when meaning 4o, into, against (relations foreign to the ablative) in
governs the accusative.

210. Yes-or-No Questions. Questions not introduced by some in-
terrogative word like who, why, when, etc., but expecting the answer
yes or no, may take one of three forms:

I. Js he coming? (Asking for information. Implying nothing as to
the answer expected.)

2. Js he not coming ? (Expecting the answer yes.)

3. He is n’t coming, is he ? (Expecting the answer-zo.)

These three forms are rendered in Latin as follows:

I. Venitne? zs he coming ?
2. Nonne venit? zs he not coming ?
3. Num venit? Ze zs n't coming, is he ?

4. -ne, the question sign, is usually added to the verb, which then
stands first.

à. We learned in $ 56. 4 that yes-or-o questions are usually answered
by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead of this, ita,
véró, certé, etc. (so, truly, certainly, etc.) may be used for yes, and non,
minimé, etc. for z if the denial is emphatic, as, &y xo means, not at all,

CONJUGATION OF POSSUM 93

211. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290.

I. r. Nonne habebat Cornélia ornàmenta auri? Habebat. 2. Num
Sextus legátüs scütum in dextró bracchió gerebat? Non in dextro,
sed sinistro in bracchio Sextus scütum gerebat. 3. Früstrà bella multa
ab Gallis gesta erant. 4. Ubi oppidum à perfidd Sexto occupatum
est, oppidani miseri gladio interfecti sunt. 5. Id oppidum erat plé-
num frümenti. 6. Nonne Sextus ab oppidanis frümentum postulavit ?
Véro, sed ii recüsaverunt frümentum dare. 7. Cir oppidum ab Sexto
deletum est? Quia frümentum recüsátum est. 8. Ea victoria nón
dubia erat. 9. Oppidàni erant défessi et armis egébant. 10. Num
fugam temptàverunt? Minime.

II. 1. Where was Julia standing? She was standing where you had
ordered. 2. Was Julia wearing any ornaments? She had many orna-
ments of gold. 3. Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger ?
She did. 4. Who captured her? Galba captured her without delay
and held her by the left arm. 5. She did n't have the lady's gold, did
she? No, the gold had. been taken by a faithless maid and has been
brought back.

Fourth Review, Lessons XXVII-XXXVI, 88 513-516

LESSON XXXVII

CONJUGATION OF POSSUM - THE INFINITIVE USED
AS IN ENGLISH

212. Learn the principal parts of possum, Jam able, / can, and its
inflection in the indicative and infinitive. (Cf. § 495.)

a. Possum, 7 can, is a compound of potis, a4/e, and sum, 7 am.

213. The Infinitive with Subject Accusative. The zz//mve (cf.
§ 173) is a verbal noun. Used as a noun, it has the constructions of

a noun. Asa verb it can govern a case and be modified by an adverb.
The uses of the infinitive are much the same in Latin as in English.

94 THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH

_t. In English certain verbs of wishing, commanding, forbidding,
and the like are used with an object clause consisting of a substantive
in the objective case and an infinitive, as, he commanded the men to
fee. Such object clauses are called infinitive clauses, and the sub-
stantive is said to be the subject of the infinitive.

Similarly in Latin, some verbs of wishing, commanding, forbidding,
and the like are used with an object clause consisting of an infinitive
with a subject in the accusative case, as, Is virós fugere iussit, Ze
commanded the men to ffe.

214. RULE. Subject of the Infinitive. Zhe subject of the infini-
tive 1s in the accusative.

215. The Complementary Infinitive. In English a verb is often
followed by an infinitive to complete its meaning, as, the Romans are
able to conquer the Gauls. This is called the complementary infinitive,
as the predicate is not comp/ete without the added infinitive.

Similarly in Latin, verbs of incomplete predication are completed
by the infinitive. Among such verbs are possum, J am able, J can;
propero, matüro, / hasten ; temptó, 7 attempt ; as

Romani Gallos superare possunt, ‘he Romans are able to

(or caz) conguer the Gauls
Bellum gerere temptant, ¢hey attempt to wage war

a. A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees
in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb.

Mali pueri esse boni nón possunt, dad boys are not able
£o (or cannot) be good

Observe that boni agrees with pueri.

216. The Infinitive used as a Noun. In English the infinitive is
often used as a pure noun, as the subject of a sentence, or as a predi-
cate nominative. For example, Zo conguer (= conquering) zs pleas-
ing; To see (= seeing) zs to believe (= believing). The same use of
the infinitive is found in Latin, especially with est, as

Superare est gratum, 7o conquer is pleasing
« Videre est credere, Zo see 7s to believe

EXERCISES 95

4. In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, which
must then be in the accusative case, as

Galbam superàre inimicos est gratum multis, for Galba
to conquer his enemies zs pleasing to many

é. An infinitive used as a noun is neuter singular. Thus, in the sen-
tence superare est gratum, the predicate adjective gratum is in the neuter
nominative singular to agree with superare the subject.

217. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291.

I. 1. Magister lüdi liberos cum diligentia laborare iussit. 2. Egére
cibó et vind est viris molestum. 3. Viri armati vetuérunt Gallos castra
ibi ponere. 4. Estne légatus in castello an in müro? Is est pro porta.
5. Ubi nostri! fugere inceperunt, légatus ab vestris! captus est.
6. Galli castellum ibi oppugnaverant ubi praesidium erat infirmum.
7. Alii pugnàre temptabant, alii portas petebant. 8. Féminae pro
domiciliis sedebant neque resistere validis Gallis poterant. 9. Bellum
est saevum, nec infirmis nec miseris favet. 10. Sed viri arma postu-
labant et studebant Gallos dé müris agere. 11. Id castellum ab Gallis
occupàri Romanis nón gràtum erit. 12. Galli ubi à Romanis victi
sunt, esse liberi? cessavérunt. 13. Diü sine aqua vivere non potestis.

IL 1. The girl began daily to carry water from the river to the
gates. 2. The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable for
a battle. 3. For a long time they tried in vain to seize the redoubt.
4. Neither did they cease to hurl weapons against? the walls. 5. But
they were not able to (could not) take the town.

218. Tue FarrHLESS TARPEIA

Sabini olim cum Romanis bellum gerébant et multàs victorias re-
portaverant. Iam agros proximos müris vastabant, iam oppido adpro-
pinquabant. Romani autem in Capitolium fügerant et longe periculo

1 Supply men. nostri, vestri, and sui are often used as nouns in this way.
2 Not children. The Romans used liberi either as an adjective, meaning /vee,

or as a noun, meaning Z4e free, thereby signifying their /zee-borm children.
The word was never applied to children of slaves. 3 in with the accusative.

96 EXERCISES

aberant. Müris validis et saxis altis credebant. Früstrà Sabini tela

iaciébant, früstrà portas düras petebant; castellum occupare non
poterant. Deinde novum consilium céperunt.!

Tarpéia erat puella Romana pulchra et superba. Cotidie aquam

5 copiis Romanis in Capitolium portabat. Ei? non nocébant Sabini,

TARPEIA PUELLA PERFIDA

quod ea sine armis erat neque Sabini bellum cum feminis liberisque

gerebant. Tarpeia autem maximé amabat ornàmenta auri. Cotidie

Sabinorum ornàmenta videbat et mox ea désiderdre incipiebat. Ei

ünus ex? Sabinis dixit, " Düc copiàs Sabinas intra portàs, Tarpeia,
10 et maxima erunt praemia tua."

1 cónsilium capere, to make a plan. Why is the 2e7fect tense used here and
the imperfect in the preceding sentences? Explain the use of tenses in the
next paragraph. ? Dative with nocébant. (Cf. $ 154.) 3 ex, out of, i.e.
Jom the number of ; best translated of

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 97

LESSON XXXVIII
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN

219. Sentences are simple, compound, or complex.

a. A simple sentence is a sentence containing but one statement, that is,
one subject and one predicate: Zhe Romans approached the town.

4. A compound sentence is a sentence containing two or more independ-
ent statements: Zhe Romans approached the town | and | the enemy fled.

Note. An independent statement is one that can stand alone; it does not
depend upon another statement.

c. A complex sentence is a sentence containing one independent state-
ment and one or more dependent statements: When the Romans
approached the town | the enemy fled.

Notre. A dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on

or qualifies another statement; thus ¢he enemy fled is independent, and when
the Romans approached the town is dependent or subordinate.

4. The separate statements in a compound or complex sentence are
called clauses. In a complex sentence the independent statement is called
the main clause and the dependent statement the subordinate clause.

220. Examine the complex sentence

The Romans killed the men who were taken

Here are two clauses:

a. The main clause, 7he Romans killed the men
4. The subordinate clause, who were taken

The word who is a pronoun, for it takes the place of the noun
men. It also connects the subordinate clause who were taken with the
noun men. Hence the clause is an. adject?ve clause. A pronoun that
connects an adjective clause with a substantive is called a relative pro-
noun, and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands is
called its antecedent. ‘The relative pronouns in English are who, whose,
whom, whith, what, that.

98 THE RELATIVE PRONOUN

221. The relative pronoun in Latin is qui, quae, quod, and it is
declined as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
Nom. qui quae quod qui quae quae
Gen. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum
Daft. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus
Acc. quem quam quod quos quas quae
AD. quo | quà quo quibus quibus quibus

1. Review the declension of is, § 114, and note the similarity in the
endings. The forms qui, quae, and quibus are the only forms showing
new endings.

Note. The genitive cuius and the dative cui are pronounced cod’yods (two
syllables) and cóoz (one syllable).

222. The Relative Pronoun is translated as follows : '

Masc. AND FEM. NEvtT.
Nom. who, that which, what, that
Gen. of whom, whose of which, of what, whose
Dat. to or for whom to or for which, to or for what
Acc. whom, that which, what, that
Abl. from, etc., whom Jom, etc., which or what

4. We see from the table above that qui, when it refers to a person, is
translated by some form of who or by /&a£ ; and that when it refers to
anything else it is translated by which, what, or that.

.

223. Note the following sentences:

The Romans killed the men who were taken
The Romans killed the woman who was taken
Romani interfécérunt virds qui capti sunt

- Romani interfecerunt féminam quae capta est

In the first sentence wo (qui) refers to the antecedent sex (viros), and
is masculine plural. In the second, who (quae) refers to woman (féminam),
and is feminine singular. From this we learn that the relative must agree

l'This table of meanings need not be memorized. It is inserted for refer-
ence when translating.

THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 99

with its antecedent in gender and number. In neither of the sentences
are the antecedents and relatives in the same case. Virds and féminam are
accusatives, and qui and quae are nominatives, being the subjects of the
subordinate clauses. Hence

224. RuLE. Agreement of the Relative. A relative pronoun
must agree with its antecedent in gender and number; but
iis case is determined by the way tt is used in its own clause.

225. Interrogative Pronouns. An interrogative pronoun is a pro-
noun that asks a question. In English the interrogatives are who?
which? what? In Latin they are quis? quid? (pronoun) and qui?
quae? quod? (adjective).

226. Examine the sentences
ue. Who is the man? Quis est vir?
b. What man is leading them? Qui vir eos dücit?
In a, who is an interrogative pronoun. In 5, what is an interrogative
adjective. Observe that in Latin quis, quid is the /7ozeuz and qui,
quae, quod is the adjective.

227. 1. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod is declined just
like the relative pronoun. (See $ 221.)

2. The interrogative pronoun quis, quid is declined like qui, quae,
quod in the plural. In the singular it is declined as follows:

Masc. AND FEM. NEUT.
JVom. quis, who ? quid, what? which ?
Gen. cuius, whose ? cuius, whose ?
Dat. cui, to or for whom ? cui, Zo or for what or which ?
Acc. quem, whom ? quid, what? which ?

AB. quo, from, etc., whom? quo, from, etc., which or what ?

Note. Observe that the masculine and feminine are alike and that all the
forms are like the corresponding forms of the relative, excepting quis and quid.

228. EXERCISES

I. 1. Quis est aeger? Servus quem amo est aeger. 2. Cuius scü-
tum habes? Scütum habeo quod legatus ad castelum misit. 3. Cui
légatus suum scütum dabit? Filio meo scütum dabit. 4. Ubi Germani

100 EXERCISES

antiqui vivébant? In terrà quae est proxima Rheno Germani vivé-
bant. s. Quibuscum! Germani bellum gerebant? Cum Romanis, qui
eds superare studébant, Germàni bellum gerebant. 6. Qui viri castra
ponunt? Ii sunt viri quorum
armis Germani victi sunt.

i Ww 7. Quibus telis copiae nos-
NN N N trae eguérunt ? Gladiis et
NN ON A Mi . 4 telis nostrae copiae eguérunt.
Nes ws Oe ij 8. A quibus porta sinistra

mai WU tenébatur? A sociis porta
sinistra tenébatur. 9. Quae
provinciae à Romànis occu-
patae sunt? Multae pro-
vinciae a Romànis occu-
patae sunt. 10. Quibus viris
dei favebunt? Bonis viris
dei favebunt.

IL 1. What victory will
you announce? 2.I will
announce to the people the
victory which the sailors

GERMANI ANTIQUI have won. 3. The men who

were pitching camp were

eager for battle. 4. Nevertheless they were soon conquered by the

troops which Sextus had sent. 5. They could not resist our forces,
but fled from that place without delay.

N
N

229. Tue Farrniess TanPxrA (Conduded)*

Tarpéia, commota ornàmentis Sabinorum pulchris, did resistere non
potuit et respondit: ‘ Date mihi? órnàmenta quae in sinistris brac-
chiis geritis, et celeriter copias vestras in Capitolium dücam." Nec

!cum is added to the ablative of relative, interrogative, and personal pro-
nouns instead of being placed before them. ? Explain the use of the tenses
in this selection. 3 to me.

THE THIRD DECLENSION - CONSONANT STEMS ror

Sabini recüsavérunt, sed per düras magndsque castelli portás pro-
peravérunt quó! Tarpéia düxit et mox intra validos et altós müros
stabant. Tum sine morà in? Tarpéiam scüta graviter iécérunt; nam
Scüta quoque in sinistris bracchiis gerébant. Ita perfida puella Tar-
péia interfecta est; ita Sabini Capitolium occupaverunt.

LESSON XXXIX
THE THIRD DECLENSION : CONSONANT STEMS

230. Bases and Stems. In learning the first and second declen-
sions we saw that the different cases were formed by adding the case
terminations to the part of the word that did not change, which we
called the base. If to the base we add -à in the first declension,
and -o in the second, we get what is called the stem. "Thus porta has
the base port- and the stem portà- ; servus has the base serv- and the
stem servo-.

These stem vowels, -à- and -o-, play so important a part in the
formation of the case terminations that these declensions are named
from them respectively the 4- and O-Declensions.

231. Nouns of the Third Declension. The third declension is called
the Consonant or ZDeclension, and its nouns are classified according
to the way the s/zz ends. If the last letter of the stem is a consonant,
the word is said to have a consonant stem ; if the stem ends in -i-, the
word is said to have an i-stem. In consonant stems the stem is the same
as the base. In i-stems the stem is formed by adding -i- to the base.
The presence of the i makes a difference in certain of the cases, so ,
the distinction is a very important one. :

239. Consonant stems are divided into two classes :

I. Stems that add -s to the base to form the nominative singular.
II. Stems that add no termination in the nominative singular.
1 qué = whither, to the place where. Here qué is the relative adverb. We

have had it used before as the interrogative adverb, whither? to what place ?
2 upon.

102 THE THIRD DECLENSION - CONSONANT STEMS

CLASS I

233. Stems that add -s to the base in the nominative singular are
either masculine or feminine and are declined as follows:

BASES } princeps, m.,c/zef miles, m.,so/4zer lapis, m., stone

OR f princip- milit- lapid-
STEMS
SINGULAR era rm
Nom. princeps miles lapis -8
Gen. — prin'cipis militis lapidis -is
Daft. prin’cipi militi lapidi E!
Acc. — principem militem lapidem -em
Abl. prin’cipe milite lapide -e
PLURAL
Nom. prin'cipes milites lapidés -és
Gem. — prin'cipum militum lapidum -um
Dat. princi’pibus militibus lapidibus -ibus
Acc. prin’cipés milités lapidés -és
AD. princi/pibus militibus lapidibus -jbus
Bases» TeX, m., Zug iüdex, m., judge virtiis, f., manliness
OR } rég- jüdic- virtüt-
STEMS
SINGULAR t
Nom. rex iüdex virtüs -8
Gen. regis iüdicis virtü'tis -is
Dat. régi iüdici virtü'ti E!
Ac. regem iüdicem virtü'tem -em
AM. rége iüdice virtü'te -e
PLURAL
Nom. reges iudices virtü'tes -8s
Gen, regum iüdicum virtü'tum -um
Dat. regibus iüdicibus virtü'tibus -ibus
Acc. regés iüdices virtü'tes -és
Abl. regibus iüdicibus virtü'tibus -ibus

1. The base or stem is found by dropping -is in the genitive singular.
2. Most nouns of two syllables, like princeps (princip-), miles (milit-),
iudex (iüdic-) have i in the base, but e in the nominative.

EXERCISES 103

4. lapis is an exception to this rule.
3. Observe the consonant changes of the base or stem in the nominative:

a. A final -t or -d is dropped before -s; thus miles for milets, lapis
for lapids, virtüs for virtüts.

6. A final -c or -g unites with -s and forms -x; thus iüdec + s = iüdex,
rég + s = rex.

4. Review § 74°and apply the rules to this declension.

In like manner decline dux, ducis, m., /eader; eques, equitis, m., horse-
man, pedes, peditis, m., foot soldier; pés, pedis, m., foo.

234. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291.

I. 1. Neque pedites neque equités occupare castellum Rómànum
poterant. 2. Summa virtüte müros altos cotidie oppugnàbant. 3. Pedes
militum lapidibus qui dé miro iaciébantur saepe vulnerabantur.
4. Quod novum cónsilium dux cépit? 5. Is perfidam puellam pulchris
ornàmentis temptavit. 6. Quid puella fecit? 7. Puella commóta auro
milites per portas düxit. 8. Tamen praemia quae summo studio peti-
verat non reportavit. 9. Apud Romanos antiquos Tarpéia nón est
laudata.

II. 1. What ship is that which I see? That (illud) ship is the
Vidory. lt is sailing now with a favorable wind and will soon
approach Italy. 2. The judges commanded the savages to be seized
and to be killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to
flee, but were quickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led
the foot soldiers to the wall from which the townsmen were hurling
stones with the greatest zeal.

NAVIGIUM

104 THE THIRD DECLENSION : CONSONANT STEMS

LESSON XL
THE THIRD DECLENSION - CONSONANT STEMS (Continued)

CLASS II

235. Consonant stems that add no termination in the nominative
are declined in the other cases exactly like those that add -s. They
may be masculine, feminine, or neuter.

336. PARADIGMS

MASCULINES AND FEMININES

consul, m., legio, f., ordo, m., pater, m.,
consul legion row Sather
BASES - em
or fcónsul- legion- ordin- patr-
STEMS.
TERMINATIONS
SINGULAR MUAND E:
Nom. consul legio ordo pater —
Gen. consulis legionis ordinis patris -is
Daft. consuli legioni ordini patri i
Acc. consulem legionem Ordinem patrem -em
AB. cónsule legione ordine patre -e
PLURAL
Nom. consules legionés Ordines patres -és
Gen. consulum legionum ordinum patrum -um
Dat. consulibus legionibus ^ Ordinibus patribus -ibus
Acc. consules legiones Ordines patrés -és
AM. consulibus legionibus Ordinibus patribus -ibus

1. With the exception of the nominative, the terminations are exactly
the same as in Class I, and the base or stem is found in the same way.

2. Masculines and feminines with bases or stems in -in- and -ón- drop
-n- and end in + in the nominative, as legió (base or stem legión-), órdo
(base or stem Ordin-).

3. Bases or stems in -tr- have -ter in the nominative, as pater (base or
stem patr-).

4. Note how the genitive singular gives the clue to the whole declension.
Always learm thzs with the nominative.

THE THIRD DECLENSION : CONSONANT STEMS IO5

237. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291.

I. 1, Audisne tubas, Marce? Non sdlum tubàs audio sed etiam
ordinés militum et carrós impedimentorum plénós videre possum.
2. Quàs legionés vidémus? Eae legiones nüper ex Gallia venerunt.
3. Quid ibi fécérunt? Studébantne pugnàre an sine virtüte erant?
4. Multa proelia fecerunt! et magnàs victorias et multos captivos re-
portavérunt. 5. Quis est imperátor edrum legionum ? Caesar, summus
Romànorum imperator. 6. Quis est eques qui pulchram coronam gerit?
Is eques est frater meus. Ei corona à consule data est quia summa
virtüte pugnaverat et à barbaris patriam serváverat.

II. 1. Who has seen my father to-day? 2. I saw him just now
(nüper) He was hastening to your dwelling with your mother and
sister. 3. When men are far from the fatherland and lack food, they
cannot be restrained? from wrong.) 4. The safety of the soldiers is
dear to Caesar, the general. 5. The chiefs were eager to storm a
town full of grain which was held by the consul 6. The king
forbade the baggage of the captives to be destroyed.

LESSON XLI
THE THIRD DECLENSION - CONSONANT STEMS (Concluded)

238. Neuter consonant stems add no termination in the nominative
and are declined as follows:

flümen, n., tempus, n., opus, n., caput, n.,
viver time work head
BASES) — . .
on jq flümin- tempor- oper- capit-
STEMS
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS

Vom. flümen tempus opus caput —
Gen. flüminis temporis operis capitis -is
Dat. fiiimini tempori operi capiti 4
Ac. flümen tempus opus caput =
Adbl, flimine tempore opere capite -e

1 proelium facere = /o fight a battle. — ? contined. Cf.$180. 8 Abl iniürià.

106 EXERCISES

PLURAL TERMINATIONS
Nom. flümina tempora opera capita -a
Gen, flüminum temporum operum capitum -um
Dat. flüminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus
Acc. flumina tempora opera capita -a
Ab. flüminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus

1. Review § 74 and apply the rules to this declension.
2. Bases or stems in -in- have -e- instead of -i- in the nominative, as

flümen, base or stem flümin-.
3. Most bases or stems in -er- and -or- have -us in the nominative, as
opus, base or stem oper-; tempus, base or stem tempor-.

239. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292.

I. 1. Barbari ubi Romam cépérunt, maxima regum opera dele-
vérunt. 2. Romani multàs calamitates a barbaris acceperunt. 3. Ubi
erat summus terror apud oppidanos, animi dubii eorum ab orátore clàro
cQnfirmati sunt. 4. Roma est in ripis flüminis magni. 5. Ubi Caesar
imperator milites suds arma capere iussit, ii à proelio continéri nón
potuérunt. 6. Ubi proelium factum est, imperator reperiri nón potuit.
7. Imperator sagittà in capite vulnerátus erat et stare nón poterat.
8. Eum magno labore pedes ex proelio portavit. 9. Is bracchiis suis
imperatorem tenuit et eum ex periculis summis servavit. 10. Virtüte
sua bonus miles ab imperatore coronam accepit.

IL 1. The consul placed a crown on the head of the victor. 2. Be-
fore the gates he was received by the townsmen. 3. A famous orator
praised him and said, " By your labors you have saved the father-
land from disaster." 4. The words of the orator were pleasing to
the victor. s. To save the fatherland was a great task.

CORONA

"REVIEW OF CONSONANT STEMS 107

LESSON XLII
REVIEW LESSON

240. Review the paradigms in §§ 233, 236, 238; and decline all
nouns of the third declension in this selection.

TERROR CIMBRICUS!

Olim Cimbri et Teutones, populi Germaniae, cum feminis liberisque
Italiae adpropinquaverant et copias Romanas maximo proelio vicerant.
Ubi fuga legionum nüntiàta est, summus erat terror totius Romae, et R6-
mani, graviter commoti, sacra crebra deis faciebant et salütem petebant.

Tum Manlius orátor animos populi ita confirmavit: — " Magnam
calamitàtem accepimus. Oppida nostra à Cimbris Teutonibusque
capiuntur, agricolae interficiuntur, agri vastantur, cópiae barbarorum
Romae adpropinquant. Itaque, nisi novis animis proelium novum
faciémus et Germànos ex patrià nostra sine morà agemus, erit nülla

salüs feminis nostris liberisque. Servate liberos! Servate patriam |-

Anteà superati sumus quia imperatores nostri fuerunt infirmi. Nunc
Marius, clàrus imperator, qui iam multds alias victorias reportavit,
legionés dücet et animos nostrós terrore Cimbrico liberabit."

Marius tum in Africa bellum gerébat. Sine mora ex Africa in

Italiam vocátus est. Copias novàs non solum toti Italiae sed etiam
provinciis sociorum imperavit.? Disciplina autem düra laboribusque
perpetuis milites exercuit. Tum cum peditibus equitibusque, qui iam
proelió studébant, ad Germànorum castra celeriter matüravit. Diü et
acriter pugnatum est.) Dénique barbari fügerunt et multi in fuga ab
equitibus sunt interfecti. Marius pater patriae vocatus est.

1 About the year 100 B.c. the Romans were greatly alarmed by an invasion
of barbarians from the north known as Cimbri and Teutons. They were travel-
ing with wives and children, and had an army of 300,000 fighting men. Several
Roman armies met defeat, and the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called
upon Marius, their greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the
Teutons in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible battle
ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed; but the Zerror Cimbricus
continued to haunt the Romans for many a year thereafter. ? He made a
Jevy (of troops) «fon, imperavit with the acc. and the dat. 3 Cf. $ 200. n. 2.

20

108 THE THIRD DECLENSION - -STEMS

LESSON XLIII
THE THIRD DECLENSION - I-STEMS

241. To decline a noun of the third declension correctly we must
know whether or not it is an i-stem. Nouns with i-stems are

1. Masculines and feminines :

a. Nouns in -&s and -is with the same number of syllables in the genitive
as in the nominative. Thus caedés, caedis, is an i-stem, but miles, militis,
is a consonant stem.

4. Nouns in -ns and -rs.
c. Nouns of one syllable in -s or -x preceded by a consonant.

2. Neuters in -e, -al, and -ar.

242. The declension of i-stems is nearly the same as that of con-
sonant stems. Note the following differences:
a. Masculines and feminines have -ium in the genitive plural and -is or

-&s in the accusative plural.
4, Neuters have -i in the ablative singular, and an -i- in every form of
= MÀ at

the-plural.

243. Masculine and Feminine J-Stems. Masculine and feminine i-
stems are declined as follows:

caedes, f., hostis, m., urbs, f., cliens, m.,
slaughter enemy city retainer
Stems caedi- hosti- urbi- Clienti-
Bases caed- host- urb- client-
SINGULAR pictae eee
Nom. caedes hostis urbs cliens! -s, -is, or -€s
Gen. caedis hostis urbis clientis -is
Dat. caedi hosti urbi clienti E
Acc. | caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im)
AU. caede hoste urbe cliente -e (i)

1 Observe that the vowel before -ns is long, but that it is shortened before
-nt. Cf. $ 12. 2, g.

THE THIRD DECLENSION : 7-STEMS 109

Pura. E^
JVom. caedes hostés urbés clientés -és
Gen. caedium hostium urbium clientium -jum
Dat. caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus
Acc. | caedis, -&s hostis, -€s ^ urbis,-és clientis, -és -is, -és
Abl. | caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus

I. avis, civis, finis, ignis, nàvis have the ablative singular in -i or -e.
2. turris has accusative turrim and ablative turri or turre.

244. Neuter I-Stems. Neuter i-stems are declined as follows:

insigne, n., animal, n., calcar, n.,

decoraticn animal spur
Stems insigni- animali- calcari-
Basrs iInsign- animal- calcar-

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Vom. insigne animal calcar -e or —
Gen. insignis animalis calcáris -is
Dat. insigni animali calcari d
Acc. — insigne animal calcar -eor—
A. insigni animali calcari E!
PLURAL

Nom. insignia animalia calcaria -ia
Gen. insignium animalium calcarium -ium
Dat. insignibus animalibus calcaribus -ibus
Acc. insignia animàlia calcária — -ia
Aél. insignibus animalibus calcáribus -ibus

I. Review $ 74 and see how it applies to this declension.

2. The final -i- of the stem is usually dropped in the nominative. If not
dropped, it is changed to -e-.

3. A long vowel is shortened before final -1 or -r. (Cf. § 12. 2.)

245. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292.

I. 1. Quam urbem vidémus ? Urbs quam vidétis est Roma. 2. Cives
Romani urbem suam turribus altis et müris longis müniverant.
3. Venti nàvis longàs prohibebant finibus hostium adpropinquare.
4. Imperator à clientibus suis calcária auri et alia insignia accepit.
5. Milites Romani cum hostibus bella saeva gessérunt et eds caede

IIO EXERCISES

magna superavérunt. 6. Alia animalia terram, alia mare amant.
7. Navés longae quae auxilium ad imperàátorem portabant igni ab
hostibus délétae sunt. 8. In ed mari avis multas vidimus quae longe
à terrà volaverant. 9. Nonne vidistis navis longas hostium et ignis
quibus urbs nostra vastabatur? Certe, sed nec caedem civium nec

NAVES LONGAE

fugam clientium vidimus. 10. Avés et alia animàlia, ubi ignem vide-
runt, salütem fuga petere celeriter inceperunt. 11. Num iüdex in
peditum ordinibus stabat ? Minime, iüdex erat apud equites et equus
eius insigne pulchrum gerebat.

II. 1. Because of the lack of grain the animals of the village were
not able to live. 2. When the general? heard the rumor, he quickly
sent a horseman to the village. 3. The horseman had a beautiful
horse and wore spurs of gold. 4. He said to the citizens, " Send
your retainers with horses and wagons to our camp, and you will
receive an abundance of grain." 5. With happy hearts they obeyed
his words? without delay. %

7 1 Place first. ? Not the accusative. Why?

IRREGULAR NOUNS : GENDER III

LESSON XLIV

IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION - GENDER IN
THE THIRD DECLENSION

246. PARADIGMS
vis, f., force iter, n., march
Bases Vi- and vir- iter- and itiner-
SINGULAR
Nom. vis iter
Gen. — vis (rare) itineris
Dat. vi (rare) itineri
Acc. vim iter
ADM. vi itinere
PLURAL

Nom. virés itinera
Gen. virium itinerum
Dat. viribus itineribus
Acc. viris, or -€s itinera
Abl. viribus itineribus

247. There are no rules for gender in the third declension that do
not present numerous exceptions.’ The following rules, however, are
of great service, and should be thoroughly mastered :

1. Masculine are nouns in -or, -ós, -er, -és (gen. -itis).

a. arbor, /7ze, is feminine; and iter, arch, is neuter. n

2. Feminine are nouns in -0, -is, -x, and in -s preceded by a con-
sonant or by any long vowel but 0.

a. Masculine are collis (2/7), lapis, mensis (077A), ordo, pés, and nouns
in -nis and -guis — as ignis, sanguis (2/207) — and the four monosyllables

déns, 2 tooth; mons, a mountain
pons, « bridge; fons, a fountain

3. Neuters are nouns in -e, -al, -ar, -n, -ur, -tis, and caput.

1 Review § 60. Words denoting males are, of course, masculine, and those
denoting females, feminine.

II2 EXERCISES

248. Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which
it is determined :

animal ' calamitas flumen lapis navis

avis caput ignis legio opus

caedés eques insigne mare salüs

calcar finis labor miles urbs
249. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292.

I. The First Bridge over the Rhine. Salüs sociorum erat semper cara
Romanis. Olim Galli, amici ROmandrum, multàs iniürias ab Germanis
qui trans flümen Rhénum vivebant acceperant. Ubi legàti ab iis ad
Caesarem imperatorem Romanum vénérunt et auxilium postulaverunt,

s Rómaàni magnis itineribus ad hostium finis matiravérunt. Mox ad
ripas magni flüminis venerunt. Imperator studebat copias suas trans
fluvium dücere, sed nüllà via! poterat. Nüllas nàvis habébat. Alta
erat aqua. Imperator autem, vir clarus, numquam adversa fortünà
commotus, novum consilium cepit. Iussit suds? in? lato flümine facere

10 pontem. Numquam anteà pons in Rheno visus erat. Hostes ubi pon-
tem quem Romani fecerant viderunt, summo terrore commoti, sine
mora fugam parare inceperunt.

II. 1. The enemy had taken (possession of) the top of the moun-
tain. 2. There were many trees on the opposite hills. 3. We pitched
our camp near (ad) a beautiful spring. 4. A march through the ene-
mies’ country is never without danger. 5. The time of the month
was suitable for the march. 6. The teeth of the monster were long.
7. When the foot soldiers * saw the blood of the captives, they began
to assail the fortifications with the greatest violence.!

1 Abl. of manner. 2 suds, used as a noun, his men. 3 We say build
a bridge over; the Romans, make a bridge on. 4 Place first.

Fifth Review, Lessons XXXVII-XLIV, §§ 517-520

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 113

LESSON XLV
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION - STEMS

250. Adjectives are either of the first and second declensions (like
bonus, aeger, or liber), or they are of the third declension.

251. Nearly all adjectives of the third declension have i-stems, and
they are declined almost like nouns with i-stems.

252. Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in the
nominative for each gender, as, bonus, m.; bona, f.; bonum, n. Such
an adjective is called an adyective of three endings. Adjectives of the
third declension are of the following classes :

I. Adjectives of three endings —
a different form in the nominative for each gender.
II. Adjectives of two endings —
masculine and feminine nominative alike, the neuter different.
III. Adjectives of one ending —
masculine, feminine, and neuter nominative all alike.

253. Adjectives of the third declension in -er have three endings ;
those in -is have two endings; the others have one ending.

CLASS I
254. Adjectives of Three Endings are declined as follows:

acer, acris, acre, keen, eager

Stem 4cri- Base acr-
SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
4Vom. Acer acris acre Acres acres acria
Gen. Acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium
Dat. Acri ácri acri acribus acribus acribus
Acc. acrem — acrem acre acris,-€s cris,-€s — àcria

Ab. Acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus

114. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION

CLASS II
255. Adjectives of Two Endings are declined as follows :

omnis, omne, every, a//!

STEM omni- BASE omn-
SINGULAR PLURAL

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
Vom. omnis omne omnes omnia
Gen. | omnis omnis omnium omnium
Dat. omni omni omnibus omnibus
Acc. | omnem omne omnis, -és omnia
Aébl. omni omni omnibus omnibus

CLASS III

256. Adjectives of One Ending are declined as follows:

par, egual
Stem pari- BASE par-
SINGULAR PLURAL

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
Nom. par par pares paria
Gen. paris paris parium parium
Dat. pari pari paribus paribus
Ac. | parem par paris, -€s paria
AM. pari pari paribus paribus

I. All i-stem adjectives have -i in the ablative singular.

2. Observe that the several cases of adjectives of one ending have the
same form for all genders excepting in the accusative singular and in the
nominative and accusative plural.

3. Decline vir acer, legio acris, animal Acre, ager omnis, scütum omne,
proelium par.

257. There are a few adjectives of one ending that have consonant
stems. They are declined exactly like nouns with consonant stems.

1 omnis is usually translated every in the singular and aZ/ in the plural.

EXERCISES II5

258. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293.

I. The Romans invade the Enemy's Country. Olim pedites Romani
cum equitibus vélocibus in hostium urbem iter faciebant. Ubi nón
longe afuérunt, rapuerunt agricolam, qui eis viam brevem et facilem
démonstravit. Iam’ Romani moenia alta, turris validas aliaque opera
urbis vidére poterant. In moenibus stabant multi principes. Principes
ubi viderunt Romànos, iusserunt civis lapides aliaque tela dé müris
lacere. Tum milites fortes contineri à proelio nón poterant et acer
imperator signum tuba dari iussit. Summa vi omnés matiravérunt.
Imperator Sexto légato impedimenta omnia mandavit. Sextus impe-
dimenta in summo colle conlocavit. Grave et acre erat proelium, sed
hostés non pares Romanis erant. Alii interfecti, alii capti sunt. Apud
captivos erant mater sororque régis. Pauci Romànorum ab hostibus
vulnerati sunt. Secundum proelium Romanis erat gratum. Fortüna
fortibus semper favet.

II. 1. Some months are short, others are long. 2. To seize the
top of the mountain was difficult. 3. Among the hills of Italy are
many beautiful springs. 4. The soldiers were sitting where the bag-
gage had been placed because their feet were weary. s. The city
which the soldiers were eager to storm had been fortified by strong
walls and high towers. 6. Did not the king intrust a heavy crown
of gold and all his money to a faithless slave? Yes, but the slave
had never before been faithless.

AQUILA LEGIONIS

116 THE FOURTH OR U-DECLENSION

LESSON XLVI
THE FOURTH OR U-DECLENSION

259. Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter.

260. Masculine nouns end in -us, neuters in -ü. The genitive ends
in -üs.

4. Feminine by exception are domus, Zoxse; manus, hand, and a
few others.

PARADIGMS
adventus, m., a77zval cornü, n., horn
Bases advent- corn-
TERMINATIONS
SINGULAR MASC. NEUT.
Vom. adventus cornü -us -ü
Gen. — adventüs cornüs -üs -üs
Dat. adventui (i) cornü -ui (ti) -ü
? Acc. | adventum cornü -um -ü
A advent cornü -ü d
PLURAL
Vom. adventiis cornua -üs -ua
Gen. adventuum cornuum -uum -uum
Dat. adventibus cornibus -jbus -ibus
Acc. | adventüs cornua -üs -ua
Aél. | adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus

I. Observe that the base is found, as in other declensions, by dropping
the ending of the genitive singular.

2. lacus, /ake, has the ending -ubus in the dative and ablative plural;
portus, Zardor, has either -ubus or -ibus.

3. cornü is the only neuter that is in common use.

261. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293.

I. x. Ante adventum Caesaris veloces hostium equites àcrem
impetum in castra fecerunt. 2. Continére exercitum à proelio nón
facile erat. 3. Post adventum suum Caesar iussit legiones ex castris

EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE II7

diici. 4. Prd castris cum hostium equitátü pugnàtum est. 5. Post
tempus breve equitatus trans flümen fügit ubi castra hostium posita
erant. 6. Tum victor imperátor agros vàástávit et vicos hostium cre-
màvit. 7. Castra autem nón oppugnavit quia milites erant defessi
et locus difficilis. 8. Hostes nón cessavérunt iacere tela, quae paucis
nocuérunt. g. Post adversum proelium principes Gallorum legatos ad
Caesarem mittere studébant, sed populo persuadere non poterant.

II. 1. Did you see the man-of-war on the lake? 2. I did not see
it (fem.) on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of
the strong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail 4. Caesar
didn't make an attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he?
5. No, he made an attack on the left wing. 6. Who taught your
swift horse to obey? 7. I trained my horse with my (own) hands,
nor was the task difficult. 8. He is a beautiful animal and has great
strength.

LESSON XLVII
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE - THE DECLENSION OF DOMUS

262. We have become thoroughly familiar with expressions like the

following : Galba ad (or in) oppidum mátürat

Galba ab (dé or ex) oppido matürat
Galba in oppidó habitat

From these expressions we may deduce the following rules:

263. RULE. Accusative of the Place to. Zhe place to which is
expressed by ad or in with the accusative. This answers the
question Whither ?

264. RULE. Ablative of the Place from. Ze place from which 1s
expressed by à or ab, dé, & or ex, with the separative ablative.
This answers the question Whence? (Cf. Rule, § 179.)

265. RULE. Ablative of the Place at or in. Zhe place at or in
which is expressed by the ablative with in. This answers the
question Where ? .

118 EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE

a. The ablative denoting the place where is called the locative ablative
(cf. locus, place).

266. Exceptions. Names of towns, small islands, domus, ome,
ris, country, and a few other words in common use omit the prepo-
sitions in expressions of place, as,

Galba Athénàás màátürat, Galba hastens to Athens

Galba Athénis màtürat, Galba hastens from Athens

Galba Athénis habitat, Ga/ba lives at (or im) Athens

Galba domum matürat, Galba hastens home

Galba ris màátürat, Galda hastens to the country

Galba domd matirat, Galda hastens from home

Galba rire màtürat, Ga/ba hastens from the country

Galba rüri (less commonly rüre) habitat, Galba lives in
the country

a. Names of countries, like Germania, Italia, etc., do not come under
these exceptions. Hlth them prepositions must not be omitted.

267. The Locative Case. We saw above that the place-relation ex-
pressed by a£ or zz is regularly covered by the locative ablative. How-
ever, Latin originally expressed this relation by a separate form known
as the /oca£ive case. This case has been everywhere merged in the abla-
tive excepting in the singular number of the first and second declen-
sions. The form of the locative in these declensions is like the genitive
singular, and its use is limited to names of towns and small islands,
domi, a£ ome, and a few other words.

268. RULE. Locative and Locative Ablative. Zo express the place
in which with names of towns and small islands, if they are sin-
gular and of the first or second declension, use the locative; otherwise
use the locative ablative without a preposition; as,

Galba Romae habitat, Galba lives at Rone’

Galba Corinthi habitat, Galda lives at Corinth
Galba domi habitat, Galba lives at home

1 Small islands are classed with towns because they generally have but oné
town, and theyname of the town is the same as the name of the island.

DOMUS 119

Here Rómae, Corinthi, and domi are /ocatives, being singular and of the
first and second declensions respectively. But in ;

Galba Athénis habitat, Galba lives at Athens,
Galba Pompéiis habitat, Galba lives at Pompeii

Athénis and Pompéiis are locative ablatives. These words can have no
locative case, as the nominatives Athénae and Pompéii are A/ura/ and there
is no plural locative case form.

269. The word domus, ome, house, has forms of both the second
and the fourth declension. Learn its declension ($ 468).

270. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293.

I. x. Corinthi omnia insignia auri à ducibus victoribus rapta erant.
2. Caesar Genàvam exercitum magnis itineribus düxit. 3. Quem pon-
tem hostes cremàáverant? Pontem in Rhénd hostes cremaverant.
4. Pompeiis multas Romaànórum domos videre poteritis. 5. Roma
consul equó veloci ris properàvit. 6. Domi consulis homines multi
sedebant. 7. Imperator iusserat legatum Athenas cum multis nàvibus
longis nàvigàre. 8. Ante moenia urbis sunt ordines arborum altarum.
9. Propter arbores altás nec lacum nec portum reperire potuimus.
10. Proeliis crebris Caesar legiones suas quae erant in Gallia ex-
ercébat. 11. Cotidie in loco idoneo castra pónébat et miiniébat.

IL 1. Caesar, the famous general, when he had departed from
Rome, hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse! 2. He had
heard a rumor concerning the allies at Geneva. 3. After his arrival
Ceesar called the soldiers together and commanded them to join battle.
4. The enemy retreated, some because? they were afraid, others
because * of wounds. 5. Recently I was at Athens and saw the place
where the judges used to sit. 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers ;
the one lives at Rome, the other in the country.

1 Latin says “by a swift horse." What construction ? 2 Distinguish be-
tween the English conjunction decause (quia or quod) and the preposition
because of (propter). 8 used to sit, express by the imperfect.

——
mut

jaan nat

"
i fl fil
Mi
W

SS
E

DAEDALUS ET ICARUS

THE FIF TH OR &-DECLENSION I21

271. Darp'ALUs AND Ic'agus "

Créta est insula antiqua quae aqua alta magni maris pulsatur. Ibi
olim Minos erat réx. Ad eum vénit Daedalus qui ex Graecia patria
fugiebat. Eum Minos réx benignis verbis accépit et ei domicilium in
Crétà dedit. !Quo in loco Daedalus sine cürà vivebat et régi multa
et clàra opera faciebat. Post tempus longum autem Daedalus patriam 5
caram désideràre incepit Domum miàtüràre studébat, sed regi per-
suddére non potuit et mare saevum fugam vetabat.

LESSON XLVIII
THE FIFTH OR E-DECLENSION - THE ABLATIVE OF TIME

272. Gender. Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine except
diés, day, and meridies, #zdday, which are usually masculine.

213. PARADIGMS
diés, m., Zay res, f., thing
Bases di- I-
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Nom. diés rés -és
Gen. diei rei -ei
Dat. diei rei -ei
Acc. diem rem -em
AM. die ré -é
PLURAL
vom. dies res -és
Gen. dierum rerum rum
Dat. diébus rebus -&bus
Acc. | dies res -és
AB diebus rébus -ébus

1 And in this place; quó does not here introduce a subordinate relative
clause, but establishes the connection with the preceding sentence. Such a
relative is called a connecting relative, and is translated by and and a demon-
strative or personal pronoun.

un

122 ABLATIVE OF TIME

I. The vowel e which appears in every form is regularly long. It is
shortened in the ending -ei after a consonant, as in r-éi; and before -m
in the accusative singular, as in di-em. (Cf. $ 12. 2.)

2. Only diés and rés are complete in the plural. Most other nouns of
this declension lack the plural. Aciés, Z/e of battle, and spes, hope, have
the nominative and accusative plural.

274. The ablative relation ($ 50) which is expressed by the prep-
ositions a, 7m, or om may refer not only to place, but also to time,
as a£ noon, in summer, on the first day. The ablative which is used
to express this relation is called the ablative of time.

975. RULE. The Ablative of Time. Ze sme when or within
which anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a
preposition.

a. Occasionally the preposition in is found. Compare the English Vext
day we started and On the next day we started.

276. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294.

I. Galba the Farmer. Galba agricola rüri vivit. Cotidie prima lüce
laboràre incipit, nec ante noctem in studio sud cessat. Meridie Iülia
filia eum ad cénam vocat. Nocte pedés défessds domum vertit.
Aestate filii agricolae auxilium patri dant. Hieme agricola eds in
lüdum mittit Ibi magister pueris multas fabulas dé rebus gestis
Caesaris nàrrat. Aestàte filii agricolae perpetuis laboribus exercentur
nec grave agri opus est iis molestum. Galba sine üllà cürà vivit nec
rés adversas timet.

IL. 1. In that month there were many battles in Gaul. 2. The cav-
alry of the enemy made an attack upon Caesar's line of battle. 3. In
the first hour of the night the ship was overcome by the billows. 4. On
the second day the savages were eager to come under Czsar’s pro-
tection. 5. The king had joined battle, moved by the hope of victory.
6. That year a fire destroyed many birds and other animals. 7. We
saw blood or the wild beast's teeth.

PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED I23

271. -DaEp'aLus AND Ic'arus (Continued)

Tum Daedalus gravibus cüris commotus filio suo Icaro ita dixit:
" Animus meus, Icare, est plenus tristitiae nec oculi lacrimis egent.
Discedere ex Crétà, Athénds matirdre, maxime studeo; sed rex re-
cüsat audire verba mea et omnem reditüs spem eripit. Sed numquam
rébus adversis vincar. Terra et mare sunt inimica, sed aliam fugae
viam reperiam." Tum in artis ignótàs animum dimittit et mirum
capit consilium. Nam pennas in ordine ponit et veras alas facit.

LESSON XLIX

PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED - PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE
PRONOUNS

278. We have the same kinds of pronouns in Latin as in English.
They are divided into the following eight classes :

1. Personal pronouns, which show the person speaking, spoken.o,
or spoken of ; as, ego, 7; tii, you, is, he. (Cf. $279, etc.)

2. Possessive pronouns, which denote possession; as, meus, tuus,
suus, etc. (Cf. § 98.)

3. Reflexive pronouns, used in the predicate to refer back -to the
subject; as, £e saw himself. (Cf. § 281.)

4. Intensive pronouns, used to emphasize a noun or pronoun; as,
I myself saw it. (Cf. $ 285.)

5. Demonstrative pronouns, which point out persons or things; as,
is, this, that. (Cf. § 112.)

6. Relative pronouns, which connect a subordinate adjective clause
with an antecedent; as, qui, who. (Cf. § 220.)

7. Interrogative pronouns, which ask a question; as, quis, who?
(Cf. § 225.)

8. Indefinite pronouns, which point out indefinitely ; as, some one,
any one, some, certain ones, etc. (Cf. § 296.)

279. The demonstrative pronoun is, ea, id, as we learned in § 115,
is regularly used as the personal pronoun of the third person (Ae, she,
it, they, etc.).

I24 PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS

280. The personal pronouns of the first person are ego, 7; nds, we;
of the second person, tü, /Zoz or you, vos, ye or you. They are
declined as follows :

SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON SECOND PERSON
Nom. ego, J ti, you
Gen, mel, of me tui, of you
Dat. mihi, Zo or for me tibi, Zo or for you
Acc, me, me te, you

ABL — mé, with, from, etc., me te, with, from, etc., you

PLURAL
Nom, nos, we vos, you
Gen. nostrum or nostri, of us vestrum or vestri, of you
Dat. nobis, ¢o or for us vóbis, /o or for you
Acc. nos, us vos, you

ABL. nobis, with, from, etc., us vobis, with, from, etc., you

I. The personal pronouns are not used in the nominative excepting for
emphasis or contrast.

281. The Reflexive Pronouns. 1. The personal pronouns ego and
tii may be used in the predicate as reflexives; as,

video mé, / see myself vidémus nos, we see ourselves
vidés te, you see yourself vidétis vs, you see yourselves

2. The reflexive pronoun of the third person (Azmself, herself, itself,
themselves) has a special form, used only in these senses, and declined
alike in the singular and plural.

SINGULAR AND PLURAL
Gen. sui Acc. sé
Dat. sibi A. sé

Puer sé videt, the doy sees himself
Puella sé videt, the girl sees herself
Animal sé videt, tHe animal sees itself
Ii sé vident, they see themselves

EXAMPLES

a. The form sé is sometimes doubled, sésé, for emphasis.

CUM WITH PRONOUNS I25

3. Give the Latin for

7 teach myself We teach ourselves
You teach yourself You teach yourselves
fe teaches himself They teach themselves

282. The preposition cum, when used with the ablative of ego, ti,
or sui, is appended to the form, as, m&cum, with me; técum, with you ;
nóbiscum, wth us; etc.

283. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294.

I. 1. Mea mater est cara mihi et tua mater est cára tibi. 2. Vestrae
litterae erant gratae nobis et nostrae litterae erant gràtae vobis.
3. Nüntius régis qui nobiscum est nihil respondebit. 4. Nüntii pacem
amicitiamque sibi et suis sociis postulàverunt. 5. Si ti arma sümes,
ego régnum occupabo. 6. Uter vestrum est civis ROmanus? Neuter
nostrum. 7. Eo tempore multi supplicium dedérunt quia régnum
petierant. 8. Süme supplicium, Caesar, dé hostibus patriae àcribus.
9. Prima lüce alii metü commoti sése fugae mandaverunt; alii
autem magna virtüte impetum exercitüs nostri sustinuérunt. ro. Soror
régis, ubi dé adverso proelio audivit, sese Pompeiis interfecit.

II. r. Whom do you teach? I teach myself. 2. The soldier
wounded himself with his sword. 3. The master praises us, but you i
he does not praise. 4. Therefore he will inflict punishment on you, but
we shall not suffer punishment. 5. Who will march (i.e. make a march)
with me to Rome? 6. I will march with you to the gates of the city.
7. Who will show us! the way? The gods will show you? the way.

Dazp'aLus AND Ic'amus (Conduded)

984. Puer Icarus ind? stabat et mirum patris opus videbat. Post-
quam manus ultima? alis imposita est, Daedalus eas temptavit et similis
avi in auras volavit. Tum 4las umeris fili adligavit et docuit eum volàre
et dixit, " Té veto, mi fili, adpropinquàre aut soli aut mari. Si fluctibus
adpropinquaveris,* aqua alis tuis nocebit, et si soli adpropinquaveris,*

1 Not accusative. 2 Adverb, see vocabulary. 5 manus ultima, he
finishing touch. What literally? ^ * Future perfect. Translate by the present.

Un

126 THE PRONOUNS ZPSE AND JDEM

ignis eas cremabit.”” Tum pater et filius iter difficile incipiunt. Alàs
movent et aurae sésé committunt. Sed stultus puer verbis patris nón
paret. Soli adpropinquat. Alae cremantur et Icarus in mare decidit
et vitam àmittit. Daedalus autem sine üllo periculó trans fluctüs ad
insulam Siciliam volàvit.

LESSON L

THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN IPSE AND THE DEMON-
STRATIVE IDEM

285. Ipse means -self (him-self, her-self, etc.) or is translated by
even or very. It is used to emphasize a noun or pronoun, expressed
or understood, with which it agrees like an adjective.

4. Ipse must be carefully distinguished from the reflexive sui. The
latter is always used as a pronoun, while ipse is regularly adjective. Compare

Homo sé videt, the man sees himself (reflexive)
Homo ipse periculum videt, he man himse(f (intensive) sees the danger
Homó ipsum periculum videt, he man sees the danger itself (intensive)

286. Except for the one form ipse, the intensive pronoun is de-
clined exactly like the nine irregular adjectives (cf. $$ 108, 109).
Learn the declension ($ 481).

-

287. The demonstrative idem, meaning //e same, is a compound
of is. It is declined as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
2 : ii'Pdem
Nom. idem e'/adem idem - eae’dem e’adem
ei’dem
Gen. eius’dem eius’dem eius’dem eorun'dem earun’dem edrun’dem
3 z " f iis’dem iis’dem iis/dem
Dat. eidem eidem — ei'dem Rh MO s.
X eis/'dem eis/dem eis/dem
Acc. eun’dem ean’dem idem eds’dem e4s’dem e’adem
- 2 - iis’dem iis’dem iis’dem
Ab. eo0'dem eà'dem eó'dem [

Leis’dem eis’dem eis’dem

4. From forms like eundem (eum + -dem), eorundem (edrum + -dem),
we learn the rule that m before d is changed to u.
4. The forms iidem, iisdem are often spelled and pronounced with one 1.

22s. . 4 EXERCISES. 127

288. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295.

I. 1. Ego et tit in eadem urbe vivimus. 2. Iter ipsum non timémus
sed ferás saevàs quae in silva dénsa esse dicuntur. 3. Olim nds ipsi
idem iter fécimus. 4. EO tempore multds ferás vidimus. 5. Sed nóbis
non nocuérunt. 6. Caesar ipse scütum dé manibus militis eripuit et
in ipsam aciem matiravit. 7. Itaque milites summa virtüte tela in hos-
tium corpora iécérunt. 8. Rómàni quoque gravia vulnera acceperunt.
9. Denique hostes terga verterunt et omnis in partis? fügérunt.
1o. Eadem hora litterae Romam ab imperàtore ipso missae sunt.
11. Eodem mense captivi quoque in Italiam missi sunt. 12. Sed
multi propter vulnera iter difficile tràns montis facere recüsabant et
Genavae esse dicebantur.

II. 1. At Pompeii there is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was
in that place, I myself saw that mountain. 3. On the same day many
cities were destroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain.
4. You have not heard the true story of that calamity, have you?®
5. On that day the very sun could not give light to men. 6. You
yourself ought to tell (to) us that story.

289. How HoratTius HELD THE BRIDGE*

Tarquiniüs Superbus, septimus et ultimus réx Romànórum, ubi in
exsilium ab irátis Romanis eiectus est, a Porsenà, rege Etrüscorum,
auxilium petiit Mox Porsena magnis cum copiis Romam, venit, et
ipsa urbs summo in periculo erat Omnibus in partibus exercitus
Romanus victus erat. Iam réx montem Janiculum? occupaverat.
Numquam anteà Romani tanto metü tenébantur. Ex agris in urbem
mátürábant et summo studió urbem ipsam miiniébant.

1 Observe that in Latin we say / and you, not you and J. ? Not parts,
but directions. 3 Cf. $210. *'The story of Horatius has been made
familiar by Macaulay’s well-known poem “ Horatius" in his Lays of Ancient
Rome. Read the poem in connection with this selection. 5 'The Janiculum
is a high hill across the Tiber from Rome. .

I28 THE DEMONSTRATIVES Z7/C, ZSTE, ILLE

LESSON LI
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HIC, ISTE, ILLE

290. We have already learned the declension of the demonstrative
pronoun is and its use. (Cf. Lesson XVII.) That pronoun refers to
persons or things either far or near, and makes no definite reference
to place or time. If we wish to point out an object definitely in place
or time, we must use hic, iste, or ille. These demonstratives, like
is, are used both as pronouns and as adjectives, and their relation to
the speaker may be represented graphically thus:

hic iste ille

SPEAKER
this, he (near); that, he (remote); that, he (more remote)

a. In dialogue hic refers to a person or thing near the speaker; iste, to
a person or thing near the person addressed; ille, to a person or thing
remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated in the model sentences,
$ 293, which should be carefully studied and imitated.

291. Hic is declined as follows :

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
LVom. hic haec hoc hi hae haec
Gen. huius huius huius horum harum horum
Dat. huic huic huic his his his
Acc. hunc hanc hoc hos has haec
Ab. hic hac hoc his his iis

a. Huius is pronounced od’yoos, and huic is pronounced Aodzc (one
syllable).

292. The demonstrative pronouns iste, ista, istud, and ille, illa,
illud, except for the nominative and accusative singular neuter
forms istud and illud, are declined exactly like ipse, ipsa, ipsum.
(See § 481.) *

THE DEMONSTRATIVES AIC, ISTE, ILLE 129

293. MODEL SENTENCES

J5 this horse (of mine) strong ? Estne hic equus validus ?

That horse (of yours) Zs strong, but that) Iste equus est validus, sed
one (yonder) zs weak ille est infirmus

Are these (men by me) your friends ? Suntne hi amici tui ?

Those (men by you) ave my friends, but) Ysti sunt amici mei, sed
those (men yonder) are enemies illi sunt inimici .

294. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295.

I. A German Chieftain addresses his Followers. lle fortis Ger-
manorum dux suds convocávit et hdc modo animós eórum confir-
mavit. ‘* Vos, qui in his finibus vivitis, in hunc locum convocavi' quia
mécum débétis istos agros et istàs domos ab iniüris Romànorum
liberare. Hoc nobis non difficile erit, quod illi hostes has silvas 5
dénsas, feras saevas quarum vestigia vident, montés altos timent. Si
fortes erimus, dei ipsi nóbis viam salütis démonstrabunt. Ille sol,
isti oculi nostras calamitates viderunt! Itaque nomen illius rei pü-
blicae Romanae non solum nobis, sed etiam omnibus hominibus qui
libertatem amant, est invisum. Ad arma vos voco. Exercéte istam 10
pristinam virtütem et vincétis.”

II. 1. Does that bird (of yours)? sing? 2. This bird (of mine)?
sings both? in summer and in winter and has a beautiful voice.
3. Those birds (yonder)? in the country don't sing in winter.
4. Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)? and
come home with me. 5. With those very eyes (of yours)? you will see
the tracks of the hateful enemy who burned my dwelling and made an
attack on my brother. 6. For (propter) these deeds (res) we ought to
inflict punishment on him without delay. 7. The enemies of the repub-
lic do not always suffer punishment.

1 The perfect definite. (Cf. § 190.) ? English words in parentheses are
not to be translated. They are inserted to show what demonstratives should
be used. (Cf. $ 290.) 895otÀ ... and, et... et.

130 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT

295. How HonATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (Continued)

Altera urbis pars müris, altera flamine satis müniri vidébatur. Sed
erat pons in flümine qui hostibus iter paene dedit. Tum Horatius
Cocles, fortis vir, magna voce dixit, " Rescindite pontem, Romani!
Brevi tempore Porsena in urbem copiàs suds trádücet." Iam hostes

5 in ponte erant, sed Horatius cum duobus (cf. $ 479) comitibus ad
extremam pontis partem properàvit, et hi soli aciem hostium sustinué-
runt. Tum véro cives Romani pontem à tergo rescindere incipiunt,
et hostes früstra Horatium superare temptant.

LESSON LII
THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

296. The indefinite pronouns are used to refer to some person or
some thing, without indicating which particular one is meant. The
pronouns quis and qui, which we have learned in their interrogative
and relative uses, may also be indefinite ; and nearly all the other in-
definite pronouns are compounds of quis or qui and declined almost
like them. Review the declension of these words, $$ 221, 227.

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS I31

297. Learn the declension and meaning of the following indefinites :

Masc. FEM. NEUT.

quis quid, some one, any one (substantive)

qui qua or quae quod, some, any (adjective), § 483

aliquis aliquid, some one, any one (substan-

| tive) § 487
aliqui aliqua aliquod, some, any (adjective), § 487
quidam quaedam quoddam, quiddam, a certain, a certain
one, § 485

quisquam quicquam or quidquam (no plural), ay
one (at all) (substantive), § 486

quisque quidque, cach one, every one (substan-
tive), § 484

quisque quaeque quodque, cach, every (adjective), $ 484

Note. The meanings of the neuters, something, etc., are easily inferred
from the masculine and feminine.

4. In the masculine and neuter singular of the indefinites, quis-forms

and oo ee qui-forms and gübd-forms
as adjectives
TT

^. The indefinites quis and qui never stand first m a clause, and are
rare excepting after si, nisi, né, num (as, si quis, of any one, si quid, zf
anything ; nisi quis, utis some one). Generally aliquis and aliqui are
used instead.

c. The forms qua and aliqua are both feminine nominative singular
and neuter nominative plural of the indefinite adjectives qui and aliqui
respectively. How do these differ from the corresponding forms of the
relative qui? : ;

d. Observe that quidam (qui + -dam) is declined like qui, except that in
the accusative singular and genitive plural m of qui becomes n (cf. § 287. a):
quendam, quandam, quórundam, quarundam ; also that the neuter has quid-
dam (substantive) and quoddam (adjective) in the nominative and accusative
singular. Quidam is the least indefinite of the indefinite pronouns, and
implies that you could name the person or thing referred to if you cared
to do so. : a .

£. Quisquam and quisque (substantive) are declined like quis.

f. Quisquam, any one (quicquam or quidquam, anything), is always
used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The corresponding
adjective any is illus, -a, -um (§ 108). :

wm

132 EXERCISES

298. EXERCISES +
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295.

I. x. Aliquis dé ponte in flümen decidit sed sine üllo periculo ser-
vatus est. 2. Est vérd in vita cuiusque hominis aliqua bona fortüna.
3. Ne militum quidem! quisquam in castris mànsit. 4.'Si quem meae
domi vides, iube eum discedere. 5. Si quis pontem tenet, né tantus
quidem exercitus capere urbem potest. 6. Urbs non satis münita erat
et meridié rex quidam paene copias suas trans pontem tradüxerat.
7. Denique miles quidam armàtus in fluctüs désiluit et incolumis ad
alteram ripam oculos vertit. 8. Quisque illi forti militi aliquid dare
débet. 9. Tanta véró virtüs Romanis semper placuit. ro. Olim Co-
rinthus erat urbs satis magna et paene par Romae ipsi; nunc
vérd moenia décidérunt et pauca vestigia urbis illius reperiri possunt.
11. Quisque libertatem amat, et aliquibus vero nomen régis est invisum.

II. 1. If you see a certain Cornelius at Corinth, send him to me.
2. Almost all the soldiers who fell down into the waves were un-
harmed. 3. Not even at Pompeii did I see so great a fire. 4. I
myself was eager to tell something to some one. 5. Each one was
praising his own work. 6. Did you see some one in the country?
I did not see any one. 7, Unless some one will remain on the bridge
with Horatius, the commonwealth will be in the greatest danger.

299. How Horatius HELD THE BRIDGE (Concluded)

Mox, ubi parva pars pontis mànsit, Horatius iussit comites discé-
dere et solus mira cónstantià impetum illius totius exercitüs sustinebat.
Denique magno fragore pons in flümen décidit. Tum vero Horatius
tergum vertit et armatus in aquas desiluit. In eum hostes multa tela
iecerunt; incolumis autem per fluctüs ad alteram ripam tranavit. Ei
propter tantas rés gestas populus Rómànus nón sdlum alia magna
praemia dedit sed etiam statuam Horáti in loco püblico posuit.

Sixth Review, Lessons XLV-LII, 88 521—523

Observe that quidam and quidem are different words.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 133

LESSON LIII
REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

300. The quality denoted by an adjective may exist in either a higher or
a lower degree, and this is expressed by a form of inflection called compari-
son. The mere presence of the quality is expressed by the positive degree,
its presence in a higher or lower degree by the comparative, and in the
highest or lowest of all by the superlative. In English the usual way of
comparing an adjective is by using the suffix -e for the comparative and
-est for the superlative; as, positive ZzgZ, comparative higher, superlative
highest. Less frequently we use the adverbs more and most, as, positive
beautiful, comparative more beautiful, superlative most beautiful.

In Latin, as in English, adjectives are compared by adding suffixes
or by using adverbs. :
301. Adjectives are compared by using suffixes as follows:

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
clarus, -a, -um (477gh?) clarior, clarius clarissimus, -a, -um
(Base clar-) (brighter) (brightest)
brevis, breve (shor?) brevior, brevius brevissimus, -a, -um
(Base brev-) (shorter) (shortest)
vélóx (swz/?t) vélocior, velocius vélocissimus, -a, -um
(Bass vélóc-) (scwzffer) (sevzfzest)

4. The comparative is formed from the base of the positive by adding
-jor masc. and fem., and -ius neut.; the superlative by adding -issimus,
-issima, -issimum.

302. Less frequently adjectives are compared by using the adverbs
magis, more; maximé, most, as, idoneus, sw/ab/e; magis idoneus,
more suitable; maximé idoneus, most suctadble.

303. Declension of the Comparative. Adjectives of the comparative
degree are declined as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
vom. clarior clarius clariores clariora
Gen. claridris clarioris clariorum clariorum
Dat. clariori clariori clarioribus clarioribus
Acc clariorem clarius clariores clariora

A bl. clariore clariore clarioribus clarioribus

I34 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

4. Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of the
third declension.

à. Compare longus, Jong, fortis, brave ; recens (base, recent-), recent ;
and decline the comparative of each.

304. Adjectives in -er form the comparative regularly, but the super-
lative is formed by adding -rimus, -a, -um to the nominative masculine
of the positive; as,

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
acer, Acris, acre acrior, acrius acerrimus, -a, -um
(Base àcr-)

pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum — pulchrior, pulchrius — pulcherrimus, -a, -um
(Base pulchr-)

Tiber, libera, liberum liberior, liberius liberrimus, -a, -um
(Base liber-)

4. In a similar manner compare miser, aeger, créber.

305. The comparative is often translated by guzze, too, or somewhat,
and the superlative by very, as, altior, qute (too, somewhat) high ; altis-
simus, very high.

306. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296.

I. 1. Quid exploratores quaerebant? Exploratdrés tempus oppor-
tünissimum itineri quaerébant. 2. Media in silva ignis quam créber-
rimos fecimus, quod feras tam audàcis numquam anteà videramus.
3. Antiquis temporibus Germàni erant fortiores quam Galli. 4. Caesar
erat clarior quam inimici! qui eum necávérunt. 5. Quisque scütum
ingens et pilum longius gerébat. 6. Apud barbaros Germani erant
audacissimi et fortissimi. 7. Méns hominum est celerior quam corpus.
8. Viri aliquarum terrarum sunt miserrimi. 9. Corpora Germànorum
erant ingentiora quam Romanorum. ro. Acerrimi Gallorum principes
sine üllà mora trans flümen quoddam equos velócissimos tràdüxerunt.
11. Aestáte dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 12. Imperator quidam
ab exploratoribus de recenti adventü nàvium longárum quaesivit.

II. 1. Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest. 2. Certain animals
are swifter than the swiftest horse. 3. The Roman name was most

s. 1Why is this word used instead of hostés ?

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 135

hateful to the enemies of the commonwealth. 4. The Romans always
inflicted the severest! punishment on faithless allies. 5. I was quite
ill, and so I hastened from the city to the country. 6. Marcus had
some friends dearer than Czesar.? 7. Did you not seek a more recent
report concerning the battle? 8. Not even after a victory so opportune
did he seek the general's friendship.

N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading will be found
near the end of the volume. (See p. 197.)

LESSON LIV

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES : THE ABLATIVE
WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT QUAM

307. The following six adjectives in -lis form the comparative
regularly; but the superlative is formed by adding -limus to the base
of the positive. Learn the meanings and comparison.

PosITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
facilis, -e, easy facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um
difficilis, -e, avd difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um
similis, -e, /2e similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um
dissimilis, -e, «z:/£e dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um
gracilis, -e, slender gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, um
humilis, -e, ow humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um

308. From the knowledge gained in the preceding lesson we
should translate the sentence /VotAzmg is brighter than the sum

Nihil est clarius quam sol
But the Romans, especially in negative sentences, often expressed
the comparison in this way,
Nihil est clarius sole
which, literally translated, is Mothing is brighter away from the sun;

that is, starting from the sun as a standard, nothing is brighter. This
relation is expressed by the separative ablative sóle. Hence the rule

1 Use the superlative of gravis. 2 Accusative. In a comparison the noun
after quam is in the same case as the one before it.

136 ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES

309. RULE. Ablative with Comparatives. Zhe comparative de-
gree, if quam is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative.

310. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296.

I. 1. Némo milites alacriores Rómànis vidit. 2. Statim imperator
iussit nüntios quam celerrimós litterás Rómam portare. 3. Multa
flimina sunt leniora Rhénd. 4. Apud Romanos quis erat clarior
Caesare? 5. Nihil pulchrius urbe Roma vidi. 6. Subito multitüdo
audacissima magno clamore proelium àcrius commisit. 7. Num est
equus tuus tardus? Non véró tardus, sed celerior aquila. 8. Ubi
Romae fui, némó erat mihi amicior Sexto. 9. Quaedam mulieres
cibum militibus dare cupivérunt. ro. Réx vetuit civis ex urbe noctü
discedere. 11. Ile puer est gracilior hac muliere. r2. Explorator
duas (¢wo) vids, alteram facilem, alteram difficiliorem, démonstravit.

II. 1. What city have you seen more beautiful than Rome? 2. The
Gauls were not more eager than the Germans. 3. The eagle is not
slower than the horse. 4. The spirited woman did not fear to make
the journey by night. 5. The mind of the multitude was quite gentle
and friendly. 6. But the king's mind was very different. 7. The king
was not like (similar to) his noble father. 8. These hills are lower
than the huge mountains of our territory.

? ARMA ROMANA

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 137

LESSON LV
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (Continued)

311. Some adjectives in English have irregular comparison, as good,
better, best; many, more, most. So Latin comparison presents some
irregularities. Among the adjectives that are compared irregularly are

PosrTIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius optimus, -a, -um
magnus, -a, -um, gveat maior, maius maximus, -a, -um
malus, -a, -um, dad peior, peius pessimus, -a, -um
multus, -a, -um, much , plüs plürimus, -a, -um
multi, -ae, -a, any plüres, plüra plurimi, -ae, -a
parvus, -a, -um, szad/ minor, minus minimus, -a, -um

312. The following four adjectives have two superlatives. Unusual
forms are placed in parentheses. ]

exterus, -a, -um, (exterior, -ius, extremus, -a, -um | outermost,
outward outer) (extimus, -a, -um) last

inferus, -a, -um, inferior, -ius, Infimus, -a, -um

= lowest

low lower imus, -a, -um

posterus, -a, -um, (posterior, -ius, postrémus, -a, -um ing
next later) (postumus, -a, -um)

superus, -a, -um superior, -ius f suprémus, -a, -um ,
perus, -a, -um, perior, -ius, prémus, -a, } ee
above higher |. summus, -a, -

313. Plüs, more (plural more, many, several), is declined as follows :

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
Nom. pliis plürés plüra
Gen, ——— plüris plürium plürium
Dat. —— pliribus pluribus
Ac. — plüs plüris, -és plüra
ABL. plüre plüribus plüribus

4. In the singular plüs is used only as a neuter substantive.

I38 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

314. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296.

I. r. Reliqui hostés, qui à dextro cornü proelium commiserant, dé
superiore loco fügerunt et sésé in silvam maximam receperunt. 2. In
extrema parte silvae castra hostium posita erant. 3. Plürimi captivi ab
equitibus ad Caesarem ducti sunt. 4. Caesar véró iussit eos in servi-
tütem tradi. 5. Postero dié magna multitüdo mulierum ab Romanis
in valle imà reperta est. 6. Hae mulieres maximé perterritae adventü
Caesaris sésé occidere studebant. 7. Eae quoque plüris fabulas dé exer-
citis Romani sceleribus audiverant. 8. Fama illorum militum optima
non erat. 9. In barbarorum aedificiis maior copia frümenti reperta
est. 10. Nemo crébris proeliis contendere sine aliquo periculo potest.

II. 1. The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid
themselves. 2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured
and given over into slavery. 3. Nothing can be worse than slavery.
4. Slavery is worse than death. 5. In the Roman empire a great many
were killed because they refused to be slaves. 6. To surrender the
fatherland is the worst crime.

LESSON LVI

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (Concluded) - ABLATIVE
OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE

315. The following adjectives are irregular in the formation of the
superlative and have no positive. Forms rarely used are in paren-
theses.

COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
citerior, Jz/her (citimus, A7zthermost)
interior, Zzzer (intimus, 27705?)

prior, former primus, //7sz

propior, zearer proximus, zext, nearest
ulterior, further ultimus, furthest

316. In the sentence Galba is a head taller than Sextus, the phrase
a head taller *expresses the measure of difference in height between

ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE 139

Galba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be Ga/Za zs

taller than Sextus by a head. This is clearly an ablative relation, and

the construction is called the ablative of the measure of difference.

Galba est altior capite quam Sextus

Galba zs a head taller (taller by a head) than Sextus.

Illud iter ad Italiam est multó brevius

That route to Italy is much shorter (shorter by much)
317. RULE. Ablative of the Measure of Difference. With com-

paratives and words implying comparison the ablative is used

to denote the measure of. difference.

EXAMPLES

&. Especially common in this construction are the neuter ablatives

eo, by this, by that nihild,! dy nothing
hoc, dy £Azs paulo, dy a little
multo, dy much

318. EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297.

I. 1. Barbari proelium. committere statuérunt ed magis quod Ro-
mani infirmi esse videbantur. 2. Meum consilium est multo melius
quam tuum quia multo facilius est. 3. Haec via est multo latior quam
ila. 4. Barbari erant nihiló tardiores quam Romani. 5. Tuus equus
est paulo celerior quam meus. 6. Ii qui paulo fortiores erant pro-
hibuerunt reliquos aditum relinquere. 7. Inter illàs civitates Germania
milites habet optimos. 8. Propior via quae per hanc vallem dücit est
inter portum et lacum. 9. Servi, qui agros citeriores incolebant, priores
dominos relinquere nón cupivérunt, quod eds amabant. 10. Ultimae
Germaniae partes numquam in fidem Romanorum venerunt. rr. Nam
trans Rhénum aditus erat multo difficilior exercitui Romano.

II. r. Another way much more difficult (more difficult by much)
was left through hither Gaul. 2. In ancient times no state was
stronger than the Roman empire. 3. The states of further Gaul did
not wish to give hostages to Caesar. 4. Slavery is no better (better by
nothing) than death. s. The best citizens are not loved by the worst.
6. The active enemy immediately withdrew into the nearest forest,
for they were terrified by Caesar's recent victories.

1 nihil was originally nihilum and declined like pilum. There is no plural.

140 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

LESSON LVII
FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

319. Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English
(e.g. adj. sweet, adv. sweetly). Like adjectives, they can be compared ;
but they have no declension.

320. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and second de-
clensions are formed and compared as follows:

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
Adj. carus, dear carior carissimus
Adv. càre, dearly carius carissimé
Adj. pulcher, beautiful pulchrior pulcherrimus
Adv. pulchre, beautifully pulchrius pulcherrime
Adj. liber, free liberior liberrimus
Adv. bere, freely liberius liberrime

a. The positive of the adverb is formed by adding -é to the base of the
positive of the adjective. The superlative of the adverb is formed from the
superlative of the adjective in the same way.

4. The comparative of any adverb is the neuter accusative singular of
the comparative of the adjective.

391. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension are
formed like those described above in the comparative and superlative.
The positive is usually formed by adding -iter to the base of adjectives
of three endings or of two endings, and -ter to the base of those of
one ending ;* as,

POSITIVE CoMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
Adj. fortis, drave fortior - fortissimus
Adv. fortiter, éravely fortius fortissime '
Adj. audax, bold audacior audacissimus
Adv. audacter, doldly audacius audacissimé

1 This is a good working rule, though there are some exceptions to it.

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 141

322. Case Forms as Adverbs. As we learned above, the neuter
accusative of comparatives is used adverbially. So in the positive or
superlative some adjectives, instead of following the usual formation,
use the accusative or the ablative singular neuter adverbially ; as,

Adj. facilis, easy primus, fivst

Adv. facile (acc.), easily primum (acc.), first
prim (abl.), a£ first

Adj. multus, many plürimus, ost

Adv. multum (acc.), much plürimum (acc.), most

multo (abl.), dy much

323. Learn the following irregular comparisons :

bene, wed/ melius, detter optimé, dest

dit, Zozg (time) diutius, Zonger diutissime, /ongest
magnopere, evcatly magis, 7:072 maximé, ost
parum, /it¢le minus, /ess minime, /east
prope, zearly, near _—propius, xearer proximé, zearest
saepe, offen saepius, oftener saepissime, o/Zezesz

394. Form adverbs from the following adjectives, using the regular
rules, and compare them: laetus, superbus, molestus, amicus, Acer,
brevis, gravis, recens.

325. RULE. Adverbs. Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and
other adverbs.

326. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297.

I. 1. Nülla rés melius gesta est quam proelium illud! ubi Marius
multo minore exercità multd maiores copias Germanorum in fugam
dedit. 2. Audacter in Rómànorum cohortis hostés impetüs fécérunt.
3. Marius autem omnés hos fortissime sustinuit. 4. Barbari nihilo
fortiorés erant quam Romàni. 5. Primo barbari esse superiorés
vidébantur, tum Romani àcrius contenderunt. 6. Denique, ubi iam
diütissimé paene aequo proelid pugnatum est, barbari fugam petierunt.
7. Quaedam Germànórum gentes, simul atque rümorem illius calami-
tatis audiverunt, sésé in ultimis regionibus finium suórum abdidérunt.

1 ille standing after its noun means ¢hat well-known, that famous.

142 NUMERALS

8. Romani saepius quam hostes vicerunt, quod meliora arma habebant.
9. Inter omnis gentis Romani plürimum valebant. ro. Hae cohortes
simul atque in aequiorem regionem sé receperunt, castra sine ülla
difficultate posuerunt.

II. 1. Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Ger-
many is much larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most
powerful among the tribes of Italy? 4. On account of (his) wounds
the soldier dragged his body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty.
5. He was able neither to run nor to fight. 6. Who saved him? A
certain horseman boldly undertook the matter. 7. The rumors con-
cerning the soldier's death were not true.

LESSON LVIII
NUMERALS . THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE

327. The Latin numeral adjectives may be classified as follows:

1. Cardinal Numerals, answering the question how many ? as, ünus,
one; duo, fco; etc.

2. Ordinal Numerals, derived in most cases from the cardinals and
answering the question zz what order? as, primus, first; secundus,
second ; etc.

3. Distributive Numerals, answering the question ow many at a
time ? as, singuli, ove at a time.

328. The Cardinal Numerals. The first twenty of the cardinals are
as follows :

I, ünus 6, sex II, ündecim 16, sédecim

2, duo 7, septem 12, duodecim 17, septendecim
3, trés 8, octo 13, tredecim 18, duodeviginti
4, quattuor 9, novem I4, quattuordecim Ig, undeviginti
5, quinque IO, decem I5, quindecim 20, viginti

4. Learn also centum — 100, ducenti — 200, mille — 1000.

329. Declension of the Cardinals. Of the cardinals only ünus, duo,
trés, the hundreds above one hundred, and mille used as a noun, are
declinable. *

THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE 143

@, ünus is one of the nine irregular adjectives, and is declined like nüllus
(cf. $$ 109, 470). The plural of ünus is used to agree with a plural noun of
a singular meaning, as, ina castra, ove camp; and with other nouns in the
sense of oz/y, as, Galli üni, only the Gauls.

4, Learn the declension of duo, ¢wo ; trés, Aree ; and mille, a ZAousazd.
($ 479.) :

c. The hundreds above one hundred are declined like the plural of
bonus; as,

ducenti, -ae, -a
ducentérum, -drum, -drum
etc. etc. etc.

330. We have already become familiar with sentences like the

following :
Omnium avium aquila est vélocissima

Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest
Hoc óráculum erat omnium clarissimum
This oracle was the most famous of all

In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word it
modifies denotes a part of that whole. Such a genitive, denoting the whole
of which a part is taken, is called a partitive genitive.

331. RurE. Partitive Genitive. Words denoting a part are
often used with the genitive of the whole, known as the partitive
genitive.

a. Words denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and other
adjectives. But cardinal numbers excepting mille regularly take the abla-
tive with ex or dé instead of the partitive genitive.

5. Mille, a thousand, in the singular is usually an indeclinable adjective
(as, mille milites, 2 thousand soldiers), but in the plural it is a declinable
noun and takes the partitive genitive (as, decem milia militum, Zez thousand
soldiers).

EXAMPLES :
Fortissimi horum sunt Germàni
The bravest of these are the Germans
Decem milia hostium interfecta sunt
Ten thousand (lit. thousands) of the enemy were slain
Una ex captivis erat soror régis
One of the captives was the king’s sister

I44 THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT

332. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297.

I. 1. Caesar maximam partem aedificiorum incendit. 2. Magna pars
münitionis aqua flüminis deleta est. 3. Galli huius regionis quinque
milia hominum coégerant. 4. Duo ex meis fratribus eundem rümórem
audivérunt. s. Quis Romànórum erat clàrior Caesare? 6. Quinque
cohortes ex illà legione castra quam fortissime defendebant. 7. Hic
locus aberat aequo spatio ! ab castris Caesaris et castris Germanorum.
8. Caesar simul atque pervenit, plüs commeàtüs ab sociis postulavit.
9. Nonne mercatdrés magnitüdinem insulae cognoverant? Longitüdi-
nem sed non làtitüdinem cognóverant. ro. Pauci hostium obtinebant
collem quem exploratores nostri viderunt.

II. r. I have two brothers, and one of them lives at Rome. 2. Caesar
stormed that very town with three legions. 3. In one hour he de-
stroyed a great part of the fortification. 4. When the enemy could
no longer defend the gates, they retreated to a hill which was not
far distant? s. There three thousand of them bravely resisted the
Romans.

LESSON LIX
NUMERALS (Continued) - THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT

333. Learn the first twenty of the ordinal numerals ($ 478).
'The ordinals are all declined like bonus.
334. The distributive numerals are declined like the plural of bonus.
The first three are
singuli, -ae, -a, oe each, one by one
bini, -ae, -a, /o cach, two by two
terni, -ae, -a, Zee cach, three by three
335. We have learned that, besides its use as object, the accusative
is used to express space relations not covered by the ablative. We
have had such expressions as per plürimüs annüs, for a great many

1 Ablative of the measure of difference. ? Notlongius. Why? 8 Latin,
was distant by a small space. 4 Not the accusative.

THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT 145

years; per totum diem, for a whole day. Here the space relation is
one of extent of time. We could also say per decem pedés, for fen feet,
where the space relation is one of extent of space. While this is correct
Latin, the usual form is to use the accusative with no preposition, as,

Vir totum diem cucurrit, the man ran for a whole day
Caesar mürum decem pedés movit, Cesar moved the wall ten feet

336. RULE. Accusative of Extent. Duration of time and ex-
tent of space are expressed by the accusative.

4. This accusative answers the questions how long? how far?
6. Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time ow Jong and
the ablative of time when, or within which.

Select the accusatives of time and space and the ablatives of time
in the following :

When did the general arrive? He arrived at two o’clock. How long had
he been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marched
sixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from the
river, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the camp is
ten feet high. When did the war begin? In the first year after the king’s
death.

337. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298.

I. Cesar in Gaul. Caesar bellum in Gallia septem annos gessit.
Primo anno Helvétios vicit, et eódem anno multae Germànórum
gentés ei sésé dédidérunt. Multos iam annos Germani Gallos vexa-

bant! et ducés Germani cópiàs suds trans Rhenum saepe tràdücebant.! :

Non singuli veniébant, sed multa milia hominum in Galliam contende-
bant. Quà dé causa principes Galliae concilium convocavérunt atque
statuerunt legátos ad Caesarem mittere. Caesar, simul atque hunc
rümórem audivit, copiás suas sine morà coegit. Prima lice fortiter
cum Germanis proelium commisit. Totum diem acriter pugnatum
est. Caesar ipse à dextro cornü aciem düxit. Magna pars exercitüs
Germani cecidit. Post magnam caedem pauci multa milia passuum

ad flümen ftigérunt.
1 Translate as if pluperfect.

-

Oo

146 DEPONENT VERBS

II. 1. Caesar pitched camp two miles from the river. 2. He forti-
fied the camp with a ditch fifteen feet wide and a rampart nine feet
high. 3. The camp of the enemy was a great way off (was distant by a
great space). 4. On the next day he marched ten miles in three hours.
5. Suddenly the enemy with all their forces made an attack upon (in
with acc.) the rear. 6. For two hours the Romans were hard pressed
by the barbarians. 7. In three hours the barbarians were fleeing.

LESSON LX
DEPONENT VERBS

338. A number of verbs are passive in form but active in meaning;
as, hortor, / ezcourage; vereor, / fear. Such verbs are called deponent
because they have laid aside (dé-ponere, 7o /zy aside) the active forms.

4. Besides having all the forms of the passive, deponent verbs have also
the future active infinitive and a few other active forms which will be noted
later. (See 88 375, 403. 2.)

339. The principal parts of deponents are of course passive in
form, as,
Conj. J hortor, hortári, hortatus sum, excourage
Conj. IT vereor, vereri, veritus sum, fear
Conj. 111 (a) sequor, sequi, secütus sum, /o//ow
(2) patior, pati, passus sum, suffer, allow
Conj. [V partior, partiri, partitus sum, share, divide

Learn the synopses of these verbs. (See $ 493.) Patior is conjugated like
the passive of capio (§ 492).

340. ~PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE

The prepositions with the accusative that occur most frequently are
ante, defore intra, within
apud, among ob, oz; account of (quam ob rem,
circum, avound wherefore, therefore)
contra, against, contrary to per, through, by means of
extra, outside of post, after, behind
in, zuo, in, against, upon propter, oz account of, because of
inter, between, among trans, across, over

a. Most of these you have had before. Review the old ones and learn
the new ones. Review the list of prepositions governing the ablative, § 209.

a

EXERCISES 147

341. EXERCISES
First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298.

I. 1. Trés ex legatis, contra Caesaris opinionem, iter facere per
hostium finis verebantur. 2. Quis eos hortàtus est? Imperator eds
hortatus est et iis persuádere cónàtus est, sed nón potuit. 3. Quid
legatos perterruit? Aut timor hostium, qui undique premébant, aut
longitüdo viae eds perterruit. 4. Tamen omnés feré Caesarem multo
magis quam hostis veriti sunt. 5. Fortissimae gentes Galliae ex Ger-
mànis oriébantur. 6. Quam ob rem tam fortes erant? Quia nec
vinum nec alia quae virtütem delent ad sé portari patiebantur.
7. Caesar ex mercatoribus dé insula Britannia quaesivit, sed nihil
cognoscere potuit. 8. Itaque ipse statuit hanc terram petere, et fere
media aestate cum multis nàvibus longis profectus est. 9. Magna
celeritate iter confécit et in opportünissimo locó egressus est. 10. Bar-
bari summis viribus eum ab insula prohibere conàti sunt. rr. Ille
autem barbaros multa milia passuum insecütus est; tamen sine
equitàtü eds consequi nón potuit.

IL 1. Contrary to our expectation, the enemy fled and the cavalry
followed close after them. 2. From all parts of the multitude the
shouts arose of those who were being wounded. 3. Caesar did not
allow the cavalry to pursue too far! 4. The cavalry set out at the
first hour and was returning * to camp at the fourth hour. 5. Around
the Roman camp was a rampart twelve feet high. 6. Czesar will
delay three days because of the grain supply. 7. Nearly all the lieu-
tenants feared the enemy and attempted to delay the march.

! Comparative of longe. 2 Will this be a deponent or an active form?

Seventh Review, Lessons LIII-LX, 88 524—526

PART III

CONSTRUCTIONS

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

The preceding part of this book has been concerned chiefly with forms and
vocabulary. There remain still to be learned the forms of the Subjunctive
Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, and the conjugation
of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken up in connection with
the study of constructions, which will be the chief subject of our future work.
The special vocabularies of the preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper
names, about six hundred words. As these are among the commonest words
in the language, ¢hey must be mastered. They properly form the basis of the
study of words, and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the
remaining lessons.

For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a con-
tinued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. 204).
It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to accompany progress
through the lessons, but may be read with equal profit after the lessons are
finished. The story gives an account of the life and adventures of Publius
Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who fought in Caesar's campaigns and
shared in his , triumph. The colored plates illustrating the story are faithful
representations of ancient life and are deserving of careful study.

148

CAPTIVI INTERROGANTUR
(See page 221)

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD I49

LESSON LXI
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

342. In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods,
which you have learned, Latin has a fourth mood called the subjunc-
tive. The tenses of the subjunctive are

PRESENT
IMPERFECT
PERFECT
PLUPERFECT

ACTIVE AND PASSIVE

343. The tenses of the subjunctive have the same time values as
the corresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, each of
them may refer to future time. No meanings of the tenses will be given
in the paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used.

344. The present subjunctive is inflected as follows :

CoNJ. I Cowj. II . Cony. III Cony. IV
ACTIVE VOICE
SINGULAR
I. amem mo/neam re'gam ca’piam au'diam
2. a/més mo’neas re/gàs ca’pias au'dias
3. amet mo’neat re/gat ca’piat au'diat
PLURAL
I. amé’mus monea’mus rega’mus capia’mus audia^mus
2. amé'tis moneá'tis rega'tis capia’tis audia’tis
3. a’ment mo’neant re/gant ca’piant au'diant

PASSIVE, VOICE
SINGULAR

I. a/mer mo’near re’gar ca’piar au'diar
2. amé'ris (-re) mone&'ris (xe) rega’ris(-re) capia’ris (-re) audia'ris (-re)
3. amé’tur monea’tur rega’tur capia’tur audia’tur

150 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

PLURAL

I. amé^mur moneá^mur regá^mur capià^mur audia^mur
2. amé’mini monea’mini rega’mini = capia’mini audia’mini
3. amen'tur monean’tur regan'tur capian'tur audian'tur

a. The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem.

&. The mood sign of the present subjunctive is -&- in the first conjuga-
tion and -à- in the others. It is shortened in the usual places (cf. $ 12), and
takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in the first and third conjuga-
tions, but not in the second and fourth.

c. The personal endings are the same as in the indicative.

d. In a similar way inflect the present subjunctive of cüro, iubeo, sümo,
iacid, münio.

345. The present subjunctive of the irregular verb sum is
inflected as follows:

I. sim I. simus
SING. < 2. Sls Prun.4 2. sitis
3. sit 3. sint

346. The Indicative and Subjunctive Compared. 1. The two most
important of the finite moods are the indicative and the subjunctive.
The indicative deals with facts either real or assumed. If, then, we
wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire after a fact, we use
the indicative.

2. On the other hand, if we wish to express a desire or wish, a
purpose, a possibility, an expectation, or some such notion, we must
use the subjunctive. The following sentences illustrate the difference
between the indicative and the subjunctive ideas.

INDICATIVE IDEAS SUBJUNCTIVE IDEAS
1. He is brave 1. May he be brave
Fortis est Fortis sit (idea of wishing)
2. We set out at once 2. Let us set out at once
Statim proficiscimur Statim proficiscamur (idea of will-
ing)
3. You hear him every day 3. You can hear him every day ,
Cotidié eum audis Cotidié eum audiàs (idea of possi-

bility)

INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE COMPARED 151

INDICATIVE IDEAS SUBJUNCTIVE IDEAS
4. He remained until the ship 4. He waited until the ship should
arrived arrive
Mansit dum navis pervenit Exspectavit dum navis perveni-

ret! (idea of expectation)
5. Cesar sends men who find the | y. Cesar sends men who are to

bridge Jind (or to find) the bridge
Caesar mittit hominés qui pontem Caesar hominés mittit qui pontem
reperiunt reperiant (idea of purpose)

Note. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be
used in either independent or dependent clauses; but it is far more common
in the latter than in the former.

347. EXERCISE

Which verbs in the following paragraph would be in the indicative and
which in the subjunctive in a Latin translation?

There have been times in the history of our country when you might
be proud of being an American citizen. Do you remember the day
when Dewey sailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemy's
fleet? You might have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly
giving his orders. He did not even wait until the mines should be
removed from the harbor's mouth, but sailed in at once. Let us not
despair of our country while such valor exists, and may the future add
new glories to the past.

LESSON LXII
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE

348. Observe the sentence
Caesar hominés mittit qui pontem reperiant, Cesar sends men
to find the bridge
The verb reperiant in the dependent clause is in the subjunctive
because it tells us what Czesar wants the men to do; in other words,
it expresses his will and the purpose in his mind. Such a use of the
subjunctive is called the subjunctive of purpose.

1 perveniret, imperfect subjunctive.

I52 THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE

349. RuLE. Subjunctive of Purpose. 7he subjunctive is used
in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the
principal clause.

350. A clause of purpose is introduced as follows:
I. If something is wanted, by
qui, the relative pronoun (as above)
ut, conj., 2% order that, that
quo (abl. of qui, dy whzch), ix order that, that, used when

the purpose clause contains a comparative. The ablative
quo expresses the measure of difference. (Cf. § 317.)

II. If something is not wanted, by

né, conj., zz order that not, that not, lest

351. EXAMPLES

I. Caesar copias cogit quibus hostis insequatur
Cesar collects troops with which to pursue the foe
2. Pacem petunt ut domum revertantur
They ask for peace in order that they may return home
3. Pontem faciunt quod facilius oppidum capiant
They build a bridge that they may take the town more
easily (lit. by which the more easily)
4. Fugiunt né vulnerentur
They flee that they may not (or lest they) be wounded

352. Expression of Purpose in English. In English, purpose clauses
are sometimes introduced by /Za£ or in order that, but much more
frequently purpose is expressed in English by the infinitive, as We
eat to live, She stoops to conguer. In Latin prose, on the other hand,
purpose is never expressed by the infinitive. Be on your guard and
do not let the English idiom betray you into this error.

353. EXERCISES
I.

: diicant, mittant, videant, audi
i. Veniunt ut { ; : DUMMIES

dücantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur.
capiàmur, tradamur, videamus,

2. Fugimus né { : a n
* necemur, rapiamur, resistamus.

THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 153

3. Mittit nüntios dicant, audiant, veniant,
qui Dueh audiantur, in concilio sedeant.

4. Castra müniunt (sese defendant, impetum sustineant, *
quo facilius — L hostis vincant, salütem petant.

II. r. The Helvetii send ambassadors to seek! peace. 2. They are
setting out at daybreak in order that they may make a longer march
before night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest (acc. with in)
that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to
free! their fatherland from slavery. 5. They will resist the Romans?
bravely lest they be destroyed.

LESSON LXIII

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES

354. The imperfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the
personal endings to the present active infinitive.

Cony. I Cony. II CoNj. III Cowj. IV
ACTIVE
I. ama’rem moné’rem re'gerem ca’perem audirem
2. amá'res moné’rés re’gerés ca’perés audi'res
3. ama'ret moné'ret re’geret ca’peret audr'ret
I. amaré’“mus X monéeré^mus regeré/mus caperé/mus audiré^mus
2. amaré’tis monéré'tis regere'tis caperé’tis audire'tis
3. ama’rent moné’rent re’gerent ca’perent audi‘rent
PASSIVE
I. ama‘rer mone'rer re’gerer ca’perer audr'rer
‘2, amàré/ris(-re) monéré’ris(-re) regeré'ris(-re) caperé’ris(-re) audiré’ris(-re)
. amaré’tur monéré’tur regere'tur capere'tur audiré’tur

3

I. amaré’mur monéré’mur regeré/mur caperé’mur _audiré’mur

2. amáré/mini ^ monéré^mini regeré’mini caperé’mini audiré’mini

3. amaren'tur monéren’tur regeren'tur caperen'tur —audiren'tur
4. In a similar way inflect the imperfect subjunctive, active and passive,

of cüró, iubeo, sümo, iacid, münio.

1 Not infinitive. 2 Not accusative.

I54 SEQUENCE OF TENSES

355. The imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb sum is in-

flected as follows:
LI

I. es’sem I. essé’mus
SiNG.4 2. es’sés Prun.4 2. essé’tis
3. es’set 3. es'sent

356. The three great distinctions of time are present, past, and future.
All tenses referring to present or future time are called primary tenses, and
those referring to past time are called secondary tenses. Now itis a very
common law of language that in a complex sentence the tense in the de-
pendent clause should be of the same kind as the tense in the principal
clause. In the sentence He says that he is coming, the principal verb, says,
is present, that is, is in a primary tense; and zs comzng, in the dependent
clause, is naturally also primary. If I change Ze says to he said, — in other
words, if I make the principal verb secondary in character, — I feel it
natural to change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, 77e said
that he was coming. This following of a tense by another of the same kind
is called Zezse sequence, from seguz, “ to follow.”

In Latin the law of tense sequence is obeyed with considerable
regularity, especially when an indicative in the principal clause is
followed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause. Then a primary
tense of the indicative is followed by a primary tense of the subjunc-
tive, and a secondary tense of the indicative is followed by a second-
ary tense of the subjunctive. Learn the following table:

357. TABLE FOR SEQUENCE OF TENSES
DEPENDENT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE
PniNCIPAL VERB IN THE £L det C
ncomplete or Con-
Insane : d ; Completed Action
tinuing Action
E Present
$ Future Present Perfect
& Future perfect
>.
E Imperfect
z Perfect Imperfect Pluperfect
a Pluperfect
a S

SEQUENCE-OF TENSES I55

358. RULE. Sequence of Tenses. Primary tenses are followed
by primary tenses and secondary by secondary.

359. EXAMPLES

I. Primary tenses in principal and dependent clauses :
Mittit
Mittet *hominés ut agros vastent
Miserit
sends that they may
fle will send men in order to lay waste the fields
will have sent to

II. Secondary tenses in principal and dependent clauses :

Mittébat )
Misit hominés ut agros vastarent
Miserat
was sending that they might
He sent or has sent «sen in order to bs waste the fields
had sent to
360. EXERCISES

I.

. dücerent, mitterent, viderent, audirent,
r. Vénerant ut

dücerentur, mitterentur, viderentur, audirentur.
caperétur, traderétur, vidérétur,

necarétur, raperétur, resisteret.

dicerent, audirent, venirent,

narrarent, audirentur, in concilio sederent.

2. Fugiébat né

3. Misit nüntios qui {
4. Castra müniverunt ( sésé defenderent, impetum sustinerent,
quo facilius hostis vincerent, salütem peterent.

II. 1. Caesar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight
more bravely. 2. The Helvetii left their homes to wage war. 3. The
scouts set out at once lest they should be captured by the Germans.
4. Caesar inflicted punishment on them in order that the others might
be more terrified. 5. He sent messengers to Rome to announce the

victory.

156 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

LESSON LXIV

THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

361. The perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflected
as follows :

CowJ. I Cony. II Cowj. IIT Cowj. IV
PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
I. ama’verim monu'erim ré’xerim cé’perim audi’verim
2. ama’veris monu'eris re'xeris cé’peris audi'veris
3. ama’verit monu'erit re'xerit cé’perit audi'verit
PLURAL
I, amave’rimus monue’rimus réxe’rimus cépe’rimus audive’rimus
2. amave’ritis monue"ritis rexe'ritis cepe/ritis — audive'ritis
3. ama’verint monuv'erint ré’xerint cé’perint audi verint

PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE

SINGULAR

I. amavis’sem monuis’sem rexis/sem cépis/sem audivis/sem

2. amavis’sés monuis’sés réxis’sés cépis’sés audivis’sés

3. amavis’set monuis’set réxis’set cépis’set audivis’set
PLURAL

I. amàvissé/mus monuissé^mus réxissé/mus cépissé’mus audivissé’mus
2. amávisseé/'tis monuissé’tis — rexisse'tis — cépisse'tis audivissé’tis
3. amavis’sent ^ monuis/sent ^ réxis/sent ^ cépis/sent ^ audivis'sent

a. Observe that these two tenses, like the corresponding ones in the
indicative, are formed from the perfect stem.

4. Observe that the perfect subjunctive active is like the future perfect
indicative active, excepting that the first person singular ends in -m and
not in ©.

c. Observe that the pluperfect subjunctive active may be formed by
adding -issem, -issés, etc. to the perfect stem.

d. In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive active
of cüro, iubeo, sumo, iació, münio.

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 1 57

362. The passive of the perfect subjunctive is formed by combining
the perfect passive participle with sim, the present subjunctive of sum.

Cowj. I CoNj. II CoxwjJ. III Cony. IV
PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR
I, ama‘tus sim — mo'/nitus sim réctus sim cap’tus sim — audi'tus sim
2. ama‘tus sis mo‘nitus sis réc’tus sis — cap’tus sis — audi‘tus sis
3.ama'tus sit — mo/nitus sit — réc'tus sit — cap'tus sit ^ audi'tus sit
PLURAL
1. ama'ti simus — mo/niti simus rec'ti simus cap/ti simus audi‘ti simus
2. ama'ti sitis — moniti sitis — rec'tisitis — cap'ti sitis — audi'ti sitis
3. ama'ti sint mo‘niti sint rec'ü sint capti sint audi'ti sint

363. The passive of the pluperfect subjunctive is formed by com-
bining the perfect passive participle with essem, the imperfect sub-
junctive of sum.

CoNJ. I CowjJ. II Cowj. III Cony. IV
PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

SINGULAR
I. amatusessem monitusessem réctusessem captusessem auditus essem
2. amatusessés monitusessés réctusessés captusessés auditus esses
3. amatusesset monitusesset réctusesset captusesset auditus esset

PLURAL
I. amáti essémus moniti essémus récti essémus capti essémus auditi essémus
2. amatiessétis monitiessétis réctiessétis captiessétis auditiessétis
3. amatiessent monitiessent réctiessent captiessent auditiessent
4. In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive passive
of cüro, iubeo, sümo, iació, münio.
364. The perfect and pluperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb
sum are inflected as follows:

BERFECT PLUPERFECT
fu'erim fue’rimus fuis’sem fuissé^mus
fueris fue'ritis fuis’sés fuissé’tis

fu’erit fu'erint fuis’set fuis’sent

158 SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

365. A substantive clause is a clause used like a noun, as,
That the men are afraid is clear enough (clause as subject)
He ordered ¢hem to call on him (clause as object)

We have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in this
way (cf. § 213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English
usage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the swdjunctive in sub-
stantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between the two
languages.

366. RULE. Substantive Clauses of Purpose. A substantive
clause of purpose with the subjunctive ts used as the object of
verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising, where
in English we should usually have the infinitive.

EXAMPLES

1. The general ordered the soldiers
to run

2. He urged them to resist bravely

3. He asked them to give the chit-
dren food

4. He will persuade us not to set
out

5. He advises us to remain at home

Imperator militibus imperavit ut
currerent

Hortatus est ut fortiter resisterent

Petivit ut liberis cibum darent

Nobis persuadebit né proficiscamur

Monet ut domi maneamus

4. The object clauses following these verbs all express the purpose or
will of the principal subject that something be done or not done. (Cf. $ 348.)

367. The following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose.
Learn the list and the principal parts of the new ones.

hortor, uxge

imperó, order (with the dative of the
person ordered and a subjunctive
clause of the thing ordered done)

moneo, advise

petó, quaero, rogo, ask, seek

persuaded, jersuade (with the same
construction as impero)

postulo, demand, require

suadeo, advise (cf. persuaded)

N.B Remember that iubeó, order, takes the infinitive a$ in English.
(Cf. § 213.1.) Compare the sentences
Iubeóo eum venire, 7 order him to come
Impero ei ut veniat, 7 give orders to him that he is to come

SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 159

We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the differ-
ence in meaning between iubeo and imperé in the Latin requires the zz/fzztive
in the one case and the swdjuzctive in the other.

368. EXERCISES

I. 1. Petit atque hortatur ut ipse dicat. 2. Caesar Helvetiis impe-
ravit né per provinciam iter facerent. 3. Caesar non iussit Helvétios
per provinciam iter facere. 4. Ille civibus persuasit ut dé finibus suis
discederent. s. Caesar principes monébit né proelium committant.
6. Postulavit né cum Helvetiis aut cum eorum sociis bellum gererent.
7. Ab iis quaesivi né proficiscerentur. 8. Iis persuadére nón potui ut
domi manerent.

II. 1. Who ordered Caesar to make the march? ( Write this,sentence
both with impero and with iubeo.) 2. The faithless scouts persuaded
him to set out at daybreak. 3. They will ask him not to inflict punish-
ment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advised
them to tell everything (omnia).

Note. Do not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must
be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review § 352.

LEGIO ITER FACIT

160 SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER VERBS OF FEARING

LESSON LXV
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF POSSUM - VERBS OF FEARING

369. Learn the subjunctive of possum (§ 495), and note especially
the position of the accent.

370. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. We have learned that
what we want done or not done is expressed in Latin by a sub-
junctive clause of purpose. In this class belong also clauses after
verbs of fearing, for we fear either that something will happen or that
it will not, and we either want it to happen or we do not. If we want
a thing to happen and fear that it will not, the purpose clause is in-
troduced by ut. If we do not want it to happen and fear that it
will, né is used. Owing to a difference between the English and Latin
idiom we translate ut after a verb of fearing by /Za£ not, and n8 by
that or fest.

371. EXAMPLES
timed | veniat
timébó ut
timuerd venerit

T fear, shall fear, shall have feared, that he will not come,
has not come

timébam veniret
timul ut
timueram venisset
T was fearing, feared, had feared, that he would not come,
had not come

The same examples with n& instead of ut would be translated 7 fear
that or lest he will come, has come, etc.

372. RULE. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. Verbs of fear-
ing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced
by ut (that not) or né (that or lest).

THE PARTICIPLES 161

373. EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar verébatur ut supplicium captivorum Gallis placeret.
2. Romani ipsi magnopere verébantur né Helvetii iter per próvin-
ciam facerent. 3. Timébant ut satis rei frümentàriae mitti posset.
4. Vereor ut hostium impetum sustinere possim. s. Timuit né impe-
dimenta ab hostibus capta essent. 6. Caesar numquam timuit ne
legiones vincerentur. 7. Legiones pugnare non timuérunt.!

II. r. We fear that they are not coming. 2. We fear lest they are
coming. 3. We feared that they had come. 4. We feared that they
had not come. 5. They feared greatly that the camp could not be
defended. 6. Almost all feared! to leave the camp.

LESSON LXVI
THE PARTICIPLES

374. The Latin verb has the following Participles :?

Cowj. I CoNj. II CoNj. III Cony. IV
ACTIVE
amans monéns regens capiéns audiéns
PRESENT : m . ; "
{ loving advising ruling taking hearing
amatürus monitürus réctiirus captürus auditürus
FUTURE about to about to about to about to about to
love advise rule take hear
PASSIVE
f amatus monitus réctus captus auditus
unn. loved, hav- advised, hav- ruled, hav- taken, hav- heard, hav-
ing been ing been ing been ing been ing been
loved advised ruled taken heard
amandus monendus regendus capiendus audiendus
Future’ 4 fo be to be to be to be to be
loved advised ruled taken heard

1 Distinguish between what one is afraid /o do (complementary infinitive
as here) and what one is afraid w7// take place or has taken place (substantive
clause with the subjunctive). ? Review $ 203. 3 The future passive par-
ticiple is often called the gerundive.

162 THE PARTICIPLES

a. The present active and future passive participles are formed from the
present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are
formed from the participial stem.

4. The present active participle is formed by adding -ns to the present
stem. In -id verbs of the third conjugation, and in the fourth conjugation,
the stem is modified by the addition of -&-, as capi-é-ns, audi-é-ns. It is
declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. $ 256.)

amans, loving

Base amant- Stem amanti-
SINGULAR PLURAL

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
Vom, amans amans amantés amantia
Gen. amantis amantis amantium amantium
Dat. amanti amanti amantibus amantibus
Acc. amantem amans amantis ov -€s amantia
Abl. amanti ov -e amanti ox -e amantibus amantibus

(1) When used as an adjective the ablative singular ends in 1; when used
as a participle or as a substantive, in -e.
(2) In a similar way decline monens, regens, capiens, audiens.

c. The future active participle is formed by adding -ürus to the base of
the participia stem. We have already met this form combined with esse
to produce the future active infinitive. (Cf. $ 206.)

d. For the perfect passive participle see § 201. The future passive
participle or gerundive is formed by adding -ndus to the present stem.

£. All participles in -us are declined like bonus.

f. Participles agree with nouns or pronouns like adjectives.

g. Give all the participles of the following verbs: cüro, iubeo, sims, iacio,
münio.

375. Participles of Deponent Verbs. Deponent verbs have the

participles of the active voice as well as of the passive; consequently
every deponent verb has four participles, as,

Pres. Act. hortans, urging

Fut. Act. hortatürus, about to urge
Perf. Pass. (inform) ^ hortatus, having urged
Fut, Pass. (Gerundive) hortandus, Zo be urged

THE PARTICIPLES 163

4. Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in
form but acZve in meaning. Wo other verbs have a perfect active par-
ticiple. On the other hand, the future passive participle of deponent verbs
is passive in meaning as in other verbs.

4. Give the participles of conor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.

376. Tenses of the Participle. The tenses express time as follows:

1. The present active participle corresponds to the English present
active participle in Zzg, but can be used only of an action occurring
at the same time as the action of the main verb; as, milités insequentés
ceperunt multos, the soldiers, while pursuing, captured many. Here
the pursuing and the capturing are going on together.

2. The perfect participle (excepting of deponents) is regularly pas-
sive and corresponds to the English past participle with or without
the auxiliary having been; as, auditus, heard or having been heard.

3. The future active participle, translated about zo, etc., denotes
time after the action of the main verb.

377. Review §§ 203, 204, and note the following model sentences:

I. Milites currentés erant défessi, the soldiers who were running (lit.
running) were weary.

2. Caesar profectürus Rómam non exspectavit, Cesar, when about to set
out (lit. about to set out) for Rome, did not wait.

3. Oppidum captum vidimus, we saw the town which had been cap-
tured (lit. captured town).

4. Imperator triduum moràtus profectus est, the general, since (when, or
after) he had delayed (lit. the general, having delayed) three days, set out.

5. Milites victi terga nün vertérunt, ¢he soldiers, though they were
conquered (lit. the soldiers conquered), did not retreat.

In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle is given
in parentheses. We note, however, that its proper translation usually re-
quires a clause beginning with some conjunction (whe, since, after, though,
etc.), or a relative clause. Consider, in each case, what translation will
best bring out the thought, and do not, as a rule, translate the participle
literally.

164. THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO

378. EXERCISES

I. r. Puer timens né capiatur fugit. 2. Aquila ira commota avis
reliquàs interficere conata erat. 3. Milites ab hostibus pressi tela iacere
non potuerunt. 4. Caesar decimam legionem laudattirus ad primum
agmen progressus est. 5. Imperator hortàtus equites ut fortiter pug-
nàrent signum proelio dedit. 6. Milites hostis octo milia passuum inse-
cüti multis cum captivis ad castra reverterunt. 7. Sol oriens multos
interfectos vidit. 8. Rom4ni consilium audàx suspicati barbaris sese
nón commiserunt. 9. Nàvis e portü egressa nüllo in periculo erat.

IL! 1. The army was in very great danger while marching through
the enemy's country. 2. Frightened by the length of the way, they
longed for home. 3. When the scouts were about to set out, they
heard the shouts of victory. 4. When we had delayed many days, we
set fire to the buildings and departed. 5. While living at Rome I
heard orators much better than these. 6. The soldiers who are fight-
ing across the river are no braver than we.

LESSON LXVII

THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO - THE ABLATIVE
WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE

379. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of vol6, zwzsh ; noló
(n& + volo), de unwilling ; malo (magis + volo), Je more willing, prefer
($ 497). Note the irregularities in the present indicative, subjunctive,
and infinitive, and in the imperfect subjunctive. (Cf. § 354.)

4. These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a

subject accusative; as, volunt venire, ZAey wish to come, volunt amicós
venire, they wish thezr friends to come. The English usage is the same.?

380. Observe the following sentences :

1. Magistró laudante omnés pueri diligenter laborant, w2th the teacher
praising, or since the teacher praises, or the teacher praising, all the boys
labor diligently.

1 In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses. 2 Sometimes
the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See § 366.)

THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 165

2. Caesare dücente ném6 prügredi timet, «wz/A Cesar leading, or when
Cesar leads, or if Cesar leads, or Casar leading, no one fears to advance.

3. His rébus cognitis milites fügerunt, when this was known, or since
this was known, or these things having been learned, the soldiers fled.

4. Proelid commisso multi vulnerati sunt, after the battle had begun, or
when the battle had begun, or the battle having been joined, many were
wounded.

4. One of the fundamental ablative relations is expressed in English by
the preposition w2¢h (cf. § 50). In each of the sentences above we have a
noun and a participle in agreement in the ablative, and the translation shows
that in each instance the ablative expresses attendant circumstance. For
example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying
the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a
with relation, and the ablative is the case to use.

à. We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely
independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to ex-
press the thought in English in a similar way, we should use the nominative
independent or absolute. In Latin the construction is called the Ablative
Absolute, or the Ablative with a Participle. This form of expression is ex-
ceedingly common in Latin, but rather rare in English, so we must not, as a
rule, employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative abso-
lute. The attendant circumstance may be one of ZZzze (when or after), or one
of cause (since), or one of concession (though), or one of conditzon (if). In
each case try to discover the precise relation, and translate the ablative and
its participle by a clause which will best express the thought.

381. RULE. Ablative Absolute. Zhe ablative of a noun or pro-
noun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used
to express attendant circumstance.

NoTE 1. The verb sum has no present participle. In consequence we often
find two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute with no
participle expressed; as, té duce, you (being) Jeader, with you as leader; patre
infirmo, my father (being) weak.

Nore 2. Be very careful not to put in the ablative absolute a noun and
participle that form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare

a. The Gauls, having been conquered by Cesar, returned home
à. The Gauls having been conquered by Casar, the army returned home

Ina the subject is 7ze Gauls having been conquered by Cesar, and we translate,

Galli 4 Caesare victi domum revertérunt

166 EXERCISES

In 2? the subject is the army. The Gauls having been conquered by Cesar
is nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative absolute in
Latin, and we translate,

Gallis 4 Caesare victis exercitus domum revertit

Note 3. The fact that only deponent verbs have a perfect active participle
(cf. $ 375. a) often compels a change of voice when translating from one lan-
guage to the other. For example, we can translate Cesar having encouraged
the legions just as it stands, because hortor is a deponent verb. But if we wish
to say Cesar having conquered the Gauls, we have to change the voice of the

participle to the passive because vincó is not deponent, and say, the Gauls
having been conquered by Cesar (see translation above).

382. EXERCISES

I. 1. Maàvis, non vis, vultis, nolumus. 2. Ut nolit, ut vellemus, ut
malit. 3. Noli, velle, noluisse, malle. 4. Vult, màvultis, ut nollet,
nolite. 5. Sole oriente, aves cantare incépérunt. 6. Clamoribus audi-
tis, barbari progredi recüsáabant. 7. Caesare legiones hortatd, milites
paulo fortius pugnavérunt. 8. His rebus cognitis, Helvetii finitimis
persuáserunt ut secum iter facerent. 9. Laboribus confectis, milites
à Caesare quaerebant ut sibi praemia daret. ro. Concilio convocato,
principes ita responderunt. 11. Dux plüris diés in Helvetiorum finibus
morans multos vicos incendit. 12. Magnitüdine Germànoórum cognita,
quidam ex Romanis timébant. r3. Mercatoribus rogatis, Caesar nihilo
plüs reperire potuit.

II. 1. He was unwilling, lest they prefer, they have wished. 2. You
prefer, that they might be unwilling, they wish. 3. We wish, they
had preferred, that he may prefer. 4. Caesar, when he heard the rumor
(the rumor having been heard), commanded (imperare) the legions to
advance more quickly. 5. Since Cesar was leader, the men were
willing to make the journey. 6. A few, terrified! by the reports which
they had heard, preferred to remain at home. 7. After these had been
left behind, the rest hastened as quickly as possible. 8. After Caesar
had undertaken the business (Cesar, the business having been under-
taken), he was unwilling to delay longer.*

1 Would the ablative absolute be correct here? ? Not longius. Why?

*.

THE IRREGULAR VERB Z/Ó 167

LESSON LXVIII
THE IRREGULAR VERB FiO . THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

383. The verb fio, Je made, happen, serves as the passive of facio,
make, in the present system. The rest of the verb is formed regu-
larly from facio. Learn the principal parts and conjugation (§ 500).
Observe that the i is long except before -er and in fit.

4. The compounds of fació with prepositions usually form the passive
regularly, as,
Active conficio, conficere, confeci, confectus
Passive conficior, confici, confectus sum

384. Observe the following sentences :

I. Terror erat tantus ut omnés fugerent, the terror was so great that
all fied.

2. Terror erat tantus ut nón facile milites sésé reciperent, the terror
was so great that the soldiers did not easily recover themselves.

3. Terror fécit ut omnes fugerent, terror caused all to flee (lit. made
that all fled).

a. Each of these sentences is complex, containing a principal clause and
a subordinate clause.

4. The principal clause names a cause and the subordinate clause states
the consequence or result of this cause.

c. The subordinate clause has its verb in the subjunctive, though it is
translated like an indicative. The construction is called the subjunctive of
consequence or result, and the clause is called a consecutive or result clause.

d. In the last example the clause of result is the object of the verb fécit.

£. The conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause is ut =
so that, negative, ut nin = so that not.

385. RULE. Subjunctive of Result. Consecutive clauses of re-
sult ave introduced by ut or ut non and have the verb in the
subjunctive.

386. RuLE. Object clauses of result with ut or ut nón are
found after verbs of effecting or bringing about.

387. Purpose and Result Clauses Compared. ‘There is great simi-
larity in the expression of purpose and of result in Latin. If

168 THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

the sentence is affirmative, both purpose and result clauses may be
introduced by ut; but if the sentence is negative, the purpose clause
has né and the result clause ut nón. Result clauses are often preceded
in the main clause by such words as tam, ita, sic (so), and these
serve to point them out. Compare

4. Tam graviter vulneratus est He was so severely wounded that he

ut caperétur was captured
4. Graviter vulneratus est ut He was severely wounded in order
caperetur that he might be captured

Which sentence contains a result clause, and how is it pointed out?

388. EXERCISES

I. 1. Fit, fiet, ut fiat, fiebamus. 2. Fio, fies, ut fierent, fieri, fiunt.
3. Fiétis, ut fiamus, fis, fiemus. 4. Milites erant tam tardi ut ante
noctem in castra non pervenirent. 5. Sol facit ut omnia sint pulchra.
6. Eius modi pericula erant ut némo proficisci vellet. 7. Equites hos-
tium cum equitàtü nostro in itinere contendérunt, ita tamen! ut nostri
omnibus in partibus superiores essent. 8. Virtüs militum nostrorum
fecit ut hostes né ünum quidem? impetum sustinérent. 9. Homines
erant tam audacés ut nülló modo contineri possent. 10. Spatium erat
tam parvum ut milites tela iacere non facile possent. 11. Hoc proelio
facto barbari ita perterriti sunt ut ab ultimis gentibus legati ad
Caesarem mitterentur. 12. Hoc proelium factum est né légati ad
Caesarem mitterentur.

II. 1. It will happen, they were being made, that it may happen.
2. It happens, he will be made, to happen. 3. They are made, we were
being made, lest it happen. 4. The soldiers are so brave that they
conquer. s. The soldiers are brave in order that they may conquer.
6. 'The fortification was made so strong that it could not be taken.
7. The fortification was made strong in order that it might not be
taken. 8. After the town was taken,® the townsmen feared that they
would be made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling
to defend itself ?

lita tamen, w7th suck a result however. 2né... quidem, ot even. The
emphatic word is placed between. 3 Ablative absolute.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC 169

LESSON LXIX

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION
THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

389. Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result is the use
of the subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description.

This construction is illustrated in the following sentences:

I. Quis est qui suam domum nón amet? who zs there who does not love
his own home ?

2. Erant qui hoc facere nollent, /Zzre were (some) who were unwilling
to do this. |

3. Ti non is es qui amicos tràdàs, you are not such a one as to, or you
are not the man to, betray your friends.

4. Nihil video quod timeam, I see nothing to fear (nothing of such a
character as to fear it).

a. Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which
tells what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this
thought the subjunctive is used. A relative clause that merely states a fact
and does not describe the antecedent uses the indicative. Compare the
sentences

Cesar is the man who is leading us, Caesar est is qui nos dücit
(mere statement of fact, no description, with the indicative)

Cesar ts the man to lead us, Caesar est is qui nos dücat (descrip-
tive relative clause with the subjunctive)

4. Observe that in this construction a demonstrative pronoun and a
relative, as is qui, are translated such a one as to, the man to.

c. In which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and
in which the subjunctive?

These are not the men who did this

These are not the men to do this

390. RuLE. Subjunctive of Characteristic. A relative clause
with the subjunctive ts often used to describe an antecedent.
This ts called the subjunctive of characteristic or description.

170 THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

391. Observe the sentences

I. Rómaàni Caesarem consulem fecerunt, Ze Romans made Cesar consul.
2. Caesar cónsul à Rómaànis factus est, Cesar was made consul by the
Romans.

a. Observe in 1 that the transitive verb fécérunt, #ade, has two objects:
(1) the direct object, Caesarem ; (2) a second object, consulem, referring
to the same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The
second accusative is called a Predicate Accusative.

à. Observe in 2 that when the verb is changed to the passive both of
the accusatives become nominatives, the dzvect object becoming the subject
and the predicate accusative the predicate nominative.

392. RULE. Two Accusatives. Verbs of making, choosing, calling,
showing, and the like, may take a predicate accusative along
with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusa-

tives become nominatives. :

393. The verbs commonly found with two accusatives are

Creo, creare, creavi, creatus, choose

appelló, appellare, appellavi, appellatus
nómino, nominare, nominavi, nOminatus .ca//
voco, vocare, vocavi, vocátus:

facio, facere, féci, factus, make

394. EXERCISES

I. x. In Germaniae silvis sunt! multa genera ferarum quae reliquis
in locis nón visa sint. z. Erant! itinera duo quibus Helvetii domo dis-
cédere possent. 3. Erat! manus nülla, nüllum oppidum, nüllum prae-
sidium quod sé armis defenderet. 4. Toto frümento rapto, domi nihil
erat quod mortem prohibere possent. 5. Romani Galbam ducem cre-
avérunt et summa celeritàte profecti sunt. 6. Neque erat! tantae
multitüdinis quisquam qui morari vellet. 7. Germaàni nón ii sunt qui
adventum Caesaris vereantur. 8. Consulibus occisis erant qui? vellent

1 Remember that when the verb sum precedes its subject it is translated

there is, there are, there were, etc. 2 erant qui, there were (some) who. A
wholly indefinite antecedent of qui does not need to be expressed.

CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION CUA I7I

eum regem creare. 9g. Pace facta erat némó qui arma trádere nollet.
10. Inter Helvétios quis erat qui nobilior illo esset ?

II. 1. The Romans called the city Rome. 2. The city was called
Rome by the Romans. 3. The better citizens wished to choose him
king. 4. The brave soldier was not the man to run. 5. There was
no one ‘to call me friend. 6. They are not the men to? betray their
friends. 7. There were (some) who called him the bravest of all.

Eighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, 88 527-528

LESSON LXX

THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION CUM
THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

395. The conjunction cum has the following meanings and con-
structions :
cum TEMPORAL = when, followed by the indicative or the

subjunctive
cum CAUSAL = szzce, followed by the subjunctive
cum CONCESSIVE = although, followed by the subjunctive

As you observe, the mood after cum is sometimes indicative and
sometimes subjunctive. The reason for this will be made clear by a
study of the following sentences :

I. Caesarem vidi tum cum in Gallia eram, / saw Cesar at the time
when I was in Gaul.

2. Caesar in eos impetum fécit cum pacem peterent, Cesar made an
attack upon them when they were seeking peace.

3. Hoc erat difficile cum pauci sine vulneribus essent, ZZzs was difficult,
since only a few were without wounds.

4. Cum primi ordines fügissent, tamen reliqui fortiter cOnsistébant,
though the front ranks had fled, yet the vest bravely stood their ground.

4. The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. $ 389. a).
When the cum clause states a fact and simply fives the time at which the
main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example,
cum in Gallia eram fixes the time when I saw Caesar.

1 A relative clause of characteristic or description. 2 See $ 389. 4.

172 THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

4. On the other hand, when the cum clause describes the circumstances
under which the main act took place, the subjunctive mood is used. So, in
the second example, the principal clause states that Caesar made an attack,
and the cum clause describes the circumstances under which this act occurred.
The idea of ¢zme is also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of descrip-
zion. Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of cause and we translate cum
by szzce ; sometimes it denotes concesston and cum is translated although.

396. RULE. Constructions with Cum. The conjunction cum means
when, since, or although. It zs followed by the subjunctive unless
zt means when and its clause fixes the time at which the main
action took place.

Nore. Cum in clauses of description with the subjunctive is much more
common than its use with the indicative.

397. Note the following sentences :

I. Oppidum erat parvum magnitüdine sed magnum multitudine homi-
num, the town was small in size but great in population.

2. Homo erat corpore infirmus sed validus anim0, the man was weak
in body but strong in courage.

4. Observe that magnitüdine, multitüdine, corpore, and animo tell zz
what respect something is true. The relation is one covered by the
ablative case, and the construction is called the ablative of specification.

398. RULE. Ablative of Specification. Zhe ablative is used to
denote in what respect something is true.

399. IDIOMS :

aliquem certiorem facere, Zo znform some one (lit. to make
some one more certain)

certior fieri, 7o be informed (lit. fo be made more certain)

iter dare, fo give a right of way, allow to pass

obsidés inter sé dare, zo give hostages to each other

400. EXERCISES

I. r. Helvétii cum patrum nostrorum tempore domo profecti
essent, cónsulis exercitum in fugam dederant. 2. Cum Caesar in
Galiam venit, Helvetii alios agros petebant. 3. Caesar cum in
citeriore Gallia esset, tamen dé Helvetiorum consiliis certior fi&bat.

THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 173

4. Cum Helvétii bello clarissimi essent, Caesar iter per provinciam
dare reciisavit. 5. Legatus cum haec audivisset, Caesarem certio-
rem fecit. 6. Cum principes inter se obsides darent, Romani bellum
paravérunt. 7. Caesar, cum id nüntiatum esset, matürat ab urbe pro-
ficisci. 8. Ne virtüte quidem Galli erant parés Germanis. 9. Caesar
neque corpore neque animo infirmus erat. ro. Illud bellum tum
incepit cum Caesar fuit consul.

Observe in each case what mood follows cum, and try to give the reasons
for its use. In the third sentence the cum clause is concessive, in the fourth
and sixth causal.

Il. 1. That battle was fought at the time when (tum cum) I was
at Rome. 2. Though the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless
they did not retreat. 3. When the camp had been sufficiently forti-
fied, the enemy returned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages
to each other, we shall inform Caesar. 5. The Gauls and the Germans
are very unlike in language and laws.

LESSON LXXI

VOCABULARY REVIEW - THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE
THE PREDICATE GENITIVE

401. Review the word lists in §§ 51o, 511.
402. The Gerund. Suppose we had to translate the sentence
By overcoming the Gauls Cesar won great glory

We can see that overcoming here is a verbal noun corresponding to
the English infinitive in zg, and that the thought calls for the abla-
tive of means. To translate this by the Latin infinitive would be
impossible, because the infinitive is indeclinable and therefore has no
ablative case form. Latin, however, has another verbal noun of cor-
responding meaning, called the gerund, declined as a neuter of the
second declension in the genétive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular,
and thus supplying the cases that the infinitive lacks! Hence, to

1 Sometimes, however, the infinitive is used as an accusative.

174 THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE

decline in Latin the verbal noun overcoming, we should use the infinitive
for the nominative and the gerund for the other cases, as follows:

overcoming
to overcome
Gen. — superandi, of overcoming
Dat, | superandó, for overcoming
Acc. superandum, overcoming
Abl. superando, dy overcoming

INFINITIVE

Vom. superare {
GERUND

Like the infinitive, the gerund governs the same case as the verb from
which it is derived. So the sentence given above becomes in Latin

Superandd Gallds Caesar magnam gloriam reportavit

403. The gerund! is formed by adding -ndi, -ndo, -ndum, -ndo, to
the present stem, which is shortened or otherwise changed, as shown

below :
PARADIGM OF THE GERUND

CONJ. I CON]. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV
Gen. amandi monendi regendi capiendi audiendi
Daft. amando monendo regendo capiendo audiendo
Acc, amandum monendum regendum capiendum audiendum
Abl. amando monendó regendo capiendo audiendo

a, Give the gerund of cüro, déleo, sümo, iació, venio.
4. Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice (see § 493). Give
the gerund of conor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.

404. The Gerundive. The gerundive is the name given to the future
passive participle ($ 374.4) when the participle approaches the mean-
ing of a verbal noun and is translated like a gerund. It is the adjective
corresponding to the gerund. For example, to translate the plan of
waging war, we may use the gerund with its direct object and say
consilium gerendi bellum ; or we may use the gerundive and say cón-
silium belli gerendi, which means, literally, Ae plan of the war to be
aged, but which came to have the same force as the gerund with
its object, and was even preferred to it.

1 The gerund is the neuter singular of the future passive participle used
as a noun, and has the same formation. (C£. § 374. 2.)

THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE I75

405. Compare the following parallel uses of the gerund and ge-
rundive :

GERUND GERUNDIVE
Gen. Spes faciendi pàcem Spés faciendae pàcis
The hope of making peace The hope of making peace
Dat. Locus idóneus pugnando Locus id6neus castris ponendis

A place suitable for fighting A place suitable for pitching camp
Acc. Misit equites ad insequendum — Misit equités ad insequendés hostis
He sent horsemen to pursue He sent horsemen to pursue the

enemy
AB. Nàrrando fabulas magister Narrandis fabulis magister pueris
pueris placuit placuit
The teacher pleased the boys The teacher pleased the boys by
by telling stories telling stories

a. We observe

(1) That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective.

(2) That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object.

(3) That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement
with a noun.

406. RurE. Gerund and Gerundive. 1. ZZe Gerund is a verbal
noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and
ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general
the same as those of other nouns.

2. The Gerundive ts a verbal adjective and must be used
instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the
ablative without a ‘preposition. Even in these instances the
gerundive construction is more usual.

407. RuLE. Gerund or Gerundive of Purpose. 7he accusative
of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive with causa!
(=for the sake of ), 1s used to express purpose.

GERUND GERUNDIVE
Ad audiendum vénérunt or Ad urbem videndam vénérunt or
Audiendi causa venerunt Urbis videndae causa venerunt
They came to hear They came to see the city

1 causa always follows the genitive.

176 THE PREDICATE GENITIVE

Notre. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive
of purpose, — vénérunt ut audirent ; vénérunt ut urbem vidérent. In short expres-
sions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are rather more common.

408. We have learned that the word denoting the owner or pos-
sessor of something is in the genitive, as, equus Galbae, Ga/a's horse.
If, now, we wish to express the idea the horse zs Galba’s, Galba
remains the possessor, and hence in the genitive as before, but now
stands in the predicate, as, equus est Galbae. Hence this is called the
predicate genitive.

409. RuLE. Predicate Genitive. The possessive genitive often
stands in the predicate, especially after the forms of sum, and
is then called the predicate genitive.

410. IDIOMS

alicui negotium dare, fo employ some one (lit. Zo give
business to some one)

novis rébus studere, /o be eager for a revolution (lit. to be
eager for new things)

rei militaris peritissimus, very se//ful in the art of war

sé suaque omnia, ¢hemselves and all their possessions

411. EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar cum in Gallia bellum gereret, militibus decimae
legionis maxime fàvit quia rei militaris peritissimi erant. 2. Sociis
negotium dedit rei frümentàriae cürandae. 3. Légàti nón solum
audiendi causa sed etiam dicendi causà vénérunt. 4. Imper4tor iussit
exploratores locum idoneum müniendo reperire. 5. Nüper hae gentés
novis rébus studebant ; mox iis persuadebo ut Caesari sé suaque omnia
dédant. 6. Iubére est réginae! et parere est multitüdinis.! 7. Hoc
proelio facto quidam ex hostibus ad pàcem petendam vénérunt.
8. Erant qui arma tradere nollent. 9. Hostes tam celeriter progressi
sunt ut spatium pila in hostis iaciendi non daretur. ro. Spatium neque
arma capiendi? neque auxili petendi? datum est.

1 Predicate genitive. ? Which of these expressions is gerund and which
gerundive? «

THE IRREGULAR VERB £O 177

IL. 1. These ornaments !belong to Cornelia. 2. Men very skillful
in the art of war were sent ?to capture the town. 3. The scouts
found a hill suitable for fortifying very near to the river. 4. Soon the
cavalry will come *to seek supplies. 5. The mind of the Gauls is eager
for revolution and for undertaking wars. 6. To lead the line of battle
*belongs to the general. 7. *Whom shall we employ to look after the
grain supply?

LESSON LXXII
THE IRREGULAR VERB £0 - INDIRECT STATEMENTS

412. Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of e, go (§ 499).

a. Notice that 1-, the root of eo, is changed to e- before a vowel, except-
ing in iens, the nominative of the present participle. In the perfect system
-v- is regularly dropped.

413. Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following
compounds of ed with prepositions:

ad’e6, adi’re, ad’ii, ad’itus, go Zo, vzszz, with the accusative

ex’ed, exi’re, ex’ii, ex’itus, go forth, with ex or dé and the abla-
tive of the place from which

in’e6, ini’re, in'ii, in'itus, degz, enter upon, with the accusative

red’e0, redi’re, red’ii, red’itus, ve¢uvm, with ad or in and the accu-
sative of the place to which

trins’ed, transi’re, trans’ii, trans’itus, cvoss, with the accusative .

414. Indirect Statements in English. Direct statements are those
which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted in
.his exact language. Indirect statements are those reported in a
different form of words from that used by the speaker or writer.
Compare the following direct and indirect statements :

I. The Gauls are brave
Direct statements 4 2. The Gauls were brave
3. The Gauls will be brave

1 belong to = are of. 2 Use the gerundive with ad. 3 Use the genitive
with causa. Where should causà stand? * Compare the first sentence.
5 Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.

178 INDIRECT STATEMENTS

Indirect statements
after a verb in
the present tense

. He says that the Gauls ave brave
. He says that the Gauls were brave
. He says that the Gauls w2// be brave

after a verb in4 2. Ze sazd that the Gauls Aad been brave

I
2
3
Indirect statements (1. He sazd that the Gauls weve brave
2,
a past tense 3. He said that the Gauls would be brave

We see that in English

a. The indirect statement forms a clause introduced by the conjunc-
tion chat.

5. The verb is finite (cf. § 173) and its subject is in the nominative.

c. The tenses of the verbs originally used are changed after the past
tense, He sazd.

415. Indirect Statements in Latin. In Latin the direct and indirect
statements above would be as follows:

. Galli sunt fortes
Galli erant fortes
. Galli erunt fortes
. Dicit or Dixit Gallós esse fortis (He says or He said the
Gauls to be brave)!

Invirecr | 2. Dicit or Dixit Gallos fuisse fortis (/7e says or He said

STATEMENTS the Gauls to have been brave)!
3. Dicit or Dixit Gallos futüros esse fortis (/7e says or He

said the Gauls to be about to be brave)!

DIRECT
STATEMENTS

= QNA

Comparing these Latin indirect statements with the English in the
preceding section, we observe three marked differences :

4. There is no conjunction corresponding to ZZa£.

4. The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative.

c. The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the
principal verb.

416. RULE. Indirect Statements. When a direct statement be-
comes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive
and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the
?nfinitive.

1 These parenthetical renderings are not inserted as translations, but merely
to show the literal meaning of the Latin.

INDIRECT STATEMENTS I79

417. Tenses of the Infinitive. When the sentences in $ 415 were
changed from the direct to the indirect form of statement, sunt
became esse, erant became fuisse, and erunt became futürüs esse.

418. RuLE. Infinitive Tenses in Indirect Statements. A present
indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the
indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a
Suture indicative becomes future infinitive.

_Norte. When translating into Latin an English indirect statement, first de-
cide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct form. That
will show you what tense of the infinitive to use in the indirect.

419. RULE. Verbs followed by Indirect Statements. 772 accusa-
uve-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found
after verbs of saying, telling, knowing, thinking, and perceiving.

420. Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are:

4. Verbs of saying and telling:
dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, say
negó, negàre, negavi, negatus, dezy, say not
nüntio, nüntiare, nüntiavi, nüntiatus, a772:027:c€
respondeo, respondére, respondi, responsus, veply
&. Verbs of knowing:
cognóscó, cogndscere, cogndvi, cognitus, Zza77;, (in the perf.) know
Scio, scire, scivi, scitus, kzow
c. Verbs of thinking:
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, ¢hzzk, consider
existimo, existimare, existimavi, existimatus, /Zzz£, believe
iüdicó, iudicare, iudicavi, iudicatus, judge, decide
puto, putare, putavi, putatus, reckon, think
spéró, spérare, spéravi, spératus, Zope
d. Verbs of perceiving:
audió, audire, audivi, auditus, Zear
sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, /ze/, perceive
vided, videre, vidi, visus, see
intellego, intellegere, intellexi, intelléctus, wderstand, perceive

Learn such of these verbs as are new to you.

180 EXERCISES

421. IDIOMS
postridie eius diei, oz the next day (lit. oz the next day of that day)
inita aestate, a£ the beginning of summer
memoria tenere, Zo remember (lit. £o hold by memory)
per exploratores cognüscere, Zo learn through scouts

422. EXERCISES

I. 1. It, imus, ite, ire. 2. Eunti, iisse o7 isse, ibunt, eunt. 3. Eundi,
ut eant, ibitis, is. 4. Ne irent, i, ibant, ierat. 5. Caesar per explora-
tores cognovit Gallos flümen transisse. 6. Romani audiverunt Helvé-
tios inità aestate de finibus suis exitüros esse. 7. Légati responderunt
neminem ante Caesarem illam insulam adisse. 8. Principes Gallorum
dicunt se nüllum consilium contra Caesaris imperium initüros esse.
9. Arbitramur potentiam reginae esse maiorem quam civium. ro. R6-
mani negant sé libertatem Gallis ereptürós esse. 11. His rebus cog-
nitis sensimus légatos nón vénisSe ad pàcem petendam. 12. Helvetii
sciunt Romanos priores victorias memoria tenére. 13. Socii cum in-
tellegerent multos vulneràri, statuerunt in suds finis redire. 14. Aliquis
nüntiavit Marcum consulem creátum esse.

II. 1. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be
slow. 2. The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that
the horse was, had been, (and) would be strong. 3. We think that the
army will go forth from the camp at the beginning of summer. 4. The
next day we learned through scouts that the enemy's town was ten
miles off! s. The king replied that the ornaments belonged to?
the queen. .

1 2o be off, to be distant, abesse. 2 Latin, were of ($ 409).

TUBA

THE IRREGULAR VERB ZERO 181

LESSON LXXIII

VOCABULARY REVIEW - THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO
THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS

423. Review the word lists in §§ 513, 514.

424. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb fero,
bear (8 498).

1. Learn the principal parts and meanings of the following com-
pounds of fero, dear :

ad'fero, adfer’re, at’tuli, adla'tus, ring to; report

con'fero, confer're, con’tuli, conla'tus, /7zzg together, collect
dé'fero, défer’re, de'tuli, dela'tus, (rug to; report; grant, confer
in’fer6, infer're, in'tuli, inla'tus, driny in, bring against

re’ferd, refer’re, ret’tuli, rela’tus, dear back, report

425. The dative is the case of the indirect object. Many intransi-
tive verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the
dative (cf. $ 153). ‘Transitive verbs take a direct object in the ac-
cusative; but sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as well.
The whole question, then, as to whether or not a verb takes the dative,
depends upon its capacity for governing an indirect object. A number
of verbs, some transitive and some intransitive, which in their simple
form would not take an indirect object, when compounded with certain
prepositions, have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Ob-
serve the following sentences:

I. Haec rés exercitui magnam calamitàtem attulit, 2s circumstance
brought great disaster to the army.

2. Germàni Gallis bellum inferunt, ‘he Germans make war upon the
Gauls.

3. Hae cOpiae proelió nón intererant, ZAese troops did not take part in
the battle.

4. Equités fugientibus hostibus occurrunt, the horsemen meet the flee-
ing enemy. E

5. Galba copiis filium praefecit, Galba put his son in command of the
troops.

182 THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS

In each sentence there is a dative, and in each a verb combined with a
preposition. In no case would the simple verb take the dative.

426. RuLE. Dative with Compounds. Some verbs compounded
with ad, ante, con, dé, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, super, admit
the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may
lake both an accusative and a dative.

Nore 1. Among such verbs are!
ad'fero, adfer’re, at’tuli, adla’tus, /zzg to; report
ad’sum, ades’se, ad/fui, adfutü/rus, assist; be present
dé’ferd, défer’re, dé’tuli, déla’tus, report ; grant, confer
dé’sum, dees’se, dé’fui, , be wanting, be lacking
Inferó, infer’re, in'tuli, inla’tus, 0izg against, bring upon
inter/sum, interes’se, interfui, interfuti’rus, take part in
occur’r6, occur’rere, occur’ri, occur’sus, 727 against, meet
praefi’cid, praefi’cere, praefé’ci, praefec’tus, appoint over, place

in command of

prae’sum, praees’se, prae’fui,

, be over, be in command

427. IDIOMS

graviter or moleste ferre, /o de annoyed at, to be indignant
at, followed by the accusative and infinitive ;

sé conferre ad or in, with the accusative, Zo betake one’s self to

alicui bellum inferre, Zo make war upon some one

pedem referre, fo retreat (lit. to bear back the foot)

428. EXERCISES

I. 1. Fer, ferent, ut ferant, ferunt. 2. Ferte, ut ferrent, tulisse, tule-
rant. 3. Tulimus, ferens, latus esse, ferre. 4. Cum navigia insulae adpro-
pinquarent, barbari terrore commoti pedem referre conàti sunt. 5. Galli
moleste ferebant Romáànos agros vàstare. 6. Caesar sociis imperavit
né finitimis suis bellum inferrent. 7. Exploratorés, qui Caesari occur-
rerunt, dixerunt exercitum hostium vulneribus défessum sese in alium
locum contulisse. 8. Hostes sciebant Rómànos frümentó egere et
hanc rem Caesari summum periculum adlatiram esse. 9. Impedi-
mentis in ünum locum conlatis, aliqui militum flümen quod non longe

1 But the accusative with ad or in is used with some of these, when the
idea of motién to or against is strong.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS 183

aberat transiérunt. ro. Hos rex hortàtus est ut draculum adirent et
res auditas ad sé referrent. 11. Quem imperator illi legioni praefecit ?
Publius illi legioni praeerat. 12. Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia,
crebri ad eum? rümorés adferébantur litterisque quoque certior fiebat
Gallos obsides inter se dare.

IL. 1. The Gauls will make war upon Caesar's allies. 2. We heard
that the Gauls would make war upon Czsar’s allies. 3. Publius did
not take part in that battle. 4. We have been informed that Publius
did not take part in that battle. 5. The man who was in command of
the cavalry was wounded and began to retreat. 6. Caesar did not
place you in command of the cohort to bring ? disaster upon the army.

LESSON LXXIV

VOCABULARY REVIEW - THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT.
QUESTIONS

499. Review the word lists in §§ 517, 518.

430. When we report a statement instead of giving it directly, we
have an indirect statement. (Cf. § 414.) So, if we report a question
instead of asking it directly, we have an indirect question.

DIRECT QUESTION INDIRECT QUESTION
Who conquered the Gauls ? He asked who conquered the Gauls

a. An indirect question depends, usually as object, upon a verb of ask-
ing (as peto, postulo, quaero, rogo) or upon some verb or expression of saying
or mental action. (Cf. $ 420.)

431. Compare the following direct and indirect questions:

DIRECT INDIRECT
a. Rogat quis Gallos vincat
Hae asks who is conquering the
Quis Gallos vincit? Gauls
Who is conquering the Gauls? à. Rogavit quis Gallós vinceret
He asked who was conquering
the Gauls

1 Observe that when adferd denotes motion to, it is not followed by the
dative; cf. footnote, p. 182. ? Not the infinitive. (Cf. § 352.)

184 THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS

a. Rogat ubi sit Roma
Ubi est Roma? He asks where Rome is
Where is Rome? à. Rogàvit ubi esset Rima
L.—. He asked where Rome was

fa. Rogat num Caesar Gallós vicerit
fle asks whether Cesar conquered
Caesarne Gallés vicit? the Gauls
Did Cesar conquer the Gauls? | b. Rogavit num Caesar Gallds vicisset
He asked whether Cesar had con-
iB quered the Gauls

a. The verb in a direct question is in the indicative mood, but the
mood is subjunctive in an indirect question.

6. The tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense sequence.

c. Indirect questions are introduced by the same interrogative words as
introduce direct questions, excepting that yes-or-zo direct questions (cf. $ 210)
on becoming indirect are usually introduced by num, whether.

432. RULEÉ. Indirect Questions. /z an indirect question the
verb is in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the
law for tense sequence.

433. IDIOMS

dé tertia vigilia, about the third watch
iniürias alicui inferre, fo zzfct cnjuries upon some one

facere verba pro, with the ablative, Zo speak in behalf of
in reliquum tempus, for the future

434. EXERCISES

I. 1. Rex rogavit quid légati postularent et cür ad sé vénissent.
2. Quaesivit quoque num nec recentis iniürias nec dubiam Romano-
rum amicitiam memoria tenerent. 3. Vidétisne quae oppida hostes
oppugnaverint? 4. Nonne scitis cir Galli sub montem sésé contu-
lerint? 5. Audivimus quàs iniürias tibi Germani intulissent. 6. Dé
tertia vigilià imperator misit homines qui cognoscerent quae esset
natira montis. 7. Pro his orátor verba fécit et rogavit cür consules
navis ad plénum summi periculi locum mittere vellent. 8. Légatis
convocatis démonstravit quid fieri vellet. 9. Nüntius referebat quid

DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH 185

in Gallorum concilio dé armis tradendis dictum esset. 10. Moneó ne
in reliquum tempus pedités et equites trans flümen dücas.

II. 1. What hill did they seize? I see what hill they seized. 2. Who
has inflicted these injuries upon our dependents? 3. They asked who
had inflicted those injuries upon their dependents. 4. Whither did you
go about the third watch? You know whither I went. 5. At what
time did the boys return home? I will ask at what time the boys
returned home.

LESSON LXXV

VOCABULARY REVIEW - THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END
FOR WHICH

435. Review the word lists in §§ 521, 522.

436. Observe the following sentences:

I. Exploratores locum castris délégérunt, ¢he scouts chose a place for
acamp.

2. Hoc erat magno impediment Gallis, ¢#zs was (for) a great hindrance
to the Gauls.

3. Duàs legiones praesidio castris reliquit, Z2 /z/7 two legions as (lit. for)
a guard to the camp.

In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the pusfose or end
for which something is intended or for which it serves. These datives are
castris, impedimentó, and praesidio. In the second and third sentences we
find a second dative expressing the person or thing affected (Gallis and
castris) As you notice, these are true datives, covering the relations of
Jor which and to which. (Cf. $ 43.)

437. RULE. Dative of Purpose or End. The dative is used to

denote the purpose or end for which, often with another dative
denoting the person or thing affected.

438. IDIOMS

consilium omittere, Zo give up a plan

locum castris déligere, /o choose a place for a camp

alicui magno jisui esse, /o be of great advantage to some
one (lit. for great advantage to some one)

186 GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY

439. EXERCISES

I. r. Rogavit cür illae copiae relictae essent. Responderunt illas
copias esse praesidio castris. 2. Caesar misit exploratorés ad locum
deligendum castris. 3. Quisque existimavit ipsum nomen Caesaris
magno terrori barbaris futürum esse. 4. Primà lüce idem exercitus
proelium àcre commisit, sed gravia suorum vulnera magnae cürae im-
peratori erant. 5. Rex respondit amicitiam populi Romani sibi orna-
mento et praesidio debere esse. 6. Quis praeerat equitatui quem auxilio
Caesari socii miserant? 7. Aliquibus res secundae sunt summae cala-
mitati et rés adversae sunt miro üsui 8. Gallis magno ad pugnam
erat impedimentd quod equitàtus à dextro cornü premebat. 9. Me-
moria pristinae virtütis nón minus quam metus hostium erat nostris
magno üsui ro. Tam densa erat silva ut progredi non possent.

II. 1. I advise you ‘to give up the plan ?of making war upon the
brave Gauls. 2. Do you know ?where the cavalry has chosen a place
for a camp? 3. The fear of the enemy will be of great advantage to
you. 4. Cesar left three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage.
5. In winter the waves of the lake are so great *that they are (for) a
great hindrance to ships. 6. Caesar inflicted severe? punishment on
those who burned the public buildings.

LESSON LXXVI

VOCABULARY REVIEW - THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF
QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION

440. Review the word lists in $8 524, 525.

441. Observe the English sentences

(1) A man of great courage, or (2) A man with great courage
(3) A forest of tall trees, or (4) A forest with tall trees

Each of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description. In
the first two a man is described; in the last two a forest. The descriptive
phrases are introduced by the prepositions of and wth.

=

1 Subjunctiye of purpose. (Cf. § 366.) 2 Express by the genitive of the
gerundive. 3 Indirect question. * A clause of result. 5 gravis, -e.

GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY 187

In Latin the expression of quality or description is very similar.
The prepositions of and with suggest the genitive and the ablative
respectively, and we translate the sentences above

(1) Vir magnae virtütis, or (2) Vir magna virtüte

(3) Silva altarum arborum, or (4) Silva altis arboribus
There is, however, one important difference between the Latin and
the English. In English we may say, for example, a man of courage,
using the descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier. / Latin,
however, an adjective modifier must always be used, as above.

a. Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in that
numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive and descriptions of
physical characteristics are in the ablative. Other descriptive phrases may
be in either case.

442. EXAMPLES

I. Fossa duodecim pedum, a ditch of twelve feet.

2. Homo magnis pedibus et parvo capite, a man with big feet and a
small head,

3. Réx erat vir summa audacia or rex erat vir summae audaciae, the king
was a man of the greatest boldness.

443. RULE. Genitive of Description. Numerical descriptions
of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying
adjective.

444. RuLE. Ablative of Description. Descriptions of physical
characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying
adjective.

445. RULE. Genitive or Ablative of Description. Descriptions
involving neither numerical statements nor physical character-
istics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative
with a modifying adjective.

446. IDIOMS

Helvétiis in animo est, the Helvetit intend (lit. tt is in mind to
the Helvetians)

in matrimonium dare, fo give in marriage

nihil posse, fo have no power

fossam perdücere, Zo construct a ditch (lit. to lead a ditch through)

188 EXERCISES

447. EXERCISES

I. r. Milites fossam decem pedum per eórum finis perdüxerunt.
2. Princeps Helvétiorum, vir summae audiciae, principibus gentium
finitimarum sorores in mátrimoónium dedit. 3. Eorum amicitiam cón-
firmare voluit quo facilius Romanis bellum inferret. 4. Germàni et
Galli nón erant eiusdem gentis. 5. Omnés fere Germani erant
magnis corporum viribus 6. Galli qui oppidum fortiter défendébant
saxa ingentis magnitüdinis de müro iaciébant. 7. Cum Caesar ab
exploratoribus quaereret qui illud oppidum incolerent, exploratores
respondérunt eds esse hominés summa virtüte et magno consilio.
8. Moenia viginti pedum 4 sinistrá parte, et à dextrà parte flümen
magnae altitüdinis oppidum défendébant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam
pervenisset, erat rümor Helvétiis in animo esse iter per provinciam
Róomànam facere. 10. Caesar, ut eds ab finibus Rómànis prohiberet,
münitionem ?multa milia passuum longam fécit.

II. r. Caesar was a general of much wisdom and great boldness,
and very skillful in the art of war. 2. The Germans were of great
size, and thought that the Romans had no power. 3. Men of the
highest courage were left in the camp as (for) a guard to the bag-
gage. 4. The king's daughter, who was given in marriage to the chief
of a neighboring state, was a woman of very beautiful appearance.
5. The soldiers will construct a ditch of nine feet around the camp.
6. A river of great width was between us and the enemy.

1 From vis. (Cf. § 468.) ? Genitives and ablatives of description are
adjective phrases. When we use an adverbial phrase to tell how long or how
high or how deep anything is, we must use the accusative of extent. (Cf. § 336.)
For example, in the sentence above multa milia passuum is an adverbial phrase
(accusative of extent) modifying longam. If we should omit longam and say
a fortification of many miles, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase)
modifying münitiónem would be used, as münitionem multorum milium passuum.

GLADII

REVIEW OF AGREEMENT 189

LESSON LXXVII

REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE,
AND ACCUSATIVE

448. There are four agreements:

1. That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun to
which it belongs ($$ 76, 81). !

2. That of the adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle with its
noun (§ 65).

3. That of a verb with its subject (§ 28).

4. That of a relative pronoun with its antecedent ($ 224).

449. The relation expressed by the genitive is, in general, denoted
in English by the preposition of. It is used to express
a. As attributive (§ 38).

ppp 8. In the predicate ($ 409).

2. The whole of which a part is taken (partitive genitive) ($ 331).
3. Quality or description ($8 443, 445).

450. The relation expressed by the dative is, in general, denoted
in English by the prepositions /? or /or when they do not imply
motion through space. It is used to express

a. With intransitive verbs and with transitive
verbs in connection with a direct object
in the accusative ($ 45).
1. The indirect object 4 4. With special intransitive verbs ($154).
c. With verbs compounded with ad, ante,
con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro,
sub, super ($ 426).

2. The object to which the quality of an adjective is directed ($ 143).

3. The purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative
denoting the person or thing affected ($ 437).

I9O GENITIVE, DATIVE, ACCUSATIVE

451. The accusative case corresponds, in general, to the English
objective. It is used to express

1. The direct object of a transitive verb (§ 37).

2. The predicate accusative together with the direct object after
verbs of making, choosing, calling, showing, and the like ($ 392).

3. The subject of the infinitive ($ 214).

4. The object of prepositions that do not govern the ablative
($340).

5. The duration of time and the extent of space (§ 336). .

6. The place to which ($$ 263, 266).

452. EXERCISES

I. 1. Milites quos vidimus dixerunt imperium belli esse Caesaris
imperatoris. 2. Helvétii statuérunt quam! maximum numerum equo-
rum et carrorum cogere. 3. Totius Galliae Helvetii plürimum value-
runt. 4. Multas horas acriter pugnatum est neque quisquam poterat
videre hostem fugientem. 5. Viri summae virtütis hostis decem milia
passuum insecüti sunt. 6. Caesar populó Rómaàno persuasit ut sé
consulem crearet. 7. Victoria exercitüs erat semper imperatori grà-
tissima. 8. Triduum iter fécérunt et Genavam, in oppidum? hostium,
pervenerunt. 9. Caesar audivit Germànós bellum Gallis intulisse.
io. Magno üsui militibus Caesaris erat quod prioribus proeliis sésé
exercuerant.

IL. 1. One? of the king’s sons and many of his men were cap-
tured. 2. There was no one who wished* to appoint her queen.
3. The grain supply was always a care (for a care) to Ceesar, the
general 4.I think that the camp is ten miles distant. 5. We
marched for three hours through a very dense forest. 6. The plan
‘of making war upon the allies was not pleasing to the king. 7. When
he came to the hill he fortified it by a twelve-foot wall.

1 What is the force of quam with superlatives? ? urbs or oppidum, appos-
itive to a name of a town, takes a preposition. 3 What construction is
used with numerals in preference to the partitive genitive? 4 What mood?
(C£. § 390.) * 5 Use the gerund or gerundive. © Latin, ày a wall of twelve feet.

REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE I9I

LESSON LXXVIII
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE

453. The relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed in Eng-
lish by the prepositions ze (or by), from (or dy), and zn (or at). The
constructions growing out of these meanings are

I. Ablative rendered with (or by):
. Cause (§ 102)
. Means (§ 103)
. Accompaniment (§ 104)
. Manner (§ 105)
. Measure of difference (§ 317)
. With a participle (ablative absolute) ($ 381)
. Description or quality ($8 444, 445)
. Specification (§ 398)
II. Ablative rendered from (or by):
1. Place from which ($8 179, 264)
2. Ablative of separation ($ 180)
3. Personal agent with a passive verb ($ 181)
4. Comparison without quam (8 309)
III. Ablative rendered in (or at):

1. Place at or in which ($8 265, 266)
2. Time when or within which ($ 275)

oar nm BW N dH

454. EXERCISES

I. r. Galli locis superioribus occupatis itinere exercitum prohibere
cónantur. 2. Omnés oppidani ex oppido egressi salütem fuga petere
incépérunt. 3. Caesar docet sé militum vitam sua salüte habere multo
cáriorem. 4. Cum celerius omnium opinione pervenisset, hostes ad
eum obsides miserunt. 5. Vicus in valle positus montibus altissimis
undique continétur. 6. Plürimum inter Gallos haec gens et virtüte et
hominum numero valebat. 7. Secunda vigilia nüllo certo ordine neque
imperio e castris egressi sunt. 8. Duàbus legionibus Genavae relictis,

192 GERUND, INFINITIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE

proximo die cum reliquis domum profectus est. 9. Erant itinera duo
quibus itineribus Helvetii domo exire possent. ro. Rex erat summa
audacia et magna apud populum potentià. 11. Galli timore servitütis
commoti bellum parabant. 12. Caesar monet legàtos ut contineant
milites, né studio pugnandi aut spé praedae longius! progrediantur.
13. Bellum àcerrimum à Caesare in Gallos gestum est.

II. 1. The lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained
his (men) from battle. 2. All the Gauls differ from each other in laws.
3. This tribe is much braver than the rest. 4. This road is ?ten miles
Shorter than that. 5. In summer Ceesar carried on war in Gaul, in
winter he returned to Italy. 6. At midnight the general set out from
the camp with three legions. 7. I fear that you cannot protect? your-
self from these enemies. 8. *After this battle was finished peace was
made by all the Gauls.

LESSON LXXIX

REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE INFINI-
TIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE

455. The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive,
dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these
cases are in general the same as those of other nouns ($$ 402, 406. 1).

456. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead
of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative
without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive con-
struction is more usual (§ 406. 2).

457. The infinitive is used :

I. As in English.

a. As subject or predicate nominative ($ 216).

4. To complete the predicate with verbs of incomplete predication
(complementary infinitive) ($ 215).

c. As object with subject accusative after verbs of wishing, commanding,
Sorbidding, and the like (§ 213).

1 Jongius, too far. (Cf. $ 305.) 2 Latin, by ten thousands of paces.
3 defendere. * Ablative absolute.

GERUND, INFINITIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE 193

II. In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs
of saying and mental action. The subject is in the accusative (§§ 416,
418, 419).

458. The subjunctive is used :

To denote purpose ($$ 349, 366, 372).

To denote consequence or result (8$ 385, 386).

In relative clauses of characteristic or description (§ 390).
In cum clauses of time, cause, and concession ($ 396).
In indirect questions (§ 432).

np winds

459. EXERCISES

I. r. Caesar, cum pervenisset, milites hortabatur né consilium oppidi
capiendi omitterent. 2. Réx, castris prope oppidum positis, misit ex-
ploratores qui cognoscerent ubi exercitus Romànus esset. 3. Némoó
relinquébatur qui arma ferre posset. 4. Nüntii viderunt ingentem
armorum multitüdinem dé müro in fossam iactam esse. 5. Dux suds
transire flümen iussit. Transire autem hoc flümen erat difficillimum.
6. Romani cum hanc calamitatem moleste ferrent, tamen terga vertere
recüsaverunt. 7. Hoc rümoóre audito, tantus terror omnium animos
occupavit ut né fortissimi quidem proelium committere vellent.
8..Erant qui putarent tempus anni idoneum nón esse itineri faciendo.
9. Tam 4criter ab utráque parte pugnabatur ut multa milia hominum
occiderentur. 10. Quid times? Timed né Romanis in animo sit totam
Galliam superáre et nóbis iniüriàs inferre.

II. 1. Do you not see who is standing on the wall? 2. We hear
that the plan of taking the town has been given up. 3. Since the
Germans thought that the Romans could not cross the Rhine, Caesar
ordered a bridge to be made. 4. When the bridge was finished, the
savages were so terrified that they hid themselves. s. They feared
that Caesar would pursue them. 6. Caesar tasked the traders what the
size of the island was. 7. The traders advised him not ?to cross the
sea. 8. He sent scouts ?to choose a place for a camp.

1 quaerere ab. 2 Not infinitive, 8 Use the gerundive with ad.

READING MATTER

INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS

How to Translate. You have already had considerable practice in
translating simple Latin, and have learned that the guide to the mean-
ing lies in the endings of the words. If these are neglected, no skill
can make sense of the Latin. If they are carefully noted and accu-
rately translated, not many difficulties remain. Observe the following
suggestions:

1. Read the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of
nouns, adjectives, verbs, etc.

2. Read it again and see if any of the words you know are
nominatives or accusatives. This will often give you what may be
called the backbone of the sentence; that is, subject, verb, and
object.

3. Look up the words you do not know, and determine their use
in the sentence from their endings.

4. If you cannot yet translate the sentence, put down the Eng-
lish meanings of all the words zz the same order as the Latin words.
You will then generally see through the meaning of the sentence.

5. Be careful to

4. Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong.

6. Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern.

c. Translate adverbs with the words that they modify.

d. Make sense. If you do not make sense, you have made a mistake.
One mistake will spoil a whole sentence.

6. When the sentence is correctly translated, read the Latin over
again, and try to understand it as Latin, without thinking of the
English translation.

194

THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE I95

The Parts of a Sentence. You wil now meet somewhat longer
sentences than you have had before. To assist in translating them,
remember, first of all, that every sentence conveys a meaning and
either tells us something, asks a question, or gives a command. Every
sentence must have a subject and a verb, and the verb may always
have an adverb, and, if transitive, will have a direct object.

However long a sentence is, you will usually be able to recognize.
its subject, verb, and object or predicate complement without any
difficulty. These will give you the leading thought, and they must
never be lost sight of while making out the rest of the sentence. The
chief difficulty in translating arises from the fact that instead of a
single adjective, adverb, or noun, we often have a phrase or a clause
taking the place of one of these; for Latin, like English, has adjective,
adverbial, and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in the
sentence The idle boy does not study, the word idle is an adjective.
In The boy wasting his time does not study, the words wasting his time
form an adjective phrase modifying doy. In the sentence The boy who
wastes his time does not study, the words who wastes his time form an
adjective clause modifying doy, and the sentence is complex. These
sentences would show the same structure in Latin.

In translating, it is important to. keep the parts of a phrase and the
parts of a clause together and not let them become confused with the
principal sentence. To distinguish between the subordinate clauses
and the principal sentence is of the first importance, and is not diffi-
cult if you remember that a clause regularly contains a word that
marks it as a clause and that this word usually stands first. These
words join clauses to the words they depend on, and are called suZor-
dinate conjunctions.. They are not very numerous, and you will soon
learn to recognize them. In Latin they are the equivalents for such
words as when, while, since, because, if, before, after, though, in order
that, that, etc. Form the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinate
conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the mood of
the verb in the clauses which they introduce.

A

9
3
"ju,
NIS

SU e Tes QUU ir
Wh estque c o A LU

3 FL
PUTT wat 7mm;

Ta

HERCULES

196

HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS I97

THE LABORS OF HERCULES

Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued
throughout his life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an infant he strangled
some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his boyhood and
youth he performed various marvelous
feats of strength, and on reaching man-
hood he succeeded in delivering the
Thebans from the oppression of the
Minyz. In a fit of madness, sent upon
him by Juno, he slew his own children;
and, on consulting the Delphic oracle
as to how he should cleanse himself
from this crime, he was ordered to sub-
mit himself for twelve years to Eurys-
theus, king of Tiryns, and to perform
whatever tasks were appointed him.
Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during
the twelve years of his servitude ac-
complished twelve extraordinary feats
known as the Labors of Hercules. His
death was caused, unintentionally, by
his wife Deiani'ra. Hercules had shot
with his poisoned arrows a centaur
named Nessus, who had insulted Deia-
nira. Nessus, before he died, gave some
of his blood to Deianira, and told her HERCULES ET SERPENTES
it would act as a charm to secure her
husband's love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charm, soaked
one of her husband's garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned.
Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was
carried off by his father Jupiter.

LIII THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

Di? grave supplicium sümunt dé malis, sed ii qui legibus? deorum
parent, etiam post mortem cürantur. Illa vita dis? erat gratissima quae
hominibus miseris ütilissima fuerat. Omnium autem praemiorum
summum erat immortalitas. Illud praemium Herculi datum est.

Herculis pater fuit Iuppiter, mater Alcmena, et omnium hominum
validissimus fuisse dicitur. Sed Iüno, régina deorum, eum, adhüc

1 This number refers to the lesson after which the selection may be read.
? Di and dis are from deus. Cf. $ 468. 3 Jégibus, 8 sor. 14.

198 HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY/E

infantem, interficere studebat; nam ei! et? Hercules et Alcména erant
invisi. Itaque misit duàs serpentis, utramque saevissimam, quae media
nocte domum? Alcménae vénérunt. Ibi Hercules, cum fratre suo,
non in lectulo sed in scüto ingenti dormiebat. Iam audaces serpentes
5 adpropinquaverant, iam scütum movebant. Tum frater, terrore com-
motus, magna vóce mátrem vocávit, sed Herculés ipse, fortior quam
frater, statim ingentis serpentis manibus suis rapuit et interfecit.

LIV. HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY 4

Herculés à puero* corpus suum gravissimis et difficillimis labori-
bus exercébat et hoc modo vires? suds confirmavit. Iam adulescens
10 Thébis® habitabat. Ibi Credn quidam erat réx. Minyae, gens vali-
dissima, erant finitimi Thébànis, et, quia olim Thebanos vicerant,
quotannis légátos mittebant et vectigal postulabant. Herculés autem
constituit civis suds hdc vectigali liberare et dixit fegi, “Da mihi
exercitum tuum et ego hds superbos hostis superàbo." Hanc con-
dicionem réx non recüsávit, et Herculés niintids in omnis partis dimisit
et cOpias co&git.' Tum tempore opportünissimó proelium cum Minyis
commisit. Diü pugnàtum est, sed denique illi impetum Thébanorum
sustinere nón potuerunt et terga verterunt fugamque ceperunt.

I

wm

HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN
ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION

Post hoc proelium Creón réx, tanta victoria laetus, filiam. suam

zo Herculi in matrimonium dedit. Thebis Hercules cum uxore sua dit
vivebat et ab omnibus magnopere amàbàtur ; sed post multos annos
subito *in furorem incidit et ipse sua mani liberos suos interfecit.
Post breve tempus ?ad sanitatem reductus tantum scelus expiare
cupiebat et constituit ad oráculum Delphicum iter facere. Hoc autem

25 Oràculum erat omnium clarissimum. Ibi sedebat femina quaedam quae
Pythia appellabatur. Ea consilium dabat iis qui ad óráculum veniebant.

lei zo her, referring to Juno. *et...et, both... and. 5 domum,
$ 501. 20. * à puero, from boyhood. 5 virés, from vis. Cf. $ 468. 6 Thébis,
§ sor. 36. 1. " coégit, from cógo. ? in furórem incidit, went mad. ? ad

sanitatem reductus, lit. Zed back to sanity. What in good English?

HERCULES STRANGLES THE NEMEAN LION 199

LV. HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS!
HE STRANGLES THE NEME’AN LION

Itaque Hercules Pythiae totam rem démonstravit nec scelus suum
abdidit. Ubi iam Hercules finem fécit, Pythia iussit eum ad urbem
Tiryntha? discedere et ibi régi Eurystheo sésé committere. Quae? ubi
audivit, Herculés ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurystheo sé in

servitütem tradidit et dixit, " Quid primum, O réx, mé facere iubes?" 5

UE
WM
, WI i

Ay :
uN a

HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT

Eurystheus, qui perterrébatur vi et corpore ingenti Herculis et eum
occidi* studébat, ita respondit: Audi, Hercules! Multa mira* narrantur
dé lene saevissimó qui hdc tempore in valle Nemaeà omnia vastat.
Iubeo té, virorum omnium fortissimum, illo monstro homines libe-
rare." Haec verba Herculi maxime placuerunt. “ Properabo,” inquit,

1 Eu-rys'theus (pronounced U-ris’thas) was king of 77'/zyzs, a Grecian city,
whose foundation goes back to prehistoric times. 2 Tiryntha, the acc. case
of Tiryns, a Greek noun. 3 Quae, obj. of audivit. It is placed first to make
a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting
relative. * occidi, pres. pass. infin. 5 mira, marvelous things, the Ba).
being used as a noun. Cf. omnia, in the next line.

on

o

Un

IO

200 SLAYING THE LERNEAN HYDRA

"et pàr&bo imperio! tuo." Tum in silvas in quibus leo habitabat
statim iter fecit. Mox feram vidit et plüris impetüs fecit; früstrà
tamen, quod neque sagittis neque üllo alio telo monstrum vulnerare:
potuit Dénique Hercules saevum leonem suis ingentibus bracchiis
rapuit et faucis eius omnibus viribus compressit. Hoc modo brevi
tempore eum interfecit. Tum corpus lednis ad oppidum in umeris
reportavit et pellem postea pro? veste gerebat. Omnés autem qui eam
regionem incolébant, ubi famam dé morte leónis ingentis accépérunt,
erant laetissimi et Herculem laudàbant verbis amplissimis.

LVI. SLAYING THE LERNE’AN HYDRA

Deinde Hercules ab Eurystheo iussus est Hydram occidere. Itaque
cum amico Iolao? contendit ad palüdem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incolé-
bat. Hoc autem monstrum erat serpens ingens quae novem capita

. habebat. Mox is monstrum repperit et summo* cum periculo collum
PP P

20

25

eius sinistra manü rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextrà mani capita novem
abscidere incépit, sed früstra laborabat, quod quotiens hoc fecerat
totiens alia nova capita videbat. Quod? ubi vidit, statuit capita igni
cremare. Hoc modo octo capita delevit, sed extremum caput vulneràri
nón potuit, quod erat immortàle. Itaque illud sub ingenti saxo Her-
culés posuit et ita victoriam reportavit.

LVII. THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR

Postquam Eurysthed mors Hydrae nüntiàta est, summus terror ani-
mum eius occupávit. Itaque iussit Herculem capere et ad sé reportare
cervum quendam; nam minime cupivit tantum virum in régno sud
tenere. Hic autem cervus dicebatur aurea cornua et pedés multo?
celeriores vento” habere. Primum Hercules vestigia animàlis petivit,
deinde, ubi cervum ipsum vidit, omnibus viribus currere incépit. Per
plürimos diés contendit nec noctü cessavit. Dénique postquam per

1 imperio, 8 Sor. 14. 2 pro, for, instead of. 3 Tolao, abl. of 7-o-/2'us, the
hero's best friend. * Note the emphatic position of this adjective. 5 Quod

ubi, when he saw this, another instance of the connecting relative. Cf. p. 199, l. 3.
8 multi, $ 501427. " vento, $ 501. 34.

CLEANING THE AUGEAN STABLES 20I

totum annum cucurrerat — ita dicitur — cervum iam défessum cépit
et ad Eurystheum portavit.

Tum véro iussus est Hercules aprum quendam capere qui illo tem-
pore agros Erymanthiós vastabat et homines illius loci magnopere per-
terrebat. Herculés laete negotium suscépit et in Arcadiam celeriter sé
recepit. Ibi mox aprum repperit. Ille autem, simul atque Herculem
vidit, statim quam! celerrimé fügit et metü perterritus in fossam altam
sésé abdidit. Hercules tamen summa cum difficultáte eum extràxit,
nec aper Ull6 modo sésé liberare potuit, et vivus ad Eurystheum
portatus est.

LVIII. HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE’AN STABLES AND
KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS

Deinde Eurystheus Herculi hunc laborem multo graviorem imperavit.
Augéas? quidam, qui illo tempore régnum Elidis? obtinebat, tria milia
boum* habebat. Hi ^ingenti stabulo continebantur. Hoc stabulum,
quod per trigintà annos non pirgatum erat, Hercules intra spatium
ünius diei pürgàre iussus est. Ille negotium alacriter suscepit, et pri-
mum labore gravissimo maximam fossam fodit per quam flüminis
aquam dé montibus ad mürum stabuli düxit. Tum partem parvam
müri delevit et aquam in stabulum immisit. Hic modo finem operis
fecit tind die facillime.

Post paucos diés Hercules ad oppidum Stymphalum iter fecit; nam
Eurystheus iusserat eum avis Stymphalides occidere. Hae aves rostra
ferrea habébant et homines miseros dévorabant. Ille, postquam ad
locum pervenit, lacum vidit in qué avés incolebant. Nüllo tamen modo
Herculés avibus adpropinquare potuit; lacus enim non ex aqua sed
é limo constitit? Denique autem avés "dé aliquà causa perterritae in
auras volavérunt et magna pars earum sagittis Herculis occisa est.

lquam. What is the force of quam with a superlative? 2 Augéàs, pro-
nounced in English 4zv-7z/as. 3 Elidis, gen. case of Elis, a district of Greece.
* boum, gen. plur. of bos. For construction see § 501. 11. 5 ingenti stabulo,
abl. of means, but in our idiom we should say in a huge stable. 5 constitit,
from consto. " dé aliqua causa perterritae, frightened for some reason.

IO

20

202 CAPTURING THE CRETAN BULL

LIX. HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND
CARRIES HIM LIVING TO EURYSTHEUS

Tum Eurystheus iussit Herculem portàre vivum ex insula Créta
taurum quendam saevissimum. Ille igitur nàvem conscendit — nam
ventus erat idoneus — atque statim solvit. Postquam triduum nàávi-
gavit, incolumis insulae adpropinquavit. Deinde, postquam omnia

5 paráta sunt, contendit ad eam regionem quam taurus vexabat. Mox
taurum vidit ac sine üllo metü cornua eius corripuit. Tum ingenti
labore monstrum ad nàvem tràxit atque cum hac praeda ex insula
discessit.

HERCULES ET TAURUS

THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME’DES

Postquam ex insula Créta domum pervenit, Herculés ab Eurystheo

ro in Thraciam missus est. Ibi Diomédés quidam, vir saevissimus, rég-

num obtinebat et omnis à finibus suis prohibébat. Hercules iussus

erat equos Diomedis rapere et ad Eurystheum dücere. Hi autem equi

homines miserrimds dévorabant dé quibus réx supplicium sümere

cupiebat. Hercules ubi pervenit, primum equés à rege postulàvit, sed

15 réx eos dedere recüsavit. Deinde ille ira commotus regem occidit et

corpus eius equis tradidit. Itaque is qui anteà multós necaverat, ipse

eodem supplicio necátus est. Et equi, nüper saevissima animalia,
postquam domini sui corpus dévoravérunt, mànsuéti erant.

THE BELT OF HIPPOLYTE 203

LX. THE BELT OF HIPPOL'YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS

Géns Amazonum! dicitur ^omninó ex mulieribus fuisse. Hae cum
viris proelium committere nón verébantur. Hippolyte, Amazonum
regina, balteum habuit pulcherrimum. Hunc balteum possidere filia
Eurysthei vehementer cupiebat. Itaque Eurystheus iussit Herculem

impetum in Amazones facere. Ille multis cum copiis nàvem cón-

scendit et paucis diebus in Amazonum finis pervenit, ac balteum
postulàvit. Eum tradere ipsa Hippolyte quidem cupivit; reliquis ta-
men Amazonibus® persuádere nón potuit. Postridie Hercules proelium
commisit Multás horas utrimque quam fortissime pugnatum est.
Dénique tamen mulieres terga verterunt et fuga salütem petierunt.
Multae autem captae sunt, in quó numero erat ipsa Hippolyte. Her-
culés postquam balteum accepit, omnibus captivis libertatem dedit.

THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER’BERUS

Iamque ünus modo & duodecim laboribus relinquébatur sed inter
omnis hic erat difficillimus. Iussus est enim canem Cerberum* ex
Orco in lücem trahere. Ex Orco
autem n&mo anteà reverterat. Prae-
terea Cerberus erat monstrum max-
imé horribile et tria capita habebat.
Herculés postquam imperia Eurys-
thei accepit, statim profectus est et in
Orcum descendit. Ibi vero non sine
summo periculo Cerberum manibus
rapuit et ingenti cum labore ex Orco
inlücem et ad urbem Eurysthei traxit.

Sic duodecim labores illi* intrà
duodecim annos confecti sunt. De-
mum post longam vitam Hercules
à deis receptus est et Iuppiter filio
sud dedit immortalitatem.

HERCULES ET CERBERUS

1 A fabled tribe of warlike women living in Asia Minor. ^ ?omnino, etc., /o
have consisted entirely of women. 3 Amazonibus, § sor. 14. * The dog Cer-
berus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead. — 5 illi, those famous.

204 THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY

P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A
ROMAN BOY!

LXI. PUBLIUS IS BORN NEAR POMPE'II

P. Cornelius Lentulus,? aduléscéns Romanus, amplissima familia?
fatus est ; nam pater eius, Marcus, erat dux peritissimus, cuius virtüte*
et consilio multae victoriae reportátae erant; atque mater eius, Iulia, à
clarissimig maioribus orta est. Non véro in urbe sed rüri? Publius

5 nàtus est, et cum matre habitabat in villa quae in maris litore et sub
radicibus magni montis sita erat. Móns autem erat Vesuvius et parva

PUERI ROMANI

urbs Pompeii octo milia? passuum" aberat. In Italia antiquà erant
plürimae quidem villae et pulchrae, sed inter has omnis nülla erat pul-
chrior quam villa Marci Iüliaeque. Frons villae miro à maris fluctibus
10 müniébàtur. Hinc mare et litora et insulae longe lateque conspici?
ac saepe navés longae et oneràáriae poterant. A tergo et ab utroque
latere agri ferácissimi patebant. Undique erat magna variorum florum
cópia et multa ingentium arborum genera quae aestate? umbram
1 This story is fiction with certain historical facts in Caesar’s career as a
setting. However, the events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt
did happen to many a Roman youth. ? A Roman had three names, as,
Püblius (given name), Cornélius (name of the gézs or clan), Lentulus (family
name). ? Abl. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation (§ 501. 32).
* virtüte, § Sor. 24. 5rüri, $ sor. 36. 1. 8 milia, § sor. 21. 7 passuum,
§ sor. 11. 9 conspici, infin. with poterant, $ 215. Consult the map of Italy for.
the approximafe location of the villa. ? aestáte, § 501. 35.

HIS LIFE ON THE FARM 205

défessis agricolis gratissimam adferébant. Praeterea erant! in agris
stabulisque multa animalium genera, nón sdlum equi et boves sed
etiam rárae avés. Etiam erat! magna piscina pléna piscium; nam
Romani piscis diligenter colebant.

LXII. HIS LIFE ON THE FARM

^

Huius villae Dàvus, servus Marci, est vilicus? et cum Lesbia uxore
omnia cürat. Vilicus et uxor in casa humili, mediis in agris sita, habi-
tant. A prima lüce üsque ad vesperum sé? gravibus laboribus exercent
ut omnis rés bene gerant.* Plürima enim sunt officia Davi et Lesbiae.
Vilicus servos regit né tardi sint*; mittit alios qui agros arent,‘ alios
qui hortos inrigent,* et opera in? totum
diem imponit. Lesbia autem omnibus
vestimenta parat, cibum coquit, panem
facit.

Non longé ab hórum casa et in
summo colle situm surgébat domici-
lium ipsius domini dominaeque am-
plissimum. Ibi plüris annos? Püblius
cum matre vitam félicem agebat; nam
pater eius, Màrcus, in terris longinquis
gravia rei püblicae bella gerebat nec
domum reverti poterat. Neque puerd quidem molestum est rüri?
vivere. Eum multae rés delectant. Magnopere amat silvàs, agros,
equos, bovés, gallinas, avis, reliquaque animalia. Saepe plüris horas?
ad mare sedet quo^ melius fluctüs et nàvis spectet. Nec omnino
sine comitibus erat, quod Lydia, Davi filia, quae erat eiusdem aetaàtis,
cum eó adhüc infante lüdébat, inter quos cum annis amicitia crescebat.
Lydia nüllum alium ducem déligébat et Püblius ab puellae latere ràró

CASA ROMANA

1 How are the forms of sum translated when they precede the subject?
2 The vilicus was a slave who acted as overseer of a farm. He directed the

farming operations and the sale of the produce. 3 s&, reflexive pron., object
of exercent. * For the construction, see § sor. 40. 5 in, for. 5 annós,
§ sor. 21. “ domum, § sor. 20. 8 rüri, $ sor. 36. 1. 9? horas, cf. annós,

line 17. — 19 quo. . . spectet, $8 349, 350.

206 MARCUS LENTULUS IS SHIPWRECKED

discédébat. Itaque sub clàro Italiae sole Püblius et Lydia, amici fide-
lissimi, per campos collisque cotidie vagabantur. Modo in silva finitima
lüdebant ubi Püblius sagittis! celeribus avis déiciébat et Lydia coronis
variorum florum comas suds ornàbat; modo aquam et cibum portabant
5 ad Dàvum servósque défessos qui agros colebant; modo in casa parva
aut horas laetas in lüdó consümeébant aut auxilium dabant Lesbiae,
quae cibum viro et servis parábat vel alias rés domesticas agebat.

LXIII. MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS,
IS SHIPWRECKED : JULIA RECEIVES A
LETTER FROM HIM

Iam Püblius *decem annós habébat cum Cornelius Lentulus, pater

eius, qui quinque annos? grave bellum in Asia gerébat, nón sine gloria

10 domum‘revertébatur. Namque multa secunda proelia fécerat, maximas

hostium copiàs déléverat, multàs urbis populo? Romano inimicas ceperat.

Primum nüntius pervenit qui à Lentulo? missus erat "ut profectionem

suam nüntiaret. Deinde plüris dies? reditum viri optimi mater filiusque

exspectabant et animis? sollicitis deos immortàlis früstrà colebant. Tum
démum has litterás summo cum gaudio accépérunt :

10“ Marcus Iüliae suae salütem dicit. Si vales, bene est; ego valeo.
Ex Graecià, quo?! praeter spem et opinionem hodié perveni, has litterás
ad té scribo. Namque nàvis nostra fracta est; nds autem — dis est
grátia — incolumes sumus. Ex Asiae? portü nàvem leni vento solvi-

I

Un

20 mus. Postquam "altum mare tenuimus “nec iam üllae terrae apparu-
erunt, caelum undique et undique fluctüs, subitó magna tempestas
coorta est et nàvem vehementissime adflixit. Ventis fluctibusque

4 sagittis, $ sor. 24. 2 was ten years old. 5 annós, § 501. 21. * domum,
$ sor. 20. 5 populo, dat. with inimicds, cf. $ 501. 16. ® Lentulo, $ 501. 33.
"Tut...nüntiàret, § 501. 4o. 8 diés, cf. annós, 1. 9. 9 animis, abl. of manner.
Do you see one in line 15? 10 This is the usual form for the beginning of a
Latin letter. First we have the greeting, and then the expression Si valés, etc.
The date of the letter is usually given at the end, and also the place of writing,
if not previously mentioned in the letter. 1 qué, where. 12 dis est gratia,
thank God, in our idiom. 33 Asia refers to the Roman province of that name
in Asia Minor. 14 altum mare tenuimus, we were well out to sea. 15 nec
iam, and no longer.

LENTULUS REACHES HOME 207

adflictati^ nec solem discernere nec cursum tenére poteramus et
omnia praesentem mortem intentabant. Tris diés? et tris noctis?
sine rémis vélisque agimur. Quartd die? primum terra visa est et
violenter in saxa, quae non longé à litore aberant, deiecti sumus. Tum
véró maiora pericula timébamus; sed nauta quidam, vir fortissimus,
ex nave in fluctüs 1iràtos désiluit *ut fünem ad litus portaret; quam
rem summo labore vix effecit. Ita omnés servati sumus. Gratias
igitur et honórem Neptiind débémus, qui deus nós e periculo eripuit.
Nunc Athenis? sum, quó cónfügi ut mihi paucàs hórás ad quiétem
darem. Quam primum autem aliam nàvem condücam ut iter ad
Italiam reliquum cónficiam et domum" ad meos cárós revertar. Salütà
nostrum Püblium amicissimé et valétüdinem tuam cira diligenter.
* Kalendis Martiis."

LXIV. LENTULUS REACHES HOME: PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII
WITH HIS FATHER

Post paucos diés navis M. Cornéli Lentuli portum Miseni? petiit,
qui portus nón longé à Pompéiis situs est ; quo in portü classis Romana
ponébatur et ad pugnàs navalis ornabátur. Ibi navés omnium generum
conspici poterant. lamque incredibili celeritate navis longa qua Len-
tulus vehebatur litori adpropinquavit ; nam nón solum vento sed etiam
rémis impellébatur. In alta puppe stabat gubernator et non procul
aliqui milites Romàni cum armis splendidis, inter quos clarissimus erat
Lentulus. Deinde servi rémis contendere cessavérunt”; nautae velum
contraxerunt et ancoras iécérunt. Lentulus statim e navi egressus est
et Mad villam suam matiravit. Eum Iülia, Publius, totaque familia
excépérunt. Qui complexüs, quanta gaudia fuerunt!

Postridie eius diei Lentulus filio sud dixit, * Veni, mi Pübli, mecum.

1 adflictáti, perf. passive part. Zossed about. 2 What construction? ? dié,
§ sor. 35. * ut... portaret, $ sor. 40. 5 Athenis, § sor. 36. 1. 8 darem,
cf. portaret, 1. 6. " Why not ad domum? 8 Kalendis Martiis, the Calends
or first of March, abl. of time, giving the date of the letter. ? Misenum had
an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval
station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy. 10 Why is the infinitive used

with cessavérunt? 11 See Plate I, Frontispiece. 12 Observe that these
words are exclamatory.

20

IO

20

208 A DAY AT POMPEII

Pompéios iter hodie faciam. Mater tua suadet! ut früctüs et ciba-
ria emam. Namque plüris amicos ad cenam vocavimus et multis
rébus? egémus. Ea hortatur ut quam primum proficiscamur." “ Li-
benter, mi pater," inquit Publius. “ Tecum esse mihi semper est grà-
tum; nec Pompéids umquam vidi. Sine mora proficisci paratus sum."
Tum celeriter currum cdnscendérunt et ad urbis müros vecti sunt.
Stabiana porta? urbem ingressi sunt. Publius strátas vids miratur et
saxa altiora quae in medio disposita erant et altas orbitas quàs rotae
inter haec saxa fecerant. Etiam strepitum miratur, multitüdinem, car-
ros, fontis, domos, tabernas, forum* cum statuis, templis, reliquisque
aedificiis püblicis.

LXV. A DAY AT POMPEII

Apud forum à currü déscendérunt et Lentulus dixit, "Hic sunt
multa tabernàrum genera, mi Pübli. Ecce, trans viam est popina!
5 Hoc genus tabernarum cibària vendit. Früctüs quoque ante iánuam
stant. Ibi cibaria mea emam." "Optime," respondit Püblius. "At
ubi, mi pater, crüstula emere possumus? Namque mater nobis impe-
ravit *ut haec quoque pararémus. Timeo ut^ ista popina vendat crüs-
tula." ‘Bene dicis," inquit Lentulus. “At nonne vidés illum fontem
à dextrà ubi aqua per leonis caput fluit? In illo ipso locó est taberna
pistóris qui sine dubio vendit crüstula."

Brevi tempore? omnia erant paráta, iamque ?quinta hóra erat.
Deinde Lentulus et filius ad cauponam matiravérunt, quod fame !? et

1 What construction follows suadeo? $ 501.41. rébus, § 501.32. This
is the abl. of the way by which motion takes place, sometimes called the
abl. of route. The construction comes under the general head of the abl. of
means. For the scene here described, see Plate JI, p. 53, and notice espe-
cially the stepping-stones for crossing the street (saxa quae in medio disposita
erant). * The forum of Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public halls,
and markets of various sorts. Locate Pompeii on the map. 5 We say, this
hind of shop ; Latin, this kind of shops. %ut...pararémus,§ gor. 41. — " How
is ut translated after a verb of fearing? How né? Cf. § sor. 42. 8 tempore,
§ sor. 35. ? quinta hora. The Romans numbered the hours of the day con-
secutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short,
into twelve equal parts. 10 famé shows a slight irregularity in that the abl.
ending -e is"long.

LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON 209

siti? urgébantur. Ibi sub arboris umbrà sédérunt et puero imperà-
vérunt ut sibi? cibum et vinum daret. Huic imperio? puer celeriter
paruit. Tum laeti sé* ex labore refécérunt.

Post prandium profecti sunt ut alia urbis spectacula viderent. Illo
tempore fuérunt Pompéiis® multa templa, duo theàátra, thermae mag-
numque amphitheatrum, quae omnia post paucos annós flammis atque
incendiis Vesuvi et terrae moótü déléta sunt. Ante hanc calamitatem
autem homines ‘nihil de monte veriti sunt. In amphitheatro quidem
Püblius morari cupivit ut spectacula gladiatoria videret, quae in” illum
ipsum diem próscripta erant et iam ?ré verà inceperant. Sed*Lentu-
lus dixit, * Morari, Pübli, *vereor ut possimus. Iam decima hora est
et via est longa. Tempus suàdet ut quam primum domum reverta-
mur." Itaque servo imperavit ut equos iungeret, et solis occásü ?
ad villam pervenerunt.

LXVI. LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON

À primis annis quidem Iülia ipsa filium suum docuerat, et Püblius
nón sólum " püre et Latine loqui poterat sed etiam commode legebat
et scribebat. Iam Ennium!? aliosque poétas legerat. Nunc véró
Püblius duodecim annós habébat; itaque ei pater bonum magistrum,
Évirum omni doctrinà et virtüte Omatissimum, paravit, qui Graeca,
müsicam, aliasque artis doceret. !Namque illis temporibus omnes feré
gentes Graece loquebantur. Cum Püblio alii pueri, Lentuli amicorum

1 gitis, ZAzrs?, has -im in the acc. sing., -i in the abl. sing., and no plural.
? Observe that the reflexive pronoun sibi does not here refer to the subject of
the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause.
This so-called zzdirect use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses
of purpose. 3 What case? Cf. $ sor. 14. * sé, cf. p. 205, l. 7, and note.
5 Pompéiis, $ sor. 36. 1. 6 nihil. . . veriti sunt, Aad zo fears of the mountain.
7 in, for. 8 r& vera, zz fact. 9 vereor ut, $ sor. 42. 10 occasü, § Sor. 35.
11 püré ... poterat, freely, could speak Latin well. What is the literal trans-
lation? 12 Ennium, the father of Latin poetry. 18 duodecim . . . habébat,
cf. p. 206, l. 8, and note. 14 virum, etc., a very well-educated and worthy
man. Observe the Latin equivalent. 15 qui... docéret, a relative clause of
purpose. Cf. §§ 349, 350. 36 In Czesar’s time Greek was spoken more widely
in the Roman world than any other language.

20

wm

IO

I5

20

210 SCENE IN SCHOOL

filii? discébant. Nam saepe apud Romanos mos erat ?non in lüdum
filios mittere sed domi per magistrum docére. Cotidie discipuli cum
magistro in peristylo? Marci domüs sedebant. Omnés pueri bullam
auream, originis honestae signum, in collo gerebant, et omnes toga
praetexta amicti erant, *quod nondum sédecim annos* nati sunt.

SCENE IN SCHOOL: AN EXERCISE IN COMPOSITION

DiscipuLl. Salve, magister.

MaGISTER. Vos quoque omnes,
salvéte. *Tabuldsne portavistis et
stilos? -

D. Portàvimus.

M. Iam fabulam Aesopi! dis-
cémus. Ego legam, vos in tabu-
lis scribite. Et tü, Pübli, da mihi
& capsà* Aesopi volumen? Jam
audite omnes: Vulpes et Uva.

Vulpes olim famé coacta üvam
dépendentem vidit. Ad üvam salie-

TABULA ET STILUS

bat, sümere conàns. Früstra diü cónàta, tandem irata erat et salire
cessàns dixit: "Illa üva est acerba; acerbam üvam nihil moror."
Omnia‘ne scripsistis, pueri ?
D. Omnia, magister.

1 filii, in apposition with pueri. 2p5ón...mittere. This infinitive clause
is the subject of erat. Cf.$ 216. The same construction is repeated in the
next clause, domi... docere. The object of docere is filios understood.
3 The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade. * At the
age of sixteen a boy laid aside the 5z//a and the toga praetexta and assumed
the toga virilis or manly gown. 5 annos, $ sor. 21. The expression nóndum
sédecim annos nati sunt means literally, they were born not yet sixteen years.
This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent?
6 Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done
with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with
a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in
making erasures and corrections. "7 Aesopi, the famous Greek to whom are
ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world. 8A cylindrical
box for holding books and papers, shaped like a hatbox. 9 Ancient books
were writtef on rolls made of papy’rus. 10 nihil moror, J cave nothing for.

PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME 21I

LXVII. PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION

Iamque Püblius, 'quindecim annós nàtus, ?primis litterárum ele-
mentis confectis, Romam petere voluit ut scholàs grammaticorum
et philosophorum frequentàret. Et facillimé patri? sud, qui ipse
philosophiae studio tenébatur, persudsit. Itaque *omnibus rebus ad
profectionem comparatis, pater filiusque equis animosis vecti? ad
magnam urbem profecti sunt. Eos proficiscentis Iülia totaque familia
votis precibusque prosecütae sunt. Tum per loca? plana et collis
silvis vestitos viam ingressi sunt ad Nolam, quod oppidum eós hos-
pitio modico excepit. Nolae! duàs hóras morati sunt, quod sol meri-
diànus àrdébat. Tum récta via® circiter viginti milia? passuum?
Capuam, ad insignem Campàniae urbem, contenderunt. Eo” multà
nocte defessi pervenerunt. ? Postridie eius diei, somno et cibo re-
creati, Capua discesserunt et "viam ,Appiam ingressi, quae Capuam
tangit et üsque ad urbem Rómam dücit, ante meridiem Sinuessam per-
vénérunt, quod oppidum tangit mare. Inde prima lice proficiscentés
Formias™ matiravérunt, ubi Cicero, orator clarissimus, qui forte apud
villam suam erat, eds benigne excepit. Hinc "itinere viginti quinque
milium passuum facto, Tarracinam, oppidum in saxis altissimis situm,
viderunt. Iamque non longe aberant palüdés magnae, quae multa milia
passuum undique patent. Per eàs pedestris via est gravis et in nàve
viatores vehuntur. Itaque !5equis relictis Lentulus et Püblius navem
conscendérunt, et, ina nocte in trànsitü consümpta, Forum Appi vene-
runt. Tum brevi tempore Aricia eos excepit. Hoc oppidum, in colle

1 quindecim, etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note. 2 primis . . . confectis, abl.
abs. Cf. § sor. 28. 3 patri, dat. with persuasit. * omnibus . . . comparátis,
cf. note 2. 5 vecti, perf. pass. part. of veho. $ What is there peculiar
about the gender of this word? 7 Nolae, locative case, § 501. 36. z.
9 via, cf. porta, p. 208, l. 7, and note. 9 What construction? 10 Eg,
adv. there. 1! Postridie eius diei, oz the next day. 12 viam Appiam, the

most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum
and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various
towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow. 18 Formias, Zormiz,
one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas
of rich Romans. 14 itinere . . . factd, abl. abs. The gen. milium modifies
itinere. 1$ equis relictis. What construction? Point out a similar one in
the next line.

-

5

20

Un

20

25

212 PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

situm, ab urbe Roma sedecim milia passuum abest. Inde déclivis via
üsque ad làtum campum dücit ubi Róma stat. Quem ad locum ubi
Püblius vénit et Rómam adhüc remótam, maximam totius orbis terrà-
rum urbem, cónspéxit, summa admirátione et gaudio adfectus est.
Sine mora déscendérunt, et, medio intervallo quam celerrime superato,
urbem porta Capenà ingressi sunt.

LXVIII PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

Püblius iam tótum annum Romae morábàtur! multaque urbis
spectácula viderat et multds sibi? amicos paraverat. Ei? omnes
favébant; ‘dé ed omnés bene spérare poterant. Cotidie Püblius
scholas philosophorum et grammaticórum tanto
studio frequentabat ‘ut alis clarum. exemplum
praeberet. Saepe erat cum patre in cürià?; quae
res effecit "ut summos rei püblicae viros et audi-
ret et videret. Ubi *sédecim annos nàtus est,
bullam? auream et togam praetextam more
Romano déposuit atque virilem togam sümpsit.
Virilis autem toga erat omnino alba, sed praetexta
clavum purpureum in margine habébat. ?Dépo-
nere togam praetextam et sümere togam virilem
erat rés gratissima puerd Romàno, quod postea BULLA
vir et civis Rómanus habébatur.

“His rébus gestis Lentulus ad uxorem suam has litterás scripsit :

“Marcus Iüliae suae salütem dicit. Si vales, bene est ; ego valeo.
Accepi tuas litteras. Has nunc Roma per servum fidélissimum mitto
ut de Püblio nostró quam celerrimé scias. Nam hodie ei togam virilem
dedi. Ante lücem surrexi'? et primum bullam auream dé collo eius

1 morabatur, translate asif pluperfect. ^ ?sibi,/orAzmse/f. 8 Fi, why dat.?
* dé... poterant, in English, aZ/ regarded him as a very promising youth ; but what
does the Latin say? 5 ut... praebéret, § 501. 43. $ cürià, a famous building
near the Roman Forum. 7 ut...audiret et vidéret, § sor. 44. 8 sédecim,
etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note. ? bullam, cf. p. 210,1.3, and note4. — 1? These
infinitive clauses are the subject of erat.’ Cf. 8 216. ?! His rébus gestis, i.e.
the assumption of the ¢oga virilis and attendant ceremonies. 12 Compare
the beginning of this letter with the one on page 206. 18 surréxi, from surgo.

e

PraATE IV

"ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT "
(See page 224)

PUBLIUS JOINS CAESAR'S ARMY IN GAUL 213

remóvi. Hac Laribus! consecrata et sacris factis, eum toga virili
vestivi. Interim plürés amici cum multitüdine optimórum civium et
honestórum clientium pervenerant *qui Püblium domó in forum de-
dücerent. Ibi in civitátem receptus est et nomen, Püblius Cornélius
Lentulus, apud civis Romànós ascriptum est. Omnés ei amicissimi
fuerunt et magna? de ed praedicunt. Sapientior enim aequalibus*
est et magnum ingenium habet. 5Cürà ut valeàs."

LXIX. PUBLIUS JOINS C/ESAR'S ARMY IN GAUL

Püblius iam adulescens postquam togam virilem sümpsit, aliis rébus
studere incepit et praesertim üsü^ armorum sé’ diligenter exercuit.
Magis magisque amàvit illas artis quae militarem animum délectant.
Iamque erant ?qui ei cursum militarem praedicerent. Nec sine causa,
quod certé patris insigne exemplum ?ita multum trahebat. ? Paucis
ante annis C. Iülius Caesar, ducum Rómànórum maximus, consul
creàtus erat et hoc tempore in Gallia bellum grave gerebat. Atque in
exercitü eius plüres aduléscentés militabant, apud quós erat amicus
quidam Publi. Ille Püblium crébris litteris vehementer hortabatur “ut
iter in Galliam faceret. Neque Püblius reciisavit, et, multis amicis ad
portam urbis prósequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus est. Quarto
dié postquam iter ingressus est, ad Alpis, montis altissimos, pervenit.
His summa difficultáte superatis, tandem Gallorum in finibus erat.
Primó autem veritus est ut” castris Romanis adpropinquare posset,
quod Galli, maximis copiis coactis, Romanos obsidébant et vids omnis
iam clauserant. His rébus commotus Püblius vestem Gallicam induit
né à Gallis caperétur, et ita per hostium copiàs incolumis ad castra

1 The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as house-
hold gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacri-
fices were made to them daily. 2 qui... dédiicerent, § 350. 3 magna,
great things, a neuter adj. used as a noun. * aequalibus, § 501. 34. 5 Cürà
ut valeds, Za£e good care of your health. How does the Latin express this idea?
$ Abl. of means. 7 sé, reflexive object of exercuit. 8qui... praedicerent,
8 S01. 45. 9ita multum trahébat, ad a great influence in that direction.
10 Paucis ante annis, a few years before; in Latin, before by a few years, ante being
an adverb and annis abl. of degree of difference. Mut... faceret, § 501. 41.
12 yt, how translated here? See § sor. 42.

5

214 HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

pervenire potuit. Intra münitiones acceptus, à Caesare benigne excep-
tus est. Imperator fortem aduléscentem amplissimis verbis laudavit
et eum 'tribünum militum creàvit.

HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Exercitus qui in hostium finibus bellum gerit multis periculis cir-
s cumdatus est. ?Quae pericula ut vitarent, ROmani summam cüram

IMPEDIMENTA

adhibere solebant. Adpropinquantés copiis hostium agmen ita dis-
ponébant ?ut imperator ipse cum plüribus legionibus expeditis pri-
mum agmen düceret. Post eas cópiàs impedimenta? totius exercitüs

Y'The military tribune was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to
our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so Caesar
did not allow them much responsibility. ? Quae pericula, object of vitàrent.
It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence.
3ut...düceret, § sor. 43. * expeditis, i.e. without baggage and ready for
action. 5 impedimenta. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on
beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless
expeditus) Carried a heavy pack. See also picture, p. 159.

THE RIVAL CENTURIONS 215

conlocabant. *Tum legiones quae proximé conscriptae erant totum
agmen claudébant. Equites quoque in omnis partis dimittébantur qui
loca explorarent; et centuridnés praemittébantur ut locum castris
idoneum déligerent. Locus habébatur idoneus castris ?qui facile
defendi posset et prope aquam esset. Qua dé causa castra? in colle
ab utraque parte arduo, à fronte leniter déclivi saepe ponébantur ;
vel locus palüdibus cinctus vel in flüminis ripis situs déligébatur. Ad
locum postquam exercitus pervenit, alii militum *in armis erant, alii
castra münire incipiebant. Nam ‘quo tütiores ab hostibus milites
essent, néve incauti et imparati opprimerentur, castra fossa lata et
vallo alto müniébant. In castris portae quattuor erant ut eruptio
militum omnis in partis fieri posset. In angulis castrorum erant turres
dé quibus tela in hostis coniciébantur. *Talibus in castris qualia
descripsimus Püblius à Caesare exceptus est.

LXX. THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

Ilis in castris erant duo centuridnés,” fortissimi viri, T. Pullo et
L. Vorénus, quórum neuter alteri virtüte? cédere volebat. Inter eds
iam multos annos infensum certàmen gerebatur. Tum démum finis
controversiae hdc modo? factus est. Dié tertio postquam Publius
pervenit, hostés, maioribus cópiis coáctis, àcerrimum impetum in
castra fécérunt. Tum Pullo, “cum Romani tardiores" vidérentur,
“Cir dubitàs," inquit, " Voréne? Quam commodiorem occásionem
exspectas? Hic dies dé virtüte nostra iüdicabit." IIaec!? cum dixisset,

1 The newest legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least
reliable. ? qui... posset... esset, $ sor. 45. 3 castra, subject of poné-
bantur. * jn armis erant, stood under arms. 5 quó...essent. When is
qué used to introduce a purpose clause? See§$ 350.1. , ^ Tàlibus in castris
qualia, zz such a camp as. It is important to remember the correlatives talis...
qualis, such... as. 7A centurion commanded a company of about sixty
men. He was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for
his courage and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the

men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the
picture (p. 216) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his

authority. 8 virtüte, $ sor. 30. ? Abl. of manner. 19 cum... vidérentur,
§ sor. 46. 11 tardiórés, Zoo slow, a not infrequent translation of the compara-
tive degree. 12 Haec, obj. of dixisset. It is placed before cum to make a close

connection with the preceding sentence. What is the construction of dixisset?

wn

10

20

25

216 THE ENEMY ARE REPULSED

extra miinitidnés processit et in eam hostium partem quae confertis-
sima !vidébàtur inrüpit Neque Vorénus quidem tum vallo? sese
continet, sed Pullonem subsequitur. Tum
Pulld pilum in hostis immittit atque ünum
ex multitüdine prócurrentem traicit. Hunc
percussum et exanimátum hostés scütis
protegunt et in Pullonem omnes tela coni-
ciunt. Eius scütum transfigitur et telum
in balteo défigitur. Hic casus vaginam
vertit et dextram manum eius gladium
edücere conantis? moratur. Eum ita im-
peditum hostés circumsistunt.

Tum véro *ei laboranti Vorénus, cum
sit inimicus, tamen auxilium dat. Ad hunc
confestim ?à Pullone omnis multitüdo sé
convertit. Gladio comminus pugnat Voré-
nus, atque, tind interfecto, reliquos paulum
propellit. Sed instàns cupidius? infelix,
"pede sé fallente, concidit.

Huic rürsus circumventó auxilium dat
Pullé, atque ambo incolumés, plüribus
interfectis, summa cum laude intra
münitiones sé recipiunt. Sic inimicorum alter alteri auxilium dedit
nec dé eorum virtüte quisquam iüdicàre potuit.

CENTURIO

LXXI. THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED

Cum iam sex horas pugnatum esset? ac nón solum vires sed etiam tela
Romaànos déficerent,® atque hostes acrius instarent,® et vallum scindere
fossamque complére incépissent,® Caesar, vir rei militaris peritissimus,

4 vidébatur, inrüpit. Why is the imperfect used in one case and the perfect
in the other? Cf. $ 190. ? vallo, abl. of means, but in English we should say
within the rampart. Cf. ingenti stabulo, p. 201, l. 13, and note. 3 conantis,
pres. part. agreeing with eius. * ei laboranti, indir. obj. of dat. 54 Pullone,
Jrom Pullo, abl. of separation. $ cupidius, 400 eagerly. 7 pede sé fallente, lit.
the foot deceiving itself; in our idiom, his foot slipping. — 5 pugnatum esset, défice-
rent, instáfent, incépissent. These are all subjunctives with cum. Cf. § sor. 46.

PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY 217

suis imperàvit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,! et, signo dato, ex
castris érumperent.! ?Quod iussi sunt faciunt, et subitó ex omnibus
portis erumpunt. Atque tam celeriter milites concurrerunt et tam pro-
pinqui erant hostés *ut spatium pila coniciendi* non darétur. Itaque
reiectis pilis ?comminus gladiis pugnatum est. Dit et audacter hostés
restiterunt et in extréma spé salütis tantam virtütem praestiterunt ut
à dextró cornü vehementer *multitüdine suórum aciem Rómànam pre-
merent. "Id imperátor cum animadvertisset, Püblium adulescentem
cum equitati misit qui laborantibus? auxilium daret. Eius impetum
sustinere nón potuérunt hostes? et omnés terga verterunt. Eds in
fugam datos Püblius subsecütus est üsque ad flümen Rhénum, quod
ab eo loco quinque milia passuum aberat. Ibi pauci salütem sibi
repperérunt. Omnibus reliquis interfectis, Püblius et equites in castra
sésé receperunt. Dé hac calamitate finitimae gentes cum certiores factae
essent, ad Caesarem lég4tds miserunt et sé suaque omnia dediderunt.

LXXII. PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY ITS GREAT FORESTS
AND STRANGE ANIMALS

Inità aestate Caesar litteris certior fiebat et per exploratores cognos-
cébat plüris civitatés Galliae novis rebus studere," et contra populum
Romanum coniürare!? obsidésque “inter sé dare,?^ atque cum his

Germànós quósdam quoque sésé coniünctüros esse." His litteris nün-

tiisque commotus Caesar constituit quam celerrime in Gallos proficisci,"

ut eds inopinantis opprimeret, et Labienum légatum cum duabus
legionibus peditum et duobus milibus equitum in Germanos mittere."

1 intermitterent, érumperent. What use of the subjunctive? ? Quod, etc.,
they do as ordered. The antecedent of quod is id understood, which would be the
object of faciunt. 3 ut...darétur. Is this a clause of purpose or of result?
* coniciendi, $ 402. 5 comminus gladiis pugnatum est, a hand-to-hand conflict
was waged with swords. 6 multitüdine suorum, dy their numbers. suorum is
used as a noun. What is the literal translation of this expression? 7 Id im-
perator. Id is the obj. and imperàátor the subj. of animadvertisset. 8 Jabo-
rantibus. This participle agrees with iis understood, the indir. obj. of daret;
qui...daret is a purpose clause, § sor. 40. 9 hostés, subj. of potuerunt.
10 Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after certior fiebat,
he was informed, and cognoscébat, he learned. Cf. $ 501. 48, 49. 31 inter sé, to
each other. 12 proficisci, mittere. These infinitives depend upon constituit.

^-^
Un

wm

20

218 THE STORMING OF A CITY

lItaque ré frümentàrià comparàtà castra movit. Ab utroque? rés
bene gesta est; nam Caesar tam celeriter in hostium finis pervenit ut

spatium *copiàs cogendi non darétur*; et Labienus de Germanis tam

grave supplicium sümpsit ut nemó ex eà gente in reliquum tempus

Gallis auxilium dare audéret.*

Hoc iter in Germaniam Publius quoque fécit et, cum ibi morarétur,
multa mirabilia vidit. Praesertim vérd ingentem silvam mirabatur,
quae tantae magnitüdinis esse dicebatur *ut némó eam tránsire posset,
nec quisquam sciret.aut initium aut finem. Qua dé ré plüra cogno-
verat à milite quodam qui ólim captus à Germànis multos annos ibi
incoluit. Ille" dé silva dicens, " Infinitae magnitüdinis est haec silva,”
inquit; "nec quisquam est *huius Germaniae *qui initium eius sciat
aut ad finem adierit. Nàscuntur ilic multa talia animalium genera
qualia reliquis in locis non inveniuntur. Sunt boves qui ünum?? cornü
habent; sunt etiam animàlia quae appellantur alcés. Hae nüllos crü-
rum” articulos habent. Itaque, si forte conciderunt, sésé erigere nüllo
modo possunt. Arborés habent pro ? cubilibus; ad eas sé applicant
atque ita reclinátae quiétem capiunt. Tertium est genus eorum qui
üri appellantur. Hi sunt pauló minores elephantis.? Magna vis eorum
est et magna velocitas. Neque homini neque ferae parcunt.1*"

LXXIII. THE STORMING OF A CITY

Publius plüris dies in Germania morátus ? in Galliam rediit, et ad
Caesaris castra sé contulit. Ille quia molesté ferebat Gallos! eius
regionis obsides dare recüsavisse et exercitui frümentum praebere

1 Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen
days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he
carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what
he could find by foraging. ? Abl. of personal agent, $ sor. 33. 3 copias
cügendi, $ 501.37.1. — *darétur, audéret, § 501.43. audéret is not from audio.
5 cum... morárétur, § 501. 46. Sut... posset, ... sciret, $ 501. 43. " Ille,
subj. of inquit. 8 huius Germaniae, of this part of Germany. ?qui...
sciat . . . adierit, § sor. 45. 10 ünum, only one. ll crürum, from cris.
1? pro, for, in place of. 33 elephantis, § sor. 34. 14 parcunt. What case is
used with this verb ? 16 moratus. Is this part. active or passive in meaning?
16 Gallós, subj. acc. of the infins. recüsavisse and noluisse. The indirect state-
ment depehds upon molesté ferébat.

THE STORMING OF A CITY 219

noluisse, constituit eis* bellum inferre. Agris vàástátis, vicis incensis,
pervenit ad oppidum validissimum quod et nátüra et arte münitum
erat. Cingébatur miro viginti quinque pedés? alto. A lateribus duo-
bus mari miniébatur; à tertio latere collis, in quo oppidum erat
situm, praerupto fastigio ad
planitiem vergébat; à quarto
tantum? latere aditus erat facilis.
Hoc oppidum oppugnare, * cum
opus esset difficillimum, tamen
constituit Caesar. Et castris
münitis Püblio negotium dedit
ut rés *ad oppugnandum neces-
sáriàs paráret.

Romanorum autem oppug-
natid est haec? Primum turrés
aedificantur quibus milites in summum mürum evadere possint";
vineae? fiunt quibus tecti milites ad mürum succédant; plutei? paran-
tur post quós milites tormenta? administrent; sunt-quoque arietés
qui mürum et portàs discutiant His omnibus rébus comparátis,
deinde "agger ab eA parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et cum

VINEA

1 eis, § sor. 15. ? pedés, § 501. 21. ? tantum, adv. oz/y. *cum...
esset, a clause of concession, $ 501.46. ^ 5ad oppugnandum, a gerund express-
ing purpose. 8 haec, as follows. " possint, subjv. of purpose. Three similar
constructions follow. 8 vineae. These vineae were wooden sheds, open in
front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification.
They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered
with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or
rollers. 9 plutei, large screens or shields with small wheels attached to them.
These were used to protect besiegers while moving up to a city or while serving
the engines of war. 10 tormenta. The engines of war were chiefly the cata-
pult for shooting great arrows, and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They
had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective. 11 The agger,
or mound, was of chief importance ina siege. It was begun just out of reach of
the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be
attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with
the top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had
covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or
beside the agger a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram
(aries) in the lowest story. (See picture, p. 221.)

15

20

5

, 10

'20

220 THE CITY IS TAKEN

vineis ad ipsum oppidum agitur. Tum turris in aggere promovétur ;
arietibus qui sub vineis conlocati erant mürus et portae discutiuntur;
ballistis, catapultis, reliquisque tormentis lapides et tela in oppidum
coniciuntur. Postrémó cum iam turris et agger altitüdinem müri
adaequant et arietes moenia perfrégérunt,’ signo dato milites inruunt
et oppidum expugnant.

LXXIV. THE CITY IS TAKEN : THE CAPTIVES ARE
QUESTIONED

Omnibus rebus necessariis ad oppugnandum à Püblio comparatis,
déliberátur in concilió quod cónsilium ?oppidi expugnandi ineant.?
Tum ünus* ex centurionibus,
vir rei militàris peritissimus,
" Ego suadeo," inquit, " ut ab
eà parte, ubi aditus sit? facilli-
mus, aggerem exstruàmus* et
turrim promoveamus? atque
ariete admoto simul mürum
discutere con&mur?" "Hoc
consilium cum omnibus place-
ret, Caesar concilium dimisit.
Deinde milites hortatus ut pri-

Ores victorias memoria? tené-
rent, iussit aggerem exstrui,
turrim et arietem admovéri. Neque oppidánis? consilium defuit. Alii
ignem et omne genus telorum dé miro in turrim coniécérunt, alii in-
gentia saxa in vineas et arietem dévolvérunt. Diü utrimque àcerrime

BALLISTA

+ perfrégérunt, from perfringo. * oppidi expugnandi. Is this a gerund or
a gerundive construction? Cf.$ sor. 37. 3 ineant, $ 501. so. * ünus, subj.
of inquit. 9sit. This is a so-called subjunctive by attraction, which means
that the clause beginning with ubi stands in such closé connection with the
subjv. clause beginning with ut, that its verb is attracted into the same mood.
$ All these verbs are in the same construction. 7 Hoc cónsilium, subj. of
placéret. For the order cf. Haec cum, etc., p. 215, l. 22, and note; Id imperator
cum, p. 21791. 8. 8 memoria, abl. of means. ? oppidanis, § sor. 15.

THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED 221

pugnatum est. Né vulnerati quidem pedem rettulerunt. Tandem,
‘dé tertià vigilia, Publius, quem Caesar illi operi? praefecerat, nüntiàvit
partem? müri ictibus
arietis labefactam con-
cidisse. Quà r8 au-
dità Caesar signum
dat; milites inruunt et
magna cum caede hos-
tium oppidum capiunt.

Postridie eius diei,
hocoppido expugnato,
*captivorum qui nó-
bilissimi sunt ad im-

Lm

m
ii
D

f

peratorem ante prae-
torium? addücuntur.
Ipse, loricà aurata et
palüdàmentoó purpureo insignis, captivos per:interpretem in hunc
modum interrogat:* Vos qui estis?

INTERPRES. Rogat imperator qui sitis.

Captivi. Filii régis sumus.

INTERPRES. Dicunt sé filios esse regis.

IMPERATOR. Cür mihi tantàs iniürias intulistis ?

INTERPRES. Rogat cür sibi tantas iniürias intuleritis.

Captivi. Iniürias ei non intulimus sed pro patria bellum gessimus.
Semper voluimus Romanis esse amici, sed Romani sine causa nos
domo patriaque expellere conati sunt.

IwTERPREs. *Negant sé iniüriàs tibi intulisse, sed prd patria bellum
gessisse. "Semper sé voluisse amicos Romànis esse, sed ROmands
sine causa sé domo patriàque expellere conatos esse.

TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA

! Between twelve and three o'clock in the morning. The night was divided
into four watches. ? operi, § sor. 15. 3 partem, subj. acc. of concidisse.
* captivorum . . . sunt, che noblest of the captives. 5 The general's headquarters.
5 Study carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect state-
ments. "SeePlate III, p. 117. — ? Negant, etc., they say that they have not, etc.
Negant is equivalent to dicunt nón, and the negative modifies intulisse, but not the
remainder of the indirect statement. — ? Semper, etc., that they have always, etc.

IO

I5

20

222 CIVIL WAR BREAKS OUT

ImpERATOR. 'Manébitisne in reliquum tempus in fide, hac rebellione
condonata ?

Tum vér6 captivi multis cum lacrimis iüràverunt sé in fide mànsüros
esse, et Caesar eds incolumis domum dimisit.

LXXV. CIVIL WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN CASAR AND
POMPEY: THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA

Né cónfecto? quidem bello Gallico, *bellum civile inter Caesarem
et Pompéium exortum est. Nam Pompeius, qui summum imperium
petébat, senatui persuaserat ut Caesarem rei püblicae hostem? iüdicaret
et exercitum eius dimitti iuberet. Quibus cognitis rébus Caesar exer-
citum suum dimittere recüsávit, atque, hortatus milites ut ducem totiens
victorem ab inimicorum iniüriis defenderent, imperavit ut se Romam
sequerentur. Summa cum alacritàte milites paruérunt, et tránsito
Rubicone?* initium belli civilis factum est.

Italiae urb&s quidem omnés fere *rébus Caesaris favebant et eum
benigné exceperunt. Quà ré commotus Pompeius ante Caesaris adven-
tum Roma excessit et Brundisium" pervenit, inde *paucis post diébus
cum omnibus cópiis ad Epirum mare transiit. Eum Caesar cum septem
legionibus et quingentis equitibus secütus est, et insignis inter Caesaris
comitatum erat Püblius.

Plüribus levioribus proeliis factis, tandem copiae adversae ad Phar-
salum® in Thessalià sitam castra posuerunt. Cum Pompéi exercitus

1 Manébitisne in fide, zw7// you remain loyal? ? With n8. . . quidem the
emphatic word stands between the two. 3 The Civil War was caused by the
jealousy and rivalry between Caesar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat
and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of Cesar to the lordship
of the Roman world. * hostem, predicate accusative, § 501. 22. 5 The
Rubicon was a small stream in northern Italy that marked the boundary of
Caesar's province. By crossing it with an armed force Caesar declared war
upon Pompey and the existing government. Cesar crossed the Rubicon early
in the year 49 B.C. $5 rébus Caesaris favébant, favored Caesar's side. In what
case is rébus? 7 Brundisium, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships
sailed for Greece and the East. See map. ? paucis post diébus, a few days
later; literally, afterwards by a few days. Cf. paucis ante annis, p. 213,1. 12, and
note. ? The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August 9, 48 B.c. In impor-
tance it ranks as one of the great battles of the world.

THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA 223

esset bis tantus quantus Caesaris, tamen erant multi qui veteranas
legiones quae Gallos et Germànos superaverant vehementer timébant.
Quos! ?ante proelium commissum Labienus? legatus, qui ab Caesare
nüper défécerat, ita adlocütus est: "*Nolite existimare hunc esse
exercitum veteranorum militum. Omnibus interfui proeliis? neque
temere incognitam rem prónüntio. Perexigua pars illus exercitüs
qui Gallos superávit adhüc superest. Magna pars occisa est, multi
domum discesserunt, multi sunt relicti in Italia. Hae copiae quas
videtis in *citeriore Gallia nüper conscriptae sunt" Haec! cum dix-
isset, iürávit sé nisi victorem in castra nón reversürum esse. ®Hoc
idem Pompeius et omnes reliqui itiravérunt, et magna spé et laetitia,
Sicut certam ad victoriam, copiae e castris exierunt.

Item Caesar, animo? ad dimicandum parátus, exercitum suum
edüxit et septem cohortibus "praesidio castris relictis copias triplici
acie instrüxit. Tum, militibus studio pugnae ardentibus, tuba signum
dedit. Milites procurrérunt et pilis missis gladios strinxerunt. Neque
vero virtüs hostibus defuit. Nam et tela missa sustinuerunt et impetum
gladiorum excépérunt et Ordinés conservàvéerunt. Utrimque diü et
ücriter pugnatum est nec quisquam pedem rettulit. Tum equites
Pompéi aciem Caesaris circumire conati sunt. Quod! ubi Caesar
animadvertit, tertiam aciem,? quae ad id tempus quieta fuerat, procur-
rere iussit. Tum vérd integroórum impetum? défessi hostes sustinere
non potuerunt et omnes terga verterunt. Sed Pompeius dé fortünis
suis déspéràns sé in castra equo contulit, inde mox cum paucis

equitibus effügit.
1 Quos, obj. of adlocütus est. ? ante proelium commissum, before the begin-
ning of the battle. 3 Labiénus, Caesar's most faithful and skillful lieutenant

in the Gallic War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.c., he deserted
Cesar and joined Pompey. His defection caused the greatest joy among the
Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends,
and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old
commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain,
45 B.C. 4 Nolite existimàre, don’t think. 5 proeliis, § 501. 15. $ citeriore
Gallia. This name is applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps.
" Haec, obj. of dixisset. 8 Hoc idem, obj. of iüravérunt. ? animo, § sor. 30.
10 praesidio castris, § 501.17. 11 Quod, obj. of animadvertit. 1? aciem, subj.
of prócurrere. 18 impetum, obj. of sustinére.

20

25

*

224 THE TRIUMPH OF CZESAR

LXXVI. THE TRIUMPH OF C/ESAR

Pompeio amicisque eius superatis atque omnibus hostibus ubique
victis, Caesar imperator Romam rediit et *extra moenia urbis in campo
Mártioó castra posuit. Tum vero amplissimis
honoribus adfectus est. Dictator creatus est,
et ei triumphus à senátü est décrétus. *Quo
die dé Gallis triumphum égit, tanta multitüdo
hominum in urbem undique cónflüxit *ut omnia
loca essent conferta. Templa patebant, arae
famabant, columnae sertis ornatae erant. *Cum
vero pompa urbem intraret, quantus hominum
fremitus ortus est! Primum per portam in-
gressi sunt senatus et magistrátüs. Secüti
sunt tibicines, signiferi, pedites laureà coronati
canentés: " Ecce Caesar nunc triumphat, qui
subégit Galliam," et ‘Mille, mille, mille, mille
Gallos trucidavimus.” Multi praedam capta-
rum urbium portabant, arma, omnia belli in-
strümenta. Secüti sunt equités, animosis atque
splendidissimé Grnatis equis vecti, inter quós
Publius adulescens fortissimus habébatur. Ad-
dücébantur tauri, arietes, *qui dis immortàálibus

SIGNIFER

immolarentur. Ita longo agmine progrediens exercitus °sacra vid per
forum in Capitolium perréxit.

Cum imperàátor ipse urbem intraret, undique laeto clamodre multi-
tüdinis salütatus est. Stabat in currü aured quem quattuor albi equi
vehébant. Indütus "toga pictà, alterà manü habenas et lauream

1 A victorious general with his army was not allowed to enter the city until
the day of his triumph. A triumph was the greatest of all military honors.
2 Qué dié, oz the day that, abl. of time. 3ut...essent, § Sor. 43. *Cum...
intraret, $ sor. 46. 5 qui... immolàrentur, $ sor. 4o. $ The Sacred Way
was a noted street running along one side of the Forum to the base of the
Capitoline Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter
Capitolinus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions. 7 The
toga picta worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian
purple covered with golden stars. See Plate IV, p. 213.

THE TRIUMPH OF C/ESAR 225

tenebat, altera eburneum scéptrum. Post eum servus in currü stàns
auream coronam super caput eius tenébat. Ante currum miserrimi
captivi, régés principesque su-
perátarum gentium, caténis
vincti, progrediebantur; et vi-
ginti quattuor lictores! laurea-
tos fascis ferentes et signiferi
currum Caesaris comitabantur.
Conclüdit agmen multitàdo
captivorum, qui, in servitütem
redacti, 7démiss6 vultü, vinctis?
bracchiis, sequuntur; quibus-
cum veniunt longissimo Ordine
milites, etiam hi praedam vel fiji
insignia militaria ferentés. an

Caesar cum Capitolium as- ! iod
cendisset, in templo Iovi Ca-
pitolino sacra fecit. Simul
captivorum qui nobilissimi
erant, abducti in carcerem,
interfecti sunt. Sacris factis Caesar dé Capitolio descendit et in foro
militibus suis honores militàris dedit eisque pecüniam ex belli praeda
distribuit.

His omnibus rébus confectis, Püblius Caesarem *valére iussit et
quam celerrimé ad villam contendit ut patrem matremque salitaret.

"Dé rébus gestis P. Corneli Lentuli hactenus.

LICTORES CUM FASCIBUS

1 The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and
made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the
Jasces, a bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of
the law. ? démiss6 vultü, with downcast countenance. 3 vinctis, from vincio.
5 Simul, etc., Az the same time those of the captives who were the noblest. 5 The
prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill.
6 valére iussit, dade farewell to. 7 This sentence marks the end of the story.

10

20

t
Un

APPENDIX I

DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS,
NUMERALS, ETC.

NOUNS

460. Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the
final letter of the stem and by the termination of the genitive singular.

First DECLENSION — A-stems, Gen. Sing. -ae

SECOND DECLENSION — O-stems, Gen. Sing. -i

THIRD DECLENSION — Consonant stems and I-stems, Gen. Sing. -is
FourTH DECLENSION — U-stems, Gen. Sing. -üs

FirtH DECLENSION — E-stems, Gen. Sing. -&i

461. FIRST DECLENSION. A-STEMS

domina, /a7y Stem dominà- ^ Base domin-

SINGULAR PLURAL
TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS
Nom. domina -a dominae -ae
Gen. | dominae -ae dominarum -arum
Dat. | dominae -ae dominis -is
Ace. dominam -am dominas -as
AM. | domina -à dominis -is

4.. Dea and filia have the termination -àbus in the dative and ablative
plural.
226

SECOND DECLENSION 227

462. SECOND DECLENSION. 0-STEMS
a. MASCULINES IN -us

dominus, waster Stem domino- Basz domin-

SINGULAR PLURAL
TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS
Nom. dominus -us domini E
Gez. | domini 4 dominorum rum
Dat. | dominó E dominis -is
Acc. | dominum -um dominos Os
AU. dominó -ó dominis -Is

I. Nouns in -us of the second declension have the termination -e in the
vocative singular, as domine.

2. Proper names in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the vocative singular,
and the accent rests on the penult, as Vergi'li, fili.

b. NEUTERS IN -um
pilum, se27 ^ Stem pilo- Basz pil-

SINGULAR PLURAL
TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS
Vom. pilum -um pila -a
Gen. pili E! pilorum -orum
Daft. pilo 3 pilis Js
Acc. — pilum -um pila -a
A — pilo 3 pilis ds

I. Masculines in -ius and neuters in -ium end ind in the genitive singular,
not in -ii, and the accent rests on the penult.

€. MASCULINES IN -er AND -ir

puer, doy ager, field vir, man
SrEMs puero- agro- viro-
Bases puer- agr- vir-
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS

Vom. puer ager vir
Gen. pueri agri viri 4d
Dat. puero agro viro -6
Acc. | puerum agrum virum -um

AD. puero agro viro 4

228 APPENDIX I

PLURAL TERMINATIONS
JVom. pueri agri viri d
Gen. puerorum agrórum virórum -brum
Dat. pueris agris viris Js
Acc. ^ puerós agros viros Os
Adbl. pueris agris viris -is
463. THIRD DECLENSION

I. Stems that add -s to the base to form the
nominative singular: masculines and
feminines only.

CLASSIFI-; I. CONSONANT) 5 Stems that add no termination in the

CATION STEMS TR: s ;
nominative singular: a. masculines and
feminines; 2. neuters.

II. 7-SrEMs Masculines, feminines, and neuters.
464. I. CONSONANT STEMS

I. JVouns that add -s to the base to form the nominative singular :
masculines and feminines only

princeps, m., chzef miles, m., soldier ^ lapis, m., stone

BASES
oR $princip- milit- lapid-
STEMS
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Vom. princeps miles lapis -s
Gen. principis militis lapidis -is
Dat. principi militi lapidi 4
Acc. — principem militem lapidem -em
Ab principe milite lapide -e
PLURAL

JVom. principes milités lapidés -és
Gen. principum militum lapidum -um
Dat. principibus militibus lapidibus -ibus
Acc, principés milités lapidés -€s

AU. * principibus — militibus lapidibus -ibus

OR

STEMS

Lom.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

Jom.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

THIRD DECLENSION 229

réx, m., king itidex, m., judge virtüs, f., virtue

} rég-

régés
régum
régibus
régés
régibus

iüdic- virtüt-

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
iüdex virtüs -8
iudicis virtütis -is
iudici virtüti i
iüdicem virtütem -em
ifidice virtüte -e

PLURAL

iüdices virtiités -és
iüdicum virtütum -um
iüdicibus virtütibus -ibus
iüdices virtutes -és
iüdicibus virtütibus * -ibus

Note. For consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. § 233. 3.

2. JVouns that have no termination in the nominative singular

consul, m.,
consul
BASES
OR }eonsul-
STEMS

Nom. consul
Gen. consulis
Dat. consuli
Acc. | consulem
Abl. consule

Vom. consules
Gen. cónsulum
Dat. consulibus
Acc. | consules
Aél, consulibus

legio, f., ordo, m.,
legion row
legion- Ordin-
SINGULAR
legio ordo
legionis ordinis
legioni Ordini
legionem Ordinem
legione ordine
PLURAL
legionés Ordinés
legionum. — ordinum
legionibus ordinibus
legiones ordines
legionibus — ordinibus

a. MASCULINES AND FEMININES

pater, m.,

Sather
patr-

TERMINATIONS

pater
patris -is
patri E!
patrem -em
patre -e
patrés -és
patrum -um
patribus -ibus
patrés -es
patribus -ibus

Note. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular,
cf. 8 236. 1-3.

230 APPENDIX I

ó. NEUTERS

flümen, n., /zver tempus, n., “me opus, n., work caput, n., head
BASES

on > flimin- tempor- oper- capit-

STEMS
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Vom. flimen tempus opus caput
Gen. —flüminis temporis operis capitis -is
Dat. flümini tempori operi capiti E!
Ac. flimen tempus opus caput
Ab. flimine tempore opere capite -e
PLURAL

Nom. flümina tempora opera capita -a
Gen. — flüminum temporum operum — capitum -um
Daft. flüminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus
Acc. flümina * tempora opera capita -a
Aol, flüminibus temporibus — operibus capitibus -ibus

Note. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular,
cf. § 238. 2, 3.

465. II. STEMS
a. MASCULINES AND FEMININES

caedes, f., slaughter hostis, m., ezezzy — urbs, f, cz?y cliens, m., vefazner

Stems caedi- hosti- urbi- clienti-
Bases caed- host- urb- client-

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Vom. caedes hostis urbs cliéns -$8, -is, o7 -6s
Gen. caedis hostis urbis , clientis -is
Dat. caedi hosti urbi clienti E!
Acc. | caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im)
Ab. caede hoste urbe cliente -e (3)

PLURAL

Vom. caedes hostes urbes clientes -és
Gen. | caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium
Dat. caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -jbus
Acc. caedis, -és hostis, -€s ^ urbis,-es clientis, -és -is, -és
Abl. | caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus

I. Avis, civis, finis, ignis, navis, have the abl. sing. in -i or -e.
2. Turris has accusative turrim and ablative turri or turre.

FOURTH DECLENSION 231

6, NEUTERS

Insigne, n., decoration animal, n. animal — calcar, u., spur

Stems insigni- animali- calcari-
Baszs insign- animal- calcar-
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
Vom. insigne animal calcar -e or —
Gen. insignis animalis calcaris -is
Dat. insigni animali calcári E!
Acc. — insigne animal calcar -e or —
Abi, insigni animali calcari E!
PLURAL
Nom. insignia animalia calcaria -ia
Gen. insignium animalium calcarium -ium
Dat. insignibus animalibus calcaribus -ibus
Acc. insignia animalia calcaria -ia
Aol. insignibus animalibus calcaribus -ibus
466. THE FOURTH DECLENSION. U-STEMS
adventus, m., arrival cornü, n., horn
Stem adventu- Base advent- Srem cornu- Base corn-
TERMINATIONS
SINGULAR MASC. NEUT.
Nom. adventus cornü -us -ü
Gen. | adventüs cornüs -üs -üs
Dat. adventui (ü) cornü -ui (ü) -ü
Acc. | adventum cornü -um -ü
Abl. | adventü cornü -ü -i
PLURAL

Nom. adventis cornua -üs -ua
Gen. adventuum cornuum -uum -uum
Dat. | adventibus cornibus -jbus -ibus
Acc. | adventüs cornua -üs -ua

Al, adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus

232 APPENDIX I

467. THE FIFTH DECLENSION. EÉ-STEMS
dies, m., day res, £, ching
Stem dié- Base di- SrEM ré- BaAsE I-
SINGULAR TERMINATIONS
vom. dies res -es
Gen. digi rel -ei
Dat. diéi rei -el
Acc. diem rem -em
A. de ré -é
PLURAL
Nom. diés rés -és
Gen, dierum rerum -érum
Dat. diebus rebus -ébus
Ace. diés rés -és
Abl. diébus rébus -ébus
468. SPECIAL PARADIGMS
deus, m., god domus,f., house vis, f., strength iter, n., way
Stems deo- domu- vi- and viri- iter- and itiner-
Basses de- dom- v- and vir- iter- and itiner-
SINGULAR
Vom. deus domus vis iter
Gen. dei domüs vis (rare) itineris
Dat. ded domui, o vi (rare) itineri
Acc. | deum domum vim iter
Abl. deo domo, -ü vi itinere
PLURAL
Vom. dei, di domüs virés itinera
Gen, | deorum, deum domuum, -orum virium itinerum
Dat. | deis, dis domibus viribus itineribus
Acc. — deos domós, -üs viris, -€s itinera
Ab. deis, dis domibus viribus itineribus

4. The vocative singular of deus is like the nominative.
6. The locative of domus is domi.

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES

ADJECTIVES

469. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. O- AND A-STEMS

a. ADJECTIVES IN -us

bonus, good Stems bono- m. and n., bona-f. Base bon-

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
AB.

liber, free . Stems libero- m. and n., liberá- f.

MASC.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

Lom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

MASC.

bonus
boni
bono
bonum
bond

boni
bonorum
bonis
bonos
bonis

SINGULAR

FEM.

bona
bonae
bonae
bonam
bona

PLURAL

bonae
bonarum
bonis
bonas
bonis

à. ADJECTIVES IN -er

liber
liberi
libero
liberum
libero

liberi
liberorum
liberis
liberos
liberis

SINGULAR

FEM.
libera
liberae
liberae
liberam
libera

PLURAL

liberae
liberarum
liberis
liberas
liberis

NEUT.

bonum
boni
bond
bonum
bono

bona
bonorum
bonis
bona
bonis

Base liber-

NEUT.
liberum
liberi
libero
liberum
libero

libera
liberorum
liberis
libera
liberis

x

234 APPENDIX I
pulcher, j7z/Z£y Stems pulchro- m. and n., pulchra- f. Base pulchr-
SINGULAR
MASC. FEM. NEUT.
JVom. pulcher pulchra pulchrum
Gen. — pulchri pulchrae pulchri
Daft. pulchro pulchrae pulchro
Acc. — pulchrum pulchram pulchrum
Abl. pulchro pulchra pulchro
PLURAL
‘Vom, pulchri pulchrae pulchra
Gen. — pulchrórum pulchrárum pulchrórum
Dat. pulchris pulchris pulchris
Acc. pulchrés pulchras pulchra
Aol. pulchris pulchris pulchris
470. THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
alius, azother Srems alio- m. and n., alid- f. Base ali-
SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
Nom, alius alia aliud alii aliae alia
Gen. alius alius alius aliorum aliarum aliorum
Dat. alii alii alii aliis aliis aliis
Acc. alium aliam aliud alios alias alia
AD alio alià alió aliis aliis aliis
ünus, ove, only Stems üno- m. and n., ünà- f. Base ün-
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
Nom. ünus üna unum uni ünae üna
Gen. ünius ünius ünius ünórum ünárum ünorum
Dat. ini üni üni ünis ünis unis
Acc. ünum X ünam ünum ünós ünás üna
Ab. üno tina tind ünis ünis ünis

a. For'the complete list see § 108,

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 235

471. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. FSTEMS

I. THREE ENDINGS

acer, Acris, acre, keen, eager STEM 4cri- BasE 4cr-
SINGULAR PLURAL

MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
ANom. acer Acris acre acrés Acres acria
Gen. Acris Acris acris acrium acrium acrium
Dat. Acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus
Acc. acrem acrem acre Acris, -€s cris, -€s cria
AU. Acri acri acri 2 acribus acribus acribus

II. TWO ENDINGS

omnis, omne, every, a//. Srew omni- Base omn-

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
vom. omnis omne omnes omnia
Gen. omnis omnis omnium omnium
Dat. omni omni omnibus omnibus
Acc. | omnem omne omnis, -es omnia
AM. omni omni omnibus omnibus

III. ONE ENDING

par, egual Stem pari- Basr par-

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
vom. par par ^ pares paria
Gen. paris paris parium parium
Dat. pan pari paribus paribus
Ac. parem pàr paris, -és paria
AM. pari pari paribus paribus

I. Observe that all i-stem adjectives have -i in the ablative singular.

236 APPENDIX I

472. PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES

amans, Joving Stem amanti- Basz amant-
, LS

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.
Vom. amàns amans amantés amantia
Gen. | amantis amantis amantium amantium
Dat. amanti amanti amantibus amantibus
Hcc. | amantem amans amantis, -és amantia
ALL. amante, -1 amante, -1 amantibus amantibus

iéns, v02Zg Stem ienti-, eunti- Base ient-, eunt-
Ls ) ,

Vom. iens iens euntés euntia
Gen. euntis euntis euntium euntium
Daft. eunü eunti euntibus euntibus
Acc. euntem iens euntis, -és euntia
ADM. eunte, À eunte, -i euntibus euntibus

473. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

PosITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE

MASC. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.

altus (alto-) altior altius altissimus -a -um
liber (libero-) liberior liberius liberrimus -à -um
pulcher (pulchro-) pulchrior ^ pulchrius pulcherrimus -a -um
audax (audaci-) audacior ^ audáàcius audacissimus -a -um
brevis (brevi-) brevior ' brevius brevissimus -a -um
acer (Acri-) acrior acrius acerrimus -à -um

474. DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES

altior, higher
SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.

Vom. altior altius altiores altiora
Gen. altioris altioris altiorum altiorum
Dat. altiori altiori altioribus altioribus
Acc. | altiorem altius altiores altiora

Abl. altidre altiore altioribus altioribus

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Vom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ac.
ABL.

475.

POSITIVE

bonus, -a, -um, good
malus, -a, -um, dad
magnus, -a, -um, g7za£

multus, -a, -um, much
parvus, -a, -um, szza//

senex, senis, o/7
iuvenis, -e, young
vetus, veteris, o/Z
facilis, -e, easy
difficilis, -e, difficult
similis, -e, s¢mzlar

dissimilis, -e, dss¢mzlar

humilis, -e, Zow
gracilis, -e, slender
exterus, outward

inferus, delow
posterus, following
superus, above

[cis, citra, oz this side]
[in, intra, zz, wethin)
[prae, pro, defore]

[prope, zear]
[ultrà, deyond]

plüs, sore
plüs
plüris

plüs
plüre

COMPARATIVE

melior, melius,
better
peior, peius,
Worse
maior, maius,
greater
, plüs, wore
minor, minus,
smaller
senior
iünior
vetustior, -ius
facilior, -ius
difficilior, -ius
similior, -ius
dissimilior, -ius
humilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius
exterior, outer,
exterior —
inferior, dower

posterior, ater
superior, Azigher

citerior, 22ther
interior, Zuzer
prior, former
propior, zearer
ulterior, further

plürés
plürium
plüribus
plüris (-és)
plüribus

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

237

plüra
plürium
plüribus
plüra
plüribus

SUPERLATIVE

optimus, -a,
pessimus, -a,
maximus, -a,

plürimus, -a,
minimus, -a,

-um, Jest
-um, worst
-um, greatest

-um, ost
-um, swallest

maximus nàtü
minimus nati
veterrimus, -a, -um
facillimus, -a, -um
difficillimus, -a, -um
simillimus, -a, -um
dissimillimus, -a, -um
humillimus, -a, -um
gracillimus, -a, -um

extremus
extimus

imus

postrémus } "

postumus

outermost,

last

infimus } D

ast

suprémus } Md

summus

citimus, Azthermost
intimus, Zzzzost

primus, frs

proximus, ext
ultimus, furthest

238

APPENDIX I

476. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
PosITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
caré (carus), dearly carius carissimé
miseré (miser), wretchedly miserius miserrimé
acriter (acer), sharply acrius acerrimé
facile (facilis), ezszZy facilius facillimé

477.

POSITIVE
diu, Jong, a long time
bene (bonus), we//
male (malus), 2/7
magnopere, greatly

COMPARATIVE

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

SuPERLATIVE
diutissime
optime, dest
pessimé, worst
maximé, z:s£

diütius
melius, de¢ter
peius, worse
magis, more

multum (multus), uch plüs, zzore plürimum, 7zos?

parum, /7¢¢le minus, Zess ' minime, Zeast

saepe, often saepius saepissime
478. NUMERALS

The cardinal numerals are indeclinable excepting ünus, duo, tres, the
hundreds above one hundred, and mille used as a noun. The ordinals are

declined like bonus, -a, -um.

CARDINALS
(How many)

one
two
three,
etc.

I, ünus, -a, -um
2, duo, duae, duo
3, trés, tria

4, quattuor

5, quinque

6, sex

7, septem

8, octd

g, novem
10, decem
II, ündecim
12, duodecim
13, tredecim (decem (et) trés)
14, quattuordecim

ORDINALS
(Zn what order)

primus, -a, -um first
secundus (or alter) second
tertius third,
quartus etc.
quintus
sextus
septimus
octavus
nonus
decimus
ündecimus
duodecimus
tertius decimus
quartus decimus

NUMERALS

CARDINALS
I5, quindecim
16, sédecim
17, septendecim
18, duodéviginti (octédecim)
19, ündéviginti (novendecim)
20, viginti
1, i. ünus or
ünus et viginti, etc.
30, trigintà
40, quadraginta
50, quinquaginta
60, sexaginta
70, septuaginta
80, octogintà
go, nonaginta
IOO, centum
IOI, centum (et) ünus, etc.
120, centum (et) viginti

I21, centum (et) viginti ünus, etc.

200, ducenti, -ae, -a
300, trecenti

400, quadringenti
500, quingenti

600, sescenti

700, septingenti
800, octingenti
goo, nongenti
1000, mille

239

ORDINALS

quintus decimus

sextus decimus
septimus decimus
duodévicénsimus
tindévicénsimus
vicénsimus

vicensimus primus o7
Linus et vicensimus, etc.
tricensimus
quadragénsimus
quinquagénsimus
sexagénsimus
septuagénsimus
octogensimus
nonagénsimus
centénsimus
centensimus (et) primus, etc.
centensimus vicénsimus
centénsimus (et) vicensimus primus
ducenténsimus
trecenténsimus
quadringenténsimus
quingenténsimus
sescenténsimus
septingentensimus
octingentensimus
nongenténsimus
millénsimus

479. Declension of duo, ¢wo, trés, ¢zree, and mille, a thousand.

Masc. FEM. NEUT.
iV. duo duae duo
G. duorum duarum duorum
D. dudbus duabus duobus

A, duis or duo duàs duo
A, duobus duabus dudbus

M. AND F. NEUT. SING. PLUR.

tres tria mille milia
trium trium mille milium
tribus tribus mille milibus
tris oy trés tria mille milia
tribus tribus mille milibus

NoTE. Mille is used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive, and
is occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular. For the

declension of ünus cf. $ 470.

240

480.

Lom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
AB.

APPENDIX I

PRONOUNS
PERSONAL

ego, 7 tü, yoz sul, of himself, etc.
SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. SiNG. ^ PLUR.
ego nos tü vos
mel nostrum, -tri tui vestrum, -tri sul sul
mihi nobis tibi vobis sibi sibi
me nos te vos Sé, SESE sé, sese
me nobis te vobis SÉ, sese sé, sese

Note that sui is always reflexive.

481.

Demonstratives belong to the first and second declensions, but have the
pronominal endings -ius and -i in the gen. and dat. sing.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AGB.

Lom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

Mom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
ABL.

MASC.
ipse
ipsi’us
ipsi
ipsum
ipso

hic
huius
huic
hunc
hoc

iste
isti'us
isti
igium
Isto

DEMONSTRATIVE

ipse, se/f
SINGULAR PLURAL
FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ipsa
ipsrus ipsi'us ipsorum ipsárum ipsorum
ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis
ipsam ipsum ipsos ipsas ipsa
ipsa. ipso ipsis ipsis ipsis
hic, ZZzs (here), he
haec hoc hi hae haec
huius huius horum hàrum horum
huic huic his his his
hanc hoc hos has haec
hac hoc his his his
iste, ZAzs, that (of yours), he
ista istud isti istae ista
isti’us isti’us istorum istarum istorum
isti isti istis istis Istis
istam istud istos istas ista
ista isto istis istis istis

RELATIVE PRONOUN 241

ille, ‘hat (yonder), he

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
Nom. ile illa illud illi illae illa
Gen. ilrus illus illus illorum illarum illorum
Dat. ih illi illi illis illis illis
Acc. ilum illam illud illos illas illa
AB. illo illà illó illis illis illis

is, this, that, he

Nom. is ea id il, ei eae ea
Gen. eius eius eius eorum earum eorum
Dat. ei ei ei Iis, eis iis, eis ils, eis
Acc. eum eam id eos eas ea
AM. eo eà eo lis, eis lis, eis iis, eis

idem, the same

: ; idem
Nom. idem e'adem idem M» eae/dem — e'/adem
ei'dem
Gen. eius’dem eius’dem eius’dem eórun'dem earun’dem edrun’dem
- * iis'dem Iis'dem iis'dem
Dat. eidem erdem — erdem p zo po
eis/'dem eis/'dem eis/'dem
Acc. eun’dem ean'dem idem eosdem easdem e’adem

; = 2 " iisdem iis'dem iis'dem
ABL. eodem eà'dem eo'dem (

eis/'dem eis/'dem eis/dem

Nore. In the plural of is and idem the forms with two i's are preferred,
the two i's being pronounced as one.

482. RELATIVE

qui, who, which, that

SINGULAR PLURAL
MASC. | FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT.
Nom. qui quae quod qui quae quae
Gen. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum
Dat. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus
Acc. quem quam quod quós quas quae

AH. quó quà quo quibus quibus quibus

242 APPENDIX I

483. INTERROGATIVE

quis, substantive, who, what
SINGULAR PLURAL

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM.
Nom. quis quid qui quae
Gen. cuius cuius quorum quarum
Dat. cui cui quibus quibus
Acc. quem quid quós quàs
AM. quo quó quibus quibus

NEUT.
quae
quorum
quibus
quae
quibus

The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod, is declined like the relative.

484.

quis and qui, as declined above,’ are used also as indefinites (some,

any). The other indefinites are compounds of quis and qui.

INDEFINITES

quisque, cach

SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE
MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. | ' FEM.
Vom. quisque qudque . quisque | quaeque |
Gen. cuiusque cuiusque - cuiusque | cuius'que.
Dat. cuique cuique cuique . cuique
Acc. | quemque quidque quemque | quamque ;
AM. quoque quoque quoque | quaque _ à
485. quidam, a certain one, a certain

NEUT.
quodque
cuius’que
cuique

quodque

quoque

Observe that in the neuter singular the adjective has quoddam and the
substantive quiddam.

Nom.

Gen.
Dat.

Ac.
ABI.

SINGULAR
MASC. FEM. NEUT.
- uoddam
quidam quaedam ( 1
cuius’dam cuius’dam cuius’dam
cuidam cuidam cuidam
uoddam
quendam quandam { 1
quódam quadam quódam

quiddam (szdsz.)

quiddam (szdst.)

! qua is generally used instead of quae in the feminine nominative singular
and in thé neuter nominative and accusative plural.

Ion.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
ABL.

486.

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 243

quidam
quórun'dam
quibus'dam
quósdam
quibus’dam

PLURAL
quaedam
quarun’dam
quibus' dam
quasdam
quibus'dam

quaedam
quorun’dam
quibus’dam
quaedam
quibus’dam

quisquam, substantive, azy one (at all)

MASC. AND FEM.

Nom. quisquam
Gen. cuiusquam
Dat. cuiquam
Acc. | quemquam
Abl, | quoquam

NEUT.
quicquam (quidquam)
cuius'quam
cuiquam
quicquam (quidquam)
quoquam

487. aliquis, substantive, some one. aliqui, adjective, some

SUBSTANTIVE
MASC. AND FEM. — NEUT.
Nom. aliquis aliquid
Gen. alicuius alicuius
Dat. alicui alicui
Acc. — aliquem aliquid
AD. aliquo aliquo

Lom.

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
AB.

SINGULAR

MASC.
alicuius
alicui
aliquem
aliquo

PLURAL FOR BOTH SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE

MASC.
aliqui
aliquo'rum
ali’quibus
aliquos
aliquibus

FEM.
aliquae
aliqua’rum
aliquibus
aliquas
ali’quibus

ADJECTIVE
NEUT.
aliquod
alicu’ius
alicui
aliquod
aliquó-
NEUT.
aliqua
aliquo'rum
aliquibus
aliqua
ali^quibus

a. quis (qui), azy one, any, is the least definite ($ 297. 2). aliquis (aliqui),
some one, some, is more definite than quis. quisquam, azy ove (at all), and
its adjective üllus, 2zzy, occur mostly with a negative, expressed or implied,
and in clauses of comparison.

244 APPENDIX I

REGULAR VERBS
488. FIRST CONJUGATION. A-VERBS. AMO

PRINCIPAL Parts amo, amare, amavi, amatus

Pres. STEM ama- Prnr.SrEM amay- Parr. Stem amat-

ACTIVE PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
4 love, am loving, do love, etc. 1 am loved, etc.
amo amamus amor amamur
amas amatis amaris, -re amamini
amat amant amatur amantur
IMPERFECT
/ loved, was loving, did love, etc. Z was loved, etc.
amabam amabamus amabar amabamur
amabas amabatis amabaris, -re amabamini
amabat amabant amabatur amabantur
FUTURE
7 shall love, etc. T shall be loved, etc.
amabo amabimus amabor amabimur
amabis amabitis amaberis, -re amabimini
amabit amabunt amabitur amabuntur
PERFECT
/ have loved, loved, did love, etc. L have been (was) loved, etc.
amavi amavimus amatus, [ 599 at sumus
amàvisti: amavistis » an es amaUu, ^ estis
amavit amAvérunt, -re 2 est 786;8 | sunt
PLUPERFECT
/ had loved, etc. 4 had been loved, etc.
amaveram amaveramus at eram ati eramus
amaveras amaveratis amatus, } eras amat, / eratis
amaverat amaverant 7A,7Um | erat = “8&9 | erant
FUTURE PERFECT
J shall have loved, etc. T shall have been loved, etc.
amaverd amaverimus at ero -,- (erimus
amaveris amaveritis amatus, | eris amatt, eritis
amaverit amaverint acum erit 736 | erunt

FIRST CONJUGATION 245

SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
amem amémus amer amémur
amés amétis améris, -re amémini
amet ament amétur amentur
IMPERFECT
amarem amarémus s amarer amarémur
amarés amarétis amaréris, -re amarémini
amaret amarent amàretur amarentur
PERFECT
amaverim amaverimus - sim .,, [Simus
amaveris amaveritis amatus, } sis Ria sitis
amàáverit amaverint a, UM | sit 78e, "à | sint
PLUPERFECT
amavissem amavissemus - essem .,. (essemus
amavissés amaàvissetis SUPAUS, [a oe, RID, essetis
amàvisset amávissent 7CA,7Um | esset — 736, 7À | essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
ama, Jove thou amare, be thou loved
amate, Jove ye amamini, de ye loved
FUTURE
amato, thou shalt love amator, thou shalt be loved
amato, Ae shall love amator, he shall be loved
amatote, you shall love ———
amanto, they shall love amantor, ‘hey shall be loved
INFINITIVE
Pres. amare, to love amari, fo be loved [loved
Perf. amaàvisse, to have loved amátus,-a,-um esse, fo have been
Fut. amátürus,-a,-um esse, fo e [amàtum iri], Zo be about to be
about to love loved
PARTICIPLES
Pres. amanms, -antis, loving Pres.
Fut. amatürus, -a, -um, about fo — Gerundive! amandus, -a, -um, fo
Jove be loved
Perf. ——— Perf. amiatus, -a, -um, having been
loved, loved
GERUND
Vom.

SUPINE (Active Voice)

Acc. [amatum], Zo love
A. [amati] Zo love, in the loving

Gen. amandi, of loving
Dat. amando, for loving
Ac. | amandum, loving
AM. amando, dy loving

1 Sometimes called the future passive participle.

246 APPENDIX I

489. SECOND CONJUGATION. É-VERBS. MONEO

PRINCIPAL PARTS moneó, monére, monui, monitus

PnREs.STEM moné- PerF.STEM monu- Part. Stem monit-

ACTIVE PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
J advise, etc. 7 am advised, etc.
moneo monemus moneor monémur
monés monétis monéris, -re monémini
monet monent monétur monentur
IMPERFECT
/ was advising, etc. 7 was advised, etc.
monébam monébamus monébar monébamur
monébas monébatis monebaris, -re monébamini
monébat monébant monébatur monébantur
FUTURE
T shall advise, etc. / shall be advised, etc.
monébd monébimus monébor monébimur
monébis monébitis monéberis, -re monébimini
monébit monébunt monébitur monébuntur
PERFECT
4 have advised, I advised, etc. I have been (was) advised, etc.
monui monuimus monitus, ( 592 tz, [ Sumus
monuisti monuistis ccn ?4 es qr" »4 estis
monuit monuérunt, -re , est 974 | sunt
PLUPERFECT
I had advised, etc. 7 had been advised, etc.
monueram monueramus mou eram iti eramus
monueras monueratis Hie US," eras. MOME, | eratis
monuerat monuerant yum erat 786,072 | erant

FUTURE PERFECT

I shall have advised, etc. 4 shall have been advised, etc.
monueró monuerimus ; f er .,. (erimus
monueris monueritis monitus, eris Iomt, eritis
monuerit monuerint a erit 79979 | erunt

SECOND CONJUGATION 247
SUBJUNCTIVE

PRESENT
moneam moneamus monear moneamur
moneas moneatis monearis, -re moneamini
moneat moneant moneatur moneantur

IMPERFECT

monérem monérémus moneérer monérémur
monérés monérétis moneréris, -re monérémini
moneret monérent monérétur monérentur

PERFECT
monuerim monuerimus — sim mania simus
monueris monueritis moms, sis “22 sitis

" : -a, -um ss -ae, -a "
monuerit monuerint sit sint
PLUPERFECT
monuissem monuissemus dun essem oniti essémus
monuisses monuissétis ee essés ce, essétis
monuisset monuissent aie esset >“ | essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT

moné, advise thou
monéte, advise ye

monere, Ze thou advised
monémini, de ye advised

FUTURE

monét6, thou shalt advise
monét6, ke shall advise
monétote, you shall advise
monento, ZZzy shall advise

monétor, thou shalt be advised
monétor, Ze shall be advised

monentor, ¢hey shall be advised

INFINITIVE
Pres. monere, fo advise moneri, fo be advised
Perf. monuisse, fo have advised monitus, -a,-um esse, fo have been
advised
Fut, monitürus,-a,-um esse, fo be [monitum iri], Zo be about to be
about to advise advised
PARTICIPLES
Pres. monéns, -entis, advising Pres.
Fut. monitürus, -a, -um, about to Ger. monendus, -a, -um, /o be
advise advised
Perf. Perf. monitus, -a, um, having been
advised, advised
GERUND
Nom, —— —— SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. monendi, of advising Acc. [monitum], fo advise
Dat. monendo, for advising AB. [monità], 40 advise, in the
Acc. monendum, advising advising
Abl. monendo, dy advising

248 APPENDIX I

490. THIRD CONJUGATION. É-VERBS. REGÓ
PRINCIPAL PARTS rego, regere, réxi, réctus
Pres. STEM rege- PERF.STEM r€xX- Part. Stem réct-
ACTIVE PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
I rule, etc. J am ruled, etc.

regó regimus re’gor re’gimur

regis regitis re’geris, -re regi’mini

regit regunt re’gitur regun'tur

IMPERFECT
J was ruling, etc. I was ruled, etc.

regebam regébamus regé’bar regéba’mur

regébas regebatis regéba'ris, -re regeba^mini

regébat regebant regéba’tur regéban’tur
FUTURE

I shall rule, etc. J shall be ruled, etc.

regam regemus re’gar rege^mur

reges regétis rege'ris, -re regé’mini

reget regent rege'tur regen'tur
PERFECT

4 have ruled, etc.

réxi reximus

L have been ruled, etc.

= sum ———
coon E réctus, rect, | 9umus
rexisti rexistis estis
EN pe -a,-um . -ae, -a
réxit réxérunt, -re est sunt

PLUPERFECT
4 had ruled, etc. l had been ruled, etc.

rexeram rexerámus - eram erie à
PRA aper réctus, = recti, a
réxeras réxeratis a.-um ) 838 ae eratis
rexerat rexerant ? erat ? erant

[ shall have ruled, etc.

réxerd réxerimus

FUTURE PERFECT

T shall have been ruled, etc.

= ero aac erimus
RE m dim rectu ;
rexeris rexeritis d us, | ris ISGHb eritis
rexerit * rexerint ? | erit SE erunt

THIRD CONJUGATION

regam regamus
regas regatis
regat regant
regerem regeremus
regeres regerétis
regeret regerent
réxerim réxerimus
réxeris réxeritis
réxerit réxerint
réxissem réxissemus
rexissés rexissetis
rexisset rexissent

rege, rule thou
regite, rule ye

regito, thou shalt rule
regito, he shall rule
regitote, ye shall rule
reguntó, they shall rule

INFINITIVE
Pres. regere, to rule regi, Zo be ruled
Perf. réxisse, to have ruled réctus, -a,-um esse, fo have been
ruled
fut. réctiirus, -a, -um esse, fo de [rectum iri], Zo be about to be ruled
about to rule
PARTICIPLES
Pres. regens, -entis, ruling Pres.
Fut. rectürus, -a, -um, about fo Ger. regendus, -a, -um, /o e
rule ruled
Perf. Perf. rectus,-a,-um, having been
ruled, ruled
GERUND
Nom. ———— SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gem. regendi, of ruling Acc. [réctum], Zo rule
Dat. regendo, for ruling — 45; [rectü], Zo rule, in the ruling
Acc. | regendum, ruling
Abl. | regendo, by ruling

=

249
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
regar regamur
regaris, -re regamini
regatur regantur
IMPERFECT
regerer regerémur
regeréris, -re regerémini
regerétur regerentur
PERFECT
rectus, rx recti, s
-a,-um | '. -ae,-a | ".
? sit Y sint
PLUPERFECT
rectus, (te eon
-a, -um ae, -a
esset essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT

regere, be thou ruled
regimini, de ye ruled

FUTURE

regitor, thou shalt be ruled
regitor, he shall be ruled

reguntor, ¢hey shall be ruled

250

491.

APPENDIX I

FOURTH CONJUGATION. EVERBS. AUDIO

Principat Parts audio, audire, audivi, auditus

Pres. STEM audi-

ACTIVE
T hear, etc.
audio audimus
audis auditis
audit audiunt

I was hearing, etc.

audiébam audiébamus
audiébas audiébatis
audiebat audiebant

/ shall hear, etc.

audiam audiémus
audies audietis
audiet audient

I have heard, etc.

PERF. STEM audiy-

INDICATIVE

PRESENT

Part. Stem audit-

PASSIVE

7 am heard, etc.

au'dior audi'mur
audr'ris, -re audi'mini
auditur audiun'tur
IMPERFECT
7 was heard, etc.
audié’bar audiéba’mur
audiéba’ris, -re audiéba mini
audieba'tur audiéban’tur
FUTURE

I shall be heard, etc.

au'diar audié’mur

audié’ris, -re audié’mini

audié’tur audien’tur
PERFECT

/ have been heard, etc.

audivi audivimus E sum t
"Ep PARU auditus, auditi, | Sumus
audivisti audivistis estis
RURE ae -a, -um -ae, -a
audivit audiverunt, -re est sunt
PLUPERFECT

4 had heard, etc.

audiveram audiveramus
audiveras audiveratis
audiverat audiverant

7 had been heard, etc.

" f er is à
auditus, Mic auditi, Mrd
-a, -um -ae, -a Stans

erat erant

FUTURE PERFECT

I shall have heard, etc.

audivero audiverimus
audiveris audiveritis
audiverit audiverint

7 shall have been heard, etc.

= ero zs i
auditus, : auditi, ae
ipods i -ae, -a | eritis

erit erunt

FOURTH CONJUGATION 25I
SUBJUNCTIVE

PRESENT
audiam audiamus audiar audiamur
audias audiatis audiaris, -re audiamini
audiat audiant audiatur audiantur

IMPERFECT

audirem audirémus audirer audirémur
audirés audirétis audiréris, -re audirémini
audiret audirent audirétur audirentur

PERFECT
audiverim audiverimus ? sim 4. (simus
audiveris audiveritis auditus, sis auditi, sitis
audiverit audiverint 78, "HB | sit 786,9 | sint

PLUPERFECT
audivissem audivissemus * essem .,. ( essemus
audivisses audivissetis auditus, esses auditi, essetis
audivisset audivissent 7A, "Um [esset — 706573 | essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT

audi, hear thou
audite, hear ye

audire, be thou heard
audimini, 2e ye heard

FUTURE

audito, thou shalt hear
audito, he shall hear
auditóte, ye shall hear
audiunt6, they shall hear

auditor, thou shalt be heard
auditor, Ze shall be heard

audiuntor, they shall be heard

INFINITIVE
Pres, audire, to hear audiri, to be heard
Perf. audivisse, to have heard auditus, -a,-um esse, to have been
heard
Fut, auditürus,-a,-um esse, Zo de [auditum iri], ¢o de about to be
about to hear heard
PARTICIPLES
Pres. audiens, -entis, heaving Pres.
Fut. auditürus, -a, -um, about fo Ger. audiendus, -a, -um, /e be
hear heard
Perf. Perf. auditus, -a, -um, having been
heard, heard
GERUND
Nom, ———— SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. — audiendi, of hearing Acc. [auditum], /o hear
Dat. eudiendo, for hearing AB. [audit], zo hear, zn the hear-
Ac. . audiendum, hearing ing
AM. audiendó, dy hearing

252 APPENDIX I

492. THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN -JÜ. CAPIO

PRINCIPAL Parts Capio, capere, cepi, captus
Pres. STEM Cape- Prerr.STEM cép- Part. STEM capt-

ACTIVE PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
capio capimus ca’pior ca’pimur
capis capitis ca’peris, -re capi^mini
capit capiunt ca’pitur capiun’tur
IMPERFECT
capiébam capiébamus capié’bar capiéba ‘mur
capiébas capiébatis capiéba’ris, -re capiéba’mini
capiébat capiebant capiéba’tur capiéban’tur
FUTURE
capiam capiémus ca’piar capié’mur
capiés capiétis capié’ris, -re capié’mini
capiet capient capie'tur capien'tur
PERFECT
cepi, cepisti, cepit, etc. captus,-a,-um sum, es, est, etc.
, PLUPERFECT
céperam, céperas, ceperat, etc. captus,-a,-um eram, eras, erat, etc

FUTURE PERFECT
céperó, céperis, ceperit, etc. captus,-a,-um eró, eris, erit, etc.

SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
capiam, capias, capiat, etc. capiar, -iáris, -re, -iatur, etc.
IMPERFECT
caperem, caperés, caperet, etc. caperer, -eréris, -re, -erétur, etc.
PERFECT
céperim, céperis, ceperit, etc. captus, -a,-um sim, sis, sit, etc.
PLUPERFECT

cepissem, cépissés, cepisset, etc. captus,-a,-um essem, essés, esset, etc.

IMPERATIVE

PRESENT
2d Peé¥s, cape capite capere capimini

DEPONENT VERBS 253

FUTURE
2d Pers. capito capitote capitor —.
34 Pers. capitd capiunto capitor capiuntor
INFINITIVE
Pres. capere capi
Perf. cépisse captus, -a, -um esse
Fut. captürus,-a,-um esse [captum iri]
PARTICIPLES
Pres. capiens, -ientis Pres.
Fut. captürus, -a, -um Ger. capiendus, -a, -um
Perf. ——— Perf. captus, -a, -um
GERUND SUPINE (Active Voice) .
Gen. capiendi Acc. [captum]
etc. AP. [capt]
493. DEPONENT VERBS

I. hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, vw7ge
Principat | |l. vereor, veréri, veritus sum, fear
PARTS III. sequor, sequi, secütus sum, follow
IV. partior, partiri, partitus sum, shave, divide

NoTE. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain
forms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -id verbs of
the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capio.

INDICATIVE
Pres. hortor vereor sequor partior
hortaris, -re vereris, -re sequeris, -re partiris, -re
hortatur verétur sequitur partitur
hortamur verémur sequimur partimur
hortamini verémini sequimini partimini
hortantur verentur sequuntur partiuntur
Impf. hortabar verébar sequébar partiébar
Fut. hortabor verébor sequar partiar
Perf. hortatus sum veritus sum secütus sum partitus sum
Plu. hortatus eram veritus eram secütus eram partitus eram

F.P. hortàtus ero veritus ero secütus ero partitus eró

254

Pres. horter

Impf. hortarer

Perf. hortàtus sim
Plup. hortatus essem

Pres. hortare
Fut, hortator
Pres. hortari

Perf. hortatus esse
Fut. *hortatürus esse

Pres. *hortàns
Fut. *hortatürus
Perf. hortatus
Ger. hortandus

*hortandi, etc.

*[hortatum, -tü] *[veritum, -tu]

APPENDIX I

SUBJUNCTIVE
verear sequar
vererer sequerer
veritus sim secutus sim

veritus essem

secütus essem

partiar
partirer
partitus sim
partitus essem

IMPERATIVE
verére sequere partire
verétor sequitor partitor
INFINITIVE
vereri sequi partiri

partitus esse
*partitürus esse

secütus esse
*secütürus esse

veritus esse
*veritürus esse

PARTICIPLES
*veréns *sequens *partiens
*veritürus *secütürus *partitürus
veritus secütus partitus
verendus sequendus partiendus
GERUND

*verendi, etc. *sequendi, etc. *partiendi, etc.

SUPINE
*[secütum, -tü] *[partitum, -tü]

IRREGULAR VERBS

494.

sum, am, be

PRINCIPAL Parts sum, esse, fui, futürus

PRES, STEM es-

SINGULAR
sum, / am
es, thou art

est, he (she, zt) zs

eram, / was
eras, thou wast
grat, he was

Perr. Stem fu- Part. Stem fut-

INDICATIVE
PRESENT
PLURAL
sumus, we are
estis, you are
sunt, ¢hey are
IMPERFECT

eramus, we were
eratis, you were
erant, they were

IRREGULAR VERBS

233;

FUTURE

ero, 7 shall be
eris, thou wilt be
erit, le will be

erimus, we shall be
eritis, you will be
erunt, they will be

PERFECT '

ful, / have been, was
fuisti, thou hast been, wast
fuit, Ze has been, was

fuimus, we have been, were
fuistis, you have been, were
fuérunt,

fusre, they have been, were

PLUPERFECT

fueram, J had been
fueras, thou hadst been
fuerat, he had been

fuerámus, we had been
fueratis, you had been
fuerant, they had been

FuTURE PERFECT

fuero, 7 shall have been
fueris, thou wilt have been
fuerit, e wz/ have been

fuerimus, we shall have been
fueritis, you wilt have been
fuerint, they will have been

SUBJUNCTIVE

PRESENT IMPERFECT
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL
sim simus essem essémus
sis sitis essés essétis
sit sint esset essent

PERFECT PLUPERFECT
fuerim fuerimus fuissem fuissémus
fueris fueritis fuissés fuissétis
fuerit fuerint fuisset fuissent

IMPERATIVE
PRESENT FUTURE

2d Pers. Sing. es, be thou
2d Pers. Plur. este, be ye

INFINITIVE
Pres. esse, to be
Perf. fuisse, to have been
Fut. futürus,-a,-um esse or fore,
to be about to be

2d Pers. Sing. esto, thou shalt be
34d Pers. Sing. esto, he shall be
2d Pers. Plur. estote, ye shall be
34 Pers. Plur. sunto, they shall be

PARTICIPLE

futürus, -a, -um, about to be

256 APPENDIX I

495. possum, de able, can
PRINCIPAL PARTS possum, posse, potui,
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL
Pres. possum pos’sumus possim possi’mus
potes potes'tis possis possi‘tis
potest possunt possit possint
Impf. poteram poteramus possem possé’mus
fut. potero poterimus =
Perf. potut potuimus potuerim potuerimus
Plup. potueram potueramus potuissem potuissémus
F.P. potuero potuerimus
INFINITIVE
Pres. posse Perf. potuisse
PARTICIPLE

Pres. potens, gez. -entis, (adjective) powerful

496. prósum, denesit
PRINCIPAL Parts prósum, prodesse, profui, profutürus
Pres. STEM proódes- Perr.Stem profu- ^ Pamr.Srxw profut-
.
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL
Pres. prosum pro’sumus prosim prosi’mus
prodes prodes'tis prosis prosi'tis
prodest prosunt prosit prosint
Imff. proderam proderamus prodessem prodessé’mus
Fut. prodero proderimus LS
Perf. profui profuimus profuerim ' profuerimus
Plup. profueram profuerámus profuissem profuissémus
f. P. profuero profuerimus
IMPERATIVE
Pres. 2d Pers. pródes, prodeste Fut. 2d Pers. prodestd, prodestóte
INFINITIVE
Pres. prodesse Perf. profuisse fut. profutürus,-a,-um esse
*

FuTURE PARTICIPLE profutürus, -a, -um

IRREGULAR VERBS 257

volo, velle, volui,
nólo, nolle, nolui, -
malo, màlle, malui,

» be willing, will, wish
, be unwilling, will not
y be more willing, prefer

PRINCIPAL
497. PARTS

Nóló and m4lo are compounds of volo. Nóló is for né (z707) + volo, and
màló for mà (from magis, sore) + volo. The second person vis is from a
different root.

INDICATIVE
SINGULAR
Pres. | voló nolo malo
vis non vis mavis
vult non vult mavult
PLURAL
volumus nolumus malumus
vultis non vultis mavul'tis
volunt nolunt malunt
Impf. volebam nolébam malébam
fut. — volam, volés, etc. nolam, ndlés, etc. malam, malés, etc.
Perf. volui nolui malut
Plup. volueram nolueram malueram
F.P. voluero nóluero máàluero
SUBJUNCTIVE
SINGULAR
Pres. velim nolim málim
velis nolis malis
velit nolit malit
PLURAL
veli^mus noli/Ámus mali’mus
veli‘tis noli'tis mali'tis
velint nolint malint
Impf. vellem nóllem mallem
Perf. voluerim noluerim maluerim
Pluf. voluissem ndluissem maluissem
IMPERATIVE
Pres, | ———— noli
nolite

Fut, ——— nolito, etc.

2 58 APPENDIX I
INFINITIVE
Pres. velle nolle malle
Perf. voluisse noluisse maluisse
PARTICIPLE
Pres. volens, -entis nolens, -entis
498. fero, bear, carry, endure
PrincipaL Parts fero, ferre, tuli, latus
Pres. Stem fer- Perr. Stem tul- Part. Stem làt-
INDICATIVE
ACTIVE PASSIVE
Pres. — fero ferimus feror ferimur
fers fertis ferris, -re ferimini
fert ferunt fertur feruntur
Impf. ferébam ferébar
Fut. feram, ferés, etc. ferar, feréris, etc.
Perf. tuli latus,-a,-um sum
Píup. tuleram 5 latus,-a,-um eram
F.P. tulerd latus,-a,-um eró
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pres. | feram, feràs, etc. ferar, feràris, etc.
Lmpf. ferrem ferrer
Perf. tulerim latus,-a,-um sim
Plup. tulissem làtus,-a,-um essem
IMPERATIVE
Pres. 2d Pers. fer ferte ferre ferimini
Fut. 2d Pers. ferto fertote fertor
jd Pers. ferto ferunto fertor feruntor
INFINITIVE
Pres. ferre ferri
Perf. tulisse latus, -a, -um esse
fut. làtürus,-a,-um esse
PARTICIPLES
Pres. ferens, -entis Pres, ————
Fut. làtürus, -a, -um Ger. — ferendus, -a, -um
Perf. —— Perf. ]àatus, -a, -um

IRREGULAR VERBS 259

GERUND SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. ferendi Acc. ferendum Acc. [latum]
Dat. ferendo A. ferendo AA. ([latü]
499. eb, go

PRINCIPAL Parts e, ire, ii (ivi), {tum (n. perf. part.)
Pres. STEM 1- PERF.sTEM i-orivy- Part. Srem it-

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE * IMPERATIVE
SING. PLUR.

Pres. eo imus eam 2d Pers. i ite

is Itis

it eunt
id A Mob: p Pers. ito Tote
Perf. d (ivi) ierim (iverim) quiis. do wm
Plup. ieram (iveram) issem (ivissem)

F.P. ier (iverd)

INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES
Pres, ire Pres. iens, gen. euntis (§ 472)
Perf. sse (ivisse) Fut. itürus, -a, -um
Fut. itürus,-a,-um esse Ger. eundum
GERUND SUPINE
Gen. eundi Acc. eundum Acc. [itum]
Dat. eundo Abl. eundo Abl. [iti]

a. The verb eó is used impersonally in the third person singular of the

passive, as itur, itum est, ec.
4, In the perfect system the forms with v are very rare.

500. fió, passive of facio; be made, become, happen
Principat Parts fi0, fieri, factus sum
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE
Pres. fio fiam 2d Pers. fi fite
fis
fit fiunt
Impf. figbam fierem

Fut, fiam

260

Perf.

Plup.

F. P.

Pres.

Perf.
Fut.

INDICATIVE
factus, -a, -um
factus, -a, -um
factus, -a, -um

INFINITIVE
fieri
factus, -a, -um
[factum iri]

APPENDIX I

sum
eram
ero

esse

SUBJUNCTIVE

factus,-a,-um sim
factus,-a,-um essem

PARTICIPLES

Perf. factus, -a, -um
Ger. faciendus, -a, -um

d mA

<A j

CASTRA MURO FOSSAQUE MUNIUNTUR

APPENDIX II

501. RULES OF SYNTAX

Note. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered consecutively.
The number of the text section in which the rule appears is given at the end
of each.

Nominative Case

1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative and answers the
question Who? or What? $ 36.

Agreement

9. A finite verb must always be in the same person and number as
its subject. $28.

3. A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb. § 76.

4. An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains. $ 8r.

5. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. $ 65.

6. A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees
in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb. § 215. a.

7. A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and
number ; but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause.

$ 224.
Prepositions

8. A noun governed by a preposition must be in the accusative or
ablative case. $ 52.

Genitive Case

9. The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the

genitive and answers the question Whose? $ 38.

10. The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after
the forms of sum, and is then called the predicate genitive. § 409.

11. Words denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the whole,
known as the partitive genitive. § 331. ;

12. Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive
with a modifying adjective. $ 443.

261

262 APPENDIX II

Dative Case

13. The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. $45.

14. The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs
crédó, faved, noced, pared, persuaded, resisto, studed, and others of like
meaning. $154.

15. Some verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, dé, in, inter, ob, post,
prae, pró, sub, super, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive
compounds may take both an accusative and a dative. $ 426.

16. The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which
the given quality is directed. Such are, especially, those meaning 72a, also
Jit, friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites. § 143.

17. The dative is used to denote the purpose or end for which, often
with another dative denoting the person or thing affected. § 437.

Accusative Case

18. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative and
answers the question Whom? or What? § 37.

19. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. § 214.
. 90. The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the accusative.
Before names of towns, small islands, domus, and rus the preposition is
omitted. §§ 263, 266.

21. Duration of time and extent of space are | See by the
accusative. § 336.

22. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, showing, and the like, may take
a predicate accusative along with the direct object. With the passive voice
the two accusatives become nominatives. § 392.

Ablative Case

23. Cause is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers
the question Because of what? § 102.

94. deans is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers
the question By means of what? or With what? § 103.

25. Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with cum. This answers
the question With whom? § ro4. .

26. The ablative with cum is used to denote the manner of an action.
Cum may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers
the question How? or In what manner? § 105.

27. With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is
used tosdenote the measure of difference. § 317.

RULES OF SYNTAX 263

28. The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect parti-
ciple in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance. This is called
the ablative absolute. § 381.

:99. 1. Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the
ablative with a modifying adjective. § 444.

2. Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical char-
acteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a
modifying adjective. § 445.

30. The ablative is used to denote zz what respect something is true.
§ 398.

31. The place from which is expressed by à or ab, dé, 8 or ex with
the separative ablative. This answers the question Whence? Before
names of towns, small islands, domus, and rüs the preposition is omitted.
$8 264, 266.

32. Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to
complete their meaning. This is called the adlative of separation. § 180.

33. The word expressing the person from whom an action starts, when
not the subject, is put in the ablative with the preposition à or ab. This is
called the ablative of the personal agent. § 181.

34. The comparative degree, if quam is omitted, is followed by the
separative ablative. § 309.

35. The ¢ime when or within which anything happens is expressed by
the ablative without a preposition. § 275.

36. 1. The place at or in which is expressed by the ablative with in.
This answers the question Where? Before names of towns, small islands,
and rüs the preposition is omitted. $$ 265, 266.

2. Names of towns and small islands, if singular and of the first or
second declension, and the word domus express the 5/ace zz which by the
locative. § 268.

Gerund and Gerundive

37. 1. The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive,
dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases
are in general the same as those of other nouns. $ 406. I.

2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of
gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a
preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more
usual. $ 406. 2.

38. The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive
with causa, is used to express purpose. § 407.

264 APPENDIX II
Moods and Tenses of Verbs

39. Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary by
secondary. § 358.

40. The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the pur-
pose of the action in thé principal clause. § 349.

41. A substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as
object with verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising,
where in English we should usually have the infinitive. § 366.

42. Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose
introduced by ut (¢hat mot) or né (that or lest). § 372.

43. Consecutive clauses of result are introduced by ut or ut non, and
have the verb in the subjunctive. § 385.

44. Object clauses of result with ut or ut nón are found after verbs of
effecting or bringing about. § 386.

45. A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe an
antecedent. This is called the subjunctive of characteristic or description.
§ 390.

46. The conjunction cum means wher, since, or although. It is followed
by the subjunctive unless it means we and its clause fixes the time at
which the main action took place. § 396.

47. When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal vell is
changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject
accusative of the infinitive. $ 416.

48. The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is
found after verbs of saying, telling, knowing, thinking, and perceiving.
$ 419.

49. A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive
of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future
indicative becomes future infinitive. § 418.

50. In an zzdrect question the verb is in the subjunctive and its tense
is determined by the law for tense sequence. § 432.

DOMINA

APPENDIX III

REVIEWS?

I REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
THROUGH LESSON VIII

502. Give the English of the following words :?

Nouns
agricola dea gallina pugna
ancilla domina initia sagitta
aqua fabula insula silva
casa fera lüna terra
causa filia nauta tuba
cena fortüna pecünia via
corona fuga puella victoria
ADJECTIVES
alta clara lata magna nova pulchra
bona grata longa mala parva sola
VERBS
amat est laborat nàrrat nüntiat portat sunt
dat habitat laudat necat parat pugnat vocat
INTERROGATIVE
PREPOSITIONS PRONOUNS ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS " parricLE
4 or ab mea cir et -ne
ad tua deinde quia
cum quis non quod
de cuius ubi i
8 or ex cui
in quem
quid

1It is suggested that each of these reviews be assigned for a written test.
? Proper nouns and proper adjectives are not repeated in the reviews. Words
used in Caesar's Gallic War" are in heavy type.

265

266 APPENDIX III

503. Give the Latin of the following words: !

Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single
word till you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words
you have underlined.

flight tells goddess what

story money wild beast way

new calls pratses (verb) bad

lives (verb) with alone loves

away from your pleasing pretty

who then, in the prepares water

why next place are great

Sorest daughter to zs

wreath to whom because announces
deep, high fortune arrow injury, wrong
dinner famous cottage battle (noun)
out from labors (verb) gives small

my kills girl Sights (verb)
where not good maid
trumpet in carries down from
lady, mistress and chicken long

whom ^ sador victory cause

island farmer land whose

wide

504, Review Questions. How many syllables has a Latin word? How
are words divided into syllables? What is the ultima? the penult? the
antepenult? When is a syllable short? When is a syllable long? What is
the law of Latin accent? Define the subject of a sentence; the predicate;
the object; the copula. What is inflection? declension? conjugation?
What is the ending of the verb in the third person singular, and what in
the plural? What does the form of a noun show? Name the Latin cases.
What case is used for the subject? the direct object? the possessor? What
relation is expressed by the dative case? Give the rule for the indirect
object. How are questions answered in Latin? What is a predicate adjec-
tive? an attributive adjective? What is meant by agreement? Give the
rule for the agreement of the adjective. What are the three relations ex-
pressed by the ablative? What can you say of the position of the pos-
sessive pronoun? the modifying genitive? the adjective? What is the
base? Whatis grammatical gender? What is the rule for gender in the
first declension? What are the general principles of Latin word order?

1 The translations of words used in Cesar are in italics.

REVIEWS

267

505. Fill out the following summary of the first declension :

I.

Tur First or A-DECLENSION

b

Ending in the nominative singular
2. Rule for gender
3. Case terminations
Irregular nouns

4. Singular
à. Plural

IL REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII

506. Give the English of the following words :

NOUNS OF THE First DECLENSION

agri cultüra copia fama galea lacrima patria
constantia diligentia femina inopia lorica praeda
Nouns OF THE SECOND DECLENSION
ager cibus frümentum oppidanus scütum
amicus consilium gladius oppidum servus
arma (plural) domicilium legatus pilum studium
auxilium dominus liberi populus telum
bellum equus magister praemium vicus
carrus filius mürus proelium vir
castrum fluvius numerus puer

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS

aeger, aegra, aegrum
alius, alia, aliud

alter, altera, alterum
armatus, -a, -um
créber, crébra, crébrum
dürus, -a, -um
finitimus, -a, -um
infirmus, -a, -um
legionarius, -a, -um
liber, libera, liberum
meus, -a, -um

matirus, -a, -um
miser, misera, miserum
multus, -a, -um

neuter, neutra, neutrum
noster, nostra, nostrum
nüllus, -a, -um

pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum
solus, -a, -um

suus, -a, -um

totus, -a, -um

tuus, -a, -um

ullus, -a, -um

ünus, -a, -um

uter, utra, utrum
validus, -a, -um

vester, vestra, vestrum

268

VERBS

arat
cürat
desiderat
matirat
properat

APPENDIX III

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN

is, ea, id

CONJUNCTIONS

an
-que
sed

507. Give the Latin of the following words:

sword

corselet

man

your (plural)

hasten

but

among

Zear (noun)

village

strong

long for

and (enclitic)

often

want (noun)

which (of two)

care for

or (in a ques-
tion)

whither

wagon

townsman

wretched

ripe

war
number
my

Sree (adj.)
children
wall

grain
weapon
one

plow (verb)
this or that
already
helmet
river

zeal

any

he

son

slave

your (singular)
she

woman
horse

shield (noun)
whole

at

aid (noun)
legionary
weak

arms

master (of school)
Sriend
neighboring
sick
lieutenant
field

report, rumor
abode

boy

his own

alone

prize (noun)
master (owner)
carefulness

plenty
troops

ADVERBS
iam
quo
saepe

PREPOSITION
apud

plan (noun)
people
beautiful
no (adj.)
our

battle
spear

food
steadiness
Jatherland
town

Sort

camp
netther (of two)
much
agriculture
other

the other (of

two)

hard

booty
Srequent
armed

508. Review Questions. How many declensions are there? What three
things must be known about a noun before it can be declined? What three
cases of neuter nouns are always alike, and in what do they end in.the plural?
What two plural cases are always alike? When is the vocative singular not

like the nominative?

What is a predicate noun? With what does it agree?

What is an appositive? Give the rule for the agreement of an appositive.
* H . t : .
How can we tell whether a noun in -er is declined like puer or like ager?

REVIEWS 269

Decline bonus, liber, pulcher. How can we tell whether an adjective in -er
is declined like liber or like pulcher ? Why must we say nauta bonus and
not nauta bona? Name the Latin possessive pronouns. How are they
declined? With what does the possessive pronoun agree? When do we use
tuus and when vester ? Why is suus called a reflexive possessive? What is
the non-reflexive possessive of the third person? When are possessives
omitted? What four uses of the ablative case are covered by the relations
expressed in English by wth ? Give an illustration in Latin of the aé/ative
of manner, of the ablative of cause; of the ablative of means; of the
ablative of accompaniment. What ablative regularly has cum? What
ablative sometimes has cum? What uses of the ablative never have cum ?
Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. Decline alius,
nüllus. Decline is. What does is mean as a demonstrative adjective or
pronoun? What other important use has it?

509. Fill out the following summary of the second declension :

n

I. Endings in the nominative

2. Rule for gender

3. Case terminations of nouns ( a. Singular
in -us 5. Plural
4. The vocative singular of nouns in -us

4. Case terminations of nouns [ 4. Singular
in -um (à. Plural

5. Peculiarities of nouns in -er and -ir

| 6. Peculiarities of nouns in -ius and -ium

THE SECOND OR J
O-DECLENSION

III. REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI
510. Give the English of the following words :

Nouns OF THE FIRST DECLENSION
disciplina poena régina tristitia
forma potentia superbia
Nouns OF THE SECOND DECLENSION
lüdus órnamentum sacrum socius verbum

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
amicus gratus interfectus molestus septem
antiquus idoneus iratus perpetuus superbus
finitimus inimicus laetus proximus

270 APPENDIX III

ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS PERSONAL PRONOUN
hodié mox etiam ego
ibi nunc nón sólum . . . sed etiam

maxime nüper

VERBS
CONJ. I CON]. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV
volo, -àre déleo, -ere ago, -ere audio, -ire
doceo, -ere capio, -ere münió, -ire
faved, -ere credo, -ere reperio, -ire
habe, -ére dico, -ere venio, -ire
iubeo, -ére düco, -ere
moneo, -ere facio, -ere
IRREGULAR VERB i e 95,
moved, -ére fugio, -ere
sum, esse 2 ss NE
noceo, -ére jacio, -ere
pared, -ere mitto, -ere
persuádeo, -ére rapi, -ere
sedeo, -ere rego, -ere
studeo, -ere resistó, -ere

video, -ére

511. Give the Latin of the following words. In the case of verbs
always give the first form and the present infinitive.

ancient not only... nearest move training

come but also sacred rite soon take

resist seven queen glad have

See ally, companion flee punishment to-day

be pride obey believe unfriendly

fly Sortify lately advise drive

l4 send constant — especially, Savor (verb)

proud sit ornament most of all suitable

word also power angry pleasing

sadness school make,do beauty teach

Jnd hear injure say neighboring

rule (verb) hurl now command (verb) destroy

becager persuade annoying there Sriendly
Jor only lead slain seize

512. Review Questions. What is conjugation? Name two important
differences between conjugation in Latin and in English. What is tense?

J

;

i
|
4

REVIEWS 271

What is mood? What are the Latin moods? When do we use the indica-
tive mood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal
endings? Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you
have learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they
distinguished? How is the present stem found? What tenses are formed
from the present stem? What is the tense sign of the imperfect? What
is the meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in
the first two conjugations? in the last two? Before what letters is a final
long vowel of the stem shortened? What are the three possible translations
of a present, as of pugno? Inflect aro, sedeo, mitts, facio, and venio, in the
present, imperfect, and future active. What forms of -id verbs of the third
conjugation are like audió? what like rego? Give the rule for the dative
with adjectives. Name the special intransitive verbs that govern the dative.
What does the imperative mood express? How is the present active im-
perative formed in the singular? in the plural? What three verbs have a
shortened present active imperative? Give the present active imperative of
porto, deleo, ago, facio, münio.

IV. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI
513. Give the English of the following words:

NOUNS OF THE FIRsT DECLENSION
ala cüra mora porta provincia vita

NouNs OF THE SECOND DECLENSION

animus bracchium locus navigium periculum — vinum
aurum deus monstrum oraculum ventus

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS

adversus commotus dubius , plenus
attentus defessus maximus saevus
carus dexter perfidus sinister
ADVERBS
antea diü ita subito
celeriter frustra longé tamen
dénique graviter semper tum
CONJUNCTIONS

autem si ubi

CONJ. II
contined
egeo
prohibeo
respondeo
tened

IRREGULAR VERB

272 APPENDIX III
PREPOSITIONS
dé per sine pro
VERBS
CONJ. I
adpropinquó recüsó superó
navigo reporto tempto
occupo servo vasto
postulo sto vulneró
CONJ. III
discédo gero interficio

absum

514. Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the
gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

be away
wind
through
of
savage

" wound (verb)
wine
delay
faithless
right
seize
quickly
before, in

behalf of

battle

moreover

oracle

danger

greatest

lay waste

gate

doubtful

opposite,
adverse

demand

finally

attentive
then, at
that time

weary

down from or overcome,
conguer

concerning

boat, ship

sail (verb)

life

save

full

refuse

heavily

monster

approach

nevertheless

place

be without,
lack

moved

gold

restrain,

keep from

without
hold
suddenly
dear
always
god
hold in,
keep
afar
thus, so,
as follows
arm (noun)
when
Zu vain
stand
bring back,
win

before,

previously
depart,

go away
province
care, trouble
Rill
reply

(verb)
wing
mind,

heart
left (adj.
bear, carry on
try
Sor a long

time

515. Give the principal parts and meaning of the following verbs:

sum
do
tened
jubeo
agó
mitto,
münio

moveo
credo
rapid
reperio
deleo
resisto
audio

moneo
capio
doceo
rego
faved
noced
dicd

pared
düco
facio
persuadeo
sedeo
studeo
fugio

venio
jació
video
absum
egeo
gerd
sto

‘ REVIEWS 273

516. Review Questions. What are the personal endings in the passive
voice? What is the letter -r sometimes called? What are the distinguishing
vowels of the four conjugations? What forms constitute the principal parts?
What are the three different conjugation stems? How may they be found?
What are the tenses of the indicative? of the infinitive? What tense of
the imperative have you learned? What forms are built on the present
stem? on the perfect stem? on the participial stem? What are the endings
of the perfect active indicative? What is the tense sign of the pluperfect
active? of the future perfect active? How is the present active infinitive
formed? the present passive infinitive? How is the present active impera-
tive formed? the present passive imperative? How is the perfect active
infinitive formed? the perfect passive infinitive? How is the future active
infinitive formed? What is a participle? How are participles in -us de-
clined? Give the rule for the agreement of the participle. How are the
perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive indicative formed? Conjugate
the verb sum in all moods and tenses as far as you have learned it (§ 494).
What is meant by the separative ablative? How is the place from which
expressed in Latin? Give the rule for the ablative of separation; for the
ablative of the personal agent. How can wé distinguish between the abla-
tive of means and the ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect
definite? the perfect indefinite? What is the difference in meaning between
the perfect indefinite and the imperfect? What two cases in Latin may be
governed by a preposition? Name the prepositions that govern the abla-
tive. What does the preposition in mean when it governs the ablative? the
accusative? What are the three interrogatives used to introduce yes-and-xo
questions? Explain the force of each. What words are sometimes used for
yes and zo ? What are the different meanings and uses of ubi ?

V. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV
517. Give the English of the following words:

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION SECOND DECLENSION
ripa barbari castellum
captivus impedimentum
THIRD DECLENSION
animal calamitas cliens dux fons ignis
arbor calcar collis eques frater imperator
avis caput consul finis homo insigne

caedés civis déns flümen hostis iter

274 APPENDIX III

iüdex mater opus pés sanguis urbs
labor ménsis orator pons soror victor
lapis miles órdó princeps tempus virtüs
legio mons pater rex terror vis
mare navis pedes salüs turris :
ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
barbarus dexter sinister summus
PREPOSITIONS ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS
in with the abl. cotidie nec, neque
in with the acc. numquam nec... nec, or neque... neque
trans NERHS
CONJ. I CONJ. III
cesso postulo accipio pond
confirmo recüsó gero vincó
occupod veto incipio vivo
oppugno peto

518. Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the
gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs:

Sorbid defeat, dis- consul sea
rank, row aster mother tower
brother Sire retainer refuse
force carry on, citizen drill (verb)
across wear head legion
savages tree safety terror
horseman Soot soldier assatl, into, to
never receLVve storm right (adj.)
mountain general begin demand
manliness, highest marth 2n

courage fountain decoration stone
leader orator bridge blood
put, place neither .. . nor, bird labor (noun)
time and not cease king
savage, barba- left man Sezze

rous tooth river spur
sester soldier work chief
seek month (noun) slaughter
captive city and strengthen
hindrance, victor ship foot

baggage daily bank enemy
man-of-war live (verb) redoubt, animal

judge * conquer fort Sather

REVIEWS 275

519. Review Questions. Give the conjugation of possum. What is an
infinitive? What three uses has the Latin infinitive that are like the Eng-
lish? What is the case of the subject of the infinitive? What is meant by
a complementary infinitive? In the sentence 77e bad boy cannot be happy,
what is the case of happy ? Give the rule. Decline qui. Give the rule for
the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses of the interrogative?
Decline quis. What is the base of a noun? How is the stem formed from
the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same? How many declen-
sions of nouns are there? Name them. What are the two chief divisions
of the third declension? How are the consonant stems classified? Explain
the formation of lapis from the stem lapid-, miles from milit-, réx from rég-.
What nouns have i-stems? What peculiarities of form do i-stems have, —
masc., fem., and neut.? Name the five nouns that have -i and -e in the abl.
Decline turris. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline
miles, lapis, réx, virtüs, consul, legid, homo, pater, flumen, opus, tempus,
caput, caedes, urbs, hostis, mare, animal, vis, iter.

520. Fill out the following scheme:

[ Masculine
SENDER Feminine
ENDINGS
Neuter
THE THIRD I. Consonant { 4. Masc. and fem.
DECLENSION Cism STEMS à. Neuters
TERMINATIONS
Yt gm is Masc. and fem.
. -STEMS
à. Neuters
LIRREGULAR NOUNS

VI. REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII

521. Give the English of the following words:

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION * SECOND DECLENSION
amicitia annus régnum tergum,
hora modus signum tergum vertere
littera nüntius supplicium, vestigium
oculus supplicium dare

supplicium sümere dé

276 APPENDIX III
THIRD DECLENSION FOURTH DECLENSION
aestás nox adventus impetus
corpus pars cornü lacus
hiems pax domus manus
libertas rus equitatus metus
lux, sol exercitus portus
prima lux vox fluctus
. nómen vulnus
FIFTH DECLENSION INDECLINABLE NOUN
aciés res, spés nihil
diés rés gestae
fidés, rés adversae
in fidem venire rés secundae
res publica
ADJECTIVES

FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS

THIRD DECLENSION

dénsus pristinus acer, Acris, acre gravis, grave
invisus püblicus brevis, breve incolumis, incolume
mirus secundus difficilis, difficile omnis, omne
pauci tantus fortis, forte par, par
primus vérus facilis, facile velox, velox
PRONOUNS
PERSONAL DEMONSTRATIVE INTENSIVE INDEFINITE
ego hic ipse aliquis, aliqui
nds idem quidam
sui ille quis, qui
ti iste quisquam
vos quisque
ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS PREPOSITIONS
ne...quidem paene satis itaque ante
olim quoque vero nisi post
propter
VERBS
CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV
conlocó débed committo, désilio
convocó exerceó committere proelium
cremó maneo decido
demonstro placed &ripio
mandó sustineo sümo,
sümere supplicium dé
:tradüco

verto

REVIEWS

a

522. Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the
gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

if not, unless
on account of
unharmed
public
commonwealth
leap down, dis-
mount

lead across
remain "
call together
Sriendship
Sootprint, trace
each

Sear (noun)
hope

therefore
behind, after
50 great

equal

in truth, indeed
that (yonder)

a certain

Jail down
owe, ought
measure, mode
eye

name

wave, billow
thing, matter
exploits
republic
prosperity

adversity

former, old-
time

all, every

any one (at all)

this (of mine)

heavy, serious

hateful, detested

true

burn

snatch from

letter

punishment

inflict punish-
ment on

suffer punish-
ment

liberty

sun

sustain

take up, assume

hour

reign, realm

messenger

part, direction

body

harbor

Saith, protection

of himself

also, too

sufficiently

burn

that (of yours)

before

you (plur.)

light

day break

winter

attack

line of battle

army

drill, train

Join battle

house, home

midday

wonderful

brave

almost

the same

some, any

af any one

self, very

not even

easy

dense

point out, ex-
plain

difficult

Jürst

arrange, station

please

year

peace

back

turn the back,
retreat

night

hand, force

lake

day

commit, intrust

a few only

sharp, eager

we

turn

you (sing.)

T

signal

summer

cavalry

wound

horn, wing

country

second, favor-
able

short

voice

formerly, once

arrival

come under the
protection of

swift

nothing

523. Review Questions. By what declensions are Latin adjectives de-
clined? What can you say about the stem of adjectives of the third
declension? Into what classes are these adjectives divided? How can you
tell to which of the classes an adjective belongs? Decline Acer, omnis,
par. What are the nominative endings and genders of nouns of the fourth

278 APPENDIX III

or u-declension? What nouns are feminine by exception? Decline adven-
tus, lacus, cornü, domus. Give the rules for the ordinary expression of
the place to which, the place from which, the place in which. What
special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, and ris? What
is the locative case? What words have a locative case? What is the
form of the locative case? Translate Galba lives at home, Galba lives at
Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii. What is the rule for gender in the fifth
or e-declension? Decline dies, rés. When is the long e shortened? What
can you say about the plural of the fifth declension? Decline tuba, servus,
pilum, ager, puer, miles, consul, flimen, caedés, animal. How is the Zzzz
when expressed? Name the classes of pronouns and define each class.
Decline ego, ti, is. What are the reflexives of the first and second per-
sons? What is the reflexive of the third person? Decline it. Translate
J see myself, he sees himself, he sees him. Decline ipse. How is ipse
used? Decline idem. Decline hic, iste, ille. Explain the use of these
words. Name and translate the commoner indefinite pronouns. Decline
aliquis, quisquam, quidam, quisque.

VII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LIII-LX
524. Give the English of the following words:

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION SECOND DECLENSION
aquila fossa aedificium imperium spatium
captivus negotium vallum
concilium

THIRD DECLENSION

agmen gens mors regio
celeritas latitudo mulier rümor
civitas longitudo multitudo Scelus
clamor magnitudo münitio servitüs
cohors méns némo timor
difficultas mercator obses vallés
explorator mille opinio
FOURTH DECLENSION FIFTH DECLENSION
aditus passus res frümentària

commeatus

REVIEWS 279
ADJECTIVES
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS v

aequus maximus plürimus singuli
bini medius posterus superus '
ducenti minimus primus tardus
duo opportünus reliquus terni
exterus optimus secundus ünus
inferus pessimus

THIRD DECLENSION
humilis, humile
ingens, ingens
interior, interius
lenis, lene
maior, maius
melior, melius
minor, minus
nobilis, nobile

alacer, alacris, alacre
audax, audax

celer, celeris, celere
citerior, citerius
difficilis, difficile
dissimilis, dissimile
facilis, facile
gracilis, gracile

peior, peius

, plüs
prior, prius
recéns, recens
similis, simile
trés, tria
ulterior, ulterius

ADVERBS
acriter magis optimé proxime
audacter magnopere parum quam
bene maximé paulo statim
facile melius plürimum tam
feré minimé prope undique
fortiter multum propius
CONJUNCTIONS PREPOSITIONS
atque, ac qua dé causa circum
aut quam ob rem contra
aut... aut simul atque or inter
et...et simul ac ob
nam trans
VERBS
CONJ. I CONJ. II
cónor moror obtined valeo
hortor vexo perterred vereor
CONJ. III
abdo dedo patior revertor
cado defendo premo sequor
cognosco égredior proficiscor statuo
cOnsequor incendó progredior subsequor
contendo incold quaeró suscipio
cupio insequor recipio trado
curro occidd relinquo traho
CONJ. IV
orior pervenio

280

APPENDIX III

525. Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the
gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs:

on account of
nearly
keenly, sharply
thousand
two
opportune
remaining
above (adj.)
next

grain supply
pace

shout (noun)
Srom all sides
against
around

three

further

line of march
rumor

region
Jortification
eagle

almost

boldly
bravely
across
between, among
hither (adj.)
50

Jess

more

most

worst
difficulty
hostage

death

command, power

captive

or

and

arrive
attempt, try
length

width

scout

cohort

tribe, nation

business

by « little

somewhat

crime

difficult

equal

move forward,
advance

multitude

woman

desire (verb)

give over, sur-
render

kill

overtake

hasten, strive

hide

one

Jjirst

second, favorable

two hundred

Jormer

Znner

middle

low

outward

three by three

provisions

speed

ditch

wherefore or
therefore

Jor this reason

Jear (noun)

return

inquire

set out

move out, dis-
embark

Sear (verb)
worse
greater, larger
two by two
least (adv.)
opinion, expec-
tation
approach, en-
trance
trader
magnitude, size
council, assembly
space, room
eher ...or
rise, arise
suffer, allow
press hard
fall
surrender
set fire to
defend
possess, hold
delay (verb)
nearest (adv.)
nearer (adv.)
better (adj.)
well known,
noble
mild, gentle
swift
eager
low (adj.)
slender
one by one
no one
least (adv.)
little (adv.)
learn, know
drag
undertake
run
Jjix, decide

leave

abandon

be strong

receive, recover

terrify, frighten

dwell

state, citizen-
ship

valley

slavery

greatly

best of all (adv.)

better (adv.)

well (adv.)

very much

much

unlike

like (adj.)

slow

very greatly,
exceedingly

building

mind (noun)

easily

easy

recent

huge, great

bold

immediately
as soon as
Jor

than

best (adj.)
greatest
Sollow close
encourage
annoy, ravage
hide

Sollow
pursue
both... and
rampart

REVIEWS 281

526. Review Questions. What is meant by comparison? In what two
ways may adjectives be compared? Compare clarus, brevis, vélox, and
explain the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are
the adverbs used in comparison? Compare brevis by adverbs. Decline
the comparative of vélóx. How are adjectives in -er compared? Compare
ücer, pulcher, liber. What are possible translations for the comparative
and superlative? Name the six adjectives that form the superlative in
-limus. Translate in two ways JVotAzng ts brighter than the sun. Give
the rule for the ablative with comparatives. Compare bonus, magnus,
malus, multus, parvus, exterus, inferus, posterus, superus. Decline plis.
Compare citerior, interior, propior, ulterior. Translate 7Za£ route to [taly
7s much shorter. Give the rule for the-expression of measure of difference.
Name five words that are especially common in this construction. How
are adverbs usually formed from adjectives of the first and second declen-
sions? from adjectives of the third declension? Compare the adverbs caré,
liberé, fortiter, audacter. What cases of adjectives are sometimes used as
adverbs? What are the adverbs froni facilis? multus? primus? plüri-
mus? bonus? magnus? parvus? Compare prope, saepe, magnopere. How
are numerals classified? Give the first twenty cardinals. Decline ünus, duo,
trés, mille. How are the hundreds declined? What is meant by the parti-
tive genitive? Give the rule for the partitive genitive. What sort of words
are commonly used with this construction? What construction is used with
quidam and cardinal numbers excepting mille? Give the first twenty ordi-
nals. How are they declined? How are the distributives declined? Give
the rule for the expression of duration of time and extent of space. What
is the difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time?
What is a deponent verb? Give the synopsis of one. What form always
has a passive meaning? Conjugate amó, moneo, rego, capio, audio, in the
active and passive.

VIII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX

527. Review the vocabularies of the first seventeen lessons. See
$8 502, 503, 506, 507.

528. Review Questions. Name the tenses of the subjunctive. What
time is denoted by these tenses? What are the mood signs of the present
subjunctive? How may the imperfect subjunctive be formed? How do
the perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative active differ in
form? How is the pluperfect subjunctive active formed? Inflect the sub-
junctive active and passive of cüro, dele, vincó, rapid, münio. Inflect the

282 APPENDIX III

subjunctive tenses of sum; of possum. What are the tenses of the parti-
ciples in the active? What in the passive? Give the active and passive
participles of amd, moneo, regó, capio, audid. Decline regens. What par-
ticiples do deponent verbs have? What is the difference in meaning be-
tween the perfect participle of a deponent verb and of one not deponent?
Give the participles of vereor. How should participles usually be translated ?
Conjugate volo, nolo, malo, fio.

What is the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in their
fundamental ideas? How is purpose usually expressed in English? How
is it expressed in Latin? By what words is a Latin purpose clause intro-
duced? When should quó be used? What is meant by sequence of tenses?
Name the primary tenses of the indicative and of the subjunctive; the
secondary tenses. What Latin verbs are regularly followed by substantive
clauses of purpose? What construction follows iubeo? What construction
follows verbs of fearing ? How is consequence or result expressed in Latin?
How is a result clause introduced? What words are often found in the
principal clause foreshadowing the coming of a result clause? How may
negative purpose be distinguished from negative result? What is meant
by the subjunctive of characteristic or description? How are such clauses
introduced? Explain the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute
of such frequent occurrence in Latin? Explain the predicate accusative.
After what verbs are two accusatives commonly found? What do these
accusatives become when the verb is passive?

€CCo;

A Ape is

IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUR

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

The words in heavy type are used in Czesar’s “ Gallic War.”

LESSON IV, $39

Nouns VERBS
dea, goddess (deity) est, he (she, zt) zs; sunt, they are
Dia’na, Dzaza necat, he (she, zt) kills, zs killing,
fera, a weld beast (fierce) does kill

Lato’na, Lafoza

"p CONJUNCTION !
sagit’ta, arrow

et, and

PRONOUNS

quis, interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., who? cuius (pronounced cóz'yóós,
two syllables), interrog. pronoun, gen. sing., whose ?

LESSON V, $47

Nouns VERBS
corü^na, wreath, garland, crown at, he (she, it) gives
fa’bula, sZozy (fable) narrat, Ze (she, zt) fe//s (narrate)
pecü'/nia, zoey (pecuniary)
pugna, Ja///e (pugnacious) CONJUNCTION 1
vict0’ria, victory quia or quod, decause

cui (pronounced cóó;, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. sing., Zo whom ?
Jor whom ?

LESSON VI, $56

ADJECTIVES
bona, good parva, swall, little
grata, pleasing pulchra, deautiful, pretty
magna, /a7ge, great sola, alone

mala, bad, wicked

1A conjunction is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or
sentences.
283

284 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

Nouns PRONOUNS
ancil’la, mazdservant mea, my, tua, ¢hy, your (possessives)
Iulia, Julia quid, interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc.
ADVERBS! sing., what ?

cir, z/Zy ; non, zot

-ne, the question sign, an enclitic ($ 16) added to the first word, which,
in a question, is usually the verb, as amat, Ze /oves, but amat’ne? does he
Jove? est, he is; estne? zs he? Of course -ne is not used when the
sentence contains quis, cür, or some other interrogative word.

LESSON VII, $ 62

Nouns VERBS
casa, -ae, f., cottage ha'bitat, £e (she, zt) lives, is living,
cena, ae, f., dznner does live (inhabit)
galli'na, -ae, f., hen, chicken laudat, 4e (she, zt) prazses, is prais-
in’sula, -ae, f., Zs/azd (peninsula) ing, does fraise (laud)
ADVERBS parat, he (she, it) prepares, ts pre-

paring, does prepare

vocat, Ze (she, zt) calls, zs calling,
does call, invites, is inviting,
does invite (vocation)

de-in'de, then, Zn the next place
ubi, where

PREPOSITION
ad, /o, with acc. to express motion

toward
PRONOUN
quem, interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., whom ?
LESSON VII, $ 69
NOUNS ADJECTIVES
Italia, -ae, £., /¢aly alta, high, deep (altitude)
Sicilia, -ae, f., .Szez/y clara, clear, bright, famous
tuba, -ae, f., Zruzifet (tube) lata, wzde (latitude)
via, -ae, f., way, road, street longa, /ozg (longitude)
(viaduct) nova, zew (novelty)

lAn adverb is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another
adverb; as, She sings sweet/y; she is very talented; she began to sing very
e
early.

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

285

LESSON IX, $77
NOUNS

bellum, -i, n., war (re-bel)

constantia, -ae, f., 7mness, con-
stancy, steadiness

dominus, -i, m., aster, lord (dom-
inate) ,

equus, -1, m., Zorse (equine)

frümentum, -i, n., g7azz

legatus, -1, m., ZZeutenant, ambas-
sador (legate)

Marcus, -i, m., Marcus, Mark

mürus, 3i, m., wad/ (mural)
oppidanus, 3, m., fownsman
oppidum, -1, n., Zozz

pilum, -i, n., sfear (pile driver)
servus, i, m., save, servant
Sextus, -1, m., Seartus

VERBS
cürat, he (she, ct) cares for, with acc.
mátürat, he (she, zt) hastens

LESSON X, § 82
Nouns

amicus, -1, m., /77ezd (amicable)
Germania, -ae, f., Germany
patria, -ae, f., fatherland

populus, -1, m., people
Rhenus, 3, m., the Rhine
vicus, -i, m., vZ//age

LESSON XI, $86
Nouns

arma, armorum, n., plur., 27775, es-
pecially defensive weapons

fama, -ae, f£, rumor; reputation,
Same

galea, -ae, f., helmet
praeda, -ae, f., booty, sfoz/s (preda-

tory)
telum, d, n., weapon of offense, spear

ADJECTIVES

dürus, -a, -um, ard, rough; un-
Jeeling, cruel; severe, totlsome
(durable)

Romanus, -a, -um, Roman. Asa
noun, Romanus, -i, m., z Roman

LESSON XII, §90

Nouns
filius, fili, m., soz (filial)
fluvius, fluvi, m., 7Zver (fluent)
gladius, gladi, m., sword (gladiator)
praesidium, praesi’di, n., garrzson,
«guard, protection
proelium, proeli, n., dazzle

ADJECTIVES
finitimus, -a, -um, bordering upon,
neighboring, near fo. As a noun,
finitimi,-orum, m., plur., zezghbors
Germanus, -a, -um, German. As a
noun, Germanus, -1, m., @ German
multus, -a, -um, zzuc/ y plur., many

ADVERB
saepe, often

286

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON XIII, $95

Nouns

ager, agri, m., //z/d (acre)

copia, -ae, f., plenty, abundance (co-
pious); plur., Zroofs, forces

Cornelius, Corné’li, m., Cornelius

lori'ca, -ae, f., coat of mazl, corselet

praemium, praemi, n., eward, prize
(premium)

puer, pueri, m., oy (puerile)

Roma, -ae, f., Rome

scütum, -i, n., size/d (escutcheon)

vir, viri, m., zzazt, hero (virile)

ADJECTIVES

legiónarius, -a, -um,! /egéonary, be-
longing to the legion. As a noun,
legionàrii, -órum, m., plur., Zzgzoz-
ary soldiers

liber, libera, liberum, /7ze (liberty).
As a noun, liberi, rum, m., plur.,
children (lit. the freeborn)

pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, 7z/Zy,
beautiful
PREPOSITION
apud, among, with acc.

CONJUNCTION
sed, but

LESSON XIV, § 99

Nouns

amicus, -1, m., /7zezd (amicable)
auxilium, auxi'li, n., Ze/p, azd (aux-

consilium, consili, n., 2/27 (counsel)
diligentia, -ae, f., @/igence, industry

iliary) magister, magistrl, m., master,
castrum, -1, n., for? (castle); plur., teacher *
camp (lit. forts)
cibus, -i, m., food
ADJECTIVES

aeger, aegra, aegrum, s7ck
creber, crebra, crebrum, /reguent

miser, misera, miserum, wretched,
unfortunate (miser)

LESSON XV, $107

Nouns
carrus, -1, m., cart, wagon
inopia, -ae, f., want, lack ; the oppo-
site of copia
studium, studi, n., zeal, eagerness
(study)

ADJECTIVES
armatus, -a, -um, armed
infirmus,-a,-um, weak, feeble (infirm)
validus, -a, -um, strong, sturdy

1 The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in -ius ends in -ii and the

vocative in -ie; not in -i, as in nouns.

2 Observe that dominus, as distin-

guished from magister, means master in the sense of owner.

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 287

VERB ADVERB
properat, £e (she, zt) hastens. Cf. iam, already, now
mátürat
-que, conjunction, ad, an enclitic (cf. $ 16) and always added to the
second of two words to be connected, as arma téla’que, arms and weapons.

LESSON XVII, $117

NouNs

agri cultura, -ae, f., agzzeulture Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul
domicilium, domici’li, n., a£ode, Gallus, -i, m., « Gaul

dwelling place (domicile) lacrima, -ae, f., Zear
fémina, -ae, f., woman (female) numerus, -i, m., 2uder (numeral)

ADJECTIVE ADVERB
matirus, -a, -um, 77fe, mature quo, whither
VERBS CONJUNCTION

arat, he (she, 2?) plows (arable) . an, oz, introducing the second half
désiderat, Ze (she, it) misses, longs of a double question, as /s he a

Jor (desire), with acc. Roman or a Gaul, Estne Romanus

an Gallus ?

LESSON XVIII, § 124
Nouns ADJECTIVES
lüdus, -1, m., school iratus, -a, -um, angry, furious (irate)
socius, soci, m., companion, ally laetus, -a, -um, happy, glad
(social)

ADVERBS
hodie, Zo-Zay nunc, zow, the present moment
ibi, there, zn that place nüper, ately, recently, of the imme-
mox, presently, soon, of the imme- diate past

diate future
LESSON XX, $136

Nouns
forma, -ae, f., form, beauty régina, -ae, f., gucen (regal)
poena, -ae, f., punishment, penalty superbia, -ae, f., $rzde, haughtiness
potentia, -ae, f., 2o2wer (potent) tristitia, -ae, f., sadness, sorrow
ADJECTIVES CONJUNCTIONS
septem, indeclinable, sevez nón solum . . . sed etiam, zo£ only
superbus, -a, -um, $roud, haughty ... but also

(superb)

288

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON XXI, $140

Nouns
sacrum, di, n., sacrifice, offering, rite
verbum, -i, n., word (verb)
VERBS
sedeo, -ére, sz¢ (sediment)
volo, -àre, /7y (volatile)

ADJECTIVES
interfectus, -a, -um, s/azz
molestus, -a, -um, ¢7owblesome, an-
noying (molest)
perpetuus, -a, -um, perpetual, con-
tinuous

ego, personal pronoun, / (egotism). Always emphatic in the nominative.

LESSON XXII, § 146
Nouns

disciplina, -ae, f., Zrazning, culture,
discipline

Ornamentum, Hi, n., ozzaznent, jewel

VERB
doceo, -ére, Zeach (doctrine)

Gaius, Gai, m., Cazus, a Roman first
name
Tiberius, Tibe’ri, m., Z26erius, a
Roman first name
ADVERB
maxime, ost of all, especially

ADJECTIVE

antiquus, -qua, -quum, o/d, anczent (antique)

LESSON XXVII, $ 168

Nouns
ala, -ae, f., weg
deus, -i, m., god (deity) +
monstrum, -1, n. omen, prodigy;
monster
Oráculum, -1, n., oracle
VERB
vast6, -are, Jay waste, devastate

ADJECTIVES
commotus, -a, -um, moved, excited
maximus, -a, -um, greatest (maxi-
mum)
saevus, -a, -um, /ferce, savage
ADVERBS

ita, thus, in this way, as follows
tum, ¢hen, at that time

LESSON XXVIII, $171

VERBS
responded, -ere, respond, reply
servo, -are, save, preserve
ADJECTIVE
carus, -a, -um, dar (cherish)

CONJUNCTION

autem, but, moreover, now. Usu-
ally stands second, never first

Noun
vita, -ae, f., /7/z (vital)

For the declension of deus, see § 468

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

289

LESSON XXIX, $176

VERB
superó, -àre, conguer, overcome (in-
superable)
Nouns
ciira, -ae, f., care, trouble.
locus, 3, m., place, spot (location).
Locus is neuter in the plural and
is declined loca, -órum, etc.
periculum, -i, n., danger, peril

ADVERBS
semper, a/ways
tamen, yet, nevertheless
PREPOSITIONS
dé, with abl, down from,
cerning
per, with acc., through

con-

CONJUNCTION

si, if

LESSON XXX, $182

VERBS

absum, abesse, irreg., Je away, be
absent, be distant, with separa-
tive abl.

adpropinquo, -dre, draw near, ap-
proach (propinquity), with dative +

contineo, -ere, hold together, hem in,
keep (contain)

Nouns
provincia, -ae, f., province
vinum, -i, n., wee

discedo, -ere, depart, go away, leave,
with separative abl.

egeo, -ere, lack, need, be without,
with separative abl.

interfició, -ere, £277

prohibed, ere, vestrazn, keep from
(prohibit)

vulner6, -are, wound (vulnerable)

ADJECTIVE
défessus, -a, -um, weary, worn out
ADVERB

longé, far, by far, far away

LESSON XXXI, $188

Nouns
aurum, -i, n., go/d (oriole)
mora, -ae, f., delay
navigium, navi'gi, n., doat, ship
ventus, -1, m., wind (ventilate)
VERB
navigo, -are, saz/ (navigate)

ADJECTIVES
attentus, -a, -um, aZZentzve, careful
dubius, -a, -um, doudtful (dubious)
perfidus, -a, -um, /azthless, treacher-
ous (perfidy)
ADVERB
antea, before, previously

PREPOSITION
sine, with abl., wz¢hout

1 This verb governs the dative because the idea of zeazness to is stronger
than that of motion to. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would

be used with ad and the accusative.

290 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON XXXII, $ 193

Nouns ADJECTIVES
animus, -i,m., mind, heart; spirit, adversus, -a, -um, opposite ; adverse,
feeling (animate) contrary

bracchium, bracchi, n., forearm,arm — plenus, -a, -um, f (plenty)
porta, -ae, f., gaze (portal)
PREPOSITION ADVERB
pro, with abl., defore; in behalf of; diu, for a long time, long
instead of
LESSON XXXIV, § 200

ADVERBS
celeriter, guzckly (celerity) graviter, leavzIy, severely (gravity)
denique, fza//y subito, suddenly
VERB

reportó, -áre, -avi, bring back, restore; win, gain (report)

LESSON XXXVI, § 211

dexter, dextra, dextrum, 7zgZ/ (dex- — sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, /e/¢
trous) früstra, adv., 2 vazz (frustrate)

gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, dear, carry on ; wear, bellum gerere, Zo wage war
Occupó, occupare, occupávi, occupatus, sezze, take Possession of (occupy)
postulo, postulàre, postulavi, postulatus, ¢esand (ex-postulate)

recüsó, recüsáre, recüsavi, recüsatus, 7z/z.se

sto, stare, steti, status, stand

tempto, temptare, temptavi, temptatus, Zzy, zempt, fest ; attempt

teneo, tenére, tenui, , keep, hold (tenacious)

The word ubi, which we have used so much in the sense of where in
asking a question, has two other uses equally important:

1. ubi= when, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as,
Ubi monstrum audiverunt, figérunt, when they heard
the monster, they fled
2. ubi = where, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as,
Video oppidum ubi Galba habitat, / see the town where
Galba lives

Ubi is called a relative conjunction because it is equivalent to a relative
pronoun. When in the first sentence is equivalent to af the Zzzte at which;
and in the second, where is equivalent to the place in which.

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

291

LESSON XXXVII, $217

neque or nec, conj, ezther, nor,
and... not, neque .. . neque,
neither... nor

castellum, -i, n., edoubt, fort (castle)
cotidie, adv., dazly

cessó, cessare, cessavi, cessátus, cease, with the infin.

incipio, incipere, incépi, inceptus, 2zgzz (incipient), with the infin.
oppugnó, oppugnàre, oppugnavi, oppugnatus, storm, assail

peto, petere, petivi or petii, petitus, az at, assazl, storm, attack ; seek,

ask (petition)

pond, pünere, posui, positus, A/ace, put (position); castra ponere, fo pitch

camp
possum, posse, potui,

, 0e able, can (potent), with the infin.

veto, vetare, vetui, vetitus, /o7224 (veto), with the infin. ; opposite of iubeo,

command

vinci, vincere, vici, victus, cozquer (in-vincible)

vivo, vivere, vixi,

, live, be alive (re-vive)

LESSON XXXIX, § 234

barbarus, -a, -um, strange, foreign,
barbarous. As a noun, barbari,
trum, m., plur., savages, barba-
rians

dux, ducis, m., /eader (duke) Cf.
the verb düco

eques, equitis, m., orseman, cav-
alryman (equestrian)

iüdex, iüdicis, m., judge

lapis, lapidis, m., stove (lapidary)

miles, militis, m., so/Zzer (militia)

pedes, peditis, m., foot soldier (pe-
destrian)

pés, pedis,! m., foot (pedal)

princeps, principis, m., chzef (prin-
cipal)

rex, regis, m., £zzg (regal)

summus, -a, -um, highest, greatest
(summit)

virtüs, virtütis, f., manliness, cour-
age (virtue)

LESSON XL, $237

Caesar, -aris, m., Cesar

captivus, -i, m., captive, prisoner

consul, -is, m., consul

fráter, fratris, m., d7other (frater-
nity)

homó, hominis, m., man, human
being

impedimentum, -i, n., hindrance
(impediment); plur. impedimenta,
-Grum, baggage

imperátor, imperatoris, m., com-
mander in chief, general (em-
peror)

1 Observe that e is ong in the nom. sing. and short in the other cases.

292

legio, legionis, f., Zzgzoz
mater, matris, f., 7:o?er (maternal)
ordo, ordinis, m., vow, 7a7z£ (order)

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

pater, patris, m., father (paternal)
salüs, salütis, f., safety (salutary)
soror, soróris, f., sZsZer (sorority)

LESSON XLI, $ 239

calamitas, calamitatis, f., Joss, dis-
aster, defeat (calamity)

caput, capitis, u., Zead (capital)

flümen, flüminis, n., 7Zver (flume)

labor, labüris, m., Zabor, £oz/

opus, operis, n., work, Zas&

orator, oratoris, m., ovator

ripa, -ae, f., dank (of a stream)

tempus, temporis, n., 7Zz;z (tem-
poral)

terror, terroris, m., Zezror, fear

victor, victoris, m., vzcfor

accipio, accipere, accepi, acceptus, zzcezve, accept
confirm6, confirmare, cOnfirmavi, confirmatus, strengthen, establish, en-

courage (confirm)

LESSON XLIII, § 245

animal, animalis (-ium?), n., azzzia

avis, avis (-ium), f., 2rd (aviation)

caedés, caedis (-ium), f., slaughter

calcar, calcáris (ium), n., spur

civis, civis (-ium), m. and f., cztzzen
(civic)

cliens, clientis (-ium), m., 7e¢azner,
defendent (client)

finis, finis (-ium), m., ed, Jimi
(final); plur., country, territory

hostis, hostis (-ium), m. and f., ezezzy
in war (hostile. Distinguish from

inimicus, which means a fersonal
enemy

ignis, ignis (-ium), m., //7z (ignite)

insigne, insignis (-ium), n., decora-
tion, badge (ensign)

mare, maris (-ium?), n., sea (marine)

navis, navis (-ium), f., sAz? (naval);
navis longa, zzaz-of-war

turris, turris (-ium), f., /ozez (turret)

urbs, urbis (-ium), f., czzy (suburb).
An urbs is larger than an oppi-
dum

LESSON XLIV, $ 249

arbor, arboris, f., ¢vee (arbor)
collis, collis (-ium), m., A227
dens, dentis (-ium), m., ¢oo¢/ (dentist)

fons, fontis (ium) m.. fountain, '

spring ; source
iter, itineris, n., march, journey,
route (itinerary)

1 he genitive plural ending -ium is written to mark the i-stems.

genitive plural of mare is not in use.

mensis, ménsis (-ium), m., zzozA

moenia, -ium, n., plur., wadls, fortifi-
cations. Cf. mürus

mons, montis (-ium), m., szountan,;
summus mons, /0 of 7e mountain

numquam, adv., zever

pons, pontis, m., /7dee (pontoon)

2'The

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood (san-
guinary)

summus, -a, -um, ZzgAest, greatest
(summit)

293

trans, prep. with acc., across (trans-
atlantic)

vis (vis), gen. plur.virium, f., strength,
Jorce, violence (vim)

LESSON XLV, $258

acer, Acris, acre, sharp, keen, eager
(acrid)

brevis, breve, short, brief

difficilis, difficile, 27ficult

facilis, facile, /acz/e, easy

fortis, forte, dave (fortitude)

gravis, grave, heavy, severe, serious
(grave)

omnis, omne, every, a// (omnibus)

par, gen. paris, equa (par)

pauci -ae, -a, few, only a few
(paucity)

secundus, -a, -um, second, favorable,
opposite of adversus

signum, i, n., sZeza4, sign, standard

vélóx, gen. vélocis, 5202/7 (velocity)

conlocó, conlocáre, conlocavi, conlocátus, a77a:2, station, place (collocation)
démónstró, démonstráre, démonstravi, démonstratus, 2ozmi out, explain

(demonstrate)

mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatus, commit, intrust (mandate)

LESSON XLVI, § 261

adventus, -üs, m., approach, arrival
(advent)

ante, prep. with acc., defore (ante-
date) i

cornü, -üs, n., horn, wing of an army
(cornucopia); à dextró cornü, oz
the right wing; 4 sinistro cornu,
on the left wing

equitatus, -üs, m., cavalry

exercitus, -üs, m., amy

impetus, -üs, m., a//ac£ (impetus);
impetum facere in, with acc., fo
make an attack on

lacus, -üs, dat. and abl. plur. lacu-
bus, m., dake

manus, -üs, f., hand; band, force
(manual)

portus, -üs, m., Aarbor (port)

post, prep. with acc., behind, after
(post-mortem)

crem6, cremáre, cremavi, crematus, 477 (cremate)
exerced, exercére, exercui, exercitus, practice, drill, train (exercise)

LESSON XLVII, § 270

Athenae, -àrum, f., plur., Aczhens

Corinthus, -i, f., Corinth

domus, -üs, locative domi, f., Zouse,
home (dome). Cf. domicilium

Genàva, -ae, f., Geneva
Pompeii, -órum, m., plur., Pompezz,
a city in Campania. See map

294

propter, prep. with acc., oz account

of, because of
ris, rüris, in the plur. only nom. and
acc. rüra, n., country (rustic)

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

tergum, tergi, n., dack, 4 tergo, de-
hind, in the rear

vulnus, vulneris, n., wound (vul-
nerable)

committó, committere, commisi, commissus, zz¢rust, commit, proelium

committere, 7ozz battle

convocó, convocare, convocavi, convocatus, ca// together, summon (convoke)

timeo, timére, timui,

, fear, be afraid (timid)

verti, vertere, verti, versus, /u77, change (convert); terga vertere, Zo turn

the backs, hence to retreat

LESSON XLVIII, § 276

acies, -é1, f., ze of battle

aestas, aestatis, f., summer

annus, -1, m., year (annual)

diés, diei, m., day (diary)

fides, fidei, no plur., f., fazth, trust;
promise, word, protection, in
fidem venire, to come under the
protection

fluctus, -üs, m., wave, dzllow (fluc-
tuate)

hiems, hiemis, f., evzzer

hora, -ae, f., hour

lux, lücis, f, “ght (lucid); prima
lüx, daybreak

meridies, acc. -em, abl. -é, no plur.,
m., #zdday (meridian)

nox, noctis (-ium), f., zzgAZ/ (noc-
turnal)

primus, -a, -um, /7s7¢ (prime)

rés, rel, £., Zhzng, matter (real); rés
gestae, deeds, exploits (lit. things
performed); x8s adversae, adver-
sity; res secundae, Prosperity

spes, spei, f., Zope

LESSON XLIX, $ 283

amicitia, -ae, f., friendship (ami-
cable)

itaque, conj., azd so, therefore, ac-
cordingly

littera, -ae,f., a etter of the alpha-
bet; plur., a Zetzer, an epistle

metus, metüs, m., fear

nihil, indeclinable, n., xothing
(nihilist)

nüntius, nünti, m., messenger. Cf.
nüntio

pax, pacis, f., Aeace (pacify)

regnum, -i, n., 7eZgz, sovereignty,
kingdom

supplicium, suppli’ci, n. 2uzzsA-
ment, supplicium sümere dé,
with abl., Zzfict punishment on;
supplicium dare, suffer punish-
ment. Cf. poena

placed, placére, placui, placitus, de pleasing to, please, with dative. Cf. $154
sümó, sümere, sümpsi, sumptus, ‘ake up, assume
sustined, sustinére, sustinul, sustentus, sustain

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

295

LESSON L, § 288

corpus, corporis, n., dody (corporal)

dénsus, -a, -um, dense

idem, e’adem, idem, demonstrative
pronoun, ZZe same (identity)

ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intensive pronoun,
self; even, very

mirus, -a, -um, wonderful, marvel-
ous (miracle)

olim, adv., formerly, once upon a
time

_pars, partis (-ium), f., part, region,

direction

quoque, adv., a/so. Stands after the
word which it emphasizes

sol, solis, m., saz (solar)

vérus, -a, -um, /rze, real (verity)

débeo, débére, debui, debitus, owe, ought (debt)
eripio, éripere, eripul, ereptus, szatch from

LESSON LI, $ 294

hic, haec, hoc, demonstrative pro-
noun, ZZzs (of mine); Ae, she, zz

ille, illa, illud, demonstrative pro-

_ noun, ¢hat (yonder); Ze, she, z£
invisus, -a, -um, hateful, detested,
with dative Cf. § 143

iste, ista, istud, demonstrative pro-
noun, ¢haz (of yours); he, she, zt

libertas, -atis, f., /¢berty

modus, -, m., measure, manner,
way, mode

nómen, nüminis, n., ame (nomi-
nate)

oculus, -1, m., eye (oculist)

pristinus, -a, -um, former, old-time
(pristine)

püblicus, -a, -um, Audlic, belonging
to the state; ves publica, rei pü-
blicae, f., the commonwealth, the
state, the republic

vestigium, vesti’gi, n., footprint,
track ; trace, vestige

vox, vocis, f., vozce

LESSON LII, § 298

incolumis, -e, wxharmed

né...quidem, adv., zo? even. The
emphatic word stands between ne
and quidem

nisi, conj., zz/ess, if... not

paene, adv., a/most (pen-insula)

décidó, decidere, decidi,

satis, adv., exough, suffictently (satis-
faction)

tantus, -a, -um, so great

vérd, adv., ¢ruly, indeed, in fact.
As a conj. but, however, usually
stands second, never first.

, fall down (deciduous)

désilió, désilire, désilui, désultus, /eap down, dismount
maneó, manére, mansi, mansiirus, vemazn
trádüco, trádücere, tradüxi, traductus, /ead across

296

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON LIII, $ 306

aquila, -ae, f., eag/z (aquiline)

audax, gen. audacis, adj.
audacious

celer, celeris, celere, swift, quick
(celerity. Cf. velox

explorator, -oris, m.,
(explorer)

ingéns, gen. ingentis, adj, Zzge,
vast

medius, -a, -um, dde, middle part
of (medium)

bold,

scout,

Spy

mens, mentis (-ium), f., zd (men-
tal. Cf. animus

opportünus, -a, -um, opportune

quam, adv., /zaz. With the super-
lative quam gives the force of as
possible, as quam audiacissimi
viri, zzez as bold as possible

recens, gen. recentis, adj., recent

tam, adv., so. Always with an ad-
jective or adverb, while ita is
generally used with a verb

quaeró, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, ask, inquire, seek (question). Cf. petó

LESSON LIV, $ 310

alacer, alacris, alacre, eager, spirited,
excited (alacrity)

celeritas, -atis, f., s5ee4 (celerity)

clamor, clamoris, m., shout, clamor

Jénis, léne, zz/Z, gent/e (lenient)

mulier, muli'eris, f., woman

multitüdó, multitüdinis, f., zuZrz-
tude

némo, dat. nemini, acc. neminem

(gen. nüllius, abl. nüllo, from nül-
lus), no plur., m. and f., zo one
nobilis, nóbile, well known, noble
noctü, adv. (an old abl), dy xight
(nocturnal)
statim, adv., zmediately, at once
subito, adv., suddenly
tardus, -a, -um, s/ow (tardy)

cupió, cupere, cupivi, cupitus, Zesze, wish (cupidity)

LESSON LV, $314

aedificium, aedifi’ci, n., duz/ding,
dwelling (edifice)

imperium, impe’ri, n., command,
chief power ; empire

reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, rest of

abd, abdere, abdidi, abditus, Azde

As a noun, m. and n. plur., Ze
rest (relic)
scelus, sceleris, n., c7zzze
servitüs, -ütis, f., s/avery (servitude)
valles, vallis (-ium), f., va//ey

contend6, contendere, contendi, contentus, sZrazz, struggle; hasten (contend)
occido, occidere, occidi, occisus, cu/ dozwzt, &i//. Cf. necd, interficid
perterred, perterrére, perterrui, perterritus, Zerrzfy, frighten

trádo, trádere, tradidi, traditus, evve over, surrender, deliver (traitor)

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

297

LESSON LVI, $318

aditus, -üs, m., approach, access;
entrance

civitas, civitatis, f., ciens.
body of citizens, state (city)

inter, prep. with acc. Jdetween,
among (interstate commerce)

incol6, incolere, incolui,
habito, vivo

, transitive, zzhabzt,;

mors, mortis (-ium), f., death (mortal)

nam, conj., for

obses, obsidis, m. and f., hostage

paulo, adv. (abl. n. of paulus), dy a
little, somewhat

intransitive, dwell. Cf.

recipio, recipere, recépi, receptus, zecezve, recover; se recipere, betake one's

self, withdraw, retreat

relinquó, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, Zeave, abandon (relinquish)
statuo, statuere, statui, statütus, diss decide (statute), usually with infin.

LESSON LVII, § 326

aequus, -a, -um, even, level, equal

cohors, cohortis (-ium), f., cohort, a
tenth part of a legion, about 360
men

curro, currere, cucurri, cursus, 77
(course)

difficultas, -atis, f., difficulty

fossa, -ae, f., dZ/c (fosse)

gens, gentis (-ium), f. race, tribe,
nation (Gentile)

negotium, negoti, n., éuszness,affazr,
matter (negotiate)

regio, -onis, f., regzoz, district

rumor, rümüris, m., zwzor, report.
Cf. fama

simul atque, conj., as soon as

suscipio, suscipere, suscepi, susceptus, wzde7take

traho, trahere, traxi, tractus, drag, draw (ex-tract)

vale, valére, valui, valitürus, de strong, plürimum valere, Zo be powerful,
have great influence (value). Cf. validus

LESSON LVIII, § 332

commeatus, -üs, m., 2rovzszons

látitüdo, -inis, f., «uz (latitude)

longitudo, -inis, f., /ength (longi-
tude)

magnitüdo, -inis, f. szze, magni-
tude

mercator, mercatoris, m., /7ader,
merchant

münitio, -Onis, f., fortzfication (mu-
nition)

spatium, spati, n., 700m, space, dis-
tance, time

cognóscó, cognüscere, cognóvi, cognitus, /eavm, in the perfect tenses, know

(re-cognize)

C0g0, cogere, coegi, coactus, collect, compel (cogent)
défendo, défendere, defendi, défénsus, defend

298 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

incendó, incendere, incendi, incensus, se/ five £o, burn (incendiary).. Cf. cremo
obtined, obtinere, obtinui, obtentus, fossess, occupy, hold (obtain)
perveni, pervenire, pervéni, perventus, come through, arrive

LESSON LIX, § 337

agmen, agminis, n., Zze of march, — Helvetii, drum, m., the Helvetiz, a

column, primum agmen, the va ; Gallic tribe

novissimum agmen, ¢he rear passus, passüs, m., 2 pace, five
atque, ac, conj., 22 ; atque is used Roman feet; mille passuum, a

before vowels and consonants, ac thousand (of) paces, a Roman

before consonants only. Cf. et and mile

-que qua dé causa, for this reason, for
concilium, conci’li, n., couzczZ, as- what reason

sembly vallum, d, n., earthworks, rampart

cado, cadere, cecidi, casürus, /2// (decadence)

dédo, dédere, dedidi, deditus, surrender, give up, with a reflexive pronoun,
surrender one's self, submit, with the dative of the indirect object

premó, premere, pressi, pressus, press hard, harass

vex0, vexàre, vexavi, vexátus, annoy, ravage (vex)

LESSON LX, § 341

aut, conj, oz; aut... aut, ezther opinio, -dnis, f., opzuzon, supposi-
72 tion, expectation

causa, abl. of causa, for the sake of, — rés frümentaària, rei frimentiriae, f.
because of. Always stands after (lit. the grain affair), grain supply
the gen. which modifies it timor, -oris, m., fear. Cf. timed

fere, adv., zearly, almost undique, adv., from all sides

conor, conari, conátus sum, a¢fempt, try

égredior, égredi, égressus sum, z ve out, disembark; progredior, move
forward, advance (egress, progress)

moror, morari, moratus sum, de/ay

orior, oriri, ortus sum, arise, spring ; begin; be born (from) (origin)

proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, sez out

revertor, reverti, reversus sum, 72/77: (revert). The forms of this verb are
usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., reverti

sequor, sequi, secutus sum, /o//ow (sequence). Note the following com-
pounds of sequor and the force of the different prefixes: cónsequor ( /o//osw
with), overtake, insequor (follow against), pursue, subsequor (follow
under), follow close after

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such; they are inserted
to show etymological meanings.

A

à or ab, prep. with abl. from, dy, off.
Translated oz in à dextró cornü, oz-
the right wing ; à fronte, on the front
or im front; & dextra, on the right;
A latere, oz; the side; etc.

ab-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus, Zide, conceal

ab-düuco, -ere, -düxi, -ductus, /ead off,
lead away

abs-cid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus [ab(s), off, +
caed6, cuz], cut off

ab-sum, -esse, àfui, afutürus, de away,
be absent, be distant, be off; with 4
or ab and abl., $ sor. 32

ac, conj., see atque

ac-Cipió, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus [ad, Zo, +
capio, take], recezve, accept

acer, acris, Acre, adj. ska7p; figura-
tively, £een, active, eager (§ 471)

acerbus, -a, -um, adj. d7tter, sour

acies, -éi, f. [Acer, sharp], edge ; line of
battle

ücriter, adv. [Acer, s£a75], compared
acrius, acerrimé, sharply, fiercely

ad, prep. with acc. fo, towards, near.
With the gerund or gerundive, zo, for

ad-aequó, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, make equal,
make level with

ad-dücó, -ere, -düxi, -ductus, /ead 7o;
move, induce

ad-e6, -ire, -ii, -itus, go fo, approach,

draw near, visit, with acc. (§ 413)

ad-ferd, ad-ferre, at-tuli, ad-latus,
bring, convey; report, announce;
render, give (§ 426)

ad-fició, -ere, -féci, -fectus [ad, /o, +
facid, do], affect, visit

adflictatus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of
adflicto, shatter], shattered

ad-flig6, -ere, -flixi, -flictus, dash upon,
strike upon; harass, distress

ad-hibeo, -ére, -ui, -itus [ad, zo, +
habeo, Zo/d], apply, employ, use

ad-hüc, adv. Aztherto, as yet, thus far

aditus, -üs, m. [ade6, approach),
approach, access; entrance. Cf.
adventus

ad-lig6, -are, -avi, -àtus, d7d to, fasten

ad-loquor, -loqui, -locütus sum, dep.
verb [ad, Zo, + loquor, speak], speak
to, address, with acc.

ad-ministr6, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, manage,
direct

admiratio, -onis, f. [admiror, wonder
at], admiration, astonishment

ad-moveó, -ére, -movi, -motus, move
to; apply, employ

ad-propinquo, -àre, -àvi, -dtus, come
near, approach, with dat.

ad-sum, -esse, -fui, -futürus, £e pres-
ent; assist ; with dat., § 426

aduléscéns, -entis, m. and f. [part. of
adoléscé, grow], a youth, young man,
young person

299

300

adventus

adventus, -üs, m. [ad, 7o, + venio,
come], approach, arrival (§ 466)

adversus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of adverto,
turn to], turned towards, facing;
contrary, adverse. rés adversae, ad-
versity

aedificium, aedifi'ci, n. [aedifico, 27/4],

' building, edifice

aedifico, -are, -àvi, -àtus [aedés, hozse,
+ facio, make), build

aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj. sich, feeble

aequalis, -e, adj. egzaZ, like. As a
noun, aequalis, -is, m. or f. oze of
the same age

aequus, -a, -um, adj. eve, level; equal

Aesopus, -1, m. sof, a writer of
fables

aestas, -atis, f. summer. inità aestate,
at the beginning of summer

aetas, -atis, f. age

Aethiopia, -ae, f. Atzzopza, a country
in Africa

Africa, -ae, f. Africa

Africanus, -a, -um, adj. of Africa.
A name given to Scipio for his
victories in Africa

ager, agri, m. feld, farm, land (§ 462. c)

agger, -eris, m. mound

agmen, -inis, n. [ag0, drive], an army
on the march, column. primum
agmen, ¢he van

ago, -ere, egi, actus, drive, lead; do,
perform. vitam agere, pass life

agricola, -ae, m. [ager, fe/d, + colo,
cultivate], farmer

agri cultüra, -ae, ft agriculture

ala, -ae, f. wing

alacer, -cris, -cre, adj. active, eager.
Cf. acer

alacritas, -àtis, f.
eagerness, alacrity

[alacer, aczzve],

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARV

ancilla

alacriter, adv. [alacer, active], comp.
alacrius, alacerrimé, actively, eagerly

albus, -a, -um, adj., whzte

alces, -is, f. elk .

Alcmena, -ae, f. A/cme' na, the mother
of Hercules

aliquis (-qui), -qua, -quid (-quod),
indef. pron. some one, some (§ 487)

alius, -a, -ud (gen. -ius, dat. -1), adj.
another, other. alius... alius, oze
2 another. alll. «. alll, some...
others (§ 110)

Alpés, -ium, f. plur. the Alps

alter, -era, -erum (gen. -ius, dat. 3), adj.
the one, the other (of two). alter...
alter, the one .. . the other (S110)

altitudo, -inis, f. [altus, 27gh], height

altus, -a, -um, adj. 4724, tall, deep

Amàzones, -um, f. plur. Amazons, a
fabled tribe of warlike women

ambo, -ae, -6, adj. (decl. like duo), doz

amicé, adv. [amicus, /77ezZ/y], superl.
amicissimé, zz a friendly manner

amicio, -ire, , ictus [am-, about,
+ iacio, throw], throw around, wrap
about, clothe

amicitia, -ae, f. [amicus, fend],
friendship

amicus, -a, -um, adj. [amd, Jove],
Jriendly. As a noun, amicus, -i, m.
friend

ü-mittó, -ere, -misi, -missus, sez
away; lose

am, -àre, -àvi, -atus, Jove, Like, be
fond of ($ 488)

amphitheatrum, -i, n. amphitheater

amplus, -a, -um, adj. large, ample;
honorable, noble

an, conj. oz, introducing the second
part of a double question

ancilla, -ae, f. »azdservant

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

ancora

ancora, -ae, f. anchor

Andromeda, -ae, f. Axdrom’eda,
daughter of Cepheus and wife of
Perseus

angulus, -1, m. angle, corner

anim-adverto, -ere, -ti, -sus [animus,
mind, adverto, turn to], turn the
mind to, notice

animal, -Alis, n. [anima, bvcath], animal
(8 465. 2)

animosus, -a, -um, adj. spirited

animus, -i, m. [anima, breath], mind,
heart ; spirit, courage, feeling, in this
sense often plural

annus, -i, m. year

ante, prep. with acc. before

antea, adv. [ante], dcfore, formerly

antiquus, -a, -um, adj. [ante, defore],
Jormer, ancient, old

aper, apri, m. wld boar

Apollo, -inis, m. 42o//o, son of Jupiter
and Latona, brother of Diana

ap-pared, -ére, -ui, [ad + pared,
appear], appear

ap-pell6, -àre, -àvi, -atus, ca// by name,
name. Cf. nomino, voco

Appius, -a, -um, adj. Appian

ap-plico, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, apply, direct,
turn

apud, prep. with acc. among; at, at
the house of

aqua, -ae, f. water

aquila, -ae, f. eagle

‘ara, -ae, f. altar

arbitror, -àri, -àtus sum, Z/z£, suf-
pose (8420. c). Cf. existimo, puto

arbor, -oris, f. Zrze (§ 247. 1. a)

Arcadia, -ae, f. 4»cadia, a district in
southern Greece

ürdeO, -ére, arsi, arsürus, be oz fire,
blaze, burn

301

auratus

arduus, -a, -um, adj. steep

Aricia, -ae, f. Avicia, a town on the
Appian Way, near Rome

aries, -etis, m. battering-ram (p. 221)

arma, -Orum, n. plur. as, weapons.
Cf. telum

armátus, -a, -um, adj. [armd, a7],
armed, equipped

aro, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, plow, tz//

ars, artis, f. a77, skill

articulus, -i, m. jou .

ascribO, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus [ad, zz
addition, + scribd, write], enroll,
enlist

Asia, -ae, f. Asia, i.e. Asia Minor

at, conj. ózz. Cf. autem, sed

Athenae, -àrum, f. plur. Athens

Atlas, -antis, m. 4//as, a Titan who
was said to hold up the sky

at-que, ac, conj. azd, and also, and
what is more. atque may be used
before either vowels or consonants,
ac before consonants only

attentus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of at-
tendo, direct (the mind) Zeward],
attentive, intent on,careful

at-tonitus, -a, -um, adj. ‘hunderstruck,
astounded

audacia, -ae, f. [audax, bold], boldness,
audacity

audacter, adv. [audax, 50/7], compared
audácius, audacissimé, bo/dly

audax, -àcis, adj. bold, daring

audeo, -ére, ausus sum, dare

audio, -ire, -Ivi or -ii, -itus, hear, listen
to (88 420. 2, 491)

Augéas, -ae, m. Auge’as, a king whose
stables Hercules cleaned

aura, -ae, f. ar, breeze

auratus, -a, -um, adj. [aurum, go/d],
adorned with gold

302
aureus

aureus, -a, -um, adj. [aurum, go/d],
golden

aurum, -i, u. gold

aut, conj ez. aut...aut, ezther ...or

autem, conj, usually second, never
first, in the clause, but, moreover,
however, now. Cf. at, sed

auxilium, auxili, n. help, aid, assist-
ance; plur. auxiliaries

&-vertó, -ere, -ti, -sus, turn away, turn
aside

avis, -is, f. d7rd ($ 243. 1)

B

ballista, -ae, f. da///sta, an engine for
hurling missiles (p. 220)

balteus, -i, m. belt, sword belt

barbarus, -3i, m. darbarian, savage

bellum, 3, n. va». bellum inferre, with
dat. make war upon

bene, adv. [for boné, from bonus], com-
pared melius, optimé, zwe//

benigne, adv. [benignus, 477d], com-
pared benignius, benignissime, £zz2/y

benignus, -a, -um, adj. good-natured,
kind, often used with dat.

bini, -ae, -a, distributive numeral adj.
two each, two at a time (§ 334)

bis, adv. £wice

bonus, -a, -um, adj. compared melior,
optimus, good, kind (8 469. a)

bos, bovis (gen. plur. boum or bovum,
dat. and abl. plur. bobuff*or bübus),
m. and f. ox, cow

bracchium, bracchi, 1. arm

brevis, -e, adj. short

Brundisium, -i, n. Brundisium, a sea-
port in southern Italy. See map

bulla, -ae, f. óz//a, a locket made of
small concave plates of gold fas-
tened by a spring (p. 212)

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

casa
Cc

C. abbreviation for Gàius, Eng. Cazus

cado, -ere, ce’cidi, cásürus, fa//

caedés, -is, f. [caedo, cuz], (a cutting
down), slaughter, carnage (§ 465. a)

caelum, -i, n. shy, heavens

Caesar, -aris, m. Cesar, the famous
general, statesman, and writer

calamitas, -atis, f. loss, calamity, defeat,
disaster

calcar, -aris, n. spur (§ 465. 2)

Campania, -ae, f. Campania, a dis-
trict of central Italy. See map

Campanus, -a, -um, adj. of Campania

campus, -i, m. plain, field, esp. the
Campus Martius, along the Tiber
just outside the walls of Rome

canis, -is, m. and f. dog

can6, -ere, ce’cini,

cantó, -are, -àvi, -átus [cand, szzg],
sing

Capénus, -a, -um, adj. of Capena, esp.
the 7577a Cage za, the gate at Rome
leading to the Appian Way

Capio, -ere, cépi, captus, /a£e, seize,
capture (S 492)

Capitolinus, -a, -um, adj. Jelonging
to the Capitol, Capitoline

Capitolium, Capitd’li, n. [caput,
head], the Capitol, the hill at Rome
on which stood the temple of
Jupiter Capitolinus and the citadel

capsa, -ae, f. ox for books

captivus, -i, m. [capid, ake], captive

Capua, -ae, f. Capua, a large city of
Campania. See map

caput, -itis, n. head (§ 464. 2. à)

carcer, -eris, m. f»zsoz, jail

Carrus, -1, m. cart, wagon

carus, -a, -um, adj. dear, precious

casa, -ae, f. Aut, cottage

SHE

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

castellum

castellum, -i, n. [dim. of castrum,
fort), redoubt, fort

castrum, -i, n. fort. Usually in the
plural castra, -óorum, a military
camp. castra ponere, Zo pitch camp

casus, -üs, m. [cado, fa//], chance;
misfortune, loss

catapulta, -ae, f. catapult, an engine
for hurling stones

catena, -ae, f. chain

caupüna, -ae, f. zzz

causa, -ae, f. cause, reason. quà dé
causa, for this reason

céd6, -ere, cessi, cessürus, give way,
retire

celer, -eris, -ere, adj. scw;/?, fleet

celeritas, -atis, f. [celer, scz/7], swift-
ness, speed

celeriter, adv. [celer, szv/7], compared
celerius, celerrimé, szuz/t/y

céna, -ae, f. dinner

centum, indecl. numeral adj. hundred

centurio, onis, m. centurion, captain

Cépheus (dissyl.), -ei (acc. Céphea),
m. Cepheus, a king of Ethiopia and
father of Andromeda

Cerberus, -i, m. Cerberus, the fabled
three-headed dog that guarded the
entrance to Hades

certamen, -inis, u. [cert6, struggle],
struggle, contest, rivalry

Certé, adv. [certus, sz7e], compared
certius, certissime, sz7z/y, certainly

certus, -a, -um, adj. fixed, certain,
sure. aliquem certiorem facere (to
make some one more certain), to
inform some one

Cervus, -1, m. stag, deer

cess0, -are, -àvi, -atus, de/ay, cease

cibaria, -orum, n. plur. food, provisions

Cibus, -i, m. food, victuals

303
collum

Cimbri, -órum, m. plur. 7£e Cimóri

Cimbricus, -a, -um, adj. Cimbrian

cinctus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of cingo,
surround |, girt, surrounded

cing6, -ere, cinxi, cinctus, gird, sur-
round

circiter, adv. about

circum, prep. with acc. around

circum’-d6, -dare, -dedi, -datus, place
around, surround, inclose

circum'-eó, -ire, -ii, -itus, go around

circum-sist6, -ere, circum’steti, ;
stand around, surround

circum-venio, -ire, -véni, -ventus (come
around), surround

citerior, -ius, adj. in comp., superl.
citimus, A7ther, nearer (§ 475)

civilis, -e, adj. [civis], czez/

civis, -is, m. and f. c7tizen (8 243. 1)

Civitas, -atis, f. [civis, citizen], (body
of citizens), state; citizenship

clamor, -oris, m. shout, cry

clarus, -a, -um, adj. clear; famous,
renowned ; bright, shining

classis, -is, f. eet

claud6, -ere, -si, -sus, s4uz, close

clavus, -i, m. s¢vipe

cliens, -entis, m. dependent, retainer,
client (§ 465. a)

Cocles, -itis, m. (blind in one eye),
Cocles, the surname of Horatius
CO-gnOSCÓ, -ere, -gnovi, -gnitus, Zea,

know, understand. Cf. scio ($ 420.2)
COg0, -ere, coegi, coactus [co(m)-, 7o-
gether, + ago, drive], (drive together),
collect ; compel, drive
cohors, cohortis, f. cohort, the tenth -
part of a legion, about 360 men
collis, -is, m. 277. in summo colle, oz
top of the hill (§ 247. 2. a)
collum, -i, u. eck

304
cold

cold, -ere, colui, cultus, cz/tivate, 177 ;
honor, worshzp; devote one's self to

columna, -ae, f. column, pillar

com- (col-, con-, cor-, co-), a prefix,
together, with, or intensifying the
meaning of the root word

coma, -ae, f. Zazr

comes, -itis, m. and f. [com-, zogether,
+ eo, go], companion, comrade

comitatus, -üs, m. [comitor, accom-
pany], escort, company

comitor, -àri, -àtus sum, dep. verb
[comes, companzon], accompany

com-meatus, -üs, m. supplies

com-minus, adv. [com-, 7/ogezAer, +
manus, and], hand to hand

com-mittó, -ere, -misi, -missus, 7077 £o-
gether; commit, intrust. proelium
committere, jozz battle. sé commit-
tere with dat., zrws? one's self to

commode, adv. [commodus, ///], com-
pared commodius, commodissime, coz-
venzently, fitly

commodus, -a, -um, adj. szztable, fit

com-motus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of com-
moveó, move], aroused, moved

com-paro, -are, -àvi, -atus [com-, in-
tensive, + paro, prepare], prepare ;
provide, get

com-pleó, -ére, -plévi, -plétus [com-,
intensive, + pled, 7/7], jill up

complexus, -üs, m. embrace

com-prim6, -ere, -pressi, -pressus
[com-, dogether, + premo, Press],
press together, grasp, seize

con-cid6, -ere, -cidi, [com-, inten-
sive, + cad0, fal], fall down

concilium, conci'li, u. meeting, council

con-clüdo, -ere, -clüsi, -clüsus [com-,
intensive, + claudo, close], shut up,
close end, finish

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

Cón-scendó
con-Curró, -ere, -curri, -cursus [com-,
together, + curro, zun], run together;
rally, gather
condici6, -dnis, f. [com-, zogether, +
dico, condition,
terms
con-d6n6, -àre, -avi, -atus, pardon
con-dücó, -ere, -düxi, -ductus, 4777
COn-fero, -ferre, -tuli, latus, d7ing
se conferre, detake one's

talk], agreement,

together.
self

con-fertus, -a, -um, adj. crowded, thick

confestim, adv. immediately

con-fició, -ere, -féci, -fectus [com-, com-
pletely, + facio, do], make, complete,
accomplish, finish

con-firmo, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, make firm,
establish, strengthen, affirm, assert

cón-fluó, -ere, -flüxi, y flow together

cón-fugio, -ere, -fügi, -fugitürus, /fee
Sor refuge, flee

con-icid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus [com-, in-
tensive, + iacio, throw], hurl

con-iungó, -ere, -iünxi, -iünctus [com-,
together, + iungo, join], join together,
unite

Con-iüro, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [com-, zogether,
+ itir6, swear], unite by oath, con-
spire

con-locd, -are, -àvi, -dtus [com-, 7o-
gether, + loco, place), arrange, place,
station

conloquium, conlo’qui, n. [com-, zo-
gether, + loquor, speak], conversation,
conference

cOnor, -àri, -àtus sum, dep. verb, ez-
deavor, attempt, try

cOn-scend6d, -ere, -scendi, -scénsus
[com-, intensive, + scandó, cmi],
climb up, ascend. navem cónscen-
dere, embark, go on board

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

cOn-scribd
- cOn-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus

[com-, ZegetÀher, + scribo, write],
(write together), enroll, enlist

con-secro, -are, -àvi, -àtus [com-, inten-
sive, + sacro, consecrate], consecrate,
devote

cón-sequor, -sequi, -secütus sum, dep.
verb [com-, intensive, + sequor, fo/-
low], pursue; overtake; win

cOn-serv6, -àre, -àvi, -atus [com-, in-
tensive, + servo, save], preserve, save

consilium, consi’li, u. plan, purpose,
design ; wisdom

cOn-sistO, -ere, -stiti, -stitus [com-,
intensive, + sistd, cause to stand],
stand firmly, halt, take one’s stand

con-spició, -ere, -spéxi, -spectus [com-,
intensive, + spicio, spy], look at at-
tentively, perceive, see

constantia, -ae, f. frmness, steadiness,
perseverance

con-stitud, -ere, -ui, -ütus [com-, in-
tensive, + statuo, sez], establish, de-
termine, resolve

COn-stO, -àre, -stiti, -statirus [com-,
together, + sto, stand], agree; be
certain ; consist of

consul, -ulis, m. consul (§ 464. 2. a)

CÓn-süm0, -ere, -sümpsi, -sümptus
[com-, intensive, + sümó, take], con-
sume, use up

con-tend6, -ere, -di, -tus, strain; has-
ten; fight, contend, struggle

con-tineó, -ére, -ui, -tentus [com-, Zo-
gether, + tened, hold), hold together,
hem in, contain; restrain

contra, prep. with acc. against, con-
trary to

con-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -tractus [com-,
together, + traho, draw], draw to-
gether; of sails, shorten, furl

305
crésco

controversia, -ae, f. dispute, quarrel

con-venió, -ire, -véni, -ventus [com-,
together, + venio, come], come to-
gether, meet, assemble

con-vert0, -ere, -verti, -versus [com-,
intensive, + verto, Zur], turn

COn-VOCO, -àre, -àvi, -atus [com-, 7o-
gether, + voco, call], call together

co-orior, -iri, -ortus sum, dep. verb
[com-, intensive, + orior, vise], rise,
break forth

copia, -ae, f. [com-, intensive, + ops,
wealth|, abundance, wealth, plenty.
Plur. copiae, -àrum, troops

coqud, -ere, coxi, coctus, cook

Corinthus, 4, f. Corinth, the famous
city on the Isthmus of Corinth

Cornélia, -ae, f. Corzelia, daughter of
Scipio and mother of the Gracchi

Cornélius, Corné/li, m. Cornelius, a
Roman name

corni, -üs, n.horz; wing of an army. à
dextro cornü, oz the right wing (§ 466)

corona, -ae, f. garland, wa cath; crown

coronatus, -a, -um, adj. crowned

corpus, -oris, n. dody

cor-ripid, -ere, -ui, -reptus [com-, in-
tensive, + rapid, sezze], sezze, grasp

cotidianus, -a, -um, adj. Zaz/y

cotidie, adv. dazly

créber, -bra, -brum, adj. Z4zc£, crowded,
numerous, frequent

credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, vst, believe,
with dat. (§ 501. 14)

crem6, -àre, -àvi, -atus, óuzz

cred, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, make; elect,
appoint

Creün, -ontis, m. Creon, a king of
Corinth

CréSCO, -ere, crévi, crétus, 7vse, grow,
increase

306

Creta

Créta, -ae, f. Crete, a large island in
the Mediterranean

Crétaeus, -a, -um, adj. Cretan

cris, crüris, n. Zeg

crüstulum, -i, n. pastry, cake

cubile, -is, n. bed

cultura, -ae, f. culture, cultivation

cum, conj. with the indic. or subjv.
when; since; although (§ 501. 46)

cum, prep. with abl. with (S 209)

cupide, adv. [cupidus, deszrous], com-
pared cupidius, cupidissimé, eage7Zy

cupiditas, -atis, f. [cupidus, deszzous],
desire, longing

Cupio, -ere, -ivi or -ii, -itus, desire,
wish. Cf. volo

cir, adv. why, wherefore

cüra, -ae, f. care, pains; anxiety

cüria, -ae, f. senate house

curo, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [cüra, cave], care
for, attend to, look after

CUIIO, -ere, cucurri, cursus, 77:7

currus, -üs, m. chariot

cursus, -üs, m. course

custodio, -ire, -ivi, -itus [custos, gard],
guard, watch

D

Daedalus, -i, m. Dea’alus, the sup-
posed inventor of the first flying
machine

Davus, -i, m. Davus, name of a slave

dé, prep. with abl. down from, from ;
concerning, about, for ($209). quà
dé causa, for this reason, wherefore

dea, -ae, f. goddess (§ 461. a)

débed, -ére, -ui, -itus [dé, from, +
habed, old], owe, ought, should

decem, indecl. numeral adj. Zez

dé-cerno, -ere, -crévi, -crétus [dé, from,
+ cerno, separate), decide, decree

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

dénsus

dé-cid6, -ere, -cidi, [dé, down, +
cado, fall], fall down

decimus, -a, -um, numeral adj. tenth

declivis, -e, adj. sloping downward

dé-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, e7ve up, surren-
der. sé dédere, surrender one's self

dé-düco, -ere, -düxi, -ductus [dé, dow,
+ dict, Zead ], lead down, escort

de-fend6, -ere, -di, -fénsus, ward off,
repel, defend

de-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus [dé, dowz,
+ fero, bring], bring down ; report,
announce (§ 426)

dé-fessus, -a, -um, adj. Zired out, weary

de-ficio, -ere, -féci, -fectus [dé, from,
+ fació, make], fail, be wanting;
revolt from

dé-fig6, -ere, -fixi, -fixus [dé, down, +
figo, fasten], fasten, fix

dé-ici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus [dé, dowz,
+ iacid, Aur], hurl down; bring
down, kill

de-inde, adv. (from thence), then, in
the next place

délect6, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, delight

déleo, -ére, -évi, -étus, blot out, destroy

déelibero, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, weigh, delib-
erate, ponder

dé-ligo, -ere, -légi, -léctus [dé, from,
+ lego, gather], choose, select

Delphicus, -a, -um, adj. Delphic

demissus, -a, -um [part. of démitté,
send down], downcast, humble

dé-mOnstr6, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [dé, oz,
+ monstro, Poznt], point out, show

demum, adv. a? last, not till then. tum
démum, ¢hen at last

dénique, adv. at last, finally. Cf.
postrémó

déns, dentis, m. /ooz4 ($ 247. 2. a)

densus, -a, -um, adj. dense, thick

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

dé-pended

de-pendeo, -ére, s [d&, dow,
+ pended, hang], hang from, hang
down

dé-plor6, -àre, -àvi, -dtus [dé, inten-
sive, + ploro, waz/], &ewazl, deplore

d&-pónoO, -ere, -posui, -positus [dé, Zowz,
+ pond, put], put down

dé-scendó, -ere, -di, -scénsus [dé, dowz,
+ scando, climb], climb down, descend

de-scribó, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus [dé,
down, + scribo, write], write down

désider6, -àre, -avi, -àtus, long for

dé-sili6, -ire, -ui; -sultus [dé, down, +
salio, /eap], leap down

dé-spér6, -àre, -avi, -àtus [dé, away
rom, + spéro, hope], despair

dé-spició, -ere, -spéxi, -spectus [dé,
down], look down upon, despise

dé-sum, -esse, -fui, -futürus [de, away
from, + sum, be], be wanting, lack,
with dat. (§ 426)

deus, -i, m. god (§ 468)

dé-volvó, -ere, -volvi, -volütus [dé,
down, + volvo, voll], roll down

de-voro, -dre, -dvi, -dtus [dé, doc,
+ voro, swallow], devour

dexter, -tra, -trum (-tera, -terum), adj.
to the right, right. & dextro cornü,
on the right wing

Diana, -ae, f. Diana, goddess of the
moon and twin sister of Apollo

dico, -ere, dixi, dictus (imv. dic),
say, speak, tell. Usually introduces
indirect discourse (§ 420. a)

dictator, -oris, m. [dictd, - dictate],
dictator, a chief magistrate with
unlimited power

dies, -é&i or dié, m., sometimes f. in
sing., day (§ 467)

dif-fero, -ferre, distuli, dilatus [dis-,
apart, + ferd, carry], carry apart;

aoe
dis-tribud

differ. differre inter sé, differ from
each other

dif-ficilis, -e, adj. [dis-, oz, + faci-
lis, easy], hard, difficult (§ 307)

difficultas, -àtis, f. [difficilis, 4274],
difficulty

diligenter, adv. [diligéns, ca7z/wi],
compared diligentius, diligentissime,
industriously, diligently

diligentia, -ae, f. [diligéns, cavefu/],
industry, diligence

di-micó, -àre, -àvi, -atus, fight, struggle

di-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus [di-, of,
+ mitto, sezd], send away, dismiss,
disband. dimittere animum in, direct
one’s mind to, apply one’s self to

Diomedes, -is, m. Di-o-mé’dés, a name

dis-, di-, a prefix expressing separa-
tion, off, apart, in different directions.
Often negatives the meaning

dis-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -cessürus [dis-,
apart, + cédo, go], depart from, leave,
withdraw, go away

dis-cerno, -ere, -crévi, -crétus [dis-,
apart, + cerno, sz/?], separate; dis-
tinguish

disciplina, -ae, f. zzstruction, train-
ing, discipline

discipulus, -i, m. [disco, Zea], pupzt,
disciple

disco, -ere, didici, , learn

dis-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussus [dis-,
apart, + quatio, shake], shatter, dash

. to pieces

dis-ponó, -ere, -posui, -positus [dis-,
apart, + pond, put], put here and
there, arrange, station

dis-similis, -e, adj. [dis-, aa7t, + si-
milis, Zike], unlike, dissimilar (S 307)

dis-tribuo, -ere, -ui, -ütus, divide,
distribute

308
dit

diü, adv., compared diütius, diütis-
sime, for a long time, long (§ 477)

d6, dare, dedi, datus, g7ve. in fugam
dare, put to flight. alicui negotium
dare, employ some one

doceo, -ére, -ui, -tus, zeach, show

doctrina, -ae, £f. [doctor, ZeacAer],
teaching, learning, wisdom

dolor, -oris, m. pain, sorrow

domesticus, -a, -um, adj. [domus,
house), of the house, domestic

domicilium, domici’li, n. dwedling,
house, abode. Cf. domus

domina, -ae, f. mzzs¢vess (of the house),
lady (§ 461)

dominus, -i, m. master (of the house),
owner, ruler (§ 462)

domus, -üs, f. 4ozse, home. domi, loca-
tive, at home (8 468)

dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, s/eep

dracó, onis, m. serpent, dragon

dubito, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, hesitate

dubius, -a, -um, adj. [duo, £e], (zov-

ing two ways), doubtful, dubious

du-centi, -ae, -a, numeral adj. two
hundred

düco, -ere, düxi, ductus (imv. düc), Zead,
conduct

dum, conj. whzle, as long as

duo, duae, duo, numeral adj. £we
($ 479)

duo-decim, indecl. numeral adj. wee

dürus, -a, -um, adj. Zazd, tough ; harsh,
pitiless, bitter

dux, ducis, m. and f. [cf. düco, Zad],
leader, commander

E
€ or ex, prep. with abl. out of, from,

aff, of (§ 209)

eburneus, -a, -um, adj. of zvozy

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

éruptid

ecce, adv. see/ behold! there! here!

&-dücoó, -ere, -düxi, -ductus [8, ow, +
düco, lead], lead out, draw out

ef-ficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus [ex, chor
oughly, + facio, do], work out ; make,
cause

ef-fugio, -ere, -figi, -fugitürus [ex,
rom, + fugio, flee), escape

egeo, -ére, -ui, , be in need of, lack,
with abl. (§ 5o1. 32)

ego, pers. pron. /; plur. nés, we (§ 480)

é-gredior, -i, égressus sum, dep. verb
[8; out of, + gradior, go], go out, go
forth. 6 navi égredi, disembark

6&-icio, -ere, -iécl, -iectus [€, fo7th, +
iacio, hurl], hurl forth, expel

elementum, -i, n., in plur. first prin-
ciples, rudiments

elephantus, -i, m. elephant

Elis, Elidis, f. Z’/is, a district of south-
ern Greece

emó, -ere, emi, émptus, day, purchase

enim, conj., never standing first, /o7,
in fact, indeed. Cf. nam

Ennius, Enni, m. E£zzzzus, the father of
Roman poetry, born 239 B.C.

e6, ire, ii (ivi), itürus, go (8 499)

eó, adv. Zo that place, thither

Epirus, -i, f. Ep7us, a district in the
north of Greece

eques, -itis, m. [equus, Zozse], horse-
man, cavalryman

equitatus, -üs, m. [equito, 77e], cavalry

equus, -i, m. Zozse

&-rigó, -ere, -réxi, -réctus [8, owt, +
rego, make straight], raise up

&-ripio, -ere, -ui, -reptus [8, ow? of, +
tapi0, sezze], sezze; rescue

&-rumpó, -ere, -rüpi, -ruptus [&, fo77h,
+ rumpo, dveak], burst forth

éruptis, -onis, f. sadly

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

Erymanthius

Erymanthius, -a, -um, adj. Exyman-
thian, of Erymanthus, a district in
southern Greece

et, conj. avd, also. et... et, both...
and. Cf. atque, ac, -que

etiam, adv. (rarely conj.) [et, aZso, +
iam, zow], yet, still; also, besides. Cf.
quoque. nón solum...sed etiam, ot
only... but also

Etrüscl, orum, m. the Etruscans, the
people of Etruria. See map of Italy

Europa, -ae, f. Europe

Eurystheus, -1, m. Zurys’theus, a king
of Tiryns, a city in southern Greece

é-vad6, -ere, -vàsi, -vásus [e, ow/, +
vàdo, go], go forth, escape

ex, see €

exanimatus, -a, -um [part. of exanimo,
put out of breath (anima)], adj. ozt
of breath, tired ; lifeless

ex-cipió, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus [ex, oz/,
+ capio, take), welcome, receive

exemplum, -i, u. example, model

ex-e0, -Ire, -il, -itürus [ex, oz, + eo, go],
go out, go forth (§ 413)

ex-erceó, -ére, -ui, -itus [ex, oud, +
arceo, shut], (shut out), employ, train,
exercise, USE

exercitus, -üs, m. [exerced, 47azz],
army

ex-istim6, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [ex, oz/, +
aestimo, reckon], estimate; think,
Judge (§ 420.c). Cf. arbitror, puto

ex-orior, -iri, -ortus sum, dep. verb [ex,
forth, + orior, rise], come forth, rise

expeditus, -a, -um, adj. without baggage

ex-pell6, -ere, -puli, -pulsus [ex, oz,
+ pello, drive], drive out

ex-pio, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [ex, intensive,
+ pid, atone for], make amends for,
atone for

309
fama

explorator, -óris, m. [explóro, zzvest-
gate], spy, scout

exploro, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, examine, ex-
plore

ex-pugno, -àre, -àvi, -átus [ex, oz, +
pugno, fzgAt], take by storm, capture

exsilium, exsi'li, n. [exsul, exz], ban-
Zshment, exile

ex-specto, -are, -àvi, -àtus [ex, ow/, +
Spectó, look], expect, wait

ex-struü, -ere, -strüxi, -striictus [ex,
out, + struo, build], build up, erect

exterus, -a, -um, adj., compared ex-
terior, extremus or extimus, oz/side,
outer (§ 312)

extra, prep. with acc. beyond, outside of

ex-trah6, -ere, -tráxi, -tráctus [ex, ow/,
+ traho, drag], drag out, pull forth

extrémus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of ex-
terus, utmost, farthest (§ 312)

F

fabula, -ae, f. story, tale, fable

facile, adv. [facilis, easy], compared
facilius, facillimé, easzZy (§ 322)

facilis, -e, adj. [cf. facid, sake], easy,
without difficulty (§ 307)

facid, -ere, féci, factus (imv. fac),
make, do; cause, bring about. impe-
tum facere in, make an attack upon.
proelium facere, fight « battle. iter
facere, make a march or journey.
aliquem certiorem facere, zzform
some one. facere verba pro, speak in
behalf of. Passive fio, fieri, factus
sum, de done, happen. certior fieri,
be informed

fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsus, 7775, detray,
deceive

fama, -ae, f. report, rumor; renown,
Jame, reputation

310
famés

fames, -is (abl. fame), f. Anger

familia, -ae, f. servants, slaves; house-
hold, family

fasces, -ium (plur. of fascis), f. fasces
(p. 225)

fastigium, fasti’gi, n.
descent

fatum, -1, n. fate, destiny

faucés, -ium, f. plur. jaws, throat

faved, -ére, favi, fautürus, de favorable
to, favor, with dat. (§ sor. 14)

félix, -icis, adj. happy, lucky

femina, -ae, f. woman. Cf. mulier

fera, -ae, f. [ferus, w7/d], wz/d beast

ferax, -àcis, adj. fertile

fere, adv. about, nearly, almost

fero, ferre, tuli, latus, dear. graviter
or moleste ferre, óe annoyed
(8 498)

ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum, 7707],
made of iron

fidelis, -e, adj. [fidés, £z], faztAful,
true

fidés, fidel or fide, 7rzsz, faith ; promise,
word; protection. in fidem venire,
come under the protection. in fidé

top; slope,

manére, remain loyal

filia, -ae (dat. and abl. plur. filiabus),
f. daughter (8 461. a)

filius, fili (voc. sing. fili), m. soz

finis, -is, m. doundary, limit, end; in
plur. territory, country (8 243. 1)

finitimus, -a, -um, adj. [finis, 2ozz4-
ary], adjoining, neighboring. Plur.
finitimi, -órum, m. neighbors

fio, fieri, factus sum, used as passive
of facio. See facio (§ 500)

flamma, -ae, f. five, fame

flos, floris, m. fower

fluctus, -üs, m. [cf. fluo, /fow], /food,
wave, billow

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

fuga

flümen, -inis, n. [cf. fluo, /£oz], r7ver
(§ 464. 2.2)

fluo, -ere, flüxi, fluxus, /fow

fluvius, fluvi, m. [cf. fluo, fow], river

fodi6, -ere, fodi, fossus, dig

fons, fontis, m. fountain (§ 247. 2.)

forma, -ae, f. form, shape, appearance ;
beauty

Formiae, -arum, f. Zozziae, a town of
Latium onthe Appian Way. See map

forte, adv. [abl. of fors, chance], by
chance

fortis, -e, adj. strong ; fearless, brave

fortiter, adv. [fortis, strong], com-
pared fortius, fortissime, s¢rongly ;
bravely

fortuna, -ae, f. [fors, chance], chance,
fate, fortune

forum, -i, n. market place, esp. the
Forum Romanum, where the life of
Rome centered

Forum Appi, Forum of Appius, a town
in Latium on the Appian Way

fossa, -ae, f. [cf. fodio, dig], ditch

fragor, -óris, m. [cf. frango, ózea£],
crash, noise

frango, -ere, frégi, fractus, dveak

frater, -tris, m. brother

fremitus, -üs, m. loud noise

frequent, -àre, -àvi, -átus, attend

frétus, -a, -um, adj. supported, trusting.
Usually with abl. of means

frons, frontis, f. /7o»/. à fronte, in front

fructus, -üs, m. ru

frümentarius, -a, -um, adj. pertaining
to grain. 16s frimentaria, grain
supplies

frümentum, -i, n. grain

friistra, adv. cz vain, vainly

fuga, -ae, f. [cf. fugio, fee], fight.
in fugam dare, put to flight

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

fugio
fugio, -ere, fügi, fugitürus, fee, run ;
avoid, shun
fümo, -àre,
fünis, -is, m. 7e
furor, -óris, m. [furo, rage], madness.
in furürem incidere, go mad

y ——3 smoke

G

Gaius, Gai, m. Gaus, a Roman name,
abbreviated C., English form Cazus

Galba, -ae, m. Ga/ba, a Roman name

galea, -ae, f. helmet

Gallia, -ae, f£. Gaz/, the country com-
prising what is now Holland, Bel-
gium, Switzerland, and France

Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. GaZzc

gallina, -ae, f. hen, chicken

Gallus, -i, m. 2 Gaul

gaudium, gaudi, n. joy

Genava, -ae, f. Geneva, a city in
Switzerland

géns, gentis, f. [cf. gigno, beget], race,
family ; people, nation, tribe

genus, -eris, n. ind, variety

Germania, -ae, f. Germany

Germànus, -i, m. « German

gerd, -ere, gessi, gestus, carry, wear;
wage. bellum gerere, wage war. res
gestae, explozts. bene gerere, carry
on successfully

gladiatorius, -a, -um, adj. g/adiatorial

gladius, gladi, m. sword

gloria, -ae, f. glory, fame

Gracchus, -1, m. Gracchus, name of a
famous Roman family

gracilis, -e, adj. slender (§ 307)

Graeca, rum, n. plur. Greek writ-
ings, Greek literature

Graecé, adv. zz Greek

Graecia, -ae, f. Greece

grammaticus, -i, m. grammarian

31I

honestus

gratia, -ae, f. thanks, gratitude

gratus, -a, -um, adj. acceptable, pleas-
ing. Often with dat. (§ 501. 16)

gravis, -8, adj. heavy; disagreeable ;
serious, dangerous ; earnest, weighty

graviter, adv. [gravis, Aeavy], com-
pared gravius, gravissime, heavily ;
&reatly, seriously. graviter ferre,
bear ill, take to heart

gubernator, -dris, m. [gubernd, 2z/or],
pilot

H

habed, -ére, -ui, -itus, Aave, hold;
regard, consider, deem

habito, -dre, -àvi, -atus [cf. habeo,
have], dwell, abide, inhabit. Cf.
incold, vivo

hac-tenus, adv. thus far

Helvetii, -órum, m. the Helvetii, a
Gallic tribe

Hercules, -is, m. Hercules, son of
Jupiter and Alcmena, and god of
strength

Hesperidés, -um, f. the Hesperides,
daughters of Hesperus, who kept
the garden of the golden apples

hic, haec, hoc, demonstrative adj.
and pron. ¢kzs (of mine); as pers.
pron. Ze, she, zt (8 481)

hic, adv. heve

hiems, -emis, f. «zer

hinc, adv. [hic, Zee], from here, hence

Hippolyte, -és, f. Aippolyte, queen of
the Amazons

ho-dié, adv. [modified form of hic die,
on this day], to-day

homo, -inis, m. and f£. (human being),
man, person

honestus, -a, -um, adv. [honor, Zezer],
respected, honorable

312

honor

honor, -dris, m. honor

hora, -ae, f. hour

Horatius, Hora’ti, m. Zoratiws, a
Roman name

horribilis, -e, adj. ¢er7ible, horrible

hortor, -àri, -àtus sum, dep. verb,

exhort, encourage

urge, incite,

(§ 493)

hortus, 3i, m. garden

hospitium, hospi'ti, n. [hospes, Zos],
hospitality

hostis, -is, m. and f. ememy, foe
(8 465. a)

humilis, -e, adj. Jo, Aule (8 307)

Hydra, -ae, f. the Hydra, a mythical
water snake slain by Hercules

I

jaci, -ere, iéci, iactus, throw, hurl

jam, adv. zow, already. nec iam, and
no longer

Iàniculum, -i, n. the Janiculum, one
of the hills of Rome

janua, -ae, f. door

ibi, adv. there, in that place

Icarus, 4, m. /c’arus, the son of
Deedalus

ictus, -üs, m. [cf. 1co, sZzz£e], blow

idem, e’adem, idem, demonstrative
pron. [is + dem], same (§ 481)

idoneus, -a, -um, adj. suztaóze, fit

igitur, conj., seldom the first word,
therefore, then. Cf. itaque

ignis, -is, m. fre (88 243.1; 247. 2.4;
465, 1)

ignotus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, ot, +
(g) notus, &ztown], unknown, strange

ille, illa, illud, demonstrative adj. and
pron. that (yonder); as pers. pron.
he, she, tt (§ 481)

illic, adv. [cf. ille], yonder, there

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

in-cautus

im-mittó, -ere, -misi, -missus [in,
against, + mitto, seza], send against;
let in

immolo, -àre, -avi, -àtus [in, z7oz, +
mola, meal], sprinkle with sacrificial
meal; offer, sacrifice

im-mortàlis, -e, adj. [in-, zez, + mor-
talis, mortal], immortal

im-mortalitas, -àtis, f. [immortalis,
immortal], immortality

im-paratus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, zoz, +
parátus, prepared], unprepared

impedimentum, -i, n. [impedio, 4zz-
der], hindrance; in plur. baggage

impeditus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of im-
pedio, Aznder], hindered, burdened

im-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus [in,
against, + pello, strike], strike
against; impel, drive, propel

imperator, -Oris, m. [imperó, com-
mand), general

imperium, impe’ri, n. [imperó, com-
mand], command, order ; realm, em-
pire; power, authority

impero, -àre, -avi, -atus, command,
order. Usually with dat. and an ob-
ject clause of purpose (8 501. 41).
With acc.-object, levy, zmpose

impetus, -üs, m. attack. impetum
facere in, make an attack upon

im-pOnó,-ere, -posui, -positus [in, 207,
+ pono, place], place upon ; impose,
assign

in, prep. with acc. zz/o, to, against, at,
upon, towards; with abl. zx, on. in
reliquum tempus, for the future

in-, inseparable prefix. With nouns
and adjectives often with a negative
force, like English z-, zz-

in-cautus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, ot, +
cautus, careful], off one's guard

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

incendium

incendium, incendi, n. fame, fire. Cf.
ignis, flamma

in-cendO, -ere, -di, -cénsus, set fire to,
burn

in-cid6, -ere, -cidi, —— [in, zz, on, +
cado, fall), fall in, fall on ; happen.
in furorem incidere, go mad

in-cipi6, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus [in, o»,
+ capio, take], begin

in-cognitus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, oz, +
cognitus, £zovz], unknown

in-col6, -ere, -ui, [in, zz, + colo,
dwell], inhabit; live

incolumis, -e, adj. sound, safe, un-
injured, unharmed

in-crédibilis, -e, adj. [in-, e£, +
crédibilis, Zo be believed], incredible

inde, from that place, thence

induo, -ere, -ui, -ütus, put on

indütus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of induo,
put on], clothed

in-e6, -ire, -ii, -itus [in, zo, + eo, go],
go into; enter upon, begin, with acc.
(§ 413)

in-fans, -fantis, adj. [in-, zzoz, + * fins,
speaking], not speaking. As a noun,
m. and f. zzfant

in-félix, -icis, adj. [in-, zo/, + félix,
happy), unhappy, unlucky

infénsus, -a, -um, adj. Zoszz/e

in’-ferd, infer’re, in’tuli, inla’tus [in,
against, + fero, bear], bring against
or upon, inflict, with acc. and dat.
(8 501. 15). bellum inferre, with dat.,
make war upon

Inferus, -a, -um, adj. low, below
(§ 312)

in-finitus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, zo, +
finitus, bounded], boundless, endless

in-firmus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, ot, +
firmus, strong], weak, infirm

ats
in-strud

ingenium, inge’ni, u. ZaZez?, ability

ingéns, -entis, adj. vast, huge, enor-
mous, large. Cf. magnus

in-gredior, -gredi, -gressus sum [in, zz,
+ gradior, walk], advance, enter

inimicus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, ot, +
amicus, friendly], hostile. As a noun,
inimicus, -i, m. enemy, foe. Cf. hostis

initium, ini'ti, extrance, beginning

initus, -a, -um, part. of ined. inità
aestate, at the beginning of summer

iniüria, -ae, f. [in, against, + its, Jaw],
injustice, wrong, injury. alicui in-
iürias inferre, flict wrongs upon
some one

inopia, -ae, f. [inops, zeedy], want,
need, lack

in-opináns, -antis, adj. [in-, ot, +
opinans, thinking], not expecting,
taken by surprise

inquit, sazd he, said she. Regularly
inserted in a direct quotation ,

in-rigó, -àre, -Avi, -àtus, irrigate, water

in-rumpo, -ere, -ripi, -ruptus [in, zz:/o,
+ rumpo, 47eak], burst in, break in

in-ruo, -ere, -rui, [in, zz, + ruo,
rush], rush in

In-sequor, -sequi, -secütus sum, dep.
verb [in, ez, + sequor, follow], fol-
low on, pursue

in-signe, -is, u.
(8 465. 2)

insignis, -e, adj. remarkable, noted

instàns, -antis, adj. [part. of insto, de
at hand], present, immediate

In-sto, -àre, -stiti, -statürus [in, z7oz,
+ sto, stand], stand upon; be at
hand ; pursue, press on

instrümentum, -i, n. zzstrument

in-struó, -ere, -strüxi, -strüctus [in, oz,
+ struo, óuz/d], draw up

badge, decoration

314
insula

insula, -ae, f. 7sland

integer, -gra, -grum, zz oucAed, whole ;
fresh, new

intellego, -ere, -léxi, -léctus [inter, de-
tween, + lego, choose], perceive, under-
stand (§ 420.4)

intento, -àre, -avi, -àtus, am ; threaten

inter, prep. with acc. between, among;
during, while ($ 340)

interfectus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of inter-
ficio, £777), slain, dead

inter-fició, -ere, -féci, -fectus [inter,
between, + facio, make], put out of
the way, kill. Cf. neco, occidó, trucido

interim, adv. meanwhile

interior, -ius, adj. zzzezzor, znner ($315)

inter-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, /eave
off, suspend

interpres, -etis, m. and f. zuzerpreter

inter-rogo, -are, -àvi, -àtus, question

inter-sum, -esse, -fui, -futürus [inter,
detween, 4- sum, be], be present, take
part in, with dat. (§ sor. 15)

inter-vallum, -i, n. zz£erval, distance

intra, adv. and prep. with acc. within,
in

intro, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, go into, enter

in-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ventus [in, «oz,
+ venio, come], find

invisus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of invideo,
envy], hated, detested

Iolaus, -i, m. fo-/d’us, a friend of
Hercules

ipse, -a, -um, intensive pron. that very,
this very; self, himself, herself, itself,
($ 481)

ira, -ae, f. wrath, anger

iratus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of iráscor,
be angry], angered, enraged

is, ea, id, demonstrative adj. and pron.
this, that; he, she, it (§ 481)

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

lacus

iste, -a, -ud, demonstrative adj. and
pron. /ha¢t (of yours), he, she, i
(§ 481)

ita, adv. so, thus. Cf. sic and tam

Italia, -ae, f. Zaly

ita-que, conj. az so, therefore

item, adv. also

iter, itineris, n. journey, march, route ;
way, passage (88 247.1.@; 468). iter
dare, givea right of way, allow to pass.
iter facere, march (see p. 159

iubeo, -ére, iussi, iussus, order, com-
mand. Usually with the infin. and
subj. acc. ($ 213)

iüdex, -icis, m. and f. judge (§ 464. 1)

iudico, -dre, -àvi, -àtus [iüdex, judge],
Judge, decide (S 420. c)

Tilia, -ae, /u/ia, a Roman name

Iulius, Iüli, m. /z//is, a Roman name

iungo, -ére, iünxi, iünctus, 70/7 ; yoke,
harness

Iüno, -onis, f. /z20, the queen of the
gods and wife of Jupiter

Iuppiter, lovis, m. /zgzfer, the su-
preme god

iiir6, -àre, -àvi, -dtus, swear, take an oath

iussus, -a, -um, part. of iubeo, ordered

L

L., abbreviation for Lücius

labefactus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of labe-
facio, cause to shake], shaken, weak-
ened, ready to fall

Labiénus, -i, m. La-b7-e’nus, one of
Caesar's lieutenants

labor, -oris, m. dabor, toil

laboro, -are, -àvi, -àtus (labor, /a2e7],
labor; suffer, be hard pressed

lacrima, -ae, f. zear

lacus, -üs (dat. and abl. plur. lacubus),
m. Za£e

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

laete

laete, adv. [laetus, g/ad], compared
laetius, laetissimé, gladly

laetitia, -ae, f. [laetus, gad], joy

laetus, -a, -um, adj. glad, joyful

lapis, -idis, m. stove (§§ 247. 2. a ; 464.1)

Làr, Laris, m.; plur. Larés, -um (rarely
-ium), the Lares or household gods

late, adv. [latus, cde], compared
latius, latissime, vwdey

Latine, adv. zz Latin. Latiné loqui,
to speak Latin

latitüdo, -inis, f. [làtus, wide], width

Latona, -ae, f. Latona, mother of
Apollo and Diana

latus, -a, -um, adj. ede

latus, -eris, n. szde, flank. ab utroque
latere, oz cach side

laudo, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [laus, praise],
praise

laurea, -ae, f. Jaurel

laureàatus, -a, -um, adj. crowned with
laurel 2

laus, laudis, f. praise

lectulus, -i, m. couch, bed

legatus, -i, m. ambassador; lieutenant

legio, onis, f. [cf. lego, gather], (body
of soldiers), legion, about 3600 men
(8 464. 2. a)

legionárius, -a, -um, adj. Zegiezary.
Plur. legi6narii, -orum, m. the soldiers
of the legion

lego, -ere, legi, lectus, »ead

lénis, -e, adj. gentle, smooth, mild

leniter, adv. [lénis, gez7/ze], compared
lénius, lenissimé, gently

Lentulus, 3j, m. Leziu/us, a Roman
family name

leo, -onis, m. Zion

Lernaeus, -a, -um, adj. Lerzean, of
Lerna, in southern Greece

Lesbia, -ae, f. Zesdza, a girl's name

315
magis

levis, -e, adj. Light

lex, legis, f. measure, law

libenter, adv. [libéns, w7//ing], com-
pared libentius, libentissimé, 2z//-
ingly, gladly

liber, -era, -erum, adj. free (§ 469. 4)

liberi, -orum, m. [liber, free], children

liberó, -are, -àvi, -atus [liber, /7ze], sez
free, release, liberate

libertas, -atis, f. [liber, free], freedom,
liberty

lictor, -ris? m. /ictor (p. 225)

limus, -i, m. mad

littera, -ae, f. a letter of the alphabet ;
in plur. a letter, epistle

Titus, -oris, n. seashore, beach

locus, -i, m. (plur. loci and loca, m.
and n.), place, spot

longe, adv. [longus, /ezz], compared
longius, longissime, « Jozg way off;
by far

longinquus, -a, -um, adj. [longue, dong],
distant, remote

longitüdo, -inis, f. [longus, long], length

longus, -a, -um, adj. dong

loquor, loqui, locütus sum, dep. verb,
talk, speak

lorica, -ae, f. [lorum, thong], coat of
mail, corselet

ludo, -ere, lüsi, lisus, play

lüdus, -i, m. flay; school, the ele-
mentary grades. Cf. schola

lina, -ae, f. moon

lüx, lücis, f. (no gen. plur), ZgZt.
prima lüx, daybreak

Lydia, -ae, f. Lydia, a girl's name

M
magicus, -a, -um, adj., magic

magis, adv. in comp. degree [magnus,
great], more, in a higher degree (8 323)

316
magister

magister, -tri, m. master, commander ;
teacher

magistratus, -üs, m. [magister, mas-
ter], magistracy ; magistrate

magnitüdo, -inis, f. [magnus, ear],
greatness, size

magnopere, adv. [abl of magnum
opus], compared magis, maxime,
greatly, exceedingly (8 323)

magnus, -a, -um, adj., compared maior,
maximus, great, large; strong, loud
(§ 311)

maior, maius, -dris, adj, comp. of
magnus, greater, larger (§ 311)

maiüres, -um, m. plur. of maior, az-
cestors

malo, malle, malui, [magis, moze,
-- voló, wish],wish more, prefer (S 497)

malus, -a, -um, adj., compared peior,
pessimus, dad, evil (§ 311)

mando, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [manus, Zand,
+ do, put], (put in hand), intrust ;
order, command

maneó, -ére, mànsi, mánsürus, s/ay,
remain, abide

Manlius, Manli, m. AZan/ius, a Roman
name

mansuétus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of
máànsuésco, Zaz:], tamed

manus, -üs, f. hand; force, band

Marcus, 3, m. Marcus, Mark, a Roman
first name

mare, -is, n. (no gen. plur.), sea. mare
tenere, be out to sea

margo, -inis, m. edge, border

maritus, -i, m. husband

Marius, Mari, m. Marius, a Roman
name, esp. C. Marius, the general

Martius, -a, -um, adj. of Mavs, esp.
the Campus Martius

mater, -tris, f. mother

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

minime

mátrimonium, máütrimo/ni, n. mar
riage. in mátrimünium dücere, marry

matiro, -àre, -àvi, -atus, Zastez. Cf.
contendo, propero

matirus, -a, -um, adj. 77~e, mature

maxime, adv. in superl. degree [maxi-
mus, eveatest], compared magnopere,
magis, maxime, especially, very much
($ 323)

maximus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of mag-
nus, greatest, extreme (§ 311)

medius, -a, -um, adj. ze part;
middle, intervening

melior, -ius, -oris, adj., comp. of bonus,
better (§ 311)

melius, adv. in comp. degree, com-
pared bene, melius, optimé, Jdezter
(§ 323)

memoria, -ae, f. [memor, zzzdful],
memory. waemoria tenere, remember

mens, mentis, f. ;zzzd. Cf. animus

mensis, -is, m. month (§ 247. 2. a)

mercator, -oris, m. [mercor, zzage],
trader, merchant

meridianus, -a, -um, adj. [meridiés,
noon], of midday

meridiés, (acc. -em, abl. -é), m.
[medius, mzd, + diés, day], xoon

metus, -üs, m. fear, dread

meus, -a, -um, possessive adj. and
pron. my, mine (8 98)

miles, -itis, m. soldier (8 464. 1)

militaris, -e, adj. [miles, so/dier], mili-
tary. res militaris, sczence of war

milito, -are, -àvi, -àtus [miles, so/Zze7],
serve as a soldzer

mille, plur. milia, -ium, numeral adj.
and subst. thousand (8 479)

minime, adv. in superl. degree, com-
pared parum, minus, minimé, /easd,
very little; by no means (§ 323)

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

minimus

minimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl.
degree, compared parvus, minor,
minimus, /east, smallest (S 311)

minor, minus, -óris, adj. in comp.
degree, compared parvus, minor,
minimus, smadler, less (§ 311)

Minbs, -dis, m. //7/zos, a king of Crete

minus, adv. in comp. degree, com-
pared parum, minus, minime, /ess
($ 323)

Minyae, -àrum, m. the Minyae, a
people of Greece

mirabilis, -e, adj. [miror, wonder az],
wonderful, marvelous

miror, -àri, -àtus sum, dep. verb
[mirus, wonderful], wonder, marvel,
admire

mirus, -a, -um, adj. wonderful

Misenum, -i, /Ziséz4m, a promon-
tory and harbor on the coast of
Campania. See map

miser, -era, -erum, adj. wretched, un-
happy, miserable

missus, -a, -um, part. of mitto, sez

mitto, -ere, misi, missus, sez

modicus, -a, -um [modus, z:easzre],
modest, ordinary

modo, adv. [abl. of modus, zzeasze,
with shortened o], ozZy, merely, just
now. modo... modo,zow...70,
sometimes ... sometimes

modus, -i, m. measure; manner, way ;
kind

moenia, -ium, n. plur. [cf. münio, for
tify], walls, ramparts -

molesté, adv. [molestus, ¢vowblesome],
compared molestius, molestissimé,
annoyingly. moleste ferre, to be
annoyed

molestus, -a, -um, ¢vouwblesome, annoy-
ing, unpleasant (§ 501. 16)

317
nauta

moned, -ére, -ui, -itus, remind, advise,
warn ($489)

mons, montis, m. mountain (§ 247. z.a)

monstrum, -i, u. monster

mora, -ae, f. delay

moror, -àri, -dtus sum, dep. verb
[mora, delay], delay, linger; impede

mors, mortis, f. [cf. morior, de], death

mOS, móris, m. custom, habit

mtus, -üs, m. [cf. moved, move],
motion, movement. terrae motus,
earthquake

moveo, -ére, movi, mtus, move

mox, adv. soon, presently

mulier, -eris, f. woman

multitüdo, -inis, f. [multus, ch],
multitude

multum (multo), adv. [multus, zzzcZ],
compared plüs, plürimum,
(8 477)

multus, -a, -um, adj., compared plüs,
plürimus, zzcZ ; plur. many (§ 311)

münió, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus, fortify,
defend

münitió, Onis, f. [münio, fortify], de-
Sense, fortification

mürus, -i, m. wa//. Cf. moenia

müsica, -ae, f. music

much

N

nam, conj. for. Cf. enim

nam-que, conj., a strengthened nam,
introducing a reason or explana-
tion, for, and in fact ; seeing that

narro, -àre, -àvi, -átus, /e//, relate

nàscor, nàsci, natus sum, dep. verb,
be born, spring from

nàátüra, -ae, f. zature

natus, part. of nàscor

nauta, -ae, m. [for nàvita, from navis,
ship], sailor

318
navalis

navalis, -e, adj. (navis, s42p], zaval

navigium, navi’gi, n. sk/p, boat

navigo, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [nàvis, 5/77,
+ ago, drive], sazl, cruise

navis, -is (abl -i or -e) f. ship
(§ 243. I). nàvem conscendere, e7-
bark, go on board. navem solvere,
set sail. navis longa, man-of-war

ne, conj. and adv. zz order that not,
that (with verbs of fearing), Zesz;
not. n8 . . . quidem, 720? even '

-ne, interrog. adv., enclitic (see $$ 16,
210). Cf. nónne and num

nec or neque, conj. [né, oz, + que,
and],and not, nor. nec... nec or
neque... neque, either .

necessárius, -a, -um, adj. zeedful,
necessary

nec, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [cf. nex, death],
Rill. Cf. interficio, occido, trucido

nego, -àre, -ávi, -àtus, deny, say not
(8 420. a)

negotium, nego’ti, n. [nec, oz, + otium,
ease], business, affair, matter. alicui
negotium dare, Zo employ some one

Nemaeus, -a, -um, adj. JVeme'an, of
Neme‘a, in southern Greece

nemo, dat. némini (gen. nüllius, abl.
nüllo, supplied from nüllus), m. and
f. [ne, ot, + homo, maz], (not u
man), no one, nobody

Neptünus, -i, m. Veptune, god of the
sea, brother of Jupiter

neque, see nec

neuter, -tra, -trum (gen. -trius, dat.
-tri), adj. zezzAer (of two) (§ 108)

né-ve, conj. adv. azd not, and that not,
and lest

nihil, u. indecl. [né, o/, + hilum, a
whiz], nothing. nihil posse, to have
no power

20r

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

num

nihilum, -i, n., see nihil

Niobe, -es, f. /Vz/obe, the queen of
Thebes whose children were de-
stroyed by Apollo and Diana

nisi, conj. [ne, zo£, + si, z/], zf not,
unless, except

nobilis, -e, adj. well known ; noble

noced, -ére, -ui, -itürus [cf. neco, £777],
hurt, injure, with dat. ($ sor. 14)

noctü, abl. used as adv. [cf. nox, 7221],
at night, by night

Nola, -ae, f. /Vo/a, a town in central
Campania. See map

nolo, nolle, nolui, [né, zzo£, + volo,
wish), not to wzsA,beunwilling($497)

nomen, -inis, n. [cf. nosco, ew],
(means of knowing) name

nomino, -are, -àvi, -àtus [nómen, zame],
name, call. Cf. appello, voco

non, adv. [né, zo, + ünum, ove], zot.
nón solum . . . sed etiam, zo? only
... but also

non-dum, adv. zo? yet

non-ne, interrog. adv. suggesting an
affirmative answer, zot? (8210). Cf.
-ne and num

nos, pers. pron. we (see ego) (§ 480)

noster, -tra, -trum, possessive adj.
and pron. ezz, ours. Plur. nostri,
-orum, m. our men (§ 98)

novem, indecl. numeral adj. zznxe

novus, -a, -um, adj. ew. novae res, 2
revolution

nox, noctis, f. zzghz. multà nocte, date
at night

nüllus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. 3i) adj.
[né, voz, + üllus, any], vot any, none,
70 (§ 108)

num, interrog. adv. suggesting a neg-
ative answer ($210). Cf. -ne and
nonne. In indir. questions, whether

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

numerus

numerus, 3, m. zzu;óer

numquam, adv. [né, zo?, + umquam,
ever], ever

nunc, adv. zow. Cf. iam

nüntio, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [nüntius, mes-
senger], report, announce (S 420. a)

nüntius, nünti, m. messenger

nüper, adv. recently, lately, just now

nympha, -ae, f. zymph

0

ob, prep. with acc. oz account of. In
compounds it often means zz front
of, against, or is intensive. quam ob
rem, for this reason (§ 340)

obses, -idis, m. and f. hostage

ob-sided, -ére,-sédi, -sessus [ob, against,
+ sedeo, sz7], deszege

obtineóo, -ére, -ui, -tentus [ob, agaznst,
+ teneo, hold], possess, occupy, hold

Occásio, -onis, f. favorable opportunity,
favorable moment

Occásus, -üs, m. going down, setting

occidó, -ere, -cidi, -cisus [ob, dez, +
caedo, strike], strike down ; cut down,
Rill. Cf. interficio, necd

Occupo, -are, -àvi, -atus [ob, completely,
+ capio, Za£e], sezze, take possession
of, occupy. Cf. rapio

oc-currd, -ere, -curri,-cursus[ob, 29477257,
+ curro, 727], run towards; meet,
with dat. (§ 426)

Oceanus, -i, m. the ocean

octo, indecl. numeral adj. eight

oculus, -i, m. eye

officium, offi’ci, u. duty

Olim, adv. formerly, once upon a time

Omen, -inis, u. sign, token, omen

0-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus [ob, over,
past, + mitto, send], let go, omit.
consilium omittere, g/ve up a plan

319
orior

omnino, adv. [omnis, a//], altogether,
wholly, entirely

omnis, -e, adj. aZ/, every. Cf. totus

oneraria, -ae, f. [onus, Joad], with
navis expressed or understood,
merchant vessel, transport

onus, -eris, u. Zoad, burden

opinio, -dnis, f. [opinor, sppose],
opinion, supposition, expectation

oppidanus, -i, m. [oppidum, 7ez],
townsman

oppidum, -i, n. town, stronghold

opportünus, -a, -um, adj. szz/abie,
opportune, favorable

op-prim6, -ere, -pressi, -pressus [ob,
against, + premo, press], (press
against), crush; surprise

oppugnatio, -onis, f. storming, assault

oppugno, -àre, -àvi, -atus [ob, agazzst,
+ pugno, fight], fight against, assault,
storm, assail

optimé, adv. in superl. degree, com-
pared bene, melius, optimé, very qwe//,
best of all (8 323)

optimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. de-
gree, compared bonus, melior, opti-
mus, best, most excellent (§ 311)

Opus, -eris, n. labor,
($ 464. 2. 4)

oraculum, -i, n. [oro, speak], oracle

Orátor, -oris, m. [oro, speak], orator

Orbis, -is, m. 77g, circle. orbis terra-
rum, the earth, world

orbita, -ae, f. [orbis, wheel], vut

Orcus, -i, m. Orcus, the lower world

work, task

drdd, -inis, m. ow, order, rank
(§ 247. 2. a)

origó, -inis, f. [orior, vise], source,
origin

orior, -iri, ortus sum, dep. verb, a7zse,
vise; begin; spring, be born

320
ornamentum
Ornàmentum, -i, n. [orno, / out],
ornament, jewel

Ornátus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of orno,
fit out], fitted out; adorned

Ornd, -àre, -avi, -àtus, f£? out, adorn

P

P., abbreviation for Püblius

paene, adv. zea7Zy, almost

paludámentum, 4, u. mz/itary cloak

palüs, -üdis, f. swamp, marsh

panis, -is, m. dread

par, paris, adj. egza/ (S 471. 111)

paratus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of paro,
prepare], prepared, ready

parco, -ere, peper’ci (parsi), parsürus,
spare, with dat. (§ sor. 14)

pared, -ére, -ui, . obey, with dat.
(8 sor. 14)

paro, -are, -àvi, -àtus, prepare for, pre-
pare; provide, procure

pars, partis, f. part, share;
direction

parum, adv., compared minus, minimé,
too little, not enough (§ 323)

parvus, -a, -um, adj., compared minor,
minimus, sz, little (§ 311)

passus, -üs, m. step, pace. mille pas-
suum, thousand paces, mile (331.6)

pated, -ére, patui, . “ie open, be
open; stretch, extend

pater, -tris, m. father (§ 464. 2. a)

patior, -i, passus sum, dep. verb, deaz,
suffer, allow, permit

patria, -ae, f. [cf. pater, father’, father-
land, (one’s) country

paucus, -a, -um, adj. (generally plur.),
Sew, only a few

paulisper, adv. fora little while

paula, adv. dy a little, little

paulum, adv. « Little, somewhat

side,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

per-suaded

pax, pacis, f. (no gen. plur.), peace

pecunia, -ae, f. [pecus, cattle], money

pedes, -itis, m. [pés, foot], foot soldier

pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. [pés, /o7], on
foot; by land

peior, peius, Oris, adj. in comp. de-
gree, compared malus, peior, pessi-
mus, worse (§ 311)

pellis, -is, f. sézz, hide

penna, -ae, f. feather

per, prep. with acc. through, by
means of, on account of. In com-
position it often has the force of
thoroughly, completely, very (8 340)

percussus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of per-
cutio, szrz&e through], pierced

per-dücó, -ere, -düxi, -ductus [per,
through, + düco, lead), lead through.
fossam perdücere, 7o construct a ditch

per-exiguus, -a, -um, adj. [per, vezy, +
exiguus, sz:2/7], very small, very short

perfidus, -a, -um, adj. faztAZess, treach-
erous, false

per-fringó, -ere, -frégi, -fráctus [per,
through, + frango, break], shatter

pergó, -ere, perréxi, perréctus [per,
through, + rego, conduct], go om,
proceed, hasten

periculum, -i, n. ¢réal, test; danger

peristylum, -i, n. Zeristyle, an open
court with columns around it

peritus, -a, -um, adj. s£//fu4

perpetuus, -a, -um, adj. perpetual

Perseus, -ei, Perseus, a Greek hero,
son of Jupiter and Danaé

' persona, -ae, f. part, character, person
H ,

per-suádeó, -ére, -suàási, -suásus [per,
thoroughly, suadeo, persuade], per
suade, advise, with dat. (8 sor. 14),
often with an object clause of pur-
pose (§ 501. 41)

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

per-terred

per-terreó, -ére, -ui, -itus [per, 7Zo7-
oughly, + terreo, frighten], thor-
oughly terrify, alarm

per-venio, -ire, -véni, -ventus [per,
through, + venio, come], arrive, reach,
come to

pés, pedis, m. foot. pedem referre, 7z-
treat (§ 247. 2. a)

pessimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. de-
gree, compared malus, peior, pessi-
mus, worst (§ 311)

petó, -ere, -ivi or -il, -itus, s¢7‘ve for,
seek, beg, ask; make for, travel to.
Cf. postulo, quaeró, rogó

Pharsalus, -i, f. Pharsa’lus or Pharsa’-
Jia, a town in Thessaly, near which
Caesar defeated Pompey, 48 B.c.

philosophia, -ae, f. phzlosophy

philosophus, -i, m. philosopher

pictus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of pingo,
paint), colored, variegated

pilum, -i, n. spear, javelin (§ 462. 6)

piscina, -ae, f. [piscis, ish], fish pond

piscis, -is, m. fish

pistor, -dris, m. daker

placed, -ére, -ui, -itus, please, be pleas-
ing, with dat. (§ 501. 14)

planities, -éi, f. [planus, /eve/], plain

planus, -a, -um, adj. /evel, flat

plénus, -a, -um, /4/

plürimum, adv. in superl degree,
compared multum, plis, plirimum,
very much. plirimum valére, be most
influential (§ 322)

plirimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. de-
gree, compared multus, plüs, plüri-
mus, most, very many ($311)

plüs, plüris, adj. in comp. degree,
compared multus, plüs, plürimus ;
sing. n. as substantive, move; plur.
more, several (§ 311)

ESI

potentia

pluteus, -i, m. shield, parapet

poena, -ae, f. punishment, penalty

poéta, -ae, m. poet

pompa, -ae, f. procession

Pompeii, rum, m. Pomfpezi, a city of
Campania. See map

Pompeius, Pompé, m. Pompey, a
Roman name

pomum, -i, n. apple

pond, -ere, posui, positus, put, place.
castra ponere, pitch camp

pons, pontis, m. d7idge (§ 247. 2. a)

popina, -ae, f. restaurant

populus, -i, m. Zeople

Porsena, -ae, m. forsena, king of
Etruria, a district of Italy. See map

porta, -ae, f. gaze, door

porto, -àre, -avi, -àtus, dear, carry

portus, -üs, m. [cf. porta, gaze], harbor

possideo, -ére, -sédi, -sessus, Lave,
own, possess

possum, posse, potui, , irreg. verb
[potis, 22Ze, + sum, 7 am], be able, can
(§ 495). nihil posse, have zo power

post, prep. with acc. after, behind
(§ 340)

postea, adv. [post, after, + ea, zAis],
afterwards

(posterus), -a, -um, adj, compared
posterior, postremus or postumus,
Jollowing, next (§ 312)

postquam, conj. after, as soon as

postr&mó, adv. [abl of postremus,
last], at last, finally. Cf. démum,
dénique (8 322)

postridie, adv. [posterd, ext, + die,
day], on the next day

postulo, -dre, -àvi, -àtus, ask, demand,
require. Cf. peto, quaero, rogo

potentia, -ae, f. [potens, ae], might,
power, force

322

prae-beó

prae-beó, -ére, -ui, -itus [prae, /o774,
+ habeo, AZo/d], offer, give

praeda, -ae, f. booty, spoil, plunder

prae-dico, -ere, -dixi, -dictus [prae,
before, + dico, tell], foretell, predict

prae-ficio, -ere, -féci, -fectus [prae,
before, + facio, make], place in com-
mand, with acc. and dat. (§ 501.15)

prae-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -missus [prae,
forward, + mittd, send], send for-
ward

praemium, praemi, n. reward, prize

praeruptus, -a, -um [part. of prae-
rumpo, 27ea£ off ], broken off, steep

praesens, -entis, adj. present, immediate

praesertim, adv. especially, chiefly

praesidium, praesi’di, n. guard, gar-
vison, protection :

prae-stó, -àre, -stiti, -stitus [prae, de-
Sore, + sto, stand], (stand before),
excel, surpass, with dat. (8 sor. 15);
show, exhibit

prae-sum, -esse, -fui, -futürus [prae,
before, 4- sum, £e], be over, be in com-
mand of, with dat. (§ 501.15)

praeter, prep. with acc. beyond, con-
trary to ($ 340)

praeterea, adv. [praeter, besides, + ea,

; this], in addition, besides, moreover

praetextus, -a, -um, adj. bordered, edged

praetorium, praeti’ri, n. pretorium

prandium, prandi, n. /uncheon

premó, -ere, pressi, pressus, fess
hard, compress; crowd, drive, harass

(prex, precis), f. Prayer

primo, adv. [primus, /£zs7], at first, in
the beginning (§ 322)

primum, adv. [primus, fs], fest.
quam primum, as soon as possible

primus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree,
compared prior, primus, /£zs (8 315)

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

pro-pello

princeps, -cipis, m. [primus, 7st, +
capio, take], (taking the first place),
chief, leader (§ 464. 1)

prior, prius, -dris, adj. in comp. degree,
superl. primus, former (§ 315)

pristinus, -a, -um, adj. former, previ-
Ous

pro, prep. with abl. before; for, for
the sake of, in behalf of; instead of,
as ($209). In composition, fo7th,
forward

pró-cédó, -ere, -cessi, -cessürus [pré,
Jorward, + cédo, go], go forward,
proceed

procul, adv. far, afar off

pró-curró, -ere, -curri (-cucurri), -cur-
sus [pro, forward, + curro, uz], run
forward

proelium, proeli, n. éa/e, combat.
proelium committere, jorn dattle.
proelium facere, fight a battle

profectio, -onis, f. departure

proficiscor, -i, -fectus sum, dep. verb,
set out, march. Cf. égredior, exeo

pro-gredior, -i, -gressus sum, dep. verb
[pro, forth, + gradior, go], go forth,
proceed, advance. Cf. pergo, procedo

progressus, see progredior

prohibeo, -ére, -ui, -itus [pró, forth,
away from, + habeo, hold], keep away
Srom, hinder, prevent

pro-moved, -ére, -móvi, -mótus [pro,
Jorzward, + moveo, move], move for-
ward, advance

pro-nüntio, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [pro, forth,
-Fnüntio,azztounce], proclaim, declare

prope, adv., compared propius, proxi-
mé, zearly. Prep. with acc. ear

pró-pelló, -ere, -puli, -pulsus [pró,
forth, + pello, drive], drive forth;
move, impel

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

propero
propero, -are, -àvi, -àtus [properus,
quick], go quickly, hasten. Cf. con-
tendo, matiro
propinquus, -a, -um, adj. [prope, ea],
near, neighboring
propior, -ius, oris, adj. in comp. de-
gree, superl proximus,
($315)
propius, adv. in comp. degree, com-
pared prope, propius, proxime, zearer
($ 323)
propter, prep. with acc. on account
of, because of (8 340)
pró-scribó, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus [pro,
Sorth, + scribo, write], proclaim, pub-
lish. Cf. prónüntio
pró-sequor, -sequi, -secütus sum, dep.
verb [pro, /o774, + sequor, follow’,
escort, attend
prü-sum, prodesse, profui, profutürus
[proó, for, + sum, de], be useful, bene-
fit, with dat. ($8 496; sor. 15)
pró-tegó, -ere, -téxi, -téctus [pró, 7
Jront, + tego, cover], cover in front,
protect
provincia, -ae, f. territory, province
proximé, adv. in superl. degree, com-
pared prope, propius, proximé, zear-
est, next; last, most recently (§ 323)
proximus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. de-
gree, compared propior, proximus,
nearest, next (§ 315)
püblicus, -a, -um, adj. [populus, 2eo-
ple], of the people, public. rés pü-
blica, the commonwealth
puella, -ae, f. [diminutive of puer,
boy], girl, maiden
puer, -eri, m. doy; slave (§ 462. c)
pugna, -ae, f. fight, battle. Cf. proelium
pugno, -are, -àvi, -atus [pugna, da/t/c],
Fight. Cf. contendo, dimico

Zzearer

323
qui

pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj. beautiful,
pretty (88 469. 2; 304)

Pulló, -dnis, m. Zz//o, a centurion

pulso, -àre, -àvi, -Atus, stzi£e, beat

puppis, -is (acc. -im, abl. -i), f. stern
of a ship, deck

püre, adv. [pürus, 427], comp. pürius,
purely

pürgo, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, cleanse, clean

purpureus, -a, -um, adj. purple, dark
red

putó, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, reckon, think
($420,c). Cf. arbitror, existimo

Pythia, -ae, f. Pythia, the inspired
priestess of Apollo at Delphi

Q

quà dé causa, for this reason, where-
Sore

qua re, therefore, for this reason

quaeró, -ere, -sivi, -situs, seck, ask,
inguire. Cf. peto, postulo, rogó

qualis, -e, interrog. pronom. adj. of
what sort, what kind of. tàlis...
qualis, such... as

quam, adv. sow; after a compara-
tive, hax ; with a superlative, trans-
lated as ... as possible. quam pri-
mum, ‘as soon as possible

quantus, -a, -um, adj. [quam, Zo],
how great, how much. tantus . . .
quantus, as great as

quartus, -a, -um, numeral adj. [quat-
tuor, four], fourth

quattuor, indecl. numeral adj. four

' quattuor-decim, indecl. numeral adj.

fourteen

-que, conj., enclitic, azZ ($16). Cf.
ac, atque, et

qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. and adj.
who, which, what, that (S 482)

324
quia

quia, conj. because. Cf. quod

quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam),
indef. pron. and adj. a certain one,
a certain, a (§ 485)

quidem, adv. Zo be sure, certainly, in-
deed. né... quidem, ot even

quiés, -étis, f. vest, repose

quiétus, -a, -um, adj. quzet, restful

quindecim, indecl. numeral adj. fifteen

quingenti, -ae, -a, numeral adj. jive
hundred

quinque, indecl. numeral adj. five

quintus, -a, -um, numeral adj. /7/Z

quis (qui), quae, quid (quod), interrog.
pron. and adj. who? what? which?
(§ 483)

quis (qui), qua (quae), quid (quod),
indef. pron. and adj., used after si,
nisi, ne, num, avy one, anything, some
one, something, any, some (§ 484)

quisquam, quicquam or quidquam (no
fem. or plur.), indef. pron. azy one
(at all), axything (at all) (§ 486)

quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque),
indef. pron. and adj. each, each one,
every (§ 484)

quo, interrog. and rel. adv. whither,
where .

quo, conj. zz order to, that, with comp.
degree (§ 350)

quod, conj. because, in that. Cf. quia

quoque, conj., following an emphatic
word, aso, too. Cf. etiam

quot-annis, adv. [quot, Zo many +
annus, year], every year, yearly

quotiens, interrog. and rel. adv. how
often ? as often as

R
radix, -lcis, f. root; foot
Tapio, -ere, -ui, -tus, seize, snatch

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

re-linquó

raro, adv. [rarus, vae], razeZy

rarus, -a, -um, adj. 7ave

re- or red-, an inseparable prefix,
again, back, anew, in return

rebellid, -onis, f. rexewal of war, rebel-
lion

recéns, -entis, adj. recent

re-cipio, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus [re-, back,
+ capio, take], take back, receive. sé
recipere, withdraw, retreat

re-clinatus, -a, -um, part. of reclino,
leaning back

re-creatus, -a, -um, part. of recreo,
refreshed

rectus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of rego, Zee?
straight], straight, direct

re-cus0, -are, -avi, -atus, 7¢fuse

red-àctus, -a, -um, part. of redigo, 7-
duced, subdued

red-e6, ire, -ii, -itus [red-, dack, + eo,
go]gobac,return (§ 413). Cf.reverto

reditus, -üs, m. [cf. redeo, return],
return, going back

re-dücó, -ere, -düxi, -ductus [re-, Jack,
+ düco, lead], lead back

re-fero, -ferre, rettuli, -látus [re-, Jack,
--fero, bear], bear back; report. pedem
referre, withdraw, retreat

re-ficio, -ere, -féci, -fectus [re-, again,
+ facid, make], make again, repair.
sé reficere, refresh one's self

régina, -ae, f. [réx, eng], queen

regio, -onis, f. region, district

régnum, zd, n. sovereignty; kingdom

rego, -ere, réxi, rectus [cf. réx, £z],
govern, rule (§ 490)

re-ici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus [re-, back, +
jacio, hurl], hurl back; throw away

relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus [re-, de-
hind, + linquo, leave), leave behind,
leave, abandon

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

reliquus

reliquus, -a, -um, adj. [cf. relinquo,
leave], left over, remaining. As a
noun, plur. the rest

remotus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of re-
moveo, vemove], remote, distant

re-moveo, -ére, -móvi, -mótus [re-, back,
+ moved, move], remove

remus, -i, m. oar

re-perió, -ire, repperi, repertus, find

re-portó, -àre, -àvi, -atus [re-, back,
+ porto, carry], carry back, bring
back, win, gain

rés, rei, f. thing, business, matter, deed,
event, circumstance (§ 467). quam ob
rem, for this reason. rés adversae,
adversity, rés frimentaria, grain
supplies. xes gestae, exploits. res
militàris, sczence of war. rés püblica,
the commonwealth. és secundae,
prosperity

re-scind6, -ere, -scidi, -scissus [re-,
back, + scindd, cut], cut off, cut
down

re-sist0, -ere, -stiti, [re-, dack,
+ sistd, cause to stand], oppose, re-
sist, with dat. (§ sor. 14)

re-spondeo, -ére, -spondi, -spünsus
[re-, 2 return, + spondeo, promise],
answer, reply (§ 420. a)

re-Verto, -ere, -i, ——, or dep. verb
re-vertor, -i, -sus sum [re-, back, +
verto, turn], turn back, return. Usu-
ally active in the perf. system

re-vinció, -ire, -vinxi, -vinctus [re-,
back, + vincio, dina), fasten

réx, régis, m. [cf. rego, r/c], Aing

Rhenus, -i, m. the Rhine, a river of
Germany

ripa, -ae, f. dank

IOg0, -dre, -àvi, -dtus, ask. Cf. peti,
postulo, quaero

325
sapiens

Roma, -ae, f. Rome. See map

Romanus, -a, -um, adj. [Réma, Rome],
Roman, follows its noun. As a
noun, m. and f. a Roman

rosa, -ae, f. 7ose

rostrum, -i, n. deak of a ship. In
plur., eke vostra, the speaker's stand
in the Roman Forum

rota, -ae, f. wheel

Rubico, -dnis, m. the Rudicon, a river
in northern Italy. See map

rümor, -oris, m. report, rumor

rürsus, adv. [for reversus, /u77zed
back], again

ris, rüris (locative abl. riri, no gen.,
dat., or abl. plur.), n. the country
(§ 501. 36.1). Cf. ager, patria, terra

S

Sabinus, -a, -um, adj. Saózze. As a
noun, m. and f. uw .Sabine. The
Sabines were an ancient people of
central Italy. See map

sacrum, -i, n. [sacer, consecrated],
something consecrated, sacrifice ; usu-
ally in plur., religious rites

saepe, adv., compared saepius, sae-
pissime, often, frequently

saevus, -a, -um, adj. cruel, savage

sagitta, -ae, f. arrow

salio, -ire, -ui, saltus, jump

salüs, -ütis, f. safety; health. salü-
tem dicere, sez greetings

salüto, -àre, -àvi, -àtus [salüs, ea/th],
greet, salute

salve, imv. of salveo, Aaz/, greetings

sanguis, -inis, m. d/ood (8 247. 2. a)

sanitas, -Atis, f. [sanus, sound], health,
sanity

sapiéns, -entis, adj. [part. of sapio,
be wise], wise, sensible

326

satis

satis, adv. and indecl. noun, exough,
sufficient, sufficiently

Saxum, -i, n. vock, stone

Scelus, -eris, n. crime, sin

scéptrum, -i, n. scepter

Schola, -ae, f. school, the higher
grades. Cf. lüdus

Scientia, -ae, f. [sciéns, £zew:zng],
skill, knowledge, science

Scindo, -ere, scidi, scissus, cz, tear

Scio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, ow (§ 420. 2).
Cf. cogndscd

Scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptus, write

Scütum, -i, n. shzeld, buckler

Sé, see sui

secum = sé + cum

secundus, -a, -um, adj. [sequor, /o//ozw],
following, next, second; favorable,
successful. rés secundae, prosperity

Sed, conj. duc, on the contrary. nón
sdlum...sed etiam, zo/ only...
but also

sédecim, indecl. numeral adj. sixteen

seded, -ére, sédi, sessus, s7¢

semper, adv. a/ways, forever

senatus, -üs, m. [cf. senex, o/d], coun-
cil of elders, senate

Sentio, -ire, sénsi, sénsus, /ze/, know,
perceive (8420.2). Cf. intellego, video

Septem, indecl. numeral adj. sevez

Septimus, -a, -um, numeral adj.
seventh

Sequor, -i, secütus sum, dep. verb,
Jollow (8 493)

Serpens, -entis, m. [serpo, cz],
serpent, snake

Sertae, -àrum, f. plur. wreaths, gar-
lands

servitiis, -ütis, f.
slavery, servitude

Servo, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, save, rescue, keep

[servus, slave],

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

solvo

Servus, -1, m. save

sésé, emphatic for sé

sex, indecl. numeral adj. szx

Sextus, -1, m. Sextus, a Roman first
name

S1, conj. zF.

SIC, adv. ¢hus, in this way. Cf. ita, tam

Sicilia, -ae, f. Sicz/y. See map

sic-ut, just as, as if

signifer, -eri, m. [signum, standard, +
fero, bear], standard bearer (p. 224)

signum, -i, n. exsign, standard ; signal

silva, -ae, f. wood, forest

similis, -e, adj, compared similior,
simillimus, Zz£e, szzz/ar (8 307)

simul, adv. at the same time

simul ac or simul atque, conj. as
soon as

Sine, prep. with abl. wz¢hout (8 209)

singuli, -ae, -a, distributive numeral
adj. one at a time, single (§ 334)

sinister, -tra, -trum, adj. /z/?

Sinuessa, -ae, f. Sizues/sa, a town in
Campania. See map

sitis, -is (acc. -im, abl. -i, no plur.), f.
thirst

situs, -a, -um, adj. [part. of sino, sez],
situated, placed, lying

socius, soci, m. comrade, ally

SOl, sdlis (no gen. plur.), m. szz

soled, -ére, solitus sum, semi-dep.
verb, £e wont, be accustomed

sollicitus, -a, -um, adj. disturbed,
anxious

solum, adv. [solus, a7oze], alone, only.
nón solum... sed etiam, zo/ only
2. but also

sOlus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i), adj.
alone, only ($108).

solv6, -ere, solvi, solütus, loosen, un-
bind. nàvem solvere, sez sail

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

somnus

somnus, -1, m. sleep

Soror, -oris, f. szszer

Spatium, spati, n.
time ; opportunity

spectaculum, -i, n. [specté, Zook at],
show, spectacle

specto, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, look at, wit-
ness

Spero, -dre, -àvi, -atus [spés, Zoe],
hope, expect (S 420. c)

Spes, spei, f. Zope (§ 273. 2)

splendide, adv. [splendidus], com-
pared splendidius, splendidissime,
splendidly, handsomely

splendidus, -a, -um, adj. d72d/iant,
gorgeous, splendid

Stabianus, -a, -um, Stadan

stabulum, i, n. [cf. sto, stand], stana-
ing place, stable, stall

statim, adv. [cf. sto, stand], on the
spot, at once, instantly

statua, -ae, £f. [sisto, place, set],
statue

statud, -ere, -ui, -ütus [status, station],
decide, determine

stilus, -i, m. zvon pencil, style (p. 210)

sto, -àre, steti, status, stand

stratus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of sterno,
spread |, paved (of streets)

strepitus, -üs, m. [strepo, make a
noise], mozse, ain

Stringo, -ere, strinxi, strictus, 5n
tight; draw, unsheathe

studed, -ére, -ui, » give attention
to, be eager, with dat. (§ sor. 14)

studium, studi, u. [cf. studeo, de eager
for), eagerness, desire, zeal, devotion

stultus, -a, -um, adj. foolish, stupid

Stymphiàlis, -idis, adj. f. Stymphalian,
of StympAa' Ius, a lake in southern
Greece

space, distance ;

327
super-sum
Stymphalus, -i, m. Stympha’lus, a
district of southern Greece with
a town, mountain, and lake, all of
the same name

Suádeo, -ére, -si, -sus, advise, vecom-
mend, with subjv. of purpose
(§ sor. 41)

Sub, prep. with acc. and abl. under,
below, up to; at or to the foot of
sub-igo, -ere, -égi, -àctus [sub, wader,

+ ago, drive], subdue, reduce
Subito, adv. [subitus, sadden],suddenly
sub-sequor, -1, -secütus sum, dep. verb

[sub, de/ow, + sequor, follow], fol-

low close after, follow up
suc-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -cessus [sub,
below, + cedo, go], follow, succeed
sui, reflexive pron. of himself (herself,
itself, themselves) (§ 480). sécum =
sé + cum. sésé, emphatic form of sé
sum, esse, fui, futürus, irreg. verb, de;
exist ($ 494)
summus, -a, -um, adj. in superl
degree, compared superus, superior,
supremus or summus (§ 312), spreme,
highest ; best, greatest. in summo colle,
on the top of the hill

Ssümó, -ere, simpsi, sümptus, Za£e up ;
assume, put on. sümere supplicium
de, znffzct punishment on

Super, prep. with acc. and abl. over,
above

superbia, -ae, f. [superbus, proud],
pride, arrogance

superbus, -a, -um, adj. proud, haughty

superior, comp. of superus

Supero, -àre, -àvi, -atus [superus,
above], go over; subdue, overcome ;
surpass, excel

super-sum, -esse, -fui, , be over,
survive, with dat. (§ 501.15)

328

superus
superus, -a, -um, adj., compared
superior, suprémus or summus, adove,
upper (§ 312)
supplicium, suppli’ci, u. [supplex,
kneeling in entreaty], punishment,
torture. supplicium sümere dé, 77-

Jüict punishment on. supplicium
dare, suffer punishment
Surgó, -ere, surréxi, [sub, from

below, + rego, straighten], rise

Sus-Cipió, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus [sub,
under, + capio, take], undertake, as-
sume, begin

suspicor, -ari, -àtus sum, dep. verb,
suspect, surmise, suppose

sus-tined, -ére, -tinui, -tentus [sub,
under, + teneo, hold], hold up, bear,
sustain, withstand

suus, -a, -um, reflexive possessive adj.
and pron., Azs, her, hers, its, their,
theirs (§ 98)

T., abbreviation of Titus

taberna, -ae, f. shop, stall

tabula, -ae, f. /a0/zt for writing

talis, -e, adj. such. tàlis . . . qualis,
such ... as

tam, adv. so, such. Cf. ita, sic

tamen, adv. yet, however, nevertheless

tandem, adv. at length, finally

tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, Zouc£

tantum, adv. [tantus], only

tantus, -a, -um, adj. so great, such.
tantus . . . quantus, as large as

tardus, -a, -um, adj. slow, late; lazy

Tarpéia, -ae, f. 7275eia (pronounced
Tar-pé'ya), the maiden who opened
the citadel to the Sabines

Tarquinius, Tarqui’ni, Zarguin, a
Roman king. With the surname
Superbus, Zarguin the Proud

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

timeo

Tarracina, -ae, f. Zarraci’na, a town
in Latium. See map

taurus, -i, m. óuZ

téctus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of tego,
cover], covered, protected

telum, -i, u. weapon

temere, adv. vashly, heedlessly

tempestas, -atis, f. [tempus, ¢/me],
storm, tempest

templum, -i, n. temple, shrine

tempto, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, ¢7y, test; make
trial of, attempt

tempus, -oris, n. Z/zze ($ 464. 2.0). in
reliquum tempus, for the future

teneo, -ére, tenui, , hold, keep

tergum, -i, n. dack. à tergo, on the
vear. tergum vertere, retreat, flee

terni, -ae, -a, distributive numeral adj.
three each, by threes (§ 334)

terra, -ae, f. earth, ground, land. orbis
terrárum, the whole world

terror, -Gris, m. [cf. terreó, frighten],
dread, alarm, terror

tertius, -a, -um, numeral adj. 24777

Teutonés, -um, m. the Zzutons

theatrum, -i, n. ¢heater

Thébae, -arum, f. Zhebes, a city of
Greece

Thébàni, -órum, m. TZhebans, the
people of Thebes

thermae, -drum, f. plur. daths

Thessalia, -ae, f. 7Zessa/y, a district
of northern Greece

Thracia, -ae, f. 7Zrace, a district
north of Greece

Tiberius, Tibe’ri,
Roman first name

tibicen, -inis, m. [cf. tibia, 272], piper,
lute player

timed, -ére, -ui,
Cf. vereor

m. ZZberius, a

; ean, be afraid of.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

timor

timor, -óris, m. [cf. timeo, /za7], fear,
dread, alarm. Cf. metus

Tiryns, Tirynthis, f. 7Z7yzs, an an-
cient town in southern Greece,
where Hercules served Eurystheus

toga, -ae, f. [cf. tego, cover], toga

tormentum, -i, n. exgine of war

totiens, adv. so often, so many times

totus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i), adj.
all, the whole, entire (§ 108)

tra-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus [trans, across,
+ do, deliver|, give up, hand over,
surrender, betray

tri-diicd, -ere, -düxi, -ductus [tràns,
across, + düco, lead], lead across

traho, -ere, traxi, tractus, draw, Pull,
drag. multum trahere, pvotract, pro-
long much

tr4-ici0, -ere, -iéci,-iectus [trans, across,
+ iacio, hurl), throw across ; transfix

tra-n0, -are, -àvi, -atus [trans, acvoss,
+ n6, swzm], swim across

trans, prep. with acc. across, over
(§ 340)

trans-e6, -ire, -ii, -itus [trans, across,
+ eo, go], go across, cross (§ 413)

trans-fig6, «ere, -fixi, -fixus [trans,
through, + figs, drive], transfix

transitus, —— (acc. -um, abl. -ü), m.
[cf. transed, cross over], passage
across

trés, tria, numeral adj. th7ee (§ 479)

triduum, tridui, n. [trés, ZZ7ze, + dies,
days], three days’ time, three days

triginta, indecl. numeral adj. ¢hzrty

triplex, -icis, adj. chreefold, triple

tristis, -e, adj. sad; severe, terrible

tristitia, -ae, f. [tristis, sad], sadness,
sorrow

triumpho, -are, -àvi, -àtus [triumphus,
triumph], celebrate a triumph

329
üsus

triumphus, -i, m. triumphal proces-
sion, triumph. triumphum agere,
celebrate a triumph

trucid6, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, cut to pieces,
slaughter. Cf. interfició, necd, occido

tii, tui (plur. vos), pers. pron. zhou,
you (§ 480)

tuba, -ae, f. trumpet

Tullia, -ae, f. 74///a, a Roman name

tum, adv. ZZez, at that time

turris, -is, f. tower (§ 465. 2)

titus, -a, -um, adj. safe

tuus, -a, -um, possessive adj. and pron.
your, yours (§ 98)

U

ubi, rel. and interrog. adv. where, when

illus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i), adj.
any (§ 108)

ulterior, -ius, -Gris, adj. in comp. de-
gree, superl. ultimus, farther, more
remote (§ 315)

ultimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. de-
gree (see ulterior), farthest (§ 315)

umbra, -ae, f. shade

umerus, -i, m. shoulder

umquam, adv. ever, at any time

ünà, adv. [ünus, ove], zz the same place,
at the same time

ündecimus,-a,-um, numeral adj. [ünus,
one, + decimus, tenth], eleventh

undique, adv. from every quarter, on
all sides, everywhere

ünus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i),
numeral adj. one; alone (§ 108)

urbs, -is, f. city (§ 465. 2)

urged, -ére, ursi, . press upon,
crowd, hem in

ürus, -i, m. w7/d ox, urus

usque, adv. a// the way, even

üsus, -üs, m. use, advantage

330
ut

ut, conj. with the subjv. zat, in order
that, that not (with verbs of fearing),
so that, to (§ 350. 1)

uter, -tra, -trum (gen. -ius, dat. -1), in-
terrog. pron. which of two? which?
($ 108)

uterque, utraque, utrumque, indef.
pron. each of two, each, both. ab
utraque parte, o both sides

utilis, -e, adj. [ütor, wse], wsefal

utrimque, adv. [uterque, cach of two),
on each side, on either hand

üva, -ae, f. grape, bunch of grapes

uxor, -oris, f. czfe

v

vagina, -ae, sheath, scabbard

vagor, -ari, -àtus sum, dep. verb,
wander

valeo, -ére, -ui, -itürus, be powerful, be
well; in the imperative as a greet-
ing, farewell. plürimum valére, Zave
the most power

valétidd, -inis, f. [valeo, de «we//],
health

validus, -a, -um, adj. [cf. valeo, de
strong], strong, able, well

vallés, -is, f. valley

vallum, -i, n. rampart, earthworks

varius, -a, -um, adj. d7ight-colored

vast0, -are, -àvi, -átus [vastus, empty],
(make empty), devastate, lay waste

vectigal, -alis, n. tax, tribute

vehementer, adv. [veheméns, eager],
compared vehementius, vehementis-
simé, cagerly, vehemently

veh), -ere, vexi, vectus, convey, carry.
In the passive often in the sense of
ride, sail

vel, conj. ov. vel...vel, ezther...or.
Cf. aut

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

via

vélocitas, -atis, f. [velox, swz/?], sewz/t-
"ZVess

velox, -ocis, adj. swt, fleet

velum, -i, n. saz/

vendo, -ere, véndidi, vénditus, se//

venio, -ire, véni, ventus, come, go

ventus, -i, m. wind

verbum, -i, n. word. verba facere pro,
speak in behalf of

vereor, -éri, -itus sum, dep. verb,
Sear; reverence, respect (§ 493). Cf.
timed

Vergilius, Vergi’li, m. Verg7/, the poet

vergo, -ere, ; , turn, lie

vero, adv. [vérus, Zr], zz truth, surely;
conj. óz£, however. tum véro, then
you may be sure, introducing the
climax of a story

verto, -ere, -ti, -sus, turn, change.
tergum vertere, retreat, fee

vérus, -a, -um, Zzze, actual

vesper, -eri, m. evening

vester, -tra, -trum, possessive adj. and
pron. your, yours (§ 98)

vestigium, vesti’gi, n. [cf. vestigo,
track], footstep, track, trace

vestimentum, -i, n. [vestis, clothing],
garment

vestio, -ire, -ivi, -itus [vestis, clothing],
clothe, dress

vestis, -is, f. clothing, attire, garment,
robe

vestitus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of vestio,
clothe], clothed

Vesuvius, Vesu’vi, m. Vesuvius, the
volcano near Pompeii. See map

veteranus, -a, -um, adj. o/Z, veteran

veto, -àre, -ui, -itus, forbid, prohibit

vex0, -àre, -àvi, -àtus, trouble, annoy

via, -ae, f. way, road, street; way,
manner. Cf. iter

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

viator

viator, -oris, m. [via], traveler

victor, -Oris, m. [vinco, coz quer], con-
queror, victor. In apposition, with
adj. force, victorious

victoria, -ae, f. [victor, victor], victory

vicus, -i, m. v///age

video, -ére, vidi, visus, see, perceive.
Pass. be seen ; seem (8 420. d)

vigilia, -ae, f. [vigil, awake], watch. dé
tertià vigilia, about the third watch

viginti, indecl. numeral adj. twenty

vilicus, -i, m. [villa, farm], steward,
overseer of a farm

villa, -ae, f. farm, villa

vinció, -ire, vinxi, vinctus, 2zz4, fie,
Setter

vinco, -ere, vici, victus, conquer,
defeat, overcome. Cf. subigo, supero

vinea, -ae, f. shed (p. 219)

vinum, -i, u. wee

violenter, adv. [violentus, violent],
compared violentius, violentissime,
violently, furiously

vir, viri, m. man, husband; hero
(8 462. c)

virilis, -e, adj. [vir, max], manly

virtüs, -ütis, f. [vir, az], manliness ;
courage, valor; virtue (§ 464. 1)

331
vulpés

vis, (vis), f. strength, power, might
(§ 468)

vita, -ae, f. [cf. vivo, Z/ve], Zife. vitam
agere, spend or pass life

vit6, -are, -àvi, -àtus, shun, avoid

Vivo, -ere, vixi, , five. Cf. habito,
incolo

vivus, -a, -um, adj. [cf. viv, Ze], alive,
living

vix, adv. scarcely, hardly

voc6, -àre, -àvi, -atus, call, summon,
invite, Cf. appello, ndmind

volo, -àre, -àvi, -atürus, //y

vol6, velle, volui, ——, irreg. verb, eviZZ,
be willing, wish (§ 497). Cf. cupio

volümen, -inis, u. 707, book

Vorénus, -, m. Vore'nus, a centu-
rion

vos, pers. pron. you (see tii) ($ 480)

votum, -i, n. [neut. part. of voveo, vow],
vow, pledge, prayer

vx, vocis, f. [cf. voco, call], vozce, cry ;
word

vulnerd, -àre, -àvi, -atus [vulnus,
wound |, wound, hurt

vulnus, -eris, n. wound, injury

vulpés, -is, f. fox

EQUES ROMANUS

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

'This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin exercises. For
details not given here, reference may be made to the Latin-English vocabulary. The
figures 1, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicate the conjugation.

A

a, an, commonly not translated

able (be), possum, posse, potui,
(8495)

abode, domicilium, domici'li, /.

about (adv.), circiter

about (77z2.), de, with abr.

about to, expressed by fut. act. part.

abundance, copia, -ae, /.

across, trans, w7th acc.

active, acer, acris, acre

advance, progredior, 3

advantage, üsus, -üs, 7

advise, moneo, 2

after (coz.), postquam; often expressed
by the perf. part.

after (Avep.), post, with acc.

against, in, contra, w7th acc.

aid, auxilium, auxi'li, z

all, omnis, -e ; totus, -a, -um (§ 108)

allow, patior, 3

ally, socius, soci, zz

almost, paene; fere

alone, ünus,-a,-um ; sdlus,-a,-um(§ 108)

already, iam

also, quoque

always, semper

ambassador, légatus, -i, .

among, apud, wth acc.

ancient, antiquus, -a, -um

and, et; atque (ac); -que

and so, itaque

Andromeda, Andromeda, -ae, 7.

angry, iratus, -a, -um

animal, animal, -alis, 7.

announce, nüntio, I

annoying, molestus, -a, -um

another, alius, -a, -ud ($ 109)

any, illus, -a, -um ($ 108)

any one, anything, quisquam, quic-
quam or quidquam (8$ 486)

appearance, forma, -ae, .

appoint, creo, 1

approach, adpropinquo, t, wzth dat.

are, used as auxiliary, not translated :
as a copula, sum (§ 494)

arise, orior, 4

arm, bracchium, bracchi, x.

armed, armatus, -a, -um

arms, arma, -orum, z. Zur.

army, exercitus, -üs, 7.

around, circum, wth acc.

arrival, adventus, -üs, zz.

arrow, sagitta, -ae, /.

art of war, res militaris

as possible, expressed by quam and
super.

ask, petó, 3; quaero, 3; rogo, 1

assail, oppugno, 1

at, in, with acc. or abd. ; with names of
towns, locative case or abl. without a
preposition (§ 268); time when, abl,

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

at once

at once, statim

at the beginning of summer, inità
aestate

Athens, Athenae, -àrum, /,

attack, impetus, -üs, 7.

attempt, conor, 1; tempto, 1

away from, a or ab, w7th abl

B

bad, malus, -a, -um

baggage, impedimenta, -orum, x. 2Zur.

bank, ripa, -ae, /.

barbarians, barbari, -orum, m. Pur.

battle, proelium, proeli,.; pugna,-ae,/-

be, sum ($ 494)

be absent, be far, absum (§ 494)

be afraid, timed, 2; vereor, 2

be away, absum ($ 494)

be in command of, praesum, wth dat.
(88 494, 426)

be informed, certior fio

be off, be distant, absum (§ 494)

be without, egeo, wth ad/. (8180)

beast (wild), fera, -ae, f.

beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum

because, quia; quod

because of, propter, with acc.; or abl.
of cause

before, heretofore (adv.), antea

before (pvep.), ante, with acc.; pro,
with abl.

begin, incipio, 3

believe, credo, 3, wzth dat. ($153)

belong to, expressed by predicate geni-
tive (§ 409)

best, optimus, sze77. of bonus

better, melior, comp. of bonus

between, inter, w7th acc.

billow, fluctus, -üs, z.

bird, avis, -is, £ ($243. 1)

blood, sanguis, -inis, zz.

333

carry

body, corpus, -oris, z.

bold, audax, -acis; fortis, -e

boldly, audacter; fortiter

boldness, audacia, -ae, /.

booty, praeda, -ae, f.

both, each (of ¢wo), uterque, utraque,
utrumque

both... and, et... et

boy, puer, -eri, 7.

brave, fortis, -e

bravely, fortiter

bridge, pons, pontis, zz.

bright, clarus, -a, -um

bring back, reporto, 1

bring upon, infero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus,
with acc. and dat. (§ 426)

brother, frater, -tris, zz.

building, aedificium, aedifi’ci, z

burn, cremo, 1; incendo, 3

business, negotium, nego'ti, 7.

but, however, autem, sed

by, à, ab, wzth abl.; denoting means,
abl. alone; sometimes implied in a
participle

by night, nocti

C

Cesar, Caesar, -aris, 7.

calamity, calamitas, -àtis, .

call, voco, 1; appello, 1; nomino, 1

call together, convoco, 1

camp, castra, -orum, zz. pur.

can, could, possum, posse, potui,
—— (§ 495)

capture, capio, 3; occupo, I

Care, cüra, -ae, f.

care for, cüro, 1

careful, attentus, -a, -um

carefulness, diligentia, -ae, /-

carry, fero, ferre, tuli, latus (§ 498);
porto, 1

334

carry on

carry On, gero, 3

cart, carrus, -1, zi.

cause, causa, -ae, /-

cavalry, equitatus, -üs, z:

Cease, cesso, I

Cepheus, Cepheus, -1,

certain (a), quidam, quaedam, quoddam
(quiddam) (§ 485)

chicken, gallina, -ae, 7.

chief, princeps, -cipis, zz.

children, liberi, -orum, zz. zr.

choose, deligo, 3

choose, elect, creo, 1

citizen, civis, -is, zz. and f. (§ 243. 1)

city, urbs, urbis, /.

clear, clarus, -a, -um

cohort, cohors, -rtis, /.

come, venio, 4

command, impero, :,
($45); iubeo, 2; praesum,
dat. ($426)

commit, committo, 3

commonwealth, res püblica, rei pübli-
cae

concerning, de, wth ad/.

conquer, supero, 1; vinco, 3

construct (a ditch), perdüco, 3

consul, consul, -ulis, zz.

contrary to, contra, with acc.

Corinth, Corinthus, -i, £

Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae, 7.

Cornelius, Cornelius, Corne'li, zz.

corselet, lorica, -ae, f.

cottage, casa, -ae, f.

country, as distinguished from the city,
ris, rüris, 7.; as ¢ervitory, finés,-ium,
m., plur. of finis

courage, virttis, -ütis, f.

crime, scelus, -eris, 7.

cross, transeo, 4 ($ 499)

crown, corona, -ae, f.

with dat.
with

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

dwelling
D
daily, cotidie
danger, periculum, -i, z.
daughter, filia, -ae, /. ($67)
day, dies, -ei, »
daybreak, prima lüx
dear, cárus, -a, -um
death, mors, mortis, /.
deed, res, rei, 7
deep, altus, -a, -um
defeat, calamitas, -atis, /.
defend, defendo, 3
delay (7202), mora, -ae, /.
delay (vez), moror, 1
demand, postulo, 1
dense, dénsus, -a, -um
depart, discedo, 3; exeo, 4; profi-
ciscor, 3
dependent, cliens, -entis, zz.
design, consilium, consi'li, z.
desire, cupio, 3
destroy, deleo, 2
Diana, Diana, -ae, f.
differ, differo, differre, distuli, dilatus
($ 498)
different, dissimilis, -e
difficult, difficilis, -e
difficulty, difficultas, -atis, £
diligence, diligentia, -ae, f.
dinner, céna, -ae, f.
disaster, calamitàs, -atis, /.
distant (be), absum, -esse, afui, afu-
turus ($ 494)
ditch, fossa, -ae, f.
do, ago, 3; facio, 3; when used as aux-
wliary, not translated
down from, de, zwzth a.
drag, traho, 3
drive, ago, 3
dwell, habito, 1; incolo, 3; vivo, 3
dwelling, aedificium, aedifi’ci, z.

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

each

E

each, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quod-
que) (8 484)

each of two, uterque, utraque, utrum-
que

each other, inter w7th acc. of a reflexive

eager, acer, acris, acre; alacer, alacris,
alacre

eager (be), studeo, z

eagerness, studium, studi, z

eagle, aquila, -ae, /.

easily, facile

easy, facilis, -e

either... or, aut... aut

empire, imperium, impe’ri, z.

employ, negotium do

encourage, hortor, 1

enemy, hostis, -is, zz. and f.; inimi-
cus, -1, 72.

enough, satis

entire, totus, -a, -um (§ 108)

expectation, opinio, -onis, f.

eye, oculus, -1, zz.

F
faithless, perfidus, -a, -um
famous, clarus, -a, -um
far, longe :
farmer, agricola, -ae, m.
farther, ulterior, -ius
father, pater, patris, zz.
fatherland, patria, -ae, f
favor, faveo, z
favorable, idoneus, -a,-um; secundus,
-a,-um
fear, metus, -üs, zz.; timor, -oris, zz.
fear, be afraid, timeo, 2
few, pauci, -ae, -a
field, ager, agri, 7
fifteen, quindecim
fight, contendo, 3; pugno, 1

330
full

find, reperio, 4

finish, cónficio, 3

fire, ignis, -is, zs. ($243.1)

firmness, constantia, -ae, f

first, primus, -a, -um

flee, fugio, 3

flight, fuga, -ae, f.

fly, volo, 1

foe, see enemy

follow close after, subsequor, 3

food, cibus, -i, 7

foot, pés, pedis, zz.

foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, zz.

for (conj.), enim, nam

for (prep.), sign of dat.; dé, pro, with
abl.; to express purpose, ad, with
gerundive; implied in acc. of time
and of extent of space

for a long time, diü

forbid, veto, 1

forces, copiae, -àrum, ., plur. of copia

forest, silva, -ae, /.

fort, castellum, -i, z.; castrum, -i, 7.

fortification, münitio, -dnis, /.

fortify, münio, 4

fortune, fortüna, -ae, /-

fourth, quartus, -a, -um

free, liber, -era, -erum

free, liberate, libero, 1

frequent, créber, -bra, -brum

friend, amicus, -1, zz

friendly (odj.), amicus, -a, -um

friendly (adv.), amice

friendship, amicitia, -ae, /.

frighten, perterreo, 2

from, à or ab, de, e, ex, with abl. Offen
expressed by the separative ablative
without a prep.

from each other, inter, with acc. of a
reflexive pron.

full, plénus, -a, -um

336
Galba

G
Galba, Galba, -ae, m.
garland, coróna, -ae, f.
garrison, praesidium, praesi'di,
gate, porta, -ae, /-
Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f.
Gaul (a), Gallus, -1, zz.
general, imperátor, -oris, zz
Geneva, Genava, -ae, f.
gentle, lenis, -e
German, Germanus, -a, -um
Germans (the), Germani, -orum, #7.
plur.
Germany, Germania, -ae, f.
get (dinner), paro, :
girl, puella, -ae, f.
give, do, dare, dedi, datus
give over, surrender, dedo, 3 ; trádo, 3
give up, omitto, 3
£0, eo, 4 (8 499)
go forth, progredior, 3
god, deus, -i, zz. (8 468)
goddess, dea, -ae, f. ($67)
gold, aurum, -i, 2
good, bonus, -a, -um
grain, frümentum, 4, x.
grain supply, res frümentaria
great, ingéns, -entis; magnus, -a, -um
greatest, maximus, -a, -um ; summus,
-a, -um
guard, praesidium, praesi'di, z.

H
hand, manus, -üs, f.
happy, laetus, -a, -um
harbor, portus, -üs, zz.
hasten, contendo, 3; maàtüro, 1; pro-
pero, 1
hateful, invisus, -a, -um
haughty, superbus, -a, -um
have, habeo, 2

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

in

have no power, nihil possum

he, is; hic; iste; ille; ov not expressed

head, caput, -itis, x.

hear, audio, 4

heart, animus, -i, zz

heavy, gravis, -e

Helvetii (the), Helvetii, -orum, . plu.

hem in, contineo, 2

hen, gallina, -ae, /.

her, eius; huius; istius ; illius ; vefex-
zve, suus, -a, -um (§ 116)

hide, abdo, 3

high, altus, -a, -um

highest, summus, -a, -um

hill, collis, -is, zz.

himself, sui. See self

hindrance, impedimentum, -i, 7.

his, eius; huius; istius ; illius; reflexive,
suus, -a, -um ($ 116)

hither, citerior, -ius ($ 315)

hold, teneo, z

home, domus, -üs, f. ($468). at home,
domi (§ 267)

hope (zou), spes, spei, f.

hope (ze7?), spero, 1

horse, equus, -i, zz

horseman, eques, -itis, zz

hostage, obses, -idis, m. and f.

hostile, inimicus, -a, -um

hour, hora, -ae, /.

house, domicilium,
domus, -üs, f. (§ 468)

hurl, iació, 3

domici’li, z.;

I

I, ego (8 280) ; or not expressed

if, si. if not, nisi

ill, aeger, -gra, -grum

immediately, statim

in (of place), in, with abl.; (of time or
of specification) abl. without prep.

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

in order that

in order that, ut, with suójv.; in order
that not, lest, ne, cz sudjv.

in vain, früstra

industry, diligentia, -ae, /.

inflict injuries upon, iniürias infero
with dat. (§ 426)

inflict punishment on, supplicium
sümga*de

inform some one, aliquem certiorem
facio

injure, noceo, 2, with dat. ($153)

injury, iniüria, -ae, /.

into, in, w7th acc.

intrust, committo, 3; mando, 1

invite, voco, 1

is, used as auxiliary, not translated;
as a copula, sum (§ 494)

island, insula, -ae, /.

it, is; hic; iste; ill; or not ex-
pressed

Italy, Italia, -ae, 7

its, eius; huius; istius; illius; »e-
Jfexive, suus, -a, -um (§ 116)

its@lf, sui. See self

J

join battle, proelium committo
journey, iter, itineris, z. ($ 468)
judge (oz), iudex, -icis, ».
judge (vez?), iudico, 1

Julia, Tilia, -ae, 7

just now, nüper

K

keep, contineo, 2; prohibeo, 2; teneo, 2
keep on doing something, expressed

by the impf. indic.
kill, interficid, 3; necoó, 1 ; occido, 3
king, rex, regis, zz.
kingdom, regnum, -i, 7
know, cognosco, 3, zz perf; scio, 4

di

love
L
labor (z027), labor, -dris, m.
labor (vez), laboro, 1
lack (zezz), inopia, -ae, /.
lack (verb), egeo, 2, with abl. (8180)
lady, domina, -ae, f
lake, lacus, -üs, zz. (§ 260. 2)
land, terra, -ae, f.
language, lingua, -ae, /-
large, ingens, -entis; magnus, -a, -um
larger, maior, maius
lately, nüper
Latona, Latona, -ae, f.
law, lex, legis, /.
lay waste, vasto, 1
lead, düco, 3
leader, dux, ducis, m. and f.
learn, know, cognosco, 3
leave, depart from, discedo, 3
leave behind, abandon, relinquo, 3
left, sinister, -tra, -trum
legion, legio, -onis, /.
legionaries, legionarii,
plur.
length, longitudo, -inis, f.
lest, né, with subyv.
letter (of the alphabet), littera, -ae,
J; (am epistie) litterae, -arum, f.
lur.
lieutenant, legatus, -i,
light, lüx, lücis, /.
like (adj.), similis, -e
like, love, amo, 1
line of battle, acies, aciei, /.
little, parvus, -a, -um
live, habito, 1; incolo, 3; vivo, 3
long, longus, -a, -um
long, for a long time, diü
long for, desidero, 1
look after, cüro, 1
love, amo, 1

-Orum, m2.

338
maid
M

maid, maid servant, ancilla, -ae, /-

make, facio, 3

make war upon, bellum infero with
dat. (§ 426)

man, homo, -inis, zz. and f.; vir,
viri, zz.

man-of-war, nàvis longa

many, multi, -ae, -a, 2/urz. of multus

march, iter, itineris, z. (§ 468)

Mark, Marcus, 31,

marriage,
moni, z.

master, dominus, -i, m.; magister,
-tn, 7.

matter, negotium, negó'ti, z.; res,
rei, f.

means, by means of, 77e ad/.

messenger, nüntius, nünti, zz

midnight, media nox

mile, mille passuum (§ 331. 7)

miles, milia passuum

mind, animus, -1, ».; mens, mentis, f.

mine, meus, -a, -um

mistress, domina, -ae, f.

money, peciinia, -ae, f.

monster, monstrum, -i, z.

month, mensis, -is, 7.

moon, luna, -ae, f.

more, plüs, plüris (§ 313); ez a com-
parative

most, plürimus, -a, -um; szperl. de-
gree, Adverb, maxime; plirimum

mother, mater, matris, f.

mountain, mons, montis, zz.

move, moveo, 2

moved, commotus, -a, -um

much (by), multo

multitude, multitudo, -inis, £

my, meus, -a, -um

myself, me, reffexive. See self

matrimonium, matri-

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

once
N
name, nomen, -inis, 7.
nation, gens, gentis, /-
near, propinquus, -a, -um
nearest, proximus, -a, -um
nearly, feré
neighbor, finitimus, 3, zz.
neighboring, finitimus, -a, -unp
neither, neque ov nec; neither... nor,
neque (nec) .. . neque (nec)
nevet, numquam
nevertheless, tamen
neW, novus, -a, -um
next day, postridie eius diei
next to, proximus, -a, -um
night, nox, noctis, f.
nine, novem
no, minime; or repeat verb with a
negative (§ 210)
no, none, nüllus, -a, -um (§ 109)
no one, nemo, nüllius
nor, neque oy nec

not, non

not even, né.. . quidem LI

not only . . . but also, non solum
... Sed etiam

nothing, nihil ov nihilum, 4, x.

now, nunc

number, numerus, -i, zz

0

obey, pared, 2, wth dat. ($153)

of, sign of gen.; dé, with abl.; out of,
€ or ex, with abl.

often, saepe

on (of place), in, with abl.; (of time)
abl. without prep. 2

on account of, propter, cw/Z acc.; or
abl. of cause

on all sides, undique

once (fon a time), olim

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

one
one, ünus, -a, -um (§ 108)
one . . . another, alius . . .
($ 110)
only (adv.), solum; tantum
opportune, opportünus, -a, -um
opposite, adversus, -a, -um
oracle, oraculum, -i, z
orator, orator, -dris, zz
order, impero, 1; iubeo, 2
ornament, ornamentum, -i, 7
other, alius, -a, -ud (§ 109)
others (the), reliqui, -orum, m. plur.
ought, debeo, 2
our, noster, -tra, -trum
ourselves, nos, as reflexive object. See
self
overcome, supero, 1; vinco, 3
own (his, her, its, their), suus, -a, -um

alius

P

part, pars, partis, /-

peace, pax, pacis, .

people, populus, -i, zz.

Perseus, Perseus, -i, zz.

persuade, persuaded, 2, with dat.
($153)

pitch camp, castra pono

place (zoz7), locus, -1, zz.

place, arrange, conloco, 1

place, put, pono, 3

place in command, praeficio, 3, w7th
acc. and dat. (§ 426)

plan (a), consilium, consili, 7.

please, placed, 2, wth dat. ($154)

pleasing, gratus, -a, -um :

plow, aro, 1

Pompeii, Pompeii, -orum, . plur.

possible (as), expressed by quam and
super.

powerful (be), valeo, 2

praise, laudo, 1

339

rest

prefer, malo, malle, malui,

prepare for, paro, 1, with acc.

press hard, premo, 5

protection, fides, fidei, /.

province, provincia, -ae, f.

public, püblicus, -a, -um

Publius, Publius, Pübli, zz

punishment, poena, -ae, f; suppli-
cium, suppli'ci, z

purpose, for the purpose of, ut, qui,
or quo, with subjv.; ad, with ger-
und or gerundive; causa, following
the genitive of a gerund or gerun-

(§ 497)

dive
pursue, insequor, 3

Q

queen, regina, -ae, f.
quickly, celeriter
quite, expressed by the comp. degree

R

rampart, vallum, -i, 7.

rear, novissimum agmen

reason, causa, -ae, f.

receive, accipio, 3; excipio, 3

recent, recéns, -entis

recently, nüper

redoubt, castellum, -1, z

refuse, recüso, 1

remain, maneo, 2

remaining, reliquus, -a, -um

reply, respondeo, 2

report (oz), fama, -ae, f.; rümor,
-oris, 7.

report (verb), adfero; défero; refero
($ 498)

republic, rés püblica

require, postulo, 1

resist, resisto, 3, with dat. ($154)

rest (the), reliqui, -orum, zz. plur.

340
restrain

restrain, contineo, 2

retainer, cliens, -entis, zz

retreat, pedem refero; terga verto
return, redeo, 4; revertor, 3
revolution, res novae

Rhine, Rhenus, 4, zz.

right, dexter, -tra, -trum

river, flümen, -inis, 7.; fluvius, fluvi, 7.
road, via, -ae, f-

Roman, Romanus, -a, -um

Rome, Roma, -ae, f.

row, ordo, -inis, zz.

rule, rego, 3

rumor, fama, -ae, f.; rümor, -oris, zz.
run, curro, 3

S

sacrifice, sacrum, -1, z.

safety, salüs, -ütis, f.

sail, navigo, 1

sailor, nauta, -ae, zz.

sake, for the sake of, causa, following
a gen.

same, idem, eadem, idem (§ 287)

savages, barbari, -orum, zz. plur.

save, servo, I

say, dico, 3

school, lüdus, -i, ».; schola, -ae, f.

Scout, explorátor, -dris, z.

sea, mare, -is, 7.

second, secundus, -a, -um

see, video, z

Seek, peto, 3

Seem, videor, 2, passive of video

seize, occupo, 1; rapid, 3

self, ipse, -a, -um (§ 286); sui (8 281)

send, mitto, 3

set fire to, incendo, 3

set out, proficiscor, 3

seven, septem

Sextus, Sextus, -i, zz.

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

stand

she, ea; haec; ista; illa ($115); o7 oe
expressed

ship, nàvis, -is, /. ($243. 1)

Short, brevis, -e

Shout, clamor, -oris, zz.

Show, demonstro, 1

Sicily, Sicilia, -ae, /-

sick, aeger, -gra, -grum

side, latus, -eris, n.

siege, obsidio, -onis, /-

since, cum, wth sub7v. ($396); the abl.
abs. (§ 381)

sing, cano, 3; canto, I

sister, soror, -oris, f.

sit, sedeo, 2

size, magnitüdo, -inis, 7

skillful, peritus, -a, -um

Slave, servus, -i,

slavery, servitüs, -ütis, /-

Slow, tardus, -a, -um

small, parvus, -a, -um

snatch, rapio, 3

S0, ita; sic; tam

So great, tantus, -a, -um

so that, ut; so that not, ut non

Soldier, miles, -itis, zz.

Some, o/?ez not expressed; quis (qui),
qua (quae), quid (quod); aliqui, ali-
qua, aliquod

some one, quis; aliquis (§ 487)

some... others, alii... alii (§ 110)

something, quid; aliquid (§ 487)

son, filius, fili, zz.

soon, mox

Space, spatium, spati, 72.

Spear, pilum, -1, 7.

spirited, acer, Acris, acre; alacer,
alacris, alacre

spring, fons, fontis, m.

spur, calcar, -àris, 7.

stand, sto, 1

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

state
State, civitas, -atis, /.
station, conloco, 1
steadiness, cónstantia, -ae, /-
stone, lapis, -idis, .
storm, oppugno, 1
story, fabula, -ae, f.
street, via, -ae, f.
strength, vis, (vis), f.
strong, fortis, -e; validus, -a, -um
sturdy, validus, -a, -um
such, tàlis, -e
suddenly, subitd
suffer punishment, supplicium do
sufficiently, satis
suitable, idoneus, -a, -um
summer, aestas, -atis, f.
sun, sol, sólis, 7.
supplies, commeátus, -iis, zz.
surrender, tradé, 3
suspect, suspicor, 1
swift, celer, -eris, -ere; velox, -ocis
sword, gladius, gladi, m

T

take, capture, capio, 3

take part in, intersum, -esse, -fui,
-futürus, w7th dat. (8 426)

take possession of, occupo, 1

tall, altus, -a, -um

task, opus, operis, z

teach, doceo, 2

teacher, magister, -tri, zz.

tear (xoun), lacrima, -ae, f.

tell, dico, 3; nàrró, 1

ten, decem

terrified, perterritus, -a, -um

terrify, perterreo, 2

than, quam

that (conj. after verbs of saying and the
like), not expressed

that (g7on.), is; iste; ille

341

tree

that, in order that, zz purpose clauses,
ut; after verbs of fearing, ne (88 349,
366, 372)

that not, lest, iu purpose clauses, nb;
after verbs of fearing, ut (88349,
366, 372)

the, xot expressed

their, gen. plur. of is; reflexive, suus,
-a, -um (§ 116)

their own, suus, -a, -um (§ 116)

then, at that time, tum

then, in the next place, deinde,
tum

there, as expletive, not expressed

there, in that place, ibi

therefore, itaque

they, ii; hi; isti; illi; or zo? expressed

think, arbitror, 1; existimo, 1; puto, 1

third, tertius, -a, -um

this, hic, haec, hoc; is, ea, id

though, cum, w7th subjv. (§ 396)

thousand, mille ($ 479)

three, tres, tria ($ 479)

through, per, w7th acc.

thy, tuus, -a, -um

time, tempus, -oris, z.

to, szgn of dat.; ad, in, with acc.; ex-
pressing purpose, ut, qui, with subyv. ;
ad, with gerund or gerundive

to each other, inter, w7th acc. of a
reflexive pron.

to-day, hodié

tooth, déns, dentis, zz

top of, summus, -a, -um

tower, turris, -is, f. ($243. 2)

town, oppidum, -1, z

townsman, oppidanus, -i, zz.

trace, vestigium, vesti’gi, 7.

trader, mercator, -oris, 7.

train, exerceo, 2

tree, arbor, -oris, f.

342
tribe

tribe, géns, gentis, 7

troops, copiae, -arum, f. plur

true, vérus, -a, -um

trumpet, tuba, -ae, f.

try, conor, 1; tempto, I

twelve, duodecim

two, duo, duae, duo ($ 479)

U

under, sub, w7th acc. or abl.

undertake, suscipio, 3

unharmed, incolumis, -e

unless, nisi

unlike, dissimilis, -e

unwilling (be), nolo, nolle, nolui,
(8 497)

up to, sub, wth acc.

us, nos, acc. plur. of ego

v
very, superi. degree; maxime; ipse, -a,
-um (§ 285)
victor, victor, -oris, zz.
victory, victoria, -ae, /.
village, vicus, -i, z:
violently, vehementer
voice, vox, vocis, f.

WwW
wage, gero, 3
Wagon, carrus, 3, 7.
wall, mürus, 4, 7
want, inopia, -ae, f.
war, bellum, 4i, .
watch, vigilia, -ae, 7.
water, aqua, -ae, f.
wave, fluctus, -üs, zz.
way, iter, itineris, 7. (§ 468); via, -ae, .
way, manner, modus, -i, 7
we, nos, plur. of ego; or not expressed
weak, infirmus, -a, -um

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

wonderful

weapons, arma, -órum, z. plur.; tela,
-orum, z. plur.

wear, gero, 3

weary, défessus, -a, -um

what, quis (qui), quae, quid (quod)
(§ 483)

when, ubi; cum (§ 396) ; often expressed
by a participle ~

where, ubi

which, qui, quae, quod (§ 482); which
of two, uter, utra, utrum (§ 108)

while, expressed by a participle

whither, quo

who (7/.), qui, quae (§ 482); (zterrvog.)
quis (§ 483)

whole, totus, -a, -um (§ 108)

whose, cuius; quorum, quàrum, quo-
rum, gez. of qui, quae, quod, zz.; or
of quis, quid, zzerzog.

why, cür

wicked, malus, -a, -um

wide, latus, -a, -um

width, latitudo, -inis, /.

wild beast, fera, -ae, /.

willing (be), volo, velle, volui,
(8 497)

win (a victory), reporto, 1

wind, ventus, -i, zz

wine, vinum, i, zz

wing, cornü, -üs, z.

winter, hiems, -emis, f.

wisdom, consilium, consili, 7.

wish, cupio, 3; volo, velle, volut,
(§ 497); wish not, nolo, nolle, nolui,
—— (§ 497)

with, cum, with abl.; sometimes abl.
alone

withdraw, sé recipere

without, sine, with ad.

woman, fémina, -ae, /.; mulier, -eris, f.

wonderful, mirus, -a, -um

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 343

word your

word, verbum, Hi, zz. Y
work, labor, -dris, m.; opus,-eris, z. year, annus, -i, 7.
worse, peior, peius, comp. of malus yes, certé; ita; vero; or more usually
worst, pessimus, -a, -um, super. of repeat the verb (§ 210)

malus yonder (that), ille, -a, -ud
wound (zou), vulnus, -eris, z. You, szzg. tii; plar. vos (§ 480) ; er not
wound (verb), vulnero, 1 expressed
wreath, corona, -ae, f. your, sz. tuus, -a, -um; Zur. vester,
wretched, miser, -era, -erum -tra, -trum (§ 98. 4)

wrong, iniüria, -ae, /.

INDEX

The numbers in all cases refer to sections.

a-declension of nouns, 57, 461
&-verbs, conjugation of, 488
ablative case, 48, 50
absolute, 381
after a comparative, 309
of accompaniment, 104
of agent, 181
of cause, 102
of description, 444, 445
of manner, 105
of means or instrument, 103
of measure of difference, 317
of place from which, 179
of place where, 265
of separation, 180
of specification, 398
of time, 275
accent, 14-16
accompaniment, abl. of, 104
accusative case, 33
as subject of the infinitive, 214
object, 37
of duration and extent, 336
of place to which, 263, 266
predicate, 392
with prepositions, 340
adjectives, 54, 55
agreement, 65
comparison, regular, 301; by ad-
verbs, 302; irregular, 307, 311,
312, 315
declension of comparatives, 303
of first and second declensions, 83,
93, 469
of third declension, 250-257, 471
with the dative, 143
adverbs, 319
comparison, 320, 323

formation, regular, 320, 321; irreg-
ular, 322, 323
agent, expressed by the abl. with @ or
ab, 181 -—
agreement
of adjectives, 65, 215.u
of appositives, 81
of predicate nouns, 76
of relative pronouns, 224
of verbs, 28
aliquis, 487
alius, 108, 110, 470
alphabet, 1-3
alter, 108, 110
antepenult, 9. 3; accent of, I5
apposition, 80, 81
article, not used in Latin, 22. a

base, 58

cardinal numerals, 327—329, 478
case, 32.2
causal clauses with cuz, 395, 396
cause, expressed by the abl., 102
characteristic, subjv. of, 389, 390
comparative, declension of, 303
comparison
abl. of, 309
degrees of, 300
of adjectives, 300-315; irregular,
311-315 473) 475
of adverbs, regular, 320, 476; irreg-
ular,-323, 477.
positive wanting, 315
six adjectives in -/s, 307
complementary infinitive, 215
compound verbs, with the dative, 425,
426

344

INDEX

concessive clauses with cum, 395,
396.

conjugation stems, 184

conjugations, the four regular, 126.
488-491 ; irregular, 494-500

consonants, 2

copula, 21

cum, conjunction, 395

cum, preposition, 209

dative case, 43
of indirect object, 44, 45
of purpose, or end for which, 437
with adjectives, 143
with compound verbs, 426
with special verbs, 153
dea, declension of, 67
declension, 23, 32
degree of difference, expressed by the
abl, 317
demonstrative adjectives and pronouns,
112—115, 290—292, 481
deponent verbs, 338, 339, 493
descriptive ablative and genitive, 441—
445
descriptive relative clause, with the
subjv., 389, 390
deus, declension of, 468
difference, measure of, 316, 317
diphthongs, 6
direct statements, 414
distributive numerals, 327. 3, 334
domi, locative, 267
domus, declension of, 468
duo, declension of, 479
duration of time, expressed by the
acc., 336

é-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467

&-verbs, conjugation of, 489

É-verbs, conjugation of, 490

ego, declension of, 280, 480

enclitics, 16

ed, conjugation of, 499

extent of space, expressed by the acc.,
336

345

fearing, subjv. after verbs of, 370-
372

ferd, conjugation of, 498

fifth or é-declension, 272, 273, 467

filia, declension of, 67

filius, declension of, 87-89

finite verb, defined, 173

fi0, conjugation of, 500

first conjugation, 488

first or à-declension, 57, 461

fourth conjugation, 491

fourth or u-declension, 259, 260, 466

from, how expressed, 178-181

future participle, formation of, 374.¢

future perfect, formation of, active,
187.3; passive, 202

future tense, formation of, 137, 156

gender
in English and in Latin, 66
in the first declension, 61
in the second declension, 72
in the third declension, 247
in the fourth declension, 260
in the fifth declension, 272
general observations on declension, 74
genitive case
English equivalents of, 33
of description, 443, 445
of nouns in -zz:s and -zuz, 87
partitive, 331
possessive, 38, 409
gerund, a verbal noun, 402, 403
gerundive, a verbal adjective, 404;
with ad to express purpose, 407

hic, declension and use of, 290, 291
how to read Latin, 17

i, consonant, 3

i-stems of nouns, 231, 241-244

i-verbs, conjugation of, 491

idem, declension of, 287, 481

iéns, declension of, 472

ille, declension and use of, 290-293,
481

346

imperative, formation of 161, 175; ir-
regular, 161. 2: in commands, 161
imperfect indicative, formation and use
of, 133, 134, 165. I
imperfect subjunctive, 354
indefinite pronouns and adjectives, 296,
297, 484-487
independent clauses, 219
indirect object, 44, 45
indirect questions, 430—432
indirect statements, 414—419
infinitive
as object, 213
as subject, 216
complementary, 215
definition of, 173
does not express purpose, 352
formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206
in indirect statements, 415-419
used as in English, 213-216
inflection, defined, 23
instrument, abl. of, 100. 4, 103
intensive pronoun, z/se, declension and
use of, 285, 286, 481 :
interrogative pronouns and adjectives,
225-227, 483
intransitive verbs, defined, 20.2; with
the dative, 153
id-verbs of the third conj., 492
ipse, declension and use of, 285, 481
irregular adjectives, 108
irregular comparison, of adjectives, 307,
311, 312; of adverbs, 323
irregular nouns, 67, 246, 468
irregular verbs, 494—500
is, declension and use of, 113-116
iste, declension and use of, 290, 292,
481
iter, declension of, 468

Latin word order, 68
locative case, 267

magis and maximé, comparison by, 302
malo, conjugation of, 497
matiner, abl. of, 105

INDEX

means, abl. of, 103

measure of difference, abl. of,.316, 317

mille, declension of, 479 ; construction
with, 331. 4, 2

moods, defined, 121

-ne, enclitic, in questions, 210

né, conj., chat not, Zest, with negative
clauses of purpose, 350. II; with
verbs of fearing, 370

nine irregular adjectives, ro8-110

^ nolo, conjugation of, 497

nominative case, 35, 36

nónne, in questions, 210

nos, declension of, 280, 480

nouns, 19. 2
first declension, 57, 461
second declension,7 1-7 4,87-92, 462
third declension, 230-247, 463-465
fourth declension, 259, 260, 466
fifth declension, 272, 273, 467

num, in questions, 210

number, 24

numerals, 327-334, 478, 479

o-declension of nouns, 71-74, 87-92,
462

object, 20; direct, 37; indirect, 44, 45

order of words, 68

ordinal numerals, 327. 2, 478

participial stem, 201.2
participles, defined, 203
agreement of, 204
formation, of present, 374. 4; of
perfect, 201; of future, 374. c, d
of deponent verbs, 375
tenses of, 376
translated by a clause, 377
partitive genitive, 330, 331
passive voice, defined, 163 ; formation
of, 164, 202
penult, 9.3; accent of, 15
perfect indicative
formation, in the active, 185, 186;
in the passive, 202

INDEX

meaning of, 190
definite, 190
indefinite, 190
distinguished from the imperfect,
190
perfect infinitive, active, 195 ; passive,
205
perfect passive participle, 201
perfect stem, 185
perfect subjunctive, active, 361; pas-
sive, 362
person, 122
personal endings, active, 122; passive,
164
personal pronouns, 280, 480
place, where, whither, whence, 263-265;
names of towns and domus and
riis, 266-268
pluperfect indicative, active, 187.2;
passive, 202
pluperfect subjunctive, active, 361;
passive, 363
plüs, declension of, 313
possessive pronouns, 97, 98
possum, conjugation of, 495
predicate, defined, 19
predicate adjective, defined, 55
redicate noun, 75, 76
prepositions, with the abl, 209; with
the acc., 340
present indicative, 128, 130, 147
present stem, 126. a
present subjunctive, 344
primary tenses, 356
principal parts, 183
pronouns
classification of, 278
defined, 19. 2. a
demonstrative, 481
indefinite, 297, 484—487
intensive, 285, 286, 481
interrogative, 483
personal, 480
possessive, 97, 98
reflexive, 281
relative, 220, 221

347

pronunciation, 4-7
prosum, conjugation of, 496
purpose
dative of, 436, 437
expressed by the gerund or gerun-
dive with ad, 407
not expressed by the infinitive,
352
subjunctive of, 348-350, 365-367

quality, gen. or abl. of, 441-445

quam, with a comparative, 308

quantity, 11-13

questions, direct, 210; indirect, 430-432

qui,declension and use of, 220,221, 482

quidam, declension of, 485

quis, declension and use of, 225-227,
483

quisquam, declension of, 486

quisque, declension of, 484

reflexive pronouns, 281

relative clauses of characteristic or
description, 389, 390

relative clauses of purpose, 348, 349

relative pronouns, 220, 221

result clauses, 384—387

reviews, 502-528

rüs, constructions of, 266

sé, distinguished from z2se, 285. a

second conjugation, 489

Second or o-declension, 71-93, 462

sentences, simple, complex,compound,
219

separation, abl. of, 180

separative ablative, 178—181

sequence of tenses, 356-358

space, extent of, expressed by the
acc., 336

specification, abl. of, 398

stems, of nouns, 230; of verbs, 184

subject, defined, 19.2; of the infini-
tive, 213, 214

subjunctive, formation

of the present, 344

348

of the imperfect, 354
of the perfect, 361, 362
of the pluperfect, 361. c, 363
subjunctive constructions
characteristic or description, 389,
390
indirect questions, 430-432
purpose, 349, 366, 372
result, 385, 386
time, cause, or concession, with cum,
395. 396
subjunctive ideas, 346
subjunctive tenses, 342, 343
subordinate clauses, 219
sui, declension of, 281, 480
sum, conjugation of, 494
suus, use of, 98. c, 116
syllables, 8; division of, 9; quantity
of, 13
syntax, rules of, sot

temporal clauses with cz, 395, 396
tense, defined, 120
tense signs
imperfect, 133
future, 137, 156
pluperfect active, 187. 2
future perfect active, 187. 3
tenses, primary and secondary, 356;
sequence of, 357, 358
third conjugation, 490, 492
third declension of nouns
classes, 231, 463
consonant stems, 232-238, 464
gender, 247

INDEX

i-stems, 241—244, 465

irregular nouns, 246
time, abl. of, 275
time, acc. of, 336
towns, rules for names of, 266, 267, 268
transitive verb, 20. a
trés, declension of, 479
ti, declension of, 280, 480
tuus, compared with vester, 98. à
u-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466
ultima, 9. 3

verbs
agreement of, 28
conjugation of, 126, 488—491
deponent, 338, 339, 493
irregular, 494—500
personal endings of, 122, 164
principal parts of, 183

vester, compared with tus, 98. d

vis, declension of, 468

vocabularies

| English-Latin, pp. 332-343
Latin-English, pp. 299-331
special, pp. 283-298

vocative case, 56. a
of nouns in -zs of the second de-

clension, 73.4 *
of proper nouns in -zus adi of
filius, 88

voice, defined, 163

volo, conjugation of, 497

vos, declension of, 280, 480

vowels, sounds of, 5, 6; quantity of, 12

|
ul